|
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis General Business Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
302 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Lillie Wilson (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Presenting Authors: |
The annual report of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) will be presented, followed by the discussion of editorial policies and issues. We encourage past and present associate editors and board members, authors and prospective authors, and any other interested parties to attend. Questions and suggestions encouraged. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Today Meeting of Editors and Reviewers |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
406 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting will be for the editors and reviewers to meet and discuss (a) the current status of Behavior Analyst Today (BAT), and (b) the future of the journal. Information about how the editorial process works, as well as the plan for indexing on various outlets will be covered. New members, and those who would like to be on the editorial board are also welcome. |
|
|
|
|
Pediatric Feeding Disorders Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
407 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Cathleen C. Piazza (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the Pediatric Feeding Disorders Special Interest Group (SIG)meeting is to generate interest; foster collaborative research; share clinical information; and impact training, practice, and reimbursement for pediatric feeding disorders. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
304 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Southern Illinois University) |
Presenting Authors: |
Provides intellectual, clinical, and organizational support to other professionals interested in aging and to foster behavior analytic research in aging. The goal of the meeting this year is to discuss issues in the field as well as issues of professional development. In addition, members will provide feedback on student presentations related research in the area of aging, which will be used to award the student researcher award. Finally, new officers will be chosen for any vacated positions in the special interest group. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board: Introduction and Application |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
403 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Christine L. Ratcliff (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting will cover important components of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB), including information on Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) credentials, eligibility requirements, approved course sequences, examination administration, and applying for examination. The presentation will also offer information regarding BACB growth and development. This meeting is intended for individuals who want basic information on the BACB or are planning to become certified. |
|
|
|
|
Standard Celeration Society |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
301 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (Precision Teaching Learning Center) |
Presenting Authors: |
Members of the Standard Celeration Society will congregate to discuss all business related matters regarding the Society, including but not limited to membership, finances, and the International Precision Teaching annual conference. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior and Social Issues Editorial Board Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
405 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work) |
Presenting Authors: |
Behavior and Social Issues is an interdisciplinary journal that focuses on applications of behavior analytic and cultural analytic science to social, human, and environmental issues. The editorial board will discuss our progress in expanding our open-access, on-line presence, maintenance of the print version, steps toward further "institutionalizing" the journal, and plans to expand high quality submissions with social justice, human rights, and environmental sustainability dimensions, as well as those that advance cultural analytic science. |
|
|
|
|
Parent Professional Partnership Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
404 (Convention Center) |
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Association for Science in Autism Treatment) |
Presenting Authors: |
Behavior analysts involved in clinical practice recognize that we owe much to parents who have been staunch advocates for higher quality services for their children. The synergy that can arise from parents and professionals working together creates exciting opportunities and possibilities. The Parent Professional Partnership SIG is one such opportunity. A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, to outline the PPP SIG's goals and objectives, and to discuss ways to improve upon the SIG's joint website with the Autism SIG. All interested parents and professionals are encouraged to attend this meeting and visit our webpage at www.AutismPPPSIG.org. |
|
|
|
|
Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
601 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Kenneth MacAleese (Advanced Child Behavior Solutions, LLC) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this business meeting is to provide updates on the current status of the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis (NABA), to provide information on NABA to potential new members, and to coordinate upcoming activities. |
|
|
|
|
The Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Robert F. Putnam (The May Institute, Inc.) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Positive Behavior Support Special Interest Group (PBS-SIG) of the Association of Behavior Analysis International is dedicated to promoting research-based strategies that combine applied behavior analysis and biomedical science with person-centered values and systems change to increase quality of life and decrease problem behaviors. The overall goal of the PBS SIG is to promote the use of positive behavior support interventions in schools, communities, agencies, and homes and to support practitioners in its use. The PBS SIG addresses members of ABAI engaged in experimental and applied analyses of behavior who are interested in positive behavior support. Established in 2005, the goals of the SIG are to promote and disseminate positive behavior support within ABAI. |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Program Committee Meeting |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
303 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: #None# |
|
Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) |
JENNIFER L. SOBIE (University of Illinois), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: #NONE# |
|
Autism (AUT) |
JEFFREY H. TIGER (Louisiana State University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
|
Behavioral Pharmacology (BPH) |
KAREN G. ANDERSON (West Virginia University), Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas) |
|
Clinical; Family; Behavioral Medicine (CBM) |
JONATHAN W. KANTER (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Thomas J. Waltz (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Community Interventions; Social and Ethical Issues (CSE) |
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC), Patricia Bach (Illinois Institute of Technology) |
|
Developmental Disabilities (DDA) |
JOEL ERIC RINGDAHL (University of Iowa), Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison) |
|
Human Development (DEV) |
GARY D. NOVAK (California State University, Stanislaus), Hayne W. Reese (West Virginia University) |
|
Experimental Analysis of Behavior (EAB) |
ROBERT W. ALLAN (Lafayette College), Matthew C. Bell (Santa Clara University) |
|
Education (EDC) |
CATHY L. WATKINS (California State University, Stanislaus), Jennifer L. Austin (University of Glamorgan) |
|
Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) |
HEATHER M. MCGEE (Western Michigan University), Lori H. Diener (Performance Blueprints, Inc.) |
Abstract: #NONE# |
|
Other (OTH) |
RAYMOND C. PITTS (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: #NONE# |
|
Practice (PRA) |
JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (University of Rochester Medical Center), Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute) |
Abstract: #NONE# |
|
Science (SCI) |
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College) |
|
Teaching Behavior Analysis (TBA) |
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
|
Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues (TPC) |
TED SCHONEBERGER (Kohala Educational Services), Per Holth (Akershus University College) |
|
Verbal Behavior (VRB) |
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
|
Continuing Education (CE) |
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University), Maria E. Malott (ABAI) |
|
|
|
|
Reinforcement Gone Wrong |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Kurt Salzinger, Ph.D. |
Chair: Michael Weinberg (Orlando Behavior Health Services, LLC) |
KURT SALZINGER (Hofstra University) |
Kurt Salzinger, Ph.D. is Senior Scholar in Residence at Hofstra University in Hempstead, N.Y. since January 2003. He was Executive Director for Science at the American Psychological Association 2001 to 2003. He’s been President of the New York Academy of Sciences, has served on the Board of Directors of the APA, and been president of Divisions 1 (General Psychology) and 25 (Behavior Analysis), and of the American Association of Applied and Preventive Psychology. He also served as the first Chair of the Board of the Cambridge Center 1986 – 1988, subsequently as a member until 1991 and again a member of the Board 2004 - 2006. He is author or editor of 12 books and over 120 articles and book chapters. The most recent book was edited by him and M. R. Serper in 2009: Behavioral Mechanisms and Psychopathology. Washington, D.C.: American Psychological Association. He has varied research interests, including behavior analysis applied to human beings, dogs, rats, and goldfish, schizophrenia, verbal behavior of children and adults and history of psychology. He has both given grants (when a program officer at the National Science Foundation) and received them (when professor of psychology at Hofstra University and Polytechnic University of New York and Principal Research Scientist at the New York State Psychiatric Institute) for his own research. He received the Sustained Superior Performance Award from the NSF, the Stratton Award from the American Psychopathological Association, and the Most Meritorious Article Award from the Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry. In 2002 he was Presidential Scholar for the Association for Behavior Analysis. He received a presidential citation from the APA in 2009. 2009-2010, he was president of the Eastern Psychological Association. |
Abstract: Reinforcement is all around us and reinforcers are contingent on all kinds of behaviors in real life. A good deal of the time those reinforcers are the events that make the world go 'round; they also produce accidents, errors, catastrophes, and on good days they produce humor, satisfaction, scientific discoveries, save lives and bring great joy. This paper will review the many examples of malfunction of the reinforcement contingency with consequences that go far beyond what they used to do in days before computers and large corporations yielding the conditions in which one person or one small group of persons wreaks havoc. I will review cases of radiation poisoning, eggs spreading Salmonella, oil spills, cell phone malfunction and other blessings created by inappropriate reinforcement contingencies in our society. To make up for the bleak picture, I will suggest ways of correcting these malfunctioning reinforcement contingencies. |
|
|
|
|
Performance Architecture: The Art and Science of Improving Organizations |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Roger Addison, Ph.D. |
Chair: Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
ROGER ADDISON (Addison Consulting) |
Dr. Roger M. Addison, CPT, is an internationally respected practitioner of Performance Improvement Consulting and Chief Performance Officer of Addison Consulting. Roger was Vice President and Manager at Wells Fargo Bank. His responsibilities included executive coaching and education, change management and partnering with line managers to improve performance. He consults with Fortune 500 organizations to help them align their business requirements with bottom line results. He has over thirty years experience assisting line and staff managers improve the performance of their employee, processes/practices and organization mission and vision. Roger has successfully implemented performance improvement initiatives in many organizations including financial services, insurance, public utilities, healthcare, technology, retail and others.
Roger is a frequent speaker at the International Society For Performance Improvement (ISPI), the International Federation of Training and Development Organisations (IFTDO), and Business Process Management Conferences. Topics include: Performance Technology, Performance Architecture and Reengineering. Dr. Addison’s evidence-based approach and consulting have taken him to North America, South America, Asia, Europe, Africa and the Middle East.
Roger received his master and doctorate degrees from Baylor University.
In 2010 Roger received The Gilbert Distinguished Professional Achievement Award from ISPI and his book, Performance Architecture, was selected for the 2010 Award of Excellence. |
Abstract: Building architects are concerned with the physical design of a structure and with the flow of people through it, the ease of maintenance, emergency access, and a range of other factors. They consider the entire building as a dynamic system with all its parts. Performance architects view each organization as a dynamic system where every part affects every other part. They align all the components of the system to best achieve the desired results. Performance architecture grew out of the field of performance technology (PT). Early applications tended to focus on the workers, but soon people like Geary Rummler, Paul Harmon, Don Tosti, and other PT professionals saw the need to consider the nature of the work, the process, as well. Still others began to apply PT principles to the workplace and developed ways to analyze and address factors like culture, leadership, and strategy. These elements impact every worker and every process. Thus, performance architecture addresses the worker, the work, and the workplace, and does this within a system framework. This session will focus on several case studies, the performance architect models and tools, the recommended solutions and measurable evidence of success. |
|
|
|
|
Giving Effective Oral Presentations |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
302 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (California State University, Fresno) |
KIM D. LUCKER (Behavior Management Consultants) |
ROBERT D. HOLDSAMBECK (Board of Directors, Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies) |
JANET BARNETTE LUND (Integrated Behavioral Solutions, Inc.) |
Abstract: Giving effective oral presentations is a skill that many professionals, students, and practitioners seek to improve. A good presentation may make the difference between securing a new position at work, obtaining a grant, or just making a great impression. To keep an audience engaged, several skills and techniques can be learned to enhance the presentation being given. The international student committee is pleased to offer this event in the professional development series on improving oral presentation skills. Attendees will gain effective techniques and tips that they can apply to give more effective oral presentations. Panelists will share their own experiences and techniques that they have acquired to become effective speakers. The invited panelists have vast experience in a number of venues and types of presentations including trainings, presentations, invited talks and consulting meetings. This panel is developed for a new or student presenter, but open to anyone seeking to improve presentation skills. |
|
|
|
|
Enhancing Extinction by Targeting Molecular Processes Involved in Learning |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
401/402 (Convention Center) |
Area: SCI; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CE Instructor: Kennon Lattal, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kennon A Lattal (West Virginia University) |
K. MATTHEW LATTAL (Oregon Health & Science University) |
K. Matthew Lattal, Ph.D., is currently an Associate Professor in the Department of Behavioral Neuroscience at Oregon Health & Science University. Dr. Lattal received his B.A. from the University of California, San Diego. He majored in psychology and was mentored both as an undergraduate and graduate student at UCSD by Edmund Fantino. After a year of graduate school at UCSD, he went to the University of Pennsylvania, where he received his Ph.D. in Psychology under the mentorship of Robert A. Rescorla. His graduate work focused on behavioral and theoretical analyses of Pavlovian conditioning. As a post-doctoral fellow with Ted Abel in the Department of Biology at Penn, he explored the neurobiological underpinnings of learning and memory. His current research at OHSU combines behavioral and molecular analyses to examine mechanisms of learning in Pavlovian fear and drug conditioning. His research is supported by grants from NIMH and NIDA. |
Abstract: Many studies of Pavlovian conditioning have demonstrated that conditioned behavior can be eliminated when previously established relations between stimuli are severed. This extinction process has been extremely important for the development of learning theories and, more recently, for delineating the neurobiological mechanisms that underlie memory. A key finding from behavioral studies of extinction is that extinction eliminates behavior without eliminating the original memory; extinguished behavior often returns with time or with a return to the context in which the original learning occurred. This persistence of the original memory after extinction creates a challenge for clinical applications that use extinction as part of a treatment intervention. Consequently, a goal of recent neurobiological research on extinction is to identify potential pharmacological targets that may result in persistent extinction. Drugs that promote epigenetic changes are particularly promising because they can result in a long-term molecular signal that, combined with the appropriate behavioral treatment, can cause persistent changes in behavior induced by extinction. I will review some of these findings and describe the ways in which extinction enhancing drugs can impact behavior and brain function. |
|
|
|
|
Investigating the Expression and Reinforcing Nature of Social Behavior in Domestic Dogs |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1F (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB/EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Gwen Lupfer-Johnson (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Discussant: Carmen Buitrago (Cascade Pet Camp) |
Abstract: Three studies examined social behavior in domestic dogs. Garden and Lupfer-Johnson presented pairs of dogs with auditory signals for food and observed increased snout contact and muzzle-licking relative to when a novel sound was presented; results are interpreted in terms of behaviors that facilitate acquiring information about food. Feuerbacher and Wynne compared the relative reinforcing effectiveness of brief social interaction to that of a small food item, using dog subjects. Results suggest that food is a more effective reinforcer for dogs than social contact, although inter-individual variation was observed. Qualitative differences in social interaction may affect its reinforcing function. Sobie identified various problematic behaviors belonging to a functional response class of social facilitation. A combination of response-cost and positive reinforcement of two response class members reduced responding in other response class members. Together, the results of these studies highlight the pervasiveness of social behavior across the expression of behavior in dogs. |
|
Muzzle-licking and Snout Contact are Elicited by Signals for Food in Domestic Dogs |
REGAN GARDEN (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer-Johnson (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: Previous research suggests that domestic dogs can learn information about food from smelling the breath of a conspecific. In this study, we tested the hypothesis that muzzle-licking and/or snout contact are components of a food-related behavior pattern in dogs. Clicker-trained dog subjects were videotaped following the presentation of both a conditioned stimulus (CS) for food (click) and a novel sound while in the presence of another familiar dog. The number of seconds of snout contact that occurred in the two minutes following each stimulus presentation was recorded. Dogs engaged in significantly more snout contact when presented with a food CS than when presented with a novel auditory stimulus. The results of the study indicate that snout contact in domestic dogs can be released by a predictor of food and suggest that muzzle-licking, previously described as a submissive social display, may also function as a means of acquiring information about food from conspecifics. |
|
Human Social Interaction as a Reinforcer for Domestic Dogs |
ERICA FEUERBACHER (University of Florida), Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Dogs enjoy a unique niche in Western society and their high level of interaction with humans warrants exploration into the social relations between dogs and humans. Structural approaches predominate, assessing, for example, "sociability" of a dog by measuring the occurrence of specific behaviors. This, however, omits the assessment of variables maintaining these social interactions, overlooking the possibility that similar topographies may be functionally distinct, and different topographies functionally equivalent. Taking a functional approach, we compared the relative reinforcing effectiveness of brief social interaction to that of a small food item for an arbitrary response. Our results indicate that most dogs emit more responses when food is the programmed consequence than when social interaction is delivered. However, most dogs did emit low level responding in social interaction sessions, although typically the number of nose touches emitted per session decreased in successive social interaction sessions. Additionally, latency between stimulus presentation and response was shorter in food phases. Interesting inter-individual variation was also apparent, posing the question of the provenance of this difference. Results are discussed in terms of the temporal dynamics of social interaction as a reinforcer and the possibility that qualitative differences in social interaction may affect its reinforcing function. |
|
Functional Response Class Manipulation in Mediation of Social Behavior in Dogs |
JENNIFER L. SOBIE (University of Illinois) |
Abstract: A functional response class is a class of operant behaviors which can be grouped together because they produce the same consequence or serve the same function. Social motivating operations are common antecedent events in dogs, and a treatment that manipulates social behavior as a functional response class may facilitate treatment of undesired social behavior. This study evaluated response class manipulation as a treatment for reduction of problem social behavior in four pet dogs living in separate family situations. Five or more behaviors consistent with inclusion in the functional response class of social facilitation were recorded in each family situation to assess whether manipulation through counter-conditioning involving a combination of response-cost and positive reinforcement of two response class members would reduce other behaviors considered to exist in the response class. Results indicated that manipulation of two responses within the social functional response class reduced responding in two to three other response class members. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Social Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 4E (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Sandra L. Harris (Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
Discussant: Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership) |
CE Instructor: Misty Oppenheim, M.A. |
Abstract: One of the diagnostic criteria for individuals with autism is a qualitative impairment in social behavior, which can range from rejecting others in their environment to a failure to develop meaningful friendships. This impairment can lead to children and adolescents having fewer friendships, doing poorer in school, and having a lower quality of life. There have been numerous behavioral interventions that have been implemented to individuals with autism to increase their social behaviors. One procedure that has been empirically proven to be effective for teaching social skills is the teaching interaction procedure. The teaching interaction procedure consists of the teacher and the learner labeling the social behavior to be taught, providing a rationale of why the learner should engage in the social behavior, cues and characteristics of when the learner should engage in the social behavior, breaking the social behavior into smaller behavioral components, the teacher modeling the behavior, and the learner role-playing the behavior with the teacher. Previous studies have shown that the teaching interaction procedure is an effective way to teach a variety of social skills. This symposium will discuss three studies that further expand the research on the teaching interaction procedure. |
|
Teaching Structured Game Play to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders Using The Teaching Interaction Procedure |
MISTY L. OPPENHEIM (Great Strides Behavioral Consulting, Inc.), Justin B. Leaf (University of Kansas), Nicole Call (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: One of the defining characteristics of an autism spectrum disorder is deficits in social interaction. In addition, children with autism spectrum disorders often have reduced play skills, which further interferes with their ability to interact with same age peers. One way that typical children between the ages of four and seven interact is to play structured board and card games. The purpose of this study was to teach two elementary aged children with autism ways to better play and interact with same aged peers by playing structured games. Using the teaching interaction procedure, the children were taught how to set up and play three different age appropriate structured games (i.e., Uno, Go Fish, and Yahtzee Jr.). Both children were able to learn all three games in a structured setting with an adult associated with teaching. In addition, they were able to generalize game play to an additional adult in a different, less structured, setting. |
|
The Teaching and Generalization of Social Skills Using a Teaching Interaction Methodology |
ALYNE KUYUMJIAN (Autism Partnership), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Andrew Edwards (Autism Partnership), Kimberly Schulze (St. Cloud State University), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald B. Leaf (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: One of the diagnostic criteria for individuals with autism is a qualitative impairment in social behavior, which can range from rejecting others in their environment to a failure to develop meaningful friendships. While research has shown behavioral interventions to be effective in teaching and/or increasing a variety of appropriate social skills, limited research has shown generalization of these skills to the natural setting. One teaching procedure that has shown high levels of generalization for children with autism is the teaching interaction procedure. In this study, the teaching interaction procedure was used to teach a variety of social skills to four children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Additionally, the researchers utilized a fifth participant as a control; this participant did not receive the teaching interaction procedure. Results of this study indicated that the teaching interaction procedure was effective in teaching new appropriate social skills, of different topographies. Results also showed that participants were able to generalize skills learned to their natural environment. |
|
Comparison of Social Stories and Teaching Interaction Procedures for Teaching Social Skills to Children and Adolescents With a Pervasive Developmental Disorder |
JUSTIN B. LEAF (University of Kansas), Misty L. Oppenheim (Great Strides Behavioral Consulting, Inc.), Nicole Call (University of Kansas), Mitchell T. Taubman (Autism Partnership), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Two methods that have been implemented to teach social skills to children with autism are social stories and the teaching interaction procedure. This study compared social stories to the teaching interaction procedure for teaching social skills to six children and adolescents diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Using a parallel treatment design, researchers taught 18 social skills with social stories and 18 social skills with teaching interaction procedures. The teaching interaction procedure was effective in teaching all 18 skills across the six participants. Social stories, within the same amount of teaching sessions, however, were effective in teaching 4 of the 18 social skills across the six participants. Also, participants had greater generalization of social skills to adults and to peers when the skills were taught with the teaching interaction procedure. When the participants were allowed to choose whether they would prefer to be taught with the teaching interaction procedure or social stories, they had a slight preference for social stories. |
|
|
|
|
Improving the Quality of Life for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders: From Communication to Preschool Prerequisite Skills |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Summer Ferreri (Michigan State University) |
Discussant: Summer Ferreri (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: This symposium combines three separate presentations, all related to the education of individuals with autism spectrum disorders. The first examined the effects of a video modeling procedure to teach verbal behavior to five children with severe autism under two experimental conditions. In one condition, response targets and environmental variables were related to the results of a preintervention functional analysis of gestural behavior. In a second condition, the same variables were not related to the results of the functional analysis. The second examined the effects of Proloquo2go on an iPod touch on the frequency of mands, problems behaviors, and verbalizations, for children with autism. The final examined the SPARCLERS program, which is used to prepare children for classroom structure and build the foundations for learning in a school environment. This symposium will present data related to each of the individual presentations. |
|
Establishing Verbal Repertoires in Children With Autism Using Function-Based Video Modeling: Direct and Collateral Effects |
JOSH PLAVNICK (Michigan State University), Summer Ferreri (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: A critical component of early intervention for children with severe autism is to teach recognizable verbal behavior. Strategies for improving the effectiveness and efficiency of verbal behavior training are therefore an ongoing priority in applied behavior analysis. This research examined the effects of a video modeling procedure to teach verbal behavior to five children with severe autism under two experimental conditions. In one condition, response targets and environmental variables were related to the results of a preintervention functional analysis of gestural behavior. In a second condition, the same variables were not related to the results of the functional analysis. In addition to mand acquisition and generalization, participants demonstrated increased levels of social responsiveness and decreased levels of problem behavior during the function-based condition when compared to the nonfunction-based condition. These results have implications for the use of functional analysis and video modeling when teaching verbal behavior. |
|
Effects of Proloquo2go on the Communication Skills of Children With Autism |
SEAN STRASBERGER (Michigan State University), Summer Ferreri (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Approximately 30% of individuals with autism remain non-verbal after receiving communication-based interventions (Akshoomoff & Stahmer, 2006). Non-verbal children with autism therefore have no means to communicate unless an alterative approach is taught. Children with autism sometimes may express themselves instead through problem behaviors, such as running, hitting, and screaming (Sigafoos, Drasgow et al., 2003). Non-verbal children with autism are therefore candidates for augmentative and alternative communication (Reichle, Beukelman, & Light, 2002). Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) can include sign language, picture boards, and electronic devices. Many AAC devices lack portability and are often not universally understood. The present study examined a new type of a AAC device called Proloquo2go on an iPod touch, which was taught to children with autism. Proloquo2go is both portable and universally understood. Using the research proven teaching strategy of the picture exchange communication system (Frost and Bondy, 2002), the purpose of this study was to determine how the frequency of requests, problem behaviors, and verbalizations were affected when Proloquo2go was introduced to three children with autism. A multiple baseline design across participants was used and results will be presented. |
|
SPARCLERS: A Comprehensive Approach to Building Classroom Prerequisite Skills |
CORINNE M. MURPHY (West Chester University), Cherie Ann Fishbaugh (Southeastern Pennsylvania Autism Resource Center) |
Abstract: A child must successfully demonstrate a myriad of prerequisite skills to participate in a preschool classroom including staying in ones seat, activity transitions, responding to name, and taking turns. Young children with autism often have not yet acquired these necessary skills or are not able to demonstrate the skills within the preschool environment. The purpose of the SPARCLERS program is to prepare children for classroom structure and build the foundations for learning in a school environment. The program consists of two components presented concurrently: 1.5 hours of one-on-one individualized skill development using discrete trial training followed immediately by 1.5 hours of pre-school structured activities (circle time, art, gross motor, snack, and cooperative games). This presentation will provide skill-specific outcome data for program participants in both the one-on-one program setting and in the pre-school generalization setting. Inter-observer agreement and procedural integrity data will be reported. Additionally, presenters will address issues pertaining to the development of prerequisite classroom skills in children with autism spectrum disorder ages, 2-4 years. |
|
|
|
|
The Use of Preference Assessments for Informing Treatment of Automatically Reinforced Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 4D (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Eileen Roscoe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium contains four presentations that address the use of preference assessments for informing treatment of automatically reinforced problem behavior. The first presenter will review the use of a concurrent chains arrangement to determine treatment preferences for participants with automatically reinforced motor stereotypy. The author will also discuss results from an indirect assessment that was conducted with caretakers and relevant stakeholders. The second presenter will review data from two different preference assessments that are often used to identify preferred items for use in the treatment of automatically reinforced problem behavior. The author will review test-retest reliability for each of the assessments and will discuss the implications of the results for determining items for use in behavioral treatment programs. The third presenter will review data on the response persistence of automatically reinforced motor stereotypy following reinforcement versus control sessions. The author will discuss the effects of presenting matched versus unmatched stimuli during the reinforcement component on participants' subsequent persistence of stereotypy. The fourth presenter will discuss the use of a concurrent operant preference assessment for determining participants' preference for contingent social consequences versus extinction (no consequences) for their aggression. The author will review data from this assessment and will discuss how the findings may help clarify ambiguous functional analysis (FA) outcomes for participants' aggression. |
|
Assessing Social Validity With Two Adolescents Diagnosed With an Autism Spectrum Disorder and Their Stakeholders |
JACQUELINE N. POTTER (New England Center for Children), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England College), Meredith C. Phelps (New England Center for Children), Matotopa Augustine (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The purpose of this analysis was to assess social validity with two adolescent males diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in addition to their caregivers and other relevant stakeholders. Both participants engaged in high levels of automatically reinforced motor stereotypy and previously experienced a treatment component analysis designed to identify the necessary components to decrease stereotypy and increase appropriate play behavior. The treatment consisted of enriching the environment with leisure materials, prompting appropriate play, restricting access to motor stereotypy through blocking, and providing access to the stereotypy contingent on appropriate play behavior. The present analysis objectively assessed each client's preference, using a concurrent-chains arrangement, for this treatment package versus other relevant treatments commonly used to treat stereotypy (e.g., blocking only, activities only). An indirect assessment was then conducted with caretakers and other relevant stakeholders of each participant via viewing video clips and filling out a questionnaire, to assess the social acceptability of the purpose, goals, and effects of treatment (i.e., behavior changes observed after experiencing treatment) and the procedures that were implemented. Results of the treatment preference assessment indicated that both participants preferred conditions where activities were present as well as the treatment package. Social validity assessed by caregivers and relevant stakeholders indicated overall that the treatment package purpose, goals, treatment procedures, and amount of behavior change were appropriate and acceptable. |
|
Evaluation of Two Preference Assessments for Identifying Reinforcers for Treating Automatically Reinforced Problem Behavior |
JAMES E. COOK (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Jeff Kalles (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Because clinicians cannot withdraw or terminate the reinforcer associated with automatically reinforced problem behavior, effective behavioral treatment relies on identifying potent reinforcers. To this end, clinicians may conduct preference assessments based on item selection or based on both item engagement and problem behavior. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate two different preference assessments for determining items for use in an intervention for problem behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Two individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, who exhibited motor stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement, participated in this study. We conducted two leisure-item preference assessments, four times each, and alternated assessments using a multielement design. In the paired-stimulus format, the therapist presented two leisure items and asked the participant to select one. Preference was based on the percentage of trials an item was selected. In the competing items format, each item was presented singly for 5 min, and preference was based on levels of item engagement and motor stereotypy. Results showed that the paired-stimulus assessment yielded higher levels of stability as determined by correlation coefficients than did the competing items assessment across replications. Implications of these results for determining items for use in behavioral treatment programs will be discussed. |
|
Assessing the Effects of Matched and Unmatched Stimuli on the Persistence of Stereotypy |
JACQUELYN M. MACDONALD (New England Center for Children), Diana Parry-Cruwys (New England Center for Children), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children), Sarah Ann Scamihorn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Previous research has suggested that adding reinforcers into a situation can increase the persistence of behavior. Ahearn, Clark, Gardenier, Chung, and Dube (2003) found stereotypy was more persistent following reinforcement sessions than control sessions. The current study attempts to replicate and extend these findings by differentiating the type of stimuli given to each participant. Two children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder who engaged in stereotypic behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement participated. Three experimental components, matched, unmatched, or control, assessed the effects of matched versus unmatched stimuli on the persistence of stereotypy. Results and implications will be discussed. |
|
Automatically Maintained Aggression |
NATALIE A. PARKS (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan A. Call (Marcus Autism Center), Andrea Rothstein (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) has been shown to be an effective method for identifying the function of aggressive behavior (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, & Richman, 1982/1994). Aggression is most often maintained by social consequences (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 3002). However, previous studies have demonstrated that ambiguous results from FAs may indicate that aggression can be maintained by automatic reinforcement (Ringdahl, Call, Mews, Boelter, & Christensen, 2008). The present study attempted to further evaluate the function of aggression that produced ambiguous results from a FA that included elevated rates of problem behavior in an extended ignore condition (Vollmer et al, 1995). Two participants were exposed to a concurrent operants assessment in which they chose between various social consequences for problem behavior versus extinction. On one side of the room the establishing operations and consequences from the tangible, demand, and attention conditions of the FA were presented. On the other side of the room problem behavior resulted in no programmed consequences. Participants were free to switch sides throughout all session, with choices defined as allocation to one side of the room or the other. Results will be discussed in terms of how concurrent operants arrangements can clarify ambiguous FA results. |
|
|
|
|
Using Percentage of Non-overlapping Datato Determine the Effectiveness of Single Subject Applied Behaviour Analysis Research for Individuals With Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 4C (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Rosemary Condillac, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The field of applied behaviour analysis (ABA) is heavily reliant on single subject research, which clearly demonstrates the functional relations between interventions and outcomes. When reviewing the literature on specific ABA procedures using single subject designs, there are few studies employing systematic methodologies to review the literature and determine the overall effectiveness of particular interventions. One method for amalgamating research results across studies is the percentage of non-overlapping data points (PND). With the current emphasis on evidence- based practice, especially in the field of autism, this symposium is designed to provide a practical tool to offer consumers of research the means to compare results across single subject studies, and to combine results to determine an estimate of effect size for particular interventions. This symposium will begin with a presentation describing the procedure and giving the audience some practical examples of its use, strengths and limits. This will be followed three examples of research projects that have employed PND to determine an estimate of the effect size for a body of published research studies in ABA and autism. The utility of this approach for researchers and consumers will be highlighted. |
|
An Overview of the Use of Percentage of Non-Overlapping Data to Explore the Effectiveness of Interventions |
ANDREW W. MCNAMARA (St. Lawrence College), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University) |
Abstract: The field of applied behaviour analysis (ABA) depends largely on single subject designs in research and practice. These designs give the opportunity to demonstrate the impact of an intervention on a target behaviour for each individual in the study. A challenge with these designs is finding a reliable and efficient method of summarizing findings across studies. One possible method for synthesizing visual single subject data is to calculate the percentage of non-overlapping data (PND). This method can be used to determine the effect size of single subject research that includes a visual depiction of the data, including baseline and treatment conditions. PND can be a very useful tool for researchers, clinicians, and consumers of research and clinical services, wanting to determine the relative effectiveness of different techniques. This presentation will provide an overview of PND, and demonstrate the calculation of effect size using this method. The strengths and limits of the method will also be illustrated with sample graphs. |
|
Comparing the Outcomes of Behavioural Interventions for People With Autism Based on Analogue versus Descriptive Functional Assessment Techniques: A meta-Analysis |
Melissa Gardiner (Brock University), BRIEN MANAGHAN (Brock University), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University) |
Abstract: Problem behaviours have a negative impact on quality of life for people with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Behavioural interventions based on functional behavioural assessment techniques have been demonstrated effective for reducing aggressive, self-injurious and destructive behaviours in individuals with ASD. Research in this area emphasizes the use of experimental functional analysis, though, in practice, many behaviour analysts rely on descriptive methods. The purpose of this study was to conduct a meta-analysis to compare the outcomes of intervention studies using experimental functional analysis to those using descriptive methods and combined methods. Effect sizes were measured using percentage of non-overlapping data points (PND). Preliminary findings suggest that treatment outcomes based on analog functional analysis, descriptive assessments or a combination of both were assessed, and found to range in effectiveness. Treatment outcomes were also found to be similarly effective regardless of whether the behaviour was maintained by a single function of behaviour or multi-functional. The implications of this study, limitations and suggestions for future research are discussed. |
|
Training Teachers to Adhere toApplied Behavior AnalysisStrategies for Students With Autism and Developmental Disabilities: A Meta-Analysis |
Erin E. LaPlante (ErinoakKids Central West Autism Intervention Services), ALISON D. COX (Brock University), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University) |
Abstract: Interventions using the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) are effective for skill development and/or reducing challenging behaviours in children with autism spectrum disorders/developmental disabilities (ASD/DD) (Carr & Durand, 1985; McEachin, Smith & Lovaas, 1993). Many educators still refrain from using ABA in their classroom (Axelrod, Moyer & Berry, 1990). Treatment adherence is essential to improved outcomes for students with DD (Gresham, 1989). Valuable time and money is spent providing educators with training in ABA to implement treatment plans effectively (Ontario Ministry of Ed., PPM 140, 2007). Literature from other sectors (e.g., residential staff) suggests that didactic training is less effective than other methods at improving treatment adherence (Harchik et al., 1989). Given the considerable investment in educator training to support children with disabilities (especially autism) it is essential to examine the evidence to determine the most effective means to train educators. It is hoped that improved information about the effectiveness of training will influence practice, and result in improved treatment implementation and outcomes (Axelrod, Moyer & Berry, 1990, Harchik et al., 1989). This study employed the percentage of non-overlapping data points method to calculate the effect sizes for different training approaches. The relative effectiveness for different training methodologies and their impact on implementation will be discussed. |
|
Meta-Analysis of Generalization Effects from Social Skills Training for Children and Youth With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
MELISSA JOHNSTON (Lake Ridge Community Support Services), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Nikita Yeryomenko (Lake Ridge Community Support Services) |
Abstract: Social skill generalization is essential for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) to achieve meaningful outcomes from social skills interventions. This presentation will review a meta-analysis designed to fill a gap in the literature by examining the variables that influence generalization effects by calculating the percentage of non-overlapping data points (PND) from single-case studies. Participant characteristics, quantity of generalization strategies, generalization strategies used, categories of skills trained, and training characteristics were compared with overall and mean PND scores for treatment, maintenance and generalization outcomes. The analysis resulted in borderline significant results suggesting that using Natural Maintaining Contingencies or Training Loosely generalization strategies may produce better generalization effects for children and adolescents with ASD. Training with multiple exemplars was found to be moderately related to better maintenance effects. Further investigation of variables that predict and improve generalization effects for those with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) is warranted. |
|
|
|
|
Development of Advanced Verbal Behavior Skills for Children With Autism Within School and Home Setting |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 4B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: David Hatfield (Developmental Behavioral Health, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: James Partington, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder (ASD), have significant delays in communication and social interaction. Consequently, their parents often feel frustrated and disappointed by their inability to participate in daily interactions that most families take for granted, such as storytelling, laughing together, discussing the day's events, and speaking with their child about his or her thoughts and feelings. To develop these interaction skills, it is usually necessary to teach a variety of specific advanced language skills that are often not adequately addressed in many intervention programs. Some of these skills include being able to describe and answer questions about events as they are happening (i.e., "What are we doing? Who is here? Where are we?"). Another important set of skills is to be able to ask peers and family members for information (e.g., "Where is the playground? When can we go to the playground? Who will take me there?" ). Additionally, the child also must be taught to remember and describe what they are told about their peers (e.g., "What is Joe's favorite video?"), and describe recent past events, (e.g., "Who sat next to you at lunch today? What did he bring for lunch?"). Intervention programs that develop these types of skills can improve a child's ability to establish and maintain meaningful friendships. Specific strategies will be presented that professionals and educators can use to develop these advanced language skills and that focus teaching the child to attend to the actions and interests of peers and family members. Children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), demonstrate the ability to tact and often discuss items or events that they are able to experience. With proper program planning and teaching, children with autism can master intraverbal skills in relation to recalling past events and discussing these events with peers and family. One area that children with autism demonstrate significant delays is the ability to infer and make predictions about pictures, events, and feelings. Since the implementation of the first federal legislation mandating free and appropriate education for children with disabilities, there has been the requirement of specific learning objectives for each student's individualized education program. However, after reviewing many educational programs, it is readily apparent that many of the children who have not made significant progress in their development have objectives in their IEPs that fail to identify critical basic language and learner skills that are necessary to help them develop to their fullest potential. This presentation will review the developmental patterns of critical language and learner skills of typically-developing children between the ages of 6 and 60-months and identify how these data are useful in the establishment of appropriate learning objectives for young children with autism or other developmental delays. |
|
Development of Advanced Verbal Behavior Skills for Children With Autism Within School and Home Setting |
CARMEN MARTIN (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have significant delays in communication, social skills, advanced language skills, and comprehension skills. Consequently, it is difficult for these students to participate in activities within the home and school setting. To develop these advanced verbal behavior skills, it is necessary to teach a variety of specific advanced skills in a variety of settings. Using examples and non-examples it is also necessary to teach prediction of outcomes. Some of these skills include describing activities and events as they are happening, and discussing possible future outcomes to certain events. Intervention programs that develop these skills can improve the child's ability to engage with peers and comprehend events. Specific strategies will be presented that professionals and educators can use to develop these advanced language skills. |
|
Developing Advanced Verbal Behavior in Children With Autism Necessary for Describing Experiences and Developing Friendship |
HOLLI HELEN HENNINGSEN JERDES (Behavior Analysts, Inc.), Carmen Martin (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder (ASD), have significant delays in communication and social interaction. Consequently, their parents often feel frustrated and disappointed by their inability to participate in daily interactions that most families take for granted, such as storytelling, laughing together, discussing the days events, and speaking with their child about his or her thoughts and feelings. To develop these interaction skills, it is usually necessary to teach a variety of specific advanced language skills that are often not adequately addressed in many intervention programs. Some of these skills include being able to describe and answer questions about events as they are happening (i.e., "What are we doing? Who is here? Where are we?"). Another important set of skills is to be able to ask peers and family members for information (e.g., "Where is the playground? When can we go to the playground? Who will take me there?" ). Additionally, the child also must be taught to remember and describe what they are told about their peers (e.g., "What is Joe's favorite video?"), and describe recent past events, (e.g., "Who sat next to you at lunch today? What did he bring for lunch?"). Intervention programs that develop these types of skills can improve a child's ability to establish and maintain meaningful friendships. Specific strategies will be presented that professionals and educators can use to develop these advanced language skills and that focus teaching the child to attend to the actions and interests of peers and family members. |
|
Developing Advanced Verbal Behavior Skills to Teach Inference, Expand Intraverbal Skills, and Make Predictions for Children With Autism |
NISSA INTARACHOTE (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Abstract: Children with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), demonstrate the ability to tact and often discuss items or events that they are able to experience. With proper program planning and teaching, children with autism can master intraverbal skills in relation to recalling past events and discussing these events with peers and family. One area that children with autism demonstrate significant delays is the ability to infer and make predictions about pictures, events, and feelings. To develop these skills, it is necessary to teach many examples of situations and stories in which one would infer or predict an outcome. Using tact to intraverbal transfers as well as recall of experiences and emotions students with ASD can begin to infer future events. Intervention programs that develop these skills can improve a child's ability to predict outcomes in everyday experiences as well as with stories. Specific strategies will be presented that professionals and educators can use to develop these advanced skills. |
|
Using Normative Data on the Development of Critical Language and Social Skills to Develop Language- Based Interventions for Children With Autism |
JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Abstract: Since the implementation of the first federal legislation mandating free and appropriate education for children with disabilities, there has been the requirement of specific learning objectives for each student's individualized education program (IEP). However, after reviewing many educational programs, it is readily apparent that many of the children who have not made significant progress in their development have objectives in their IEPs that fail to identify critical basic language and learner skills that are necessary to help them develop to their fullest potential. This presentation will review the developmental patterns of critical language and learner skills of typically-developing children between the ages of 6- and 60-months and identify how these data are useful in the establishment of appropriate learning objectives for young children with autism or other developmental delays. |
|
|
|
|
The Importance of Conducting a Needs Assessment-Determining Priorities for Retention of Direct Staff |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 4A (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Based on the research evidence of the efficacy of applied behavior analytic interventions, there is an augmented need for effective behavior treatments for autism. The survival of behavior analytic agencies, and the quality of services they offer, depends heavily on these agencies abilities to recruit, train, monitor, and maintain qualified employees. However, at this time, documented research regarding such employees is limited. In the series of papers we present, we conducted a needs assessment with 146 direct staff from 24 different behavioral service providers of individuals with autism. We used group-design analyses to investigate the self-reported needs and desires of employees to determine predictors of turnover among direct staff who work with children with autism. In this symposium, we discuss turnover intentions, and each statistically, socially, and clinically significant predictor, in detail. We provide research findings from prior studies in related fields, as well as offer suggestions for change. This symposium will further the skills and knowledge of BCBAs by addressing which research design is appropriate for a particular research question, highlighting the importance of methodological controls irrespective of type of research design, and outlining how behavior analysts can effectively prioritize their efforts for employee retention. |
|
Why Are My Staff Leaving? - Turnover Factors Among Staff Working With Children With Autism |
ALYSSA ANNE KAVNER (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge), Amanda Valencia (California State University, Northridge), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (California State University, Northridge), Meline Pogosjana (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: The large demand for behavior analytic services, in the field of autism intervention, results in a high need for direct staff. Agencies that offer behavioral services exert resources to recruit and maintain staff. However, there is a general knowledge of rapid turnover amongst direct staff even though, to date, there is no documented empirical evidence of turnover in this field. This high rate of turnover can affect a company's productivity, increase costs, as well as hinder a client's progress because of a lack of consistency. Industrial organization researchers found that turnover is costly to organizations because employees decrease productivity and emotionally distance themselves from their work (Keaveney & Nelson, 1993). Additionally, organizations undergo financial strain and a loss of knowledge within the company (Kiekbusch, Price, & Theis, 2003). Researchers have consistently found that intent to leave a company is the best predictor of actual turnover (Lambert, 2006; Ramlall, 2003). In our study 46% of direct staff reported likelihood to leave their company as compared to 12% based on research in related fields. We found variables, such as hours worked per week, employee education, and reimbursements were not in fact related to turnover. From a total of 146 respondents (representing 24 different companies in Los Angeles) we found supervision, training, and pay were the best predictors of turnover (F (1, 77) = 8.80, R2 = .39, p < .001). In this symposium we will discuss predictors of turnover in detail and offer suggestions for future direction. |
|
How Do I Keep My Newly Hired Staff? The Influence of Training Satisfaction on Turnover Intentions |
MELINE POGOSJANA (California State University, Northridge), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (California State University, Northridge), Alyssa Anne Kavner (California State University, Northridge), Amanda Valencia (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: In Los Angeles County, until very recently, the responsibility to teach direct-service staff necessary skills to appropriately implement behavioral techniques has fallen solely on agencies providing behavior analytic services to children with developmental disabilities. Given that agencies rely on their direct staff for implementation of programs, it is imperative that staff receive sufficient "on the job" training. Previous researchers found that level of training plays a key role in the turnover intentions of employees, such that, individuals receiving adequate training are less likely to leave their job (Rondeau, Williams, & Wagar, 2009). Training duration and the context in which the training was provided were also found to be significant correlates of training satisfaction (Schmidt, 2007). Regrettably, research addressing effects of training on direct-service staff providing behavioral services to children with developmental disabilities is scant. In this study, we used the Training Satisfaction Scale (Liu, 2006) to assess various factors relating to job retention. We found satisfaction with initial training to be the most prominent predictor of turn over intention. In this presentation we will discuss variables that contribute to initial training satisfaction. |
|
What About Supervision Matters?Supervision Satisfaction as a Predictor of Turnover Intentions |
MARNIE NICOLE SHAPIRO (California State University, Northridge), Meline Pogosjana (California State University, Northridge), Amanda Valencia (California State University, Northridge), Alyssa Anne Kavner (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Supervision in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is of paramount importance because the majority of entry-level direct staff enter the field with, at most, an education in concept and theory and are thus largely relying on supervisors for appropriate implementation of services, maintenance, and mastery of skills. Researchers report supervision plays an influential role in the turnover intentions of employees such that individuals who feel satisfied with their supervisor relationship are more likely to continue in the field (Firth, Mellor, Moore, & Loquet, 2004). Furthermore, in the field of special education, researchers found greater levels of administrative support to be associated with greater job satisfaction and less subsequent turnover (Billingsley, 2004). However, within the field of ABA research addressing the relationship between a supervisor and the direct staff who provide applied behavior analytic services to children with disabilities is limited. In this study, we used The Supervision Satisfaction Scale to assess different factors that contribute to perceived supervisor support (Eisenberger et al. 2002). We found perceived supervision satisfaction to be a significant determinant of self-reported turnover intentions. In this presentation, we will discuss variables that contribute to participants' reports of supervision satisfaction. |
|
Misconceptions Regarding Important Factors That Are, or Are Not, Related to Turnover |
MELISSA NAYAR (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc), Amanda Valencia (California State University, Northridge), Alyssa Anne Kavner (California State University, Northridge), Marnie Nicole Shapiro (California State University, Northridge), Meline Pogosjana (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: It is imperative that behavioral agencies nationwide are cognizant of the factors that relate to high turnover rates of behavior therapists working with children diagnosed with autism so that these companies can find ways to better retain their employees. Prior research conducted on special education teachers (Billingsley, 2003; Nickson & Kritsonis, 2006) found variables such as the level of education of teachers, length of time at current job, severity of impairment of the cases, age of teachers, job expectations, and knowledge of concepts to be related to turnover. However, we found that several of these factors, as well as other seemingly pertinent variables (e.g., reimbursements, health insurance, etc.), were not statistically significant predictors of turnover. The results from our research were not similar with prior research and contradict the prevalent belief among agency owners. Furthermore, we found that rate of hourly pay accounted for only a small portion of the variance when predicting intent to turnover. Other variables that were examined, limitations, and implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
O. Ivar Lovaas: Pioneer of Applied Behavior Analytic Intervention for Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Four Seasons 4 (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University) |
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Tiger, Ph.D. |
Panelists: ROBERT L. KOEGEL (University of California, Santa Barbara), CLAIRE AND BRUCE BOTHWELL (National Autism Association), JUDITH E. FAVELL (AdvoServ), RICHARD M. FOXX (Penn State University) |
Abstract: O. Ivar Lovaas (1927-2010) was a trail-blazing clinician-scientist who devoted nearly half a century to improving the lives of children with autism and their families, brought applied behavior analysis (ABA) to the attention of the general public, and inspired many students and colleagues to join his quest for ever-more effective treatments. Lovaas' early studies showed the potential of ABA interventions to decrease severe challenging behaviors and establish communicative language in previously nonverbal children. His later work culminated in landmark reports revealing that many children with autism made remarkable gains with early intensive ABA. In person, Lovaas was larger-than-life, ebullient, outgoing, charismatic, feisty, and brilliant. This distinguished panel will discuss his multi-faceted contributions from the perspectives of former students who collaborated with Lovaas at different stages of his career, parents whose son received early intensive behavioral intervention in his clinic, and colleagues who interacted with him over a period of many years. |
ROBERT L. KOEGEL (University of California, Santa Barbara) |
I teach courses in the Department of Counseling/Clinical/School Psychology and in the Special Education, Disabilities and Risk Studies Emphasis. My primary teaching is in the area of childhood autism, experimental designs suited for clinical intervention research, and principles of behavior management for psychologists. I also am the Director of the UCSB Koegel Autism Center, a national center for clinical, home, and school intervention research. Some of the research projects that have resulted in significant gains for individuals with autism include development of treatment techniques focused on "pivotal behaviors" such as improved communication, self-management, and motivation, so that such individuals can reach their full potential, experience maximal community and school integration, and enhance the overall quality of their lives, and the lives of their family. The center provides research and clinical services for children with autism, their families, and schools. Graduate and undergraduate students participate directly in these activities as part of supervised practicum experiences, and as part of their research. The center is funded by a number of sources, including the state of California, federal research and training grants from the National Institute of Mental Health and the United States Department of Education, and private donations.
My Bachelors degree was awarded in psychology from the University of Wisconsin in Madison; my M.A. and Ph.D. degrees were awarded in developmental and clinical psychology from UCLA. My advisor was Dr. Ivar Lovaas, who first interested me in the treatment of children with autism. Since I have come to UCSB, I have focused my research on the identification of pivotal behaviors that result in efficient, intensive interventions for individuals with autism. These interventions do not rely on aversives (previously used frequently with this population), and promote intervention in least restrictive environments in school, home and community settings.
I am the Editor of the "Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions." The Journal has the following major missions: to meaningfully translate research to practice; to report successful and replicable demonstrations in family, school, and community environments; and to report significant empirical advances in intervention development. |
CLAIRE AND BRUCE BOTHWELL (National Autism Association) |
Claire works full-time as a paralegal and office manager of the California office of the law firm of Waters & Kraus. Claire has worked in the legal field since coming to the United States at age 19 in 1982. She is originally from Coventry, England, but now resides in Long Beach, California. She is married to Bruce, an attorney, and has three children: Will (aged 12 and autistic), Katrina (age 10 diagnosed with autism, but now recovered) and Jillian (age 8 and seemingly typical, whatever that is). When Will was diagnosed with autism in 1995, Claire quit her job and dedicated her time to running Will’s 40+ hours a week Lovaas program and advocating on Will’s behalf. She and Bruce sued their local school district and regional center for funding for Will’s program and prevailed. Soon, she and Bruce were successfully advocating for services for other autistic children in the area. In 1997, Claire’s second child, Katrina, was diagnosed with autism and Claire co-founded the first support group in the area specifically targeted at newly-diagnosed parents. She serves on the Board of the Autism Society of America-Greater Long Beach South Bay Chapter and has previously edited their newsletter and served as the Corresponding Secretary. She was one of the founding parents of L.A.-F.EA.T. and was a frequent contributor to the old FEATLIST. In 2000, she returned to work full-time and opened the California office of Waters & Kraus. One of her first assignments was to research the issue of thimerosal in vaccines and its link to mercury poisoning and autism. Waters & Kraus filed the first civil suit in the United States alleging that thimerosal had caused neurological damage to children later diagnosed with autism. In the meantime, Bruce Bothwell left his partners in a general civil practice and opened his own office. He now practices exclusively in special education law. Claire and Bruce have made it their mission to do as much as they personally can to address the needs of individuals with autism in their community and beyond. |
JUDITH E. FAVELL (AdvoServ) |
Judith Favell, a graduate of University of Kansas, has devoted her career in applied behavior analysis to the field of developmental disabilities, focusing specifically on the analysis and treatment of severe behavior disorders. In addition to her direct clinical responsibilities and applied research, Dr. Favell's work has encompassed the development and promulgation of both practice guidelines and standards, and policy and legislation relevant to the right to effective treatment. She has served as President of the Association for Behavior Analysis International and the American Psychological Association’s Division 33 (Developmental Disabilities), and on the Board of the Association of Behavioral and Cognitive Therapies. She is currently President of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Dr. Favell is CEO of AdvoServ, a multistate private provider of behavior analytic services to individuals with significant behavioral challenges. |
RICHARD M. FOXX (Penn State University) |
Dr. Foxx is a Professor of Psychology at Penn State University (PSU) and Adjunct Professor of Pediatrics in the PSU College of Medicine. He has authored, coauthored, or co edited eight books including Interventions for treating the eating problems of children with autism spectrum. He has written over 130 scientific publications, made 13 training films, given over 2300 talks in 17 foreign countries and 47 U. S. states. He is the editor-in-chief of Behavioral Interventions and a Fellow in five divisions of the American Psychological Association (APA), the American Psychological Society, and the Association for Behavior Analysis- International (ABAI). He was President of ABAI and Division 33 of APA. His awards included Lifetime Achievement and Significant Contributions to Behavior Analysis from the New York State Association for Behavior Analysis, honorary member of the Norwegian Association for Behavior Analysis, SABA Award for Effective Presentation of Behavior Analysis in the Mass Media, the inaugural John Jacobson Division 33 award, and The Murray Sidman Award for Enduring Contributions to Behavior Analysis from BABAT. His book Toilet Training in Less than a Day has sold over two million copies and his film “Harry” has won numerous cinematic awards. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Applications of Behavioral Health and Medicine |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Heather Pamula (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: This symposium will feature four presentations on the application of behavior analysis within behavioral health and medicine. Everything from increasing physical activity and healthy food choices to medical regimen adherence will be discussed. |
|
A Comparison of Interval Recording Methods for Measuring Physical Activity Levels |
TRACY LARSON (University of the Pacific), Bryon Miller (University of the Pacific), Allison Jayne Morley (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Discontinuous measurement systems are often used to record the occurrence of physical activity. These measures, however, provide only an estimation of the occurrence of a particular behavior. In the current study, several commonly used interval recording methods were utilized to examine the datasets of the physical activity of four preschoolers. The results indicated that discontinuous recording significantly overestimated the occurrence of physical activity, and progressively overestimated activity to a greater degree as the interval length increased. In addition, the degree of overestimation varied as a function of activity level (low, medium, high activity). These results suggest that it is important to evaluate a measurement system before using it to measure a particular behavior, in that nay interpretation of those data may differ depending on the observation system utilized. |
|
A Functional Analysis of Physical Activity in Preschool Children |
KRISTIN M. HUSTYI (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Tracy Larson (University of the Pacific), Allison Jayne Morley (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to develop and test an experimental methodology for assessing the effect of outdoor activity context on level of physical activity in preschool children in solitary and group settings. Several activity contexts and a control condition were manipulated according to a multi-element design. The fixed-playground equipment condition produced the most moderate-to-vigorous physical activity for most participants in both solitary and group settings. In addition, participants engaged in higher level of moderate-vigorous physical activity across experimental conditions when at least one peer was present. |
|
Kids Choice Program: A School-Home Partnership for Child Obesity Prevention |
Helen M. Hendy (Penn State Schuykill), KEITH E. WILLIAMS (Penn State Hershey Medical Center), Thomas S. Camise (Schuykill Haven Area School District) |
Abstract: The Kids Choice Program is a school-home partnership for child obesity prevention that encourages children to develop three weight management behaviors in their everyday environments: (1) fruit or vegetables first during meals, (2) choosing healthy low-fat and low-sugar drinks, and (3) exercise. Components of the Kids Choice Program include the offer of small and delayed rewards that serve as an incentive for children to try the three weight management behavior, small daily expectations for the behaviors and choices that avoid satiation effects, and conditions that encourage incidental peer modeling. The program was presented to 382 children in 1st to 4th grades. Results showed children in all grades increased eating fruits and vegetables first, drank more healthy drinks, and exercised more from baseline across the reinforcement conditions. BMI% for overweight children within the sample (N = 112) remained high from the previous year to 2 weeks before the program, but dropped significantly after the three-month Kids Choice Program. We believe the Kids Choice Program offers a cost-effective method to encourage children to develop healthy behaviors while in their everyday peer environment. |
|
An Examination of Behavioral Approaches in Increasing Medical Regimen Adherence Among Adolescents With Asthma |
MARGUERITE L. MCCROW (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to examine the effectiveness of behavioral self-management versus parental-management in increasing medical regimen adherence among adolescents with asthma. The study also examined the subsequent effects on clinical outcomes including expiratory peak flow measures and quality of life measures. An alternating treatments design was utilized to assess changes in adherence level, expiratory peak flow measures, and quality of life reports in six adolescents aged between 11 and 17-years-old. Results indicated that all participants increased adherence to their medical regimen and showed increased clinical outcomes and quality of life reports as compared to baseline levels. Five participants demonstrated highest levels of adherence, peak flow measures, and quality of life measures during parental-management conditions. One participant demonstrated highest levels of adherence, peak flow measures, and quality of life scores during self-management conditions. The study indicates that behavioral management is effective in increasing adherence and clinical outcomes for adolescents with asthma and suggests that more research be conducted in order determine most effective treatments for increasing medical adherence. |
|
|
|
|
'Green Behavior': Curricula Designs Across Settings and Ages |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
708 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Joel Vidovic (San Ramon Valley Unified School District) |
Discussant: Emily Michelle Leeming (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This symposium considers application of behavioral education methods to inform students across age ranges about the relation of global warming with human behavior. Evidence is rapidly advancing that climate changes are accelerating and will impact human existence in serious and debilitating ways. Changes in human behavior may delay or prevent serious environmental degradation. Our changing eco-system (e.g., rising sea levels, desertification) will affect vast numbers of people in life-altering ways but public perception of this varies from those alarmed to those who are dismissive. We can act to prevent further changes and/or adapt to a changing world but this requires an informed population. The papers in this symposium present current instructional work to network with other sciences and educate citizens about the issues involved in global climate change and its effects on human behavior. Behavior analysts are uniquely poised to work with environmental scientists. Together we might develop effective instructional programs to educate the public and orchestrate behavior changes that may diminish climate changes and/or prepare populations for the new environments emerging as a function of global warming. Integrating research, education and practice capitalizes on the success of behavioral technologies to promote and sustain behavior change. |
|
Conventional Media and Preschool-Aged Children: Teaching Environmentally-Responsible Behaviors |
CHELSEA WILHITE (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Climate scientists believe global warming is occurring and co-varies with increasing greenhouse gasses. Television and the internet are widely-used media capable of reaching large numbers of people at one time, including preschool-aged children. While there are many new and developing tools to facilitate environmentally-responsible behaviors, people must use those tools for them to be effective. This paper will analyze what is known about young children and the influence the television and internet media have on their behavior, and make suggestions for a program of study to determine how television and internet media can more effectively lead to increases in environmentally-responsible behaviors. |
|
Plan It for the Planet: Building a Green Elementary Science Curriculum With Conservation Behavior as a Primary Measure |
JULIA H. FIEBIG (San Ramon Valley Unified School District), Joel Vidovic (San Ramon Valley Unified School District), Rebecca A. Watson (San Ramon Valley Unified School District) |
Abstract: "We believe that children are our future, that we must teach them well and let them lead the way," (Masser & Creed, 1977). What do we know about methods for effectively getting our children to engage in behaviors that are directly related to conserving resources? While current California State standards based science curriculum explores topics on conserving resources, it is not clear how this curriculum is directly related to changing human behavior. This paper will address the development of California State standards based science curriculum that targets student behavior change (e.g. reduction of plastic use) related to environmental issues through teaching practices and programming across the school environment. |
|
Climate Change and Human Behavior: An Undergraduate/Graduate Course in Environmental Psychology at University of Nevada, Reno |
MOLLI LUKE (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno), William D. Newsome (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Michelle Leeming (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This paper describes development of a course sequence at University of Nevada, Reno(UNR) covering human behavior in relation to global warming and environmental protection. It is currently the only course-work in psychology/behavior analysis at this university directly related to consideration of environmentally significant behavior. This paper presents the course operations: learning objectives, readings, assignments, evaluation plan, and teaching method. The course materials are available from the instructors who welcome commentary, collaboration, and resource sharing. Course evaluation data are presented. The course sequence includes didactic instruction in behavior analysis related to environmental issues, generation of applied project proposals, and supervised practicum. Future directions for further integrating psychology courses with other environmental sciences are considered. |
|
|
|
|
Innovations in the Assessment and Treatment of Stereotypy |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 3C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Marc Lanovaz (Centre de réadaptation de l'Ouest de Montréal) |
CE Instructor: Marc Lanovaz, M.S. |
Abstract: The symposium includes a series of four presentations on the assessment and treatment of stereotypy in children with developmental disabilities. The first two studies examined the effects matched stimulation on immediate and subsequent engagement in stereotypy and collateral behavior. Specifically, Lanovaz et al. showed that music reduced vocal stereotypy and altered immediate and subsequent in toy manipulation in some children with autism. In contrast, Sheridan et al. found that the removal of a matched stimulus did not increase, nor decrease task engagement when compared to a baseline condition. The third and fourth studies extend research on assessment by analyzing levels of stereotypy during different functional analysis conditions. Rispoli and Lang have found that the presence of preferred stimuli may be associated with increased engagement in stereotypy. In a study comparing levels of repetitive behavior in children with developmental disabilities and/or autism with a sample of typically functioning adults, Bosch et al. showed that the stereotypy of a subset of participants may be maintained by automatic reinforcement established as such by aversive stimulation. The results of each study will be discussed in terms of improving the assessment and treatment of stereotypy in children with autism and other developmental disabilities. |
|
Effects of Music on Vocal Stereotypy and Toy Manipulation |
MARC LANOVAZ (Centre de réadaptation de l'Ouest de Montréal), Ingrid E. Sladeczek (McGill University) |
Abstract: Researchers have shown that music may decrease engagement in vocal stereotypy in children with autism (e.g., Lanovaz, Fletcher, & Rapp, 2009; Rapp, 2007). However, the effects of this reduction on engagement in other behavior have not been documented. To extend prior research, we used a three-component multiple-schedule combined with a multielement design to examine the effects of music on immediate and subsequent engagement in vocal stereotypy and toy manipulation in three children with autism. Music decreased immediate engagement in vocal stereotypy for two participants, but we detected no clear effects on subsequent engagement. The effects of music on toy manipulation varied considerably across participants. Music increased immediate and subsequent toy manipulation for one participant, produced the converse for another, and only increased subsequent engagement for the third participant. The implications of the results will be discussed in terms of the importance of monitoring the collateral effects of music on engagement in other behavior. |
|
The Effects of Abolishing and Establishing Operations on Stereotypy and Academic Training |
STEPHANIE SHERIDAN (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Gregory J. Swanson (The Bay School), Lisa A. Sennott (Special School District of St. Louis County), Kimberley Enloe (Coyne & Associates), Diana Maltese (Coyne & Associates) |
Abstract: We conducted a series of experiments using multiple-schedules to evaluate the immediate and subsequent effects of structurally matched stimuli on stereotypy displayed by four participants diagnosed with autism. In Experiment 1, we found that structurally matched preferred items for 2 of 3 targeted responses produced a subsequent mildabsolishing operation (AO)or no motivating operation (MO) effect. For one response a subsequent establishing operation (EO) effect was produced. In Experiment 2, we found that for both participants the subsequent levels of task engagement, following the removal of the preferred stimulus, were high and undifferentiated in both the baseline (NI) and test (PS) sequences. In Experiment 3, in order to minimize the effects of prior access to stereotypy on subsequent engagement in stereotypy we used a twocomponent multiple-schedule. For one participant, access to structurally matched stimuli did decrease the immediate engagement in stereotypy. None of the stimuli produced an EO for subsequent stereotypy. The percentage of on-task behavior was undifferentiated following access to a matched stimulus. The implications for the assessment and treatment of stereotypy and their relation to increasing academic productivity are discussed. |
|
Effects of Preferred Stimuli on Cumulative Frequency of Stereotypy for a Child With Autism |
MANDY J. RISPOLI (Texas A&M University), Russell Lang (University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Automatically maintained behavior can present considerable assessment and treatment challenges. One method that has been shown to be effective in treating automatically maintained behavior is environmental enrichment, which involves increasing the quantity or quality of preferred stimuli. However, studies have shown that in some instances, exposure to preferred stimuli may increase levels of automatically maintained behavior. In order to examine within-session patterns of responding, this study examined the effect of preferred stimuli on the cumulative frequency of automatically maintained behavior within the alone condition of an analogue functional analysis. Alone conditions with and without access to preferred stimuli were implemented for a 10-year-old boy with autism using a repeated reversals design. Across-session analyses suggested that the presence of preferred stimuli was associated with increased engagement in stereotypy compared to the absence of preferred stimuli. Within-session analysis revealed an increasing trend in the frequency of stereotypy in the presence of preferred stimuli. Results are discussed with respect to establishing operations and environmental enrichment interventions. |
|
An Evaluation of Repetitive Behavior in Typically Functioning Adults and Developmentally Disabled Children and Implications for Functional Analyses |
AMANDA BOSCH (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Ashley Breeden (University of South Florida), Alison Nyman (University of Florida), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Last year, we presented data on repetitive behavior (e.g. nail biting, hair twirling, and skin scratching) in 50 typically functioning adults under conditions similar to those utilized in an antecedent-based functional analysis. Results showed that a majority of participants engaged in the highest levels of repetitive behavior in the alone condition, suggesting that repetitive behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcment. A subset of participants also displayed high rates of repetitive behavior in the demand condition; the absence of programmed consequences in the demand condition suggests that repetitive behavior in this condition may have been maintained by automatic reinforcement established as such by aversive stimulation. This year, we have extended our methods to children and adolescents with developmental disabilities and/or autism who engage in stereotypic behavior; results with developmentally disabled children are similar to those obtained with the sample of typically functioning adults. Implications for functional analysis methodologies will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Struggles to Resolve Diverse Clinical Issues Via Research in a Clinical Setting |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 2C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University) |
CE Instructor: Kyong-Mee Chung, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although applied behavior analysis (ABA) is the evidence-based treatment (EBT) for problem behaviors, knowledge and skills accumulated so far is far from perfect in terms of effective service delivery. Hence, continuous efffort for treatment outcome study is necessary. At the same time, however, balance between research and clinical work is hard to reach due to many practical reasons. In this symposium, we demonstrate our efforts to conduct research in a clinical setting for 4 most common treatment topics in developmental disabilities (DD); early intervention, social-skills training, staff training in positive behavior support (PBS) and parenting training. We present our research questions, methods, preliminary results, research/clinical implications and suggestions for the future. Our future plan will be introduced, along with tips for the researchers/clinicians who are interested in conducting research in clinical setting. |
|
Effects of Staff Training in Positive Behavior Support (PBD)on the Behavior of Persons With Developmental Disabilities in Residential Facilities |
You-na Kim (Seoul Municipal Children's Hospital), HYE YEON SHIN (Yonsei University), Sul Ki Yang (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of staff training in positive behavior support (PBS) on the behavior of persons with developmental disabilities (DD) in four residential facilities. A representative staff of each facility participated in PBS training once per month for 5 months and delivered trained PBS material to staffs in each facility. And each staff implemented acquired skills under the supervision of the representative staff. Overall level of problem behaviors as well as severity of target population was monitored along with staffs' stress level on service delivery. The results showed that behavioral problems of target population as well as staffs' stress level decreased significantly. Also, positive behaviors of target population increased. The results suggest that indirect training of staff in PBS can be effective for improving the behavioral problems of persons with DD, even in residential settings. The implications and limitations of this study, with directions for future research, are also discussed. |
|
Impact of Age of Children on Behavioral Parent Training Program |
YU-JEONG MIN (Yonsei University), Soohyun Shin (Yonsei University), Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine whether the effectiveness of a behavioral parent training (BPT) is affected by the age of children. Seventy-twoparents of children with developmental disabilities aged from 2 to 17 (55 boys, 17 girls) participated in this study. The BPT was conducted in a small group format (6-7 per group) for 12 weeks and parents learned basic behavior principles as well as actual application of acquired skills to their child. Data were collected from direct observation and self-report scales. Thescore of each measure from pre to post training was calculated. The data were analyzed with one-way ANOVA. The results showed that parents who have preschool children (less than 7-years-old, N = 43) acquired more knowledge and skills about how to handle the situation of behavior problems than those who have school age children (over 7-years-old, N = 22). On the other hand, no significant difference scores could be found onparents' efficacy scale (PSI), and BPI. This suggested that BPT for parents of preschool children is more effective for acquiring knowledge than for parents of older children. |
|
Investigation of Learning Curves of Young Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Seung-Hee Hong (Seoul Municipal Children's Hospital), JIYEAN SUNG (Yonsei University), Bonkyung Koo (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to examine how developmental level influences on the learning curve of young children with developmental disabilities (6 boys and 4 girls aging from 3 to 6). Measures included the K SIB-R and numbers of capable activities from the list of selecting teaching program (STP). Participants were divided into two groups: (A: above 2 years of K SIB-R score and 10 activities/ B: below 2 years of K SIB-R score and 10 activities). The program consisted of imitation and instruction of actions with object, and imitation of actions with gross and fine motor movements. Result showed significant differences between groups in learning curve for the imitation and instruction of actions with object. This suggested that lower the functions, the more influenced they were by the levels of the tasks. Performance of Group B fluctuated more than that of Group A, suggesting that an individual approach may be inevitable for Group B. No significant difference found between groups in imitating actions with gross and fine motor movements, indicating that imitation of motor movements may be influenced by variables other than participants aptitude. Further study needs to compare two groups after equalizing numbers of task in each field. |
|
Peer-Mediated Social Skills Training Program for Children With Autism |
Yea Lee Kim (Seoul Municipal Children's Hospital), SUL KI YANG (Yonsei University), Yeonjin Jo (Seoul Metropolitan Children's Hospital), Jeong Hyun Choo (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of a peer-mediated social skills Training program (PSST), which was the modified version of two programs from Vernon et al. (1996) and Chung et al., (2007). The PSST was held for 100 minutes once a week for 20 weeks in a small group format. Target participants were two childrenwith Asperger syndrome and one child with autism aged from 10 to 13. Four typically developing children participated in the program as peers. To examine the effectiveness of PSST, parents completed the peer social tasks rating scale, social responsiveness scale and social skills rating scale before and after the training. Therapists also completed the clinical behavior checklist of social skills scale every session. Two out of three children showed improvement in social skills on parental report, whereas all showed improvement on therapist's report. Implications and future suggestions were discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Preference Assessment Research and Applications |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 3B (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Discussant: Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Much of human behavior, complex or not, involves the potential presence of two or more behaviors and before that, the individual, considering the particularities of each situation, emit only one or a part of them. In this case, a process of decision making or choice is in force. Provide opportunities for choice is always a quick way to identify positive reinforcers. More widely, preference and choice are important concepts in the experimental analysis of behavior. Although the area of choice is one that probably generates more knowledge in behavioral analysis, there are still numerous unanswered questions raising. Many research areas and educational applications can benefit from the choice paradigm, including basic research on schedules of reinforcement preferences, bridge research on teaching procedures of simple choice behaviors for individuals with delayed intellectual development, and computer game applications to be applied to the development of teaching program for this population. It has also been applied to the study of socially and culturally relevant behaviors involving cooperation and competition, generosity and altruism. |
|
The Prerequisites of Choice and Free Choice in Intellectually Disabled Adults |
GIOVANA ESCOBAL (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: To make choices is a fundamental skill for individuals. Four intellectual disabled adults learned a work task with and without a jig that consisted of assembling notebook covers. The jig displayed containers to place its different components and was designed to provide immediate feedback, to increase or maintain the rate of response and to prevent errors during the routine. Work performance was assessed as a function of conditions chosen (Phases 1 and 3). Following initial training the subjects worked individually either under multiple schedules or under concurrent-chain schedules (Phases 2 and 4) according to a multiple-element design. When the multiple schedules was on, the components were either presence or absence of the jig, quasi-randomly distributed. In the concurrent-chain schedules it was used a FR-1, on the first link, and either one of the presence-absence of jig condition, on the second link. The results showed that when choice opportunities were given, the jig and choice conditions were chosen more often and time spent to task completion and average number of errors performing the task decreased. The results also suggested that the jig yielded greater control over work and the opportunity to make choices, engendered more motivation and work independence on the participants. |
|
Selection of Reinforcement Schedule Type For an Adolescent With Fragile-X Syndrome |
ELISABETH GOLINI (New England Center for Children), Corey Stocco (Western New England College), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Contributing factors to treatment selection may include practicality, efficacy, and social acceptability (Hanley et al., 1997). These factors were considered when assessing the appropriateness of an FR versus RR schedule of reinforcement for task completion in an adolescent diagnosed with Fragile X Syndrome. In Experiment 1, within an alternating treatment design, FR and RR schedules were conducted throughout all waking hours in the participant's natural environment and alternated first weekly and then every two days. Although, larger PRP's were found in the FR schedules, overall rates of responding were found to be similar across the 2 schedules. In Experiment 2, the participant's preference for the FR and RR schedules was evaluated using a concurrent-chain procedure. Schedule selections were eventually allocated to the FR schedule. Implications and future research directions are discussed. |
|
The Choice Game: Computerized Choice and Preference Assessment Application |
NASSIM CHAMEL ELIAS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Giovana Escobal (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Henrique Barcelos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: Preference assessment has been the focus of numerous research and applied work either by itself or as an important prerequisite. Because items of preference are so varied across individuals and also for the same individual across time, there is a need to simplify preference assessment procedures so that its application is feasible. The objective of this study was to develop an internet-based computer application to present visual (static and movements) stimuli, and auditory stimuli in a structured manner to assess choices and determine preferences. The application was developed in the Eclipse/Aptana Studio, written in PHP and presented in a user-friendly interface. The menu bar presents four options to the experimenter: stimuli, participants, preference assessment, and reports. In the stimuli option the user has access to all visual and auditory stimuli in the program data bank, with the possibility to add or delete stimuli. The next option allows the experimenter to list all relevant information regarding the subject. In the preference assessment the experimenter firstly chooses the number of links (concurrent schedule or concurrent-chain schedule), type and number of stimuli simultaneoursly presented (from 2 to 8), and type of reinforcement schedules associated with each alternative. The report option offers the experimenter access to the preference assessment results, classified by order. It can be executed from any computer connected to an Internet network, regardless of configuration or operational system, without any additional software. Target users are professionals working in education, psychology and related fields. |
|
|
|
|
Developmental Theories and Behavior Analysis: A Discussion of Robert Siegler's Skinner Lecture |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
610/612 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Gary Novak, Ph.D. |
Chair: Maricel Cigales (Florida International University) |
GARY D. NOVAK (California State University, Stanislaus) |
HAYNE W. REESE (West Virginia University) |
JACOB L. GEWIRTZ (Florida International University) |
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Robert Siegler's earlier B. F. Skinner Lecture will be discussed. Siegler's lecture will be given from a current non-behavioral developmental perspective. The panelists represent behavioral positions and will discuss Siegler's remarks and his responses to them. |
|
|
|
|
Bridging the Gap Between Basic and Applied Research-"Impulsivity" |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
403 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/BPH; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Adam T. Brewer (University of Kansas) |
MARK P. REILLY (Central Michigan University) |
JONATHAN M. SLEZAK (National Institute on Drug Abuse) |
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: A longstanding observation among behavior analysts is that basic and applied research often operate independently. A shortcoming of this separation is that it creates a gap in shared knowledge between domains. For applied researchers, such a gap may hinder the development of more sophisticated behavioral technologies that improve the human condition. For basic researchers, the gap may cause scientific endeavors to be completely devoid of any relevance to problems of social importance. A scientific tactic to bridge the gap involves translational research. This type of research employs a bidirectional approach between basic and applied domains to which scientific findings are translated into practical applications and vice versa. In this years Bridging the Gap event, presenters will discuss translational research on impulsive choice. |
|
|
|
|
All About Bouts: Generality and Application of Log-Survivor Analyses of Operant Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
406 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Discussant: Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Log-survivor analyses suggest that intermittently reinforced operant behavior may be organized into bouts of responding. That is, the response rate of a single operant response actually might be a composite measure consisting of periods of engagement (i.e., bouts) and periods of disengagement (i.e., engaging in alternative responses). Further, evidence suggests that responses that initiate bouts may be functionally distinct from responses within bouts. In this symposium, presentations will explore the generality of bout analyses to different species (pigeons and humans), responses (keypecking and button pressing), procedures (concurrent schedules), and the application of bout analyses to understanding effects of drugs and environmental toxicants. |
|
Concurrent Performance as Bouts of Behavior: A Log-Survivor Analysis |
TRACY TAYLOR (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Richard L. Shull (University of North Carolina at Greensboro), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Some evidence suggests that responding under variable-interval (VI) schedules can be viewed as a composite performance consisting of bouts of engagement in the target response and periods of disengagement (during which time the animal is presumably engaged elsewhere). For rats nose-poking under VI schedules, analyses ofinterresponse timesindicate two functionally different response classes: responses that initiate a bout and responses within a bout. These two classes are revealed via log-survivor functions with a "broken-stick" appearance. However, attempts to replicate this effect with pigeons" keypecking have failed (i.e., log-survivor functions for pigeons' keypecking do not show a broken-stick). A possible explanation is that pigeons experience a lower rate of reinforcement for extraneous behavior than rats and, thus, either rarely disengage from the target response or do so only briefly. The present experiment attempted to produce periods of disengagement from keypecking by exposing pigeons to five sets of concurrent VI VI schedules. In this arrangement, a given alternative is the target response, and the other alternative provides reinforcement for engaging in another behavior. The log-survivor functions showed broken-stick characteristics in some cases, and log-survivor functions of changeover responses appeared linear. These results suggest keypecking under concurrent schedules may be organized into bouts. |
|
A Response-Bout Analysis of Human Responding Under a Rapid-Assessment Procedure |
J. ADAM BENNETT (Western Michigan University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Reinforced responding has previously been conceptualized as alternating between two states: (1) periods of engagement (clusters of responding with relatively short interresponse times; IRTs) alternating with (2) periods of disengagement (responses separated by longer IRTs). In order to obtain quantitative estimates of these two distinct components of responding, log-survivor functions have been used to characterize nose-poke and lever-press responding in rats. This analysis, however, has yet to be effective in characterizing the responding of other species. Thus, responding on a computer task was assessed in order to determine if the two-mode conceptualization of response rate adequately characterizes human responding. Adult human subjects pressed buttons which produced hypothetical monetary reinforcers on a 3-component multiple RI 60s, RI 120s, RI 240s schedule and the proportion of IRTs longer than some time (t) was plotted as a function of time (t) on a semi-logarithmic scale in order to construct survivor functions. Although there was some evidence that human responding might be classified as bout-like, not all data resulted in the clear 'broken-stick' functions evident in the analyses of rat nose-poke and lever-press responding. |
|
Influences of Drug and Toxicant Exposure on the Microstructure of Responding |
JOSHUA JOHNSON (Duke University Medical Center), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Abstract: A recently developed model posits that a bout of operant responding comprises three different components: bout initiation rate, within-bout response rate and bout length. Each parameter is thought to be affected by different classes of variables. Specifically, within-bout response rate is thought to be influenced by motor variables, while bout initiation rate is thought to be influenced by motivational variables. This model shows potential for examining drug and toxicant exposure on operant behavior because these two influences (motor and motivational) can be conflated. In a series of studies, the model was tested using drugs (pentobarbital, haloperidol) and a neurotoxicant (methylmercury) to determine the utility of the model in disentangling the motor from the motivational influences on high-rate operant behavior. This method of analysis proved to be effective in characterizing drug effects as the partitioned measures of a response bout provided separate and independent measures. This method of analysis also was effective in producing a sensitive marker of MeHg exposure. Deficits were observed in within-bout response rate weeks before deficits were observed in bout initiation rate or total responses. This model shows potential for separating the motor and motivational influences of drug and toxicant exposure on operant behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Discriminative Control, Feeding and Response Guidance |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
405 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Alliston K. Reid (Wofford College) |
|
Guided Skill Learning in Rats is Governed by Simultaneous Feature-Positive Discrimination Bias |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
HANNAH RAPPORT (Wofford College), Thien-An Le (Wofford College), Alliston K. Reid (Wofford College) |
|
Abstract: Four experiments examined the changes in stimulus control occurring during guided skill learning in rats. In Experiments 1 and 2, rats were trained to complete a left-right (L-R) sequence of lever presses guided by the onset and offset of panel lights over their respective levers (the "Lights" condition). In Experiment 3 and 4, rats were trained to complete the same L-R sequence with the order of light onset and offset reversed (the "Reversed-Lights" condition). Once sequence accuracy was high and stable, the rats in each study were exposed to a subsequent condition which assessed stimulus control by the panel lights: Lights to Reversed-Lights; Lights to No-Lights; Reversed-Lightsto Lights; Reversed-Lightsto All-Lights. In all experiments, more practice produced greater autonomy and reduced dependence on the guiding cues. Learning rates were considerably lower when training began with the Reversed-Lights condition. In all four experiments, changes in sequence accuracy in the second condition were governed by a powerful simultaneous feature-positive discrimination bias, which greatly influenced the effectiveness of lights to serve as guiding cues and influenced the development of autonomous behavior. |
|
Feeding History Increases Food-Related Travel and Survival of Obese-Prone Rats |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
W. DAVID PIERCE (University of Alberta), Abdoulaye Diane (University of Alberta), Donald C. Heth (University of Alberta), James C. Russell (Alberta Institute of Human Nutrition), Spencer D. Proctor (Alberta Institute of Human Nutrition) |
|
Abstract: The adaptive hypothesis that an obese-prone genotype and feeding history confer a fitness advantage was tested using a rat model. Juvenile (35-40 days) JCR:LA-cp rats, obese-prone (cp/cp) and lean-prone (+/?), were exposed to 1.5 h daily meals and 22.5 h of voluntary wheel running, a procedure that normally leads to activity anorexia (AA). Half of the obese-prone rats were raised on free food (Obese-FF) and half were pair fed (Obese-PF) the amount of food eaten by lean-prone, free feeding rats (Lean-FF). Animals were removed from AA at 75% of initial body weight (starvation) or after 15 days (stability). Obese-PF rats (M = 12.50 1.89 days) lasted longer than Obese-FF group (M=8.75 1.88 days) and Lean-FF rats (M=4.00 1.03 days), ps < .05. Fig. 1 shows that there were significant linear increases in rates of wheel running over days in Lean-FF and Obese-FF rats, ps < .004 , but not in the Obese-PF group. Cumulative distance (km) indicated that Obese-PF rats continued to run at a steady pace, traveling nearly 80 thousand kilometres. Pair-feeding obese-prone rats similar to lean-prone provides a survival advantage beyond genotype, and relates to increased conservation of energy by these animals (data not shown). |
|
Observations of Activity-Based Anorexia in Sprague-Dawley Rats |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
JENNIFER BRINEGAR (University of Central Arkansas) |
|
Abstract: Activity-based anorexia (ABA) has been operationally defined as high levels of physical activity in conjunction with low caloric intake. In a previous study, this lab showed evidence that when two nearly genetically identical female rats were put on a low caloric diet and allowed ad lib access to a running wheel, they had different run patterns compared with each other, but interestingly predictive individual patterns. More specifically regarding voluntary individual exercise, one rat started out as a low runner and one as a high runner, and even as weight dropped and running amount increased, the low runner stayed low, while the high runner remained high. The current study more formally examines this pattern in eight male rats. The study will show that there is a consistent individual run pattern for some rats, and will lend further support to previous findings regarding levels of physical activity and low caloric intake. |
|
Operant Conditioning in Long-Living Ames Dwarf Mice |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ADAM DERENNE (University of North Dakota) |
|
Abstract: Ames dwarf mice have a Prop-1 mutation that has been identified with increased levels of IGF-I in the central nervous system, upregulation of neuroprotective systems, and increased lifespan. Previous studies have provided some evidence that the benefits of the mutation extend to behavior. The present research compared Ames dwarf and normal mice on several operant conditioning tasks. Subjects were required to make a nosepoke response to a small aperture and reinforcement consisted of access to a saccharin solution. In Experiment 1, subjects were observed under a DRL schedule of reinforcement and a matching-to-sample task. In Experiment 2, subjects were observed under a FI schedule, a Chain FR FI schedule, and extinction. Comparisons were based on several measures of behavioral efficiency: pause durations, intertrial intervals, and numbers of responses. Ames dwarf mice were generally less efficient than normal mice, especially at the onset of each task. The results suggest limitations to the enhancement of biological systems involved in behavior allegedly present in Ames dwarf mice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Matching-to-Sample, an Animal Model of Autism, and Respondence Relations |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
404 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
The Persistence of Pairing: Inaccuracies and Applications of Respondent Conditioning |
Domain: Theory |
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: A review of past and current trends in the area of respondent conditioning will be offered. The paper focuses on how inaccuracies in the description of respondent conditioning have led to a neglect of this topic. A case is made that the analysis of many types of psychological events might be improved if respondent processes were taken into account. Two areas of current research seem related to respondent type procedures: conditioned reinforcement and stimulus equivalence. It is the purpose of the paper to offer an analysis of these phenomena wherein the extent to which respondent conditioning may be related. In doing so, a determination can be made regarding how the language surrounding respondent phenomena has been integrated into these areas of study as well as to see what impact the imprecise notion of pairing has had on the development of these lines of research. The paper will address the possibility that notion of pairing has limited the research on stimulus-stimulus relations or has fostered alternative but less adequate theories in these areas. |
|
An Interdisciplinary Research in Autism-Behavioral Social Measures in the Development of an Animal Model of Autism |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
MARIA ISABEL MUNOZ BLANCO (University of Nevada), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Kenneth W. Hunter (University of Nevada, Reno), Diana M. Delgado (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz) |
|
Abstract: A great deal of biomedical research has provided experimental evidence of the function of specific neuropeptides in the development of autistic symptomatology. Interdisciplinary research in this area would provide a more comprehensive understanding of autism, by integrating the findings and contributions from both behavior analysis and biology. In this biology-behavior analysis interdisciplinary study, pregnant mice were injected with LPS (intervention group) or a saline formula (Control group) on the 17th day of gestation. Biology researchers performed a molecular analysis making a cytokine/chemokine profile of the fetal brain hippocampus using a Luminex system to identify differential protein expression profiles between treated mice fetuses and control mice fetuses. The behavior analyst researchers collected social interaction measures using a ABAB design. Data were analyzed within mice, across conditions and among groups. The social interaction of each was assessed by observing the behavior of each pup towards the mother, measuring its proximity to the mother. In addition average velocity and trajectory data was also collected. |
|
Gradual Introduction of S-delta for Pigeons Learning Matching-to-Sample |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
JAMES S. MACDONALL (Fordham University), Peter Sanneman (Fordham University), Anne Neuendorf (Fordham University) |
|
Abstract: Humans, like pigeons, tend to make errors while learning simple and complex discriminations. Errors are particularly problematic for humans recovering from strokes and re-learning language. These errors cause frustration and aggressive behavior that disrupts rehabilitation. An aspect of language rehabilitation commonly involves showing the patient several objects and asking them to point at a particular one. The present experiment explored a procedure designed to eliminate or reduce errors during the acquisition of an animal analogue of the patients training, the matching-to-sample task. Pigeons first peck at the sample which presents the comparisons. Pecking the correct comparison is reinforced. Errors were reduced by presenting the incorrect comparison very briefly and gradually increased how long it was present. The pigeons in the current experiment were first trained to peck a red or green sample. Then pecking the red or green sample produced a comparison the same color as the sample; pecking this comparison was reinforced. Next, pecking the sample produced both red and green comparisons. After 0.1 sec, the incorrect comparison disappeared. Across sessions, the duration of the incorrect comparison increased until it always remained for the duration of the trial. The two pigeons made 16 and 23 errors during acquisition. In the control condition the same pigeons were trained on an amber and purple matching-to-sample task by first training pecking the amber or purple samples and then abruptly presenting both the amber and purple comparisons. The pigeon made 185 and 29 errors during the first 5 days of acquisition. Additional data is being collected from these pigeons and four additional pigeons. |
|
Prompting Correct Responses for Pigeons Learning Matching-to-Sample |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
JAMES S. MACDONALL (Fordham University), Anne Neuendorf (Fordham University), Peter Sanneman (Fordham University) |
|
Abstract: Humans, like pigeons, tend to make errors while learning simple and complex discriminations. Errors are particularly problematic for humans recovering from strokes and re-learning language. These errors cause frustration and aggressive behavior that disrupts rehabilitation. An aspect of language rehabilitation commonly involves showing the patient several objects and asking them to point at a particular one. The present experiment explored a procedure designed to eliminate or reduce these errors during the acquisition of an animal analogue, matching-to-sample, by providing a prompt for the correct response and gradually delaying presenting the prompt. In matching-to-sample, a sample stimulus is presented, and when it is pecked two comparison stimuli appear. Pecking the comparison matching the sample is reinforced. The pigeon was first trained to peck a red or green sample. Then pecking the red or green sample produced white and blue comparison keys, and pecking the white comparison was reinforced. Next, pecking the sample produced white and incorrect comparisons. When pecks to the white comparison were reliably quick the correct and incorrect comparisons were presented and after 0.1 sec the correct comparison was replaced with the white comparison. Across sessions the delay in replacing the correct comparison with the prompt (white comparison) was gradually increased until the prompt was no longer presented. The pigeons made 36 errors during acquisition. In the control condition the pigeon was trained on an amber-purple matching-to-sample task by first training pecking the amber or purple samples and then abruptly presenting both the amber and purple comparisons with no prompt. The pigeon made 69 errors during the first 6 days of acquisition alone. Additional data is being collected from this pigeon and four additional pigeons. |
|
|
|
|
|
Examining Classroom Interventions to Promote Positive Behavior: Monitoring the Effects on All Students |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati) |
Discussant: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Promoting positive behavior in the classroom is critical for creating an effective learning environment. Empirical examination of behavioral consultation can illustrate both successful application of proven techniques and the usefulness of data-based decision-making. Further, documenting generalization of outcomes to non-targeted students may enhance teacher acceptance of structured behavioral interventions and increase teacher involvement in subsequent collaborative efforts (an ultimate index of the effectiveness of applied behavior analysis). This symposium will describe three consultation cases using ABAB and ABCDC designs that examined interventions to improve individual students behavior while also monitoring peer behavior. The first case used praise, self-monitoring, and a color wheel antecedent intervention to reduce inappropriate talking of a kindergarten student and empirically demonstrated concurrent improvement of classroom peers. The second case evaluated impact of a daily behavior report card with reward intervention on on/off-task behavior of a second-grader. With intervention, the students behavior matched his peers. In the third case, a class-wide interdependent group contingency increased engagement of both a targeted first grade boy and classroom peers. Discussion will focus on the potential positive collateral effects of behavior interventions for targeted students, the benefits of monitoring peers, and possible impact of such efforts on future teacher involvement in effective interventions. |
|
Praise, Self-Monitoring, and Antecedent Instruction to Decrease the Inappropriate Talking of a Kindergarten Student |
JULIA DEGREG (University of Cincinnati), Rhiana Sloniker (Reading Schools), Francis E. Lentz (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: An ABCDC design was used to examine the effects of praise, self-monitoring, and a classwide antecedent intervention on the inappropriate talking of a kindergarten student. In the first intervention phase, the teacher delivered behavior-specific praise to the target student. Also, the student recorded whether or not he followed the classroom rules at the end of each activity by circling a happy or frown face on a chart. If he met criteria for the number of smiley faces each day, he received a small prize. In the second intervention phase, a color wheel (CW) intervention was introduced classwide to reduce the overall occurrence of talking out. Talking out behavior of the target student and peers was monitored using direct observation interval recording. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 21% of observation sessions and were 100% for all sessions. Adherence was documented each day and remained at 100% across intervention phases. The interventions appeared to lead to significant improvements in the target student's behavior consistent with previous research. Additionally, parallel trends emerged from peer data across all conditions. Discussion will explore possible explanations for these results and the value of collecting peer comparison data. |
|
The Effects of a Daily Behavior Report Card on the Engagement Behavior of a Second-Grade Student |
MEGHAN L. DARIN (University of Cincinnati), Lisa Butts (Winton Woods Schools) |
Abstract: An ABAB design was used to demonstrate the effects of a daily behavior report card (DBRC) intervention on the on/off-task behavior of a second-grade student. The DBRC rated the degree to which the student stayed on-task, listened to the teacher, and followed directions. A weekly reward was given after the student reached a pre-determined score. The teacher was trained by the consultant on intervention procedures and adherence checks were conducted regularly throughout implementation. Engagement data were collected using direct observation interval recording during 20-30 minute observation sessions. In addition to minoting the target student, every fifth interval, he behavior of a randomly selected peer in the classroom was recorded. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 18% of observation sessions and was at high levels (i.e., range 89-100% agreement). With the introduction of the intervention, the students on-task behavior increased and his off-task behaviors decreased during independent seatwork, with behavior closer to the level of his peers. Results are consistent with previous research showing that the DBRC is an effective and relatively easy intervention to implement in the classroom. Also, results show the utility of collecting peer data for monitoring the effects of interventions and setting goals for student behavior. |
|
A Classwide Interdependent Group Contingency Intervention to Increase Engagement in a First-Grade Student |
STACY M. LING (University of Cincinnati), Denise Weber (All Saints School) |
Abstract: A classwide interdependent group contingency procedure was used to increase the engagement behavior of a first-grade student during group academic activities. Through consultation, the intervention was developed to meet the needs of the target student, to reduce the need for additional individual behavior plans for other at-risk students in the classroom, and to promote positive classwide behaviors. The intervention was evaluated using an ABAB design. Adherence checks were conducted throughout implementation and were at 100% for all observations. Data on target student and peer engagement were collected using direct observation interval recording. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 20% of observations and averaged 94.13% agreement. Prior to the intervention, the percent of intervals student engagement was observed ranged from 45.80% to 73%, with an average of 59%. After the implementation of the intervention, the target students engagement increased, ranging from 75% to 94% with an average of 88.5%. In addition, data on peer behavior indicated that the overall behavior of students in the classroom improved. Discussion will focus on the benefits of implementing classwide interventions to address the behavior of struggling students and to generally promote the positive behavior of all students. |
|
|
|
|
Morningside Academy: What's New? |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1B (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium is one in an ongoing, annual series that provides updated information and data on the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction, and its application in our laboratory school. In our lab school, we investigate promising curricula or instructional procedures, measure their effectiveness, and revise our curriculum and instruction protocols as the data suggests. Presentation #1 by Andrea McDermott describes a classroom response tool for generating meaningful active responding, #2 by Jenni Reilly describes teacher performance monitoring procedures using standard celeration charts and publicly posted wall charts, #3 by Jennifer Testa describes a model for predicting year-end reading comprehension growth from a repeated progress monitoring instrument, and #4 by Marianne Delgado describes how to track essay writing across the curriculum with standard celeration charts. |
|
Creating Instruction That Requires Active Meaningful Responding: EduAction Boards |
ANDREA B. MCDERMOTT (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: An invention of a tool at Morningside Academy was designed in partnership with Project H, a nonprofit humanitarian design network. We will present the process of user testing and modifying the product, design challenges, and implementation successes and challenges. Project H partnerships start in small educational settings and are targeted for wide-scale international implementations. These engagement boards function like Heward's response cards with a design twist. |
|
Analyzing the Effects of Using Standard Celeration Charts and Wall Charts on Teacher Performance of Primary and Secondary Educators in a Private School Setting |
JENNIFER REILLY (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Morningside Academy has recently implemented the use of standard celeration charts and wall charts for staff development of newly hired educators. A component, composite analysis, or task analysis, of skills necessary to implement the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction was done and a list of pinpoints or target behaviors were identified. A rating scale is used to evaluate the performance of each educator from month to month. Group and individual goals are set for each month and educators are coached and mentored to help them reach their goals. Performance ratings are publicly posted and the standard celeration chart is used to monitor the performance of each educator as a means of monitoring performance over time and to set personal goals for individual teachers. In this presentation, performance data from the wall chart and standard celeration charts will be shown from 09-10 and 10-11 school year. |
|
Progress Monitoring of Reading Comprehension Scores Using the Scholastic Reading Inventory |
JENNIFER TESTA (Morningside Academy), Julian Gire (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: Morningside Academy uses the Scholastic Reading Inventory (SRI) as a progress-monitoring tool to predict posttest outcomes on a standardized reading comprehension test. Using longitudinal data, we found that SRI scores are highly correlated with post-test standardized assessment reading comprehension scores. Thus, using a linear regression model, we are able to make predictions regarding the growth in reading comprehension that students will make within the academic school year. Having early indicators of a students acquisition of reading comprehension skills also enables Morningside to make instructional changes and implement interventions to ensure student progress. This talk is a follow-up study to a prediction model presented at the 36th Association for Behavior Analysis International Annual Convention (Gire, Testa, & Johnson, 2010). We will examine the utility of the prediction model in monitoring student progress and informing instructional decisions. Finally, observed posttest scores will be used to examine the predictive validity of our model. |
|
Progress Monitoring Using the Standard Celeration Chart: Essay Writing Across the Curriculum |
MARIANNE DELGADO (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: We will explore different uses of the standard celeration chart in tracking essay writing across the curriculum: student response journaling to recreational reading in literature; essay questions and lab report discussion sections in science, position papers in writing, and "how to" expository essays in Math. The celeration chart excels in tracking output over time. Unique ways of tracking efficiency of writing, writer's engagement, acquisition of expository skills and fading of teacher prompts, by using symbols charted "below the floor" will be explained. We will present pre- and post-measures and student work samples across curricula and describe application uses at parent/teacher/student conferences. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Good Learner Repertoires |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Steven Ward (Whole Child Consulting, LLC) |
Discussant: Merrill Winston (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Steven Ward, M.A. |
Abstract: The Inventory of Good Learner Repertoires (Ward, 2008), helps educators assess the ease with which their students can be taught. For students who are difficult to teach, the IGLR helps teachers identify ways to begin to establish instructional control. For more cooperative learners, the IGLR helps teachers identify ways to make instruction increasingly natural. The papers presented in this symposium will describe IGLR profiles for specific students, discuss the interventions selected as a result of these assessments, and discuss the outcomes both in regard to the specific repertoires targeted and related repertoires. |
|
Calming: Effective Programming and Outcomes |
STEVEN WARD (Whole Child Consulting, LLC), Teresa A. Grimes (Whole Child Consulting LLC) |
Abstract: The Inventory of Good Learner Repertoires (Ward, 2008) assesses the ease with which students can be taught. Deficits in learner repertoires represent barriers to instruction, and frequently represent impediments to a student's overall level of functioning. Students who display excessive anxiety under ordinary circumstances can be limited in their access to environments and can be subjected to poorly-planned consequences of problem behavior. This presentation will describe, in detail, a scripted procedure for teaching students to calm in the presence of stressors. Recommendations are made for appropriate and inappropriate uses of this procecdure, and additional considerations when programming for students who display excessive anxiety. |
|
Using "The Inventory of Good Learner Repertoires" in a Therapeutic Day School |
MELINDA PIENIAZAK (Chicago Education Project) |
Abstract: The Inventory of Good Learner Repertoires (Ward, 2008) outlines 10 learning areas, 139 repertoires in total, that are component skills for the "good learner," or that are necessary skills to help a student to be a ready and available learner. The deficient repertoires in these learning areas are barriers to learning that typically keep students out of their home district school, or less restrictive environments. While teachers have many goals for their students, it is the goal of The Chicago Education Project to teach the students how to learn, or to overcome these baririers, so that they can benefit from more diverse environments. This discussion will focus on the learning profile of one student diagnosed with autism, attending a private day school. Specifically, this presentation will discuss whow deficits in learner repertoitres were identified, how these deficits affected multiple areas of functioning, and how interventions were selected. |
|
Improving Hunter's Ability to Learn |
JILL MCLAURY (Circle of Friends) |
Abstract: Hunter is a student diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder, who has been very difficult to teach. These challenges ultimately led the local school district to fund significant behavioral intervention. The presenter assessed Hunter using "The Inventory of Good Learner Repertoires" (Ward, 2008). As a result of that assessment, the presenter identified 3 primary areas in need of programming: motivation, rate of response, and vocal responding. In this presentation, the presenter will discuss how these areas of need were identified, the negative impact these deficits were having on Hunter's learning, programming that remediated these deficits, and the resulting improvement in Hunter's ability to learn. Recommendations for future interventions will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Ethical Challenges for Behavior Analysts |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 3A (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Stephen Anderson, Ph.D. |
Chair: Stephen R. Anderson (Summit Educational Resources) |
STEPHEN R. ANDERSON (Summit Educational Resources) |
RAYMOND G. ROMANCZYK (State University of New York at Binghamton) |
ERIC V. LARSSON (Lovaas Institute Midwest) |
MARY JANE WEISS (The McCarton School) |
Abstract: It can be challenging for a behavior analyst to demonstrate responsible professional conduct consistent with the values of behavior analysis and meet the expectations of clients, supervisors, organizations and advisors. An example of one such challenge is when behavior analysts engage professionally with individuals and organizations that do not share a commitment to evidence-based practice, a key tenant of the practice of applied behavior analysis. In another example, a behavior analyst may experience conflicts with supervisors and advisors who try to influence a behavior analyst's clinical judgment because of organizational and professional interests not directly associated with the client's best interest. And, of course, a behavior analyst has a responsibility to follow through with professional obligations to individuals they are serving and organizations for whom they are involved, as employee or consultant. This panel will present case examples of professional conflicts and suggest and discuss possible solutions. The audience will be encouraged to participate by responding to panel members and offering additional examples. |
|
|
|
|
Talking and Teaching Behavior Analysis to Different Client Groups |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1E (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Donald K. Pumroy (University of Maryland) |
Discussant: W. Joseph Wyatt (Marshall University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts are used to preaching to a friendly choir when attending meetings such as ABAI, but in the rest of our usual days we encounter clients, patients, teachers, school personnel, parents, and people who work with clients. In such interactions behavior analysts often spend time explaining behavior principles and techniques. How do they do that in a way that keeps the person's attention, assures that he understands what the behavior analyst is saying and applies the principle appropriately? The tried and true ways of explanation of behavioral principles is the focus of the symposium—the presentation of behavior analysis in a positive manner so that others are able to put the principles to work. The subjects include elderly clients and aging problems, parenting and child-rearing and teen guiding as well as teachers and other school personnel. The presenters have decades of experience in guiding clients in the learning and application of behavior analysis principles with numerous examples of effective and surprising outcomes from their conversational strategies and styles. |
|
Behavior Talk With the Aging Population |
JUDY G. BLUMENTHAL (Association for Behavior Change) |
Abstract: The older we get, the faster we learn using the same stimuli we used in learning when a youngster. The stimuli that will be discussed in this paper are verbal words in speaking and teaching behavior; words used to describe and shape behavior, or extinguish, or add a new behavior. Using the correct verbal stimulus (spoken word) is a serious step in the effective application of behavioral principles. Learning begins with sensory memory; in most cases it is auditory. Therefore, it is important to use the same sensory stimuli when speaking and teaching behavior, especially in regards to the aging population. For example, using the word "reinforcer" when speaking with a centenarian most likely will not make sense, but asking the aged, "What do you do after you walk around the block?" does make sense. It provides the basis for understanding their own behavior, what maintains it, and what it diminishes. |
|
A Parent's View and a Behavior Analyst's View: How Each Can Help the Other |
ROGER W. MCINTIRE (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: Serious conversation with a child or teenager can be difficult. Most parents find their son or daughter an elusive prey not easily cornered and not easily impressed. This presentation offers a behavior analyst's strategies for teaching behavioral principles to parents so they may put the principles to work in family negotiations and in family conversational habits. Examples from family exchanges are reviewed and exemplified in the following general principles: (a) parents should deliberately slow their pace of conversation so their child-teen can slow his conversation; conversation doesn't make a good competitive sport; (b) parents should watch the non-verbal signals: folding arms, getting louder, and turning away all have their messages; (c) parents should avoid the "quick fix" temptation; the real subject may not have come up yet, (d) density of reinforcement can be maintained developing a plan to highlight the behaviors that are liked. Loving is not much without liking, (e) punishment is likely to be imitated; it is terrorizing when misunderstood and it is inappropriate for adults. Reflective reactions often result in more information; a teen's first remarks are long on feelings and short on facts. Several vignettes illustrate these principles at work in family and counseling situations. |
|
Teaching Teachers Behavior Analysis |
DONALD K. PUMROY (University of Maryland) |
Abstract: Teaching teachers and school personnel behavior analysis has always been difficult, probably for several reasons. The underlying pinning of American education has been that the pupils are intrinsically interested in learning, so "forcing" them to behave is counter to the prevailing orientation. Secondly, education is replete with "new programs" which last a few years, fade away and then are replaced by another "new program." So when someone proposes a "new program," that is behavior analysis, teachers are hesitant if not reluctant to accept it. With these obstacles in mind, this paper will focus on strategies to help the behavior analyst interact with teachers to help them understand and apply behavioral principles. Usually the behavior analyst is a consultant to the school and carries very little authority. No matter what type of situations exists the behavior analyst must be most careful in the interaction with the teachers. The give-and-take in conversation is most crucial in obtaining the teacher's cooperation. This paper will focus on this conversational interchange. Examples of situations that are likely to arise in a school setting will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Reducing Student Procrastination and Evaluating Educational Supports |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1D (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Wesley H. Dotson (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: An important part of teaching and learning behavior analysis is the arrangement of the learning environment to maximize practice, feedback, and the efficiency of instructor time. This symposium will focus on two areas of effectively teaching behavior analysis: reducing student procrastination (thus maximizing the positive effects of practice) and evaluating the effects of individual variables in the learning environment to make instruction more efficient. The first two talks in the symposium will describe projects designed to reduce student procrastination through contingency management and the resultant effects on student exam and quiz performance. The third talk will describe the exploration of the effects of several variables (e.g., attendance at lectures, completion of extra credit assignments, attendance at study sessions) on the overall exam and course performance of students in an introductory behavior modification and therapy course. Discussion will focus on ways instructors might structure their classroom environments and learning activities to maximize student learning while also being as efficient as possible. |
|
Putting Off Procrastination Until Tomorrow: Contingencies for Students That Work |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis has been directly involved in best practices for teaching at the university level, including mastery-based personalized systems of instruction (PSI) and non-mastery-based inter-teaching. After a small unit of study, the assessment of student learning (i.e., the students verbal and textual behavior repertoire) for both of these methods may include their verbal repertoire on tests and in class. Data from two projects will be reviewed: (a) from a mastery-based PSI-taught Psychology research methods and statistics course in which individual and group contingencies are used; and (b) from several sections of an Introduction to Learning course that has utilized inter-teaching methods. The results indicate that (a) when contingencies are in place for completion of work prior to class that students score higher on tests; and (b) the group discussion condition for interteaching produces higher scores when compared with an individual condition. Implications for future teaching, and for behavior analysis programs in general, will be discussed. |
|
Measuring and Reducing Undergraduate Student's Procrastination of Studying |
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Melmark, Inc.), Alayna T. Haberlin (The Lizard Centre), James Nicholson Meindl (The Ohio State University), Jonathan Ivy (The Ohio State University), Neal Miller (The Ohio State University), Kristall J. Graham (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: We examined undergraduate students' procrastination of studying for weekly in-class quizzes. Three schedules of online practice quiz delivery were compared using a counterbalanced alternating treatment design within an ABA reversal design. When online study material was made available noncontingently, students generally procrastinated studying. Studying was more evenly distributed during two variations of a conjunctive schedule during which access to additional study material was contingent on completing previous study material. Overall, the mean gain in percentage correct scores on weekly in-class quizzes relative to pretests was greater during the two contingent access conditions than during noncontingent access conditions. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Variables Associated With Exam and Course Performance in an Introductory Behavior Analysis Class |
WESLEY H. DOTSON (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Several variables are potentially associated with both exam and overall course performance in college classrooms, including: attendance at class lectures, completion of review activities, attendance at study sessions, and a student'sgrade point average (GPA)when entering the course. The present talk describes how these variables were investigated in an introductory behavior modification course across several semesters. Specifically, we were offering several learning opportunities to students (i.e., optional extra credit assignments and mock exam review sessions) which were correlated with improved exam and course performance. Because the activities were optional, we were not sure if they were really helpful, or if just the "better" students were attending. Thus, we wanted to know if the apparent improvements were the result of our supports or other variables such as how many lectures the students attended or their entering GPA. In addition to looking at basic correlation data for variables associated with exam performance, additional multiple-linear regression analyses were conducted to attempt to identify the individual and cumulative effects of the variables in the present course. |
|
|
|
|
What's Inside the Skin? |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
601 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Ted Schoneberger (Kohala Educational Services) |
|
Plummeting Gannets Don't Represent |
Domain: Theory |
TED SCHONEBERGER (Kohala Educational Services) |
|
Abstract: The gannet, a seabird, catches its prey by plummeting into the ocean from heights up to 100 feet, piercing the water at speeds as great as 60 mph. Just before entering the water, she retracts her wings. The timing must be precise: retract too soon and the result can be steering problems and a missed target; retract too late and broken wings (or worse) can result. How do gannets achieve such precision? The same question arises when explaining coordinated motor behavior in humans (e.g., applying the breaks of a car). Within cognitive science, the traditional answer has involved the positing of mental representations as critical causal factors. Anthony Chemero (2009) has offered an alternative answer: radical embodied cognitive science (RECS). Inspired by Gibsonian ecological psychology and the dynamical systems approach, RECS is explicitly anti-representational, defining "cognition" as "the ongoing, active maintenance of a robust animal-environment system, achieved by closely coordinated perception and action." In explaining coordinated motor behavior, Chemero cites general tau theory (e.g., Lee & Raddish, 1981; Lee, 2009), an approach which focuses on the coordination of direct perception with motor behavior. My presentation provides an account of Chemero's anti-representationalism, and general tau theory (including a brief video of plummeting gannets). |
|
On Measuring Covert Behavior. |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
DANIELE ORTU (University of Stirling) |
|
Abstract: What currently defines what is to be considered as overt or covert behavior is a function of the available technology. Our ability to detect responses and study functional relationships between discriminative stimuli, responses and reinforcers depends on the sensitivity of our measurement tools. Increased sensitivity will lead to detection of functional relationships previously gone unnoticed. EEG is a high temporal resolution (milliseconds) measure of brain activity obtained placing electrodes on the surface of the scalp. A specific kind of EEG technique, called ERPs (Event Related Potentials) allows measuring brain activity that consistently follows or precedes presentation of stimuli. The P3 and the N400 ERP effects constitute two promising tools in measuring covert emitted behavior (P3) and covert fluctuations of response strength beyond the threshold of emission (N400). Specifically, the P3 effect reflects differential brain activation to evocative stimuli as compared to non evocative ones, and this differential activation is preserved in a task that involves a "covert" response. The N400 effect reflects the contrast between the emission of a response that had been strengthened to one that had not been strengthened by preceding stimulation. Benefits of the use of electrophysiological measures are discussed within a radical behaviorist paradigm. |
|
Mixed Emotions: The Role of Emotions in Behavior Analysis |
Domain: Theory |
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: The role of emotions within the field of behavior analysis has traditionally elicited mixed feelings from behavior scientists. Despite the encouraging willingness of many to tackle analyses of complex private behavior, the issue of emotions and feelings and their suitability for study remains controversial. There are many who believe that the difficulty of measuring and observing emotions presents an insurmountable obstacle and threatens the objective nature of the science. B. F. Skinner acknowledges emotions' existence as "bodily states generated by reinforcers," but it is apparent that he views these responses as relatively unimportant collateral byproducts of an organism's interaction with its environment. While we agree with Skinner that a science of behavior can predict and control behavior effectively without a complete understanding of emotions, we argue that emotions play an important role. Furthermore, a failure to formulate a coherent account of emotions not only leaves behavior analysis at the mercies of non-behavioral psychology and physiology, but also represents a gaping hole in the otherwise sound theoretical cloth of the science. |
|
Two Behavior Analytic Perspectives on the Role of Private Events in a Natural Science |
Domain: Theory |
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University) |
|
Abstract: Skinner's radical behaviorism included an account of private events as occurrent and discriminable conditions of the body that may participate in the functional control of the ongoing behavior of the individual organism and which have special relevance to human verbal behavior. An alternative view from Rachlin's teleological behaviorism describes an account of "mental" phenomena without assuming behavioral functions of private events, but rather relies only upon overt behavior and contingencies extended in time. Both behavior analytic perspectives will be considered in the context of a number of issues. These issues include the role of first-person accounts in a scientific analysis, the ontological versus phenomenological status of private events, complex behavioral functions of (overt and covert) behavioral events, interpretations of "mentalistic" terms and reported "internal states," and reported examples of functional private events in clinical and experimental settings. It will be concluded that (a) the differences between radical and teleological behaviorism regarding private events may be traced to specific differences in their respective scientific systems, and (b) the molar (or multiscaled) analysis of behavior that is the emphasis of teleological behaviorism may be applied to private as well as public events. |
|
|
|
|
|
Examinations of Antecedent and Consequence Manipulations to Increase the Efficiency of Instructional Strategies |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
9:00 AM–10:20 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 2B (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Numerous instructional strategies exist to increase the efficiency of academic interventions. However, many of these instructional strategies have only been evaluated with a limited number of individuals. In addition, research on novel strategies used to increase the efficiency of acquisition is needed to expand the potential intervention procedures that are available to therapists and teachers. The collection of studies in this symposium sought to expand upon current intervention strategies and evaluate novel procedures to increase the efficiency of intervention. The first presentation compared three interventions to decrease echolalia and increase the rate of acquisition of intraverbal responses in children with autism. The second presentation compared prompts that were or were not paired with a discriminative stimulus (SD)and the effects of these procedures on the acquisition of intraverbal responses in children with autism. The third presentation evaluated antecedent and consequence manipulations to increase accuracy during sight-word reading. The final presentation compared embedded identity-matching prompts with embedded echoic prompts that were intended to serve as differential observed responses (DORs) to the auditory sample stimuli, and evaluated effect on tact emergence as well as the acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discriminations. |
|
Comparison of Treatments for Echolalia During Intraverbal Training With Children With Autism |
ELIZABETH GAWLEY (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Rashea Fuchtman (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Amber R. Paden (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism frequently engage in echolalia that may interfere with the acquisition of verbal behavior during language-based training. Several previous studies evaluated a cues-pause-point procedure (CPP) to reduce non-functional vocalizations during language training. Although the treatment was effective and resulted in generalization to untrained targets, the authors had to fade various aspects of treatment to transfer stimulus control from a prompt or cue within the learning trial (i.e., a tact prompt, a finger cue) to the auditory verbal stimulus. In addition, the procedure may not be as efficient as other prompting strategies more commonly utilized in early intervention programs. Thus, additional evaluations of treatment procedures for echolalia during verbal behavior training are warranted. We compared the effectiveness and efficiency of three interventions to reduce echolalia in children with autism during intraverbal training. Results indicated that an echoic prompt with error correction was the most effective and efficient treatment for all participants, although a tact prompt with error correction was also effective for teaching intraverbal responses for 2 participants. |
|
The Benefits of Pairing the Vocal Discriminative Stimulus With Subsequent Prompts in Intraverbal Training |
AMANDA LEWIS (University of Glamorgan), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Least-to-most prompting is a common strategy used in acquisition training for individuals with developmental disabilities. Despite being an oft-utilized procedure, little research has been conducted to compare variations within least-to-most prompting procedures. The current study compared the efficacy of reiterating the initial verbal discriminative stimulus (SD) with every prompt (SD pairing condition) and withholding the verbal SD when prompting (no SD pairing condition). Variations in responding were assessed across intraverbal skills for 3 participants diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Acquisition was compared using a combined multielement and multiple baseline across targets design. Overall, the SD pairing condition resulted in faster acquisition than the no SD pairing condition. Furthermore, all SD pairing targets were acquired; however, in several cases, the no SD pairing condition did not result in acquisition of the intraverbal. These findings are discussed in terms of clinical recommendations, the potential for generalization across skills, and treatment integrity. |
|
A Comparison of Antecedent and Consequence Manipulations on Acquisition of Sight-Word Reading |
JULIE A. BRANDT (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (University of Kansas), Erica Severtson (University of Kansas), Steven W. Payne (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Antecedent and consequent interventions have been shown to be effective for teaching skills. Antecedent interventions might include modeling or priming, and consequent interventions might include feedback or error correction. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effects of some antecedent and consequent interventions for teaching sight-word reading to two typically developing preschool-aged children. For one participant, we found that (a) simply modeling the correct response one time (single pre-exposure) or (b) providing error correction (no pre-exposure+EC) for incorrect responding was effective for increasing correct sight-word reading. Further manipulation suggested that error correction was most effective when it was implemented for incorrect responding as compared to a general feedback condition. For the second participant, we found that modeling the correct response one time was not effective; however, (a) modeling prior to every session (multiple pre-exposure) or (b) single pre-exposure plus error correction was effective for increasing sight-word reading. Further manipulation suggested that when the number of exposures to the correct response was controlled, multiple pre-exposure was more effective than a condition involving multiple exposures to feedback. |
|
Effects of Three Prompting Conditions on Typically Developing Childrens Acquisition of Auditory-Visual Conditional Discriminations and Tact Emergence |
CHARLOTTE LYNN CARP (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: Embedding an identity-matching (IM) prompt in a least-to-most prompting sequence has been shown to enhance acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discriminations (Fisher, Kodak, & Moore, 2007). The IM response may function as a differential observing response (DOR) to the visual comparison stimuli. The present study compared embedded IM prompts with embedded echoic prompts that were intended to serve as DORs to the auditory sample stimuli, and evaluated effect on tact emergence as well as the acquisition of auditory-visual conditional discriminations. Four typically-developing children aged 4- to 6-years-old participated. An adapted multi-element design was used to compare (a) an echoic prompt embedded in a least-to-most prompting hierarchy, (b) an identity matching prompt embedded in a least-to-most prompting hierarchy, and (c) a least-to-most prompting hierarchy alone. All participants acquired the target auditory-visual discriminations, but in contrast to prior studies, there were no differential effects of the three prompting conditions on acquisition. For one participant, tact emergence was greatest in the echoic condition, but no differential effects were found for the other 3 participants. Typically developing children may already have the necessary skills to perform well on auditory-visual conditional discrimination tasks and therefore, enhanced prompting procedures may not have benefited these participants. |
|
|
|
|
If You Can't Always Get What You Want-Get What You Need: Introduction to Behavior Analytic Principles of Interpersonal Influence |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: William Follette, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jonathan W. Kanter (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Presenting Authors: : WILLIAM C. FOLLETTE (University of Nevada, Reno), Glenn M. Callaghan (San Jose State University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have powerful tools to produce behavior change in a very broad range of populations. Yet an effective intervention can be stopped in its tracks when the behavior analyst consultant cannot get the primary care provider or direct care staff to follow the principles and protocols that were developed to be helpful. There has been little attention paid to problems that arise at this interface. This tutorial will provide an introduction to behavior change principles that can be applied to create a relationship between the behavioral consultant and treatment provider so that collaboration and problem-solving readily occur. To achieve this aim the tutorial will show how the behavior analyst can approach a functional analysis to the consulting relationship to identify stimuli that impede or improve collaboration. Functional classes of responses that should be considered will be discussed that pay particular attention to the stimulus properties of the consultant as well as his or her repertoire for effectively assessing and influencing the service provider. The tutorial will provide conceptual information as well as clinical scenarios one is likely to encounter when implementing programs. The emphasis will be on building constructive repertoires in both the consultant and provider. |
|
WILLIAM C. FOLLETTE (University of Nevada, Reno), Glenn M. Callaghan (San Jose State University) |
Dr. Follette is Professor of Psychology and Director of Clinical Training in the Department of Psychology at the University of Nevada, Reno. He received his B.S. and Ph.D. from the University of Washington with specialty training in clinical psychology and minors in quantitative and physiologic psychology. Dr. Follette has served on NIH review panels across a broad range of content areas including substance abuse, depression, and behavioral medicine. He has been an invited participant in NIMH sponsored conferences on translational research including the most recent Science of Behavior Change Conference where he was a discussant on mechanisms of change in behavioral science. He has also served on panels to assess empirically supported treatments for APA. He has been guest editor on special issues of the journals Behavior Therapy, Behavioral Assessment, and the Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology on theoretical and philosophical issues in behavior therapy and critiques of, and behavioral alternatives to DSM-IV. He has contributed several articles to the Behavior Analyst ranging from behavior analytic interpretations of psychological health, functional analysis, and Functional Analytic Psychotherapy, an intervention based on a behavior analytic understanding of the change process in psychotherapy. |
|
|
|
|
The Contribution of Single-Case Research to the Documentation of Evidence-Based Practices |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Robert Horner, Ph.D. |
Chair: Cathy L. Watkins (California State University, Stanislaus) |
ROBERT H. HORNER (University of Oregon) |
Rob Horner is the Alumni-Knight endowed professor of special education at the University of Oregon where he directs the Educational and Community Supports research unit. He earned a B.A. in Psychology from Stanford University, Master's in Experimental Psychology from Washington State University, and Ph.D. in Special Education from the University of Oregon. Dr. Horner's research focuses on developing evidence-based interventions that result in socially significant changes for people with and without disabilities. As co-director with Dr. George Sugai of the OSEP Technical Assistance Center on Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports Dr. Horner coordinates research and technical assistance activities with partners across the nation. During the past 20 years he has worked with schools and administrators to develop approaches for implementing school-wide systems of positive behavior support. He has been editor of the Journal of the Association for Persons with Severe Handicaps, co-editor of the Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, and associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the American Journal on Mental Retardation. Dr. Horner's many awards include the SABA Public Service Behavior Analysis Award (2006), the AAMR Education Award (2002), the TASH Positive Approaches Award (2000), and the APA Fred Keller Educational Research Award (1996). |
Abstract: The session will focus on the growing emphasis on defining "evidence-based practices" and the role of single-case research to contribute to this effort. Specific recommendations being applied by the What Works Clearinghouse will guide discussion of how single-case research may become more influential. |
|
|
|
|
Dangerous Liaisons: Why ABAI Should Steer Clear of Them |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
401/402 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Sigrid Glenn, Ph.D. |
Chair: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
CAROL PILGRIM (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida) |
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota) |
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Other panelists: KENNON A. LATTAL (West Virginia University), M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Institute of Technology), PHILIP N. HINELINE (Temple University), TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (Reed College), and JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Participants in this panel offer ABAI members some solutions to problems emanating from rapid growth of the field to include large numbers of much needed practitioner/technicians (the good news) and the ensuing back-channel struggle for control of the mother-organization (the bad news). In congruence with its stated mission, the panelists agree that ABAI should continue its historical role of advancing science and supporting full-spectrum training of scientist/practitioners and scientists to serve as future leaders in the practice and the science of behavior analysis. This panel of leading behavior analysts offers insights into the long-term consequences of various alternative roles for ABAI and suggests that the growth of behavior analysis justifies multiple organizations having multiple functions and differing, albeit overlapping, constituencies. |
|
|
|
|
Motivational Variables in Animal Training |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1F (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Kimberly G. Fry (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Susan M. Schneider (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: An important aspect of animal training is the reinforcers used to establish and maintain performances. Although food is generally used as a reinforcer, different types of reinforcers, such as access to toys or areas and social interaction, are used depending on the goal of the final performance. In all cases, it is important to maintain the efficacy of the reinforcers. This symposium will present three experimental studies that manipulate the environment in various ways to change the reinforcing value of events, to enhance the reinforcing value of events, and to introduce animals to events that if contacted would naturally maintain behavior. The first presentation will show procedures that maintain reinforcing efficacy in spite of increases in body weight, the second presentation will show the effects of positive reinforcement on changing avoidance and escape behavior into approach, and the third presentation will show procedures to introduce captive animals to naturally available reinforcers. |
|
Schedule-Induced Deprivation: Maintaining Reinforcer Efficacy at High Body Weights |
APRIL M. BECKER (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: In the avian training community, a procedure has long been utilized to maintain food reinforcer efficacy at high body weights. Elements of this procedure include strict limited holds and mostly closed economies. By imposing limited holds on keypeck behavior of two feral pigeons in an operant chamber, we were able to keep rates of responding high regardless of the subject'spercent ad lib body weight. Target rates were determined using a baseline performance of FR 15 at 80% ad lib weight. The schedule was then modified so that the keylight would darken for 20 seconds if an IRT greater than 0.6 seconds or a post reinforcement pause greater than 10 seconds was detected. Under this schedule, we were able to increase the pigeon's body weight to 93% ad lib without a concurrent decrease in rate of response. Data is still being collected to determine if higher weights are possible without rate decreases. |
|
Can Positive Reinforcement Overcome Fear? An Investigation of Competing Contingencies |
BECKY A. KUNKEL (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Kimberly G. Fry (University of North Texas), Matthew Herring (University of North Texas), Amber Bellew (Texas Women's University) |
Abstract: Escape maintained behavior in dogs is generally displayed by one of two behaviors-fleeing or aggression. Once aggression is negatively reinforced by the removal of the aversive stimulus, it is very difficult to eliminate from the animal's repertoire. Counter conditioning is the process of pairing a positive reinforcer with an aversive stimulus in the attempts that an organism will no longer exhibit fear responses in its presence. This process must be done gradually with small approximations. Many animals have been trained to enter aversive situations via counter conditioning. However, this process can be time consuming and has inconsistent results. The purpose of this experiment was to monitor the effects of counter conditioning and investigate a faster, more systematic method for reducing fear responses around aversive stimuli. The subject of this presentation was a dog (a 6-year-old Rhodesian Ridgeback mix) afraid of vacuum cleaners. Two conditions were conducted concurrently compared: approach to a neutral object and approach to the feared object. The results show that even though counter conditioning produced approach to the feared object the dog still remained afraid of the object. |
|
Enrichment: Introducing Captive Animals to Natural Sources of Reinforcement |
MATTHEW A. DAVISON (University of North Texas), Robin Lynn Beasley (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Captive animals are often less active then their wild counterparts. These animals serve as ambassadors to educate the public on their species, yet it is more common to see them engage in stereotypic behavior and less in species-appropriate behavior. A struggle animal keepers face when designing enrichment is prolonging habituation (Tarou & Bashaw, 2007). Many ideas have been proposed, some anecdotally investigated, to increase the length of time habitat enrichment functions as enrichment, but few have been compared to see which method is most effective. This study was designed to manipulate individual enrichment components to discover which method, removal of enrichment, adding novel enrichment, or rotating enrichment, as well as training enrichment, is the most effective at increasing overall behavior as well as species appropriate behavior. An initial study showed that enrichment increased the activity and engagement of Ring-tailed Lemurs. In the next phases of the study the different enrichment items are systematically manipulated to show their contributions to behavior change of the lemurs. |
|
|
|
|
Current Trends, Research, Benefits, Limitations, and Ethics of Remote Delivery for Autism-Related Applied Behavior Analysis Services |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Christina Whalen, Ph.D. |
Chair: Christina Whalen (TeachTown) |
DANIEL ADAM OPENDEN (Southwest Autism Research) |
AMY CRYE (Spectrum Schools) |
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
CHRISTINA WHALEN (TeachTown) |
Abstract: Despite convincing evidence on the effectiveness of applied behavior analysis (ABA) for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), delivery of ABA services is becoming increasingly difficult due to a growing population, economical cuts at the state and federal level, and a shortage of trained ABA therapists. Many members of the ABA community are now looking toward technology and how it can be leveraged to serve a larger number of ASD children and adults. Some of the solutions include the use of computers and other media (e.g. video) for training parents, school staff, or therapists; supervision of remote home and school programs; data collection systems; and computer-assisted instructional programs. The benefits of using technology include improved data collection and reporting, increased access to ABA services, increasing number of people that can be served by ABA professionals, and potential improved outcomes for children and adults with ASD. There are also limitations with technology including less face time with clients and staff, technology break-downs or difficulties, and potential ethical issues with confidentiality, competency, and emergency situations. Panel members will briefly discuss the current trends in remote service delivery along with what the research tells us. The benefits and limitations including ethical issues will be discussed with participants. |
|
|
|
|
Establishing Response Generalization of Verbalizations in Social Initiations and Intraverbals |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 4E (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Sharon Reeve, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Establishing response generalization is important to increase the utility of any behavior change procedure. This symposium examines three research studies that investigated various teaching procedures to establish response generalization across social initiations and intraverbals. In the first study, a generalized repertoire of social initiations in the presence of multiple toys was established with four children with autism using multiple exemplar training and script fading procedures. In the second study, matrix training was used to establish recombinative generalization to the intraverbal relation in three preschoolers of typical development. In the final study, response variability of intraverbals was increased in five individuals with autism by implementing a conjunctive differential reinforcement schedule. In all three studies, response generalization increased, albeit to varying degrees. |
|
The Effects of Script Fading Procedures on Verbal Interactions of Children With Autism |
ELENA GARCIA-ALBEA (Caldwell College), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell College), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: Interventions that teach verbal initiations are crucial for the social development of children with autism. Script fading procedures have been shown to be effective for teaching children with autism to initiate and participate in social interactions without verbal prompts from adults. Previous research in this area, however, has generated mixed results in establishing a generalized repertoire of verbal interactions under the control of stimuli found in the natural environment. In this study, four boys with autism were taught to verbally initiate a social interaction in the presence of a toy through the use of a script fading procedure and multiple exemplar training. Six training categories of toys were used to increase the likelihood of generalization of verbal interactions across novel toys. A multiple-baseline with a multiple probe across-subjects design was used to assess the successes of this procedure to increase novel initiations. The results showed that children with autism initiated and sustained verbal interactions under the control of stimuli present in the natural environment. These results also generalized to novel stimuli, settings, and peers. In addition, all participants increased their use of novel interactions. |
|
Intermediate-Level Verbal Behavior Training: The Effects of Matrix Training on Intraverbal Responding |
KATIE A. NICHOLSON (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Daniel C. DeRosa (Florida Institute of Technology), Leny D. Velasquez (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Matrix training is a procedure for selecting training stimuli in order to produce recombinative generalization to untrained combinations of stimuli. Ample research has demonstrated the effectiveness of this procedure across a variety of verbal operants, listener behavior and play skills. The purpose of this investigation is to extend the matrix training strategy to the intraverbal relation. Three typically developing preschool girls participated in a multiple baseline across responses design. Two out of the three demonstrated limited generalization to untrained combinations, while the third participant did not emit any generalized responding. |
|
Increasing the Variability of Verbal Responding in Children and Adolescents With Autism Using a Conjunctive-Differential Reinforcement Schedule |
PAUL ARGOTT (EPIC School), Dawn B. Townsend (Institute for Educational Achievement), Nancy S. Hemmes (Queens College, The City University of New York) |
Abstract: A procedure intended to teach variation in appropriate verbal responding to an antecedent stimulus was systematically manipulated for 5 individuals with autism. Four antecedent stimuli that include the clause, else do you like to do were presented in a varying order. Five responses that were appropriate to any of the antecedent stimuli were taught using a script-fading procedure. Percentage of varied verbal responses was studied under a conjunctive-differential reinforcement procedure using a multiple-baseline-across-subjects experimental design. Under a modified percentile requirement of the conjunctive schedule, responses were ranked according to their frequency of emission after every session and reinforcement was omitted for the 2 most frequent responses on the subsequent session. Under a lag-1 schedule requirement, reinforcement was omitted for consecutive occurrences of a given response within a given session. Data showed that the percentage of responses meeting the conjunctive schedule requirement increased with the systematic implementation of the schedule. A variability measure showed that responses were more stereotyped during baseline sessions in comparison to treatment sessions. Comparisons between the numbers of different statements emitted by individuals with autism versus those of their typically developing peers suggest that further research is necessary to increase responding to a typical level. Nevertheless, responses by teachers and parents to a social validity questionnaire suggest that the procedure could be applied in clinical and home settings and used to increase varied verbal responding. |
|
|
|
|
Displacement of Leisure Items by Edible Items in Preference Assessments |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 4D (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Natalie A. Parks (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Natalie Parks, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Identifying effective reinforcers is an important aspect of many interventions that used in a wide range of settings. Several different types of preference assessments have been demonstrated to be effective at fulfilling this need. However, previous research has demonstrated that, when given a choice between edible and leisure items within a multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessment, individuals are more likely to choose edible items (DeLeon, Iwata, & Roscoe, 1997). This symposium will present three talks, each further evaluating this line of research and extending it beyond multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) assessments used with children with developmental disabilities. The first talk evaluated displacement in paired-stimulus preference assessments with young children diagnosed with autism as well as typically developing children. The second talk also evaluates the paired-stimulus format and as well as whether shifts in preference from leisure to edible items may be a result of delays inherent in the preference assessment procedures. Finally, in the third talk the paired-stimulus format is compared with a single presentation of the MSWO to explore the effects of deprivation and satiation on the displacement of leisure items by edibles. |
|
Displacement of Leisure Items in Combined Stimulus Preference Assessments With Young Children With Autism and Typical Development |
Amy L. Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), MARIA STEVENSON (Center for Advanced Learning), Kenneth MacAleese (Advanced Child Behavior Solutions, LLC), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada) |
Abstract: The identification of effective reinforcers continues to be an important component of successful behavioral interventions for individuals with developmental disabilities. Likewise, the identification of effective reinforcers for individuals of typical development is necessary for effective behavioral interventions. Preference assessments have been developed to identify potential reinforcers. However, previous research has indicated that when individuals with developmental disabilities are given the opportunity to choose between food and leisure items, they choose food items more frequently, even when the leisure items are highly preferred (DeLeon, Iwata, & Roscoe, 1997). This study examined displacement of leisure items with young children diagnosed with autism and young children of typical development. Forty-three participants, aged 9 mos to 8 years, were exposed to three paired-choice preference assessments: 1) edible items only, 2) leisure items only, and 3) combined edible and leisure items. Results suggest that displacement of leisure items is not unique to individuals with developmental disabilities, and as such, separate assessments may be necessary to identify preferred leisure stimuli for children with and without autism. |
|
The Prevalence of Displacement of Leisure Items by Edible Stimuli in Children With Autism |
SETH B. CLARK (Marcus Autism Center), Natalie A. Parks (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan A. Call (Marcus Autism Center), Jeffrey R. Luke (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Studies have indicated that edible stimuli will displace leisure items when compared during preference assessments (DeLeon, Iwata, & Roscoe, 1997; Bojak & Carr, 1999). However, the prevalence of displacement as a phenomenon is unclear. Additionally, the influence of reinforcer magnitude for leisure items (i.e., duration of access) and delays on displacement is unknown. Displacement may be a product of the relatively brief periods of access to leisure items typically utilized in preference assessments. The purpose of the current investigation was to examine the prevalence of displacement of leisure items in children with autism, and to determine whether duration of access to leisure items affects displacement. In Experiment 1, 26 participants were exposed to three paired-choice preference assessments that evaluated edible stimuli, leisure items, and the two combined. Results suggest that the displacement of leisure items is common amongst children with autism. In Experiment 2, participants chose between the edible stimuli that displaced leisure items and the top ranked leisure item. Access to the leisure item was systematically increased across series to identify the point at which leisure items became more preferred. Results are discussed in terms of implications for clinicians who may use leisure items as reinforcers. |
|
CANCELLED: The Effects of Food Deprivation on Preference of Food and Leisure Items |
MEIGHAN ADAMS (Marcus Autism Center), Eb Blakely (Florida Institute of Technology), Mark T. Harvey (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Over the past several years, methodologies aimed at assessing effective and efficient identification of reinforcers have been developed. Research has validated preference assessment methods reported by Fisher et al., (1992) and DeLeon and Iwata (1996). Extensions of these methods have included implementing fewer presentation trials (Carr et al., 2000), examining displacement of leisure items by food items (DeLeon et al., 1997) and examining manipulations and the effects of establishing operations on preference (Gottschalk et al. 2000, McAdam et al., 2005). This study extends the literature by examining the motivating operation effects of deprivation on food and leisure items and to examine establishing that may effect displacement of leisure items. The current study also presents a single presentation of a multiple-stimulus preference assessment. Participants were exposed to either one multiple-stimulus preference assessment or paired-stimulus preference assessment immediately following 2 hours of food deprivation, or immediately following 10 minutes of free access to edibles. Results indicate that establishing operations can affect outcomes of preference assessments. For two participants, deprivation of food items resulted in an increase in preference selection of food items for each assessment (multiple stimuli withoutreplacementand paired stimulus). |
|
|
|
|
Providing Students With Essential Skills for Independent Futures: Innovative Strategies for Practitioners |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 4C (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Rita M. Gardner (Melmark New England) |
Discussant: Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
CE Instructor: Cheryl Davis, M.Ed. |
Abstract: The literature in the area of applied behavior analysis has provided educators of students with autism a plethora of effective teaching strategies. As the incidence of the population has increased, however, challenges for practitioners have as well. It is paramount that skills necessary to function at the highest level of independence are identified and systematically taught. Areas of particular concern include identifying effective strategies to fade staff support, teaching children to earn in a group instructional format, and improving social skills in a group setting. The papers in this symposium will discuss three research projects. Specific data are presented on teaching social skills in small group formats as well as a detailed description of a conceptual model outlining several instructional strategies to enhance social skills in group settings. Additionally, data on the results of a project designed to systematically fade staff support while simultaneously increasing student independence will be discussed. |
|
Fading the Level of Staff Support for Students With Autism |
JILL E. MCGRALE MAHER (Crossroads School for Children), Michele D. Brock (Crossroads School for Children), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College) |
Abstract: The majority of scientifically based literature indicates that young children with autism learn most efficiently using individualized teaching practices based in applied behavior analysis. Current economic resources have required practitioners prepare students for learning formats commonly found within the community and least restrictive environments, typically requiring that students independently function and acquire group learning skills. To do so, practitioners need a systematic plan to move students from one-on-one instructional formats, to small groups, and, when appropriate, to inclusion settings, including vocational and community settings. This research project includes an assessment protocol and a teaching strategy designed to fade staff support in a systematic, empirically based manner. Dependent measures include active engagement, active responding, accuracy of responding, rates of competing behaviors and frequency and topography of staff prompts. The teaching strategy employed utilizes a simple conditioned reinforcement procedure combined with fading staff support. The participants are 10 students at a private school for students with autism, ranging in age from 8-16. A multiple baseline across group instructional formats within participants was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the independent variable. Baseline data indicates that student performance and levels of support students required is consistent with individual learning profiles. |
|
Social Skills Group Teaching Model for Students With Autism |
Benjamin R. Bruneau (Crossroads School for Children), Jill E. McGrale Maher (Crossroads School for Children), CHERYL J. DAVIS (Crossrads School for Children), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College) |
Abstract: One of the most prevalent challenges for students with autism is in the area of social skills, including difficulty with observational skills, play interactions, social pragmatics, taking another's perspective, making inferences, and sharing enjoyment. To date, instructional models have been minimally successful in the acquisition, durability, and generalization of meaningful social skills (Bellini, S., Peters, J., Benner, L., & Hopf, A., 2007; Quinn, Kavale, Mathur, Rutherford, & Forness, 1999; Gresham, Sugai, & Horner, 2001). Consistent with recommendations in the literature (Gresham, et. al, 2001; Peters, et. al, 2007; and Quinn, et. al, 1999), the current study investigates the use of social skills groups to teach children to emit novel discrete social skills in conjunction with a generalization strategy to promote immediate generalization and multiple learning opportunities. Participants included nine students with autism, ranging in age from 8-16, grouped according to learning style, behavioral repertoire, and social skills deficits. A multiple baseline design across skills within students was used to assess the teaching strategies' effectiveness. Preliminary results indicate that the social skills group format was successful in teaching a variety of social skills to students across time, with clear demonstration of skill generalization. |
|
A Step-Wise Approach to Training Staff to Effectively Deliver Group Instruction to Students With Autism |
Mary Jane Weiss (The McCarton School), Nicole Pearson (The McCarton School), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), KRISTEN N. FOLEY (The McCarton Center) |
Abstract: Teaching children with autism in group contexts is challenging. The attention deficits associated with autism impede the children’s ability to learn in group settings. In addition, the history and experience of the child in 1:1 instruction can be difficult to transition from. There are also associated worries that group instruction will, by definition, reduce the intensity of instruction, thereby providing fewer instructional opportunities. The data set we are presenting follows a stepwise progression of training targets. The critical elements of instruction were identified as average rates of SD’s delivered per minute and average rate of reinforcers delivered per minute. Behavioral skills training was effective in building these rates, while didactic training alone was insufficient. Additional targets of teaching included increasing the rates of instructions delivered to the entire group to facilitate choral responding, and the number of instructions delivered from children to fellow students. Ancillary data demonstrated that improvements in the rate and quality of group instructions were associated with reduction in stereotypy and increases in engagement. Results will be discussed in terms of stepwise training approaches to group instruction and the utility of treatment integrity tools to assist in staff training to deliver group instruction. |
|
|
|
|
Methodological Advances in and Considerations for Assessment and Treatment of Specific Fears in Children With an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 4B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Gillis Mattson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Specific fears are commonly reported in children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) (White et al., 2009), and are a common priority for treatment in service delivery settings (e.g., clinics and schools; Ghaziuddin, 2002). However, the core symptoms and associated features of ASD present significant challenges to the assessment and treatment of comorbid specific fears. Further, there are currently few studies addressing the phenomenology of these comorbid fears in children with an ASD, including evaluation of associated behavior problems. Moreover, treatment requires special considerations due to functional limitations that already impede the children's quality of life. This symposium will focus on recent research efforts that have yielded promising new methods for assessment and treatment of specific fears in children with an ASD. Emphasis will be placed on assessment and clinical intervention in structured research and school-based settings. Examples will include an evaluation of the incremental clinical utility of multimodal assessment procedures and the relationships between individual characteristics of ASD, comorbid specific fears, and increased injury risk for the child with an ASD. Further, intervention considerations will be illustrated with three case examples in the context of an effective behavioral treatment package implemented in a school setting. |
|
The Phenomenology and Assessment of Fear in Children With an Autism Spectrum Disorder: Type, Intensity, and Relationship to Core Autism Symptoms |
LAURA B. TURNER (Binghamton University), Raymond G. Romanczyk (State University of New York at Binghamton) |
Abstract: Intense fears and phobias have been reported in 31% - 64% of children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD; Muris et al., 1998; Sukhodolsky et al., 2008). However, the phenomenology of fear in children with an ASD has been largely ignored in the behavioral literature. A common speculation that fear in children with an ASD may be related to the core symptoms of autism (Evans et al., 2005; Sukhodolsky et al., 2008), was investigated in this study using a novel, multimodal assessment procedure. In this study, parents of 32 children with an ASD completed the Pervasive Developmental Disorder Behavior Inventory (PDDBI; Cohen & Sudhalter, 2005) and a survey of their child's fears. These data were combined with results from a novel behavioral assessment procedure, which included systematic observations of children's responses to pictorial fear stimuli. Results indicated that social approach behaviors and receptive and expressive language abilities were positively correlated with overall levels of fear in children with an ASD. Results also indicated that medical fears were the most common fear type in this population. Implications and limitations will be discussed with emphasis on valid and reliable assessment techniques for children with an ASD. |
|
Fear and Unintentional Injury in Children With an Autism Spectrum Disorder: Core Symptom Severity, Constellations of Fear, and Patterns of Injury |
RACHEL N.S. CAVALARI (Binghamton University), Raymond G. Romanczyk (State University of New York at Binghamton) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience more intense fears than both typically developing children and other developmentally delayed peers (Evans, et al., 2005; Matson & Love, 1990). Within the injury risk literature, fearful behavior has been suggested as a protective factor against risk-taking behavior in typically developing children (Morrongiello & Matheis, 2007). However, children with an ASD have been shown to engage in more risk-taking behaviors and sustain more severe injuries than typically developing peers (Lee, et al., 2008; McDermott, et al., 2008; Straub & Romanczyk, 2009). The purpose of this presentation is to present and review characteristics of children with an ASD, particularly expressive and receptive communication, which might explain the existing disparate findings regarding fear and injury in this population. Further, potential applications of these findings will be reviewed within the context of environmental stimulus control to increase child safety in home and school or residential service settings. Discussion will focus on challenges in the assessment of injury risk in children with an ASD and the utility of caregiver report in identifying potential risk factors as targets for intervention in applied service settings. |
|
School-Based Treatment of Specific Fears in Children With an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JENNIFER UNDERWOOD (Montgomery Public Schools) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) may experience feelings of anxiety or fear in the school setting. Although the social and communication skill deficits associated with ASD make it difficult for many children to tact their feelings of anxiety or fear, the co-occurring extreme avoidant behaviors (e.g., hitting, screaming, or running away) and marked physiological arousal (e.g., increased heart rate, breathing, and sweat production) are indicative of such feelings. These avoidant behaviors can lead to disruption of the learning environment, peer rejection, and a decline in academic performance. Fortunately, they can be successfully treated by using a behavioral treatment package that includes systematic desensitization, shaping, differential reinforcement, social and coping skills training, and contingency management (Gillis et al., 2009; Jones & Friman, 1989; Tolin et al., 2009). Three cases involving specific fears the school setting will be presented including (1) school refusal in a 5-year-old with autism, (2) fear of fire alarms in a 7-year-old with autism, and (3) fear of bugs and peer ridicule in a 12-year-old with pervasive developmental disorder-not otherwise specified (PDD-NOS). Behavioral concerns, intervention strategies, and treatment efficacy will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Lifespan Behavioral Assessment and Programming for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 4A (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Adam D. Hahs (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Todd M. Streff (Great Strides Behavioral Consulting, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: John Guercio, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will demonstrate the efficacy of applied behavior analysis across the lifespan. The present data will demonstrate that though younger children with autism display vast improvements with applied behavioral treatments, participants that are in adolescence or adulthood can also show gains from our scientific approaches. A case study demonstrating the effective collaboration of key trans disciplinary team members in the treatment of a child with autism will be presented along with pertinent data related to the efficacy of this collaboration. A presentation will also be made related to enhancing the reliability of a frequently used assessment tool in autism, the Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule (ADOS). Children and adolescents ages 5 to 15 were used as participants in this study. Preliminary data will also be presented on the use of the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment & Placement Program (VBMAPP) for adults with autism, demonstrating its efficacy in the assessment and curriculum development for this often underserved group. |
|
Adults With Autism and the VBMAPP : Preliminary Findings and Suggested Treatment Planning |
John M. Guercio, CLARISSA S. BARNES (Southern Illinois University), Adam D. Hahs (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment & Placement Program (VBMAPP) is a MULTI component assessment designed to provide a baseline measure of an individual's verbal skills and deficits based on B. F. Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior (Sundberg, 2009). In addition to providing a measure of the individuals current skill level, the assessment can be used to establish curricular goals and evaluate progress over the course of a treatment program. The five components of the assessment are the milestones assessment, the barriers assessment, the transition assessment, task analysis and skills tracking, and placement and individualized education program goals. The VBMAPP is typically used to assess the verbal behavior and social skills of children as they develop. Sundberg (2009) also states that the assessment can be used for adults with developmental delays. The present study will describe the use of the VBMAPP to evaluate adults with a primary diagnosis of an autism spectrum disorder. Some preliminary findings will be discussed along with some examples of how an effective treatment curriculum can be developed using this assessment device. |
|
Enhancing Reliability Measures of the Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule (ADOS) |
JOHN M. GUERCIO, Adam D. Hahs (Southern Illinois University), Clarissa S. Barnes (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The ADOS (Autism Diagnostic Observation Schedule) is a diagnostic tool used in the assessment of autism spectrum disorders. Some clinical challenges have been noted by administrators of the test related to the interobserver reliability scores that are obtained after coding the schedule. A number of the items on the inventory involve the coding of observations that are somewhat subjective making inter-observer reliability an issue. The following project used four reliability observers, three ofwhich were trained in applied behavior analysis and one in occupational therapy. Observations of children's behavior were conducted using the existing guidelines for the administration of the ADOS assessment. A second condition was implemented whereby each of the areas of the test was modified to include operational definitions of each of the areas of observation. The results indicated enhanced inter-observer reliability scores as a result of utilizing operational definitions to code the schedule. Outcome data on the inter-observer reliability scores for the observers under both conditions will be reported as well as implications for future research. |
|
Putting the Cooperation in Collaboration-Building an Effective Transdisciplinary Team in a Private School Setting |
BARBARA CARLSON LITSCHER (Partners in Behavioral Milestones), Elizabeth Foster (Partners in Behavioral Milestones), Kristin McPharlin (Partners in Behavioral Milestones), Jessica A. Royer (Partners in Behavioral Milestones) |
Abstract: Special education teams for children with significant behavioral challenges traditionally include teacher(s), paraprofessionals, therapists, and other supporting professionals. The current model of collaboration is often frustrating and inefficient due to incongruent professional vocabulary, competing service delivery models and lack of teamwork. This talk will focus on a private school experiencing these same difficulties that sought to make a change in the manner in which they addressed behavioral issues. Student ages ranged from 5-21 years at the school. The majority of them were supported through individualized education plans and behavior support plans. Separate treatment teams were in place that consisted of five to eight professionals. Most of the teams also included anapplied behavior analysisimplementer, speech therapist, occupational therapist, physical therapist, special education teacher, program supervisor (certified special educator or BCaBA), clinical director (BCBA), and program director. Considering the number of professionals involved on each student's educational team, a collaborative model is necessary in order to embrace a true transdiciplinary approach that will accelerate academic learning and behavioral progress. Some key outcomes in terms of student progress will be detailed along with representative data based upon the collaborative model that will be described. Data to be reviewed will include increased job satisfaction, greater understanding of programmatic goals, and improvements in goal development systems. All of these organizational targets will be detailed with the ultimate goal of successful, efficient programming for the student. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Applications of Behavioral Health and Medicine II |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Autumn N. McKeel (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Discussant: Michele Dent (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: This symposium will feature four presentations on the application of behavior analysis within behavioral health and medicine. Specifically, obesity related problems will be addressed. |
|
Further Analysis of Exergaming for Increasing Physical Activity Among Elementary Students |
RACHEL K. GRAVES (University of South Florida), Victoria Fogel (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Shannon S. Koehler (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Recent research demonstrated that an exergaming class produced more physical activity than a typical physical education (PE) class among overweight elementary students (Fogel, Miltenberger, Graves, & Koehler, in press). This study is a replication with four normal weight elementary students with problem behaviors. We compared exergaming and PE in an alternating treatments design and showed that the children engaged in a greater percentage of physical activity during exergaming than during PE class. In addition, students had more opportunity for physical activity during exergaming than during PE. The occurrence of problem behavior did not differ between the two conditions, however, timeout was used numerous time during PE but was never used during exergaming, suggesting that serious problem behaviors were more likely to occur during PE than during exergaming. A further analysis of the eight exergaming stations showed which stations produced the greatest and least amount of physical activity. |
|
A Comparison of the Effects of Nutritional and Energy Expenditure Feedback on the Selection of Restaurant Food |
ALYSSA FISHER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Americans have daily access to (Hiza, Bente, & Fungwe, 2008) and are consuming more (Nielsen, Siega-Riz, & Popkin, 2002) total calories than ever before. Across age groups, more of these calories are coming from places outside of the home (Nielsen, Siega-Riz, & Popkin). This increase in calories could be a contributing factor to the obesity epidemic (Young & Nestle, 2002; Diliberti, Bordi, Conklin, Roe, & Rolls, 2004). Thus, developing interventions providing behavioral feedback regarding nutritional information in eating establishments outside the home (e.g., restaurants, cafeterias, and vending machines) may affect food choices (Bergen & Yeh, 2006). However, broad reviews of nutritional feedback literature conclude that the results are inconsistent across contexts (Seymore, Yaroch, Serdula, Blanck, & Khan, 2004). Additional feedback strategies, such as providing information regarding the amount of activity needed to burn off calories consumed (i.e., energy expenditure feedback), may affect food purchasing and eating behavior. The purpose of this study is to expand the nutritional feedback literature by analyzing how feedback, including nutritional information and energy expenditure, affects consumers' behavior. Results could be used to develop effective, inexpensive environmental interventions that reduce future weight gain. |
|
Treating Obesity via Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Cognitive Behavior Therapy: Is There a Difference in Outcome? |
AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Alyssa N. Wilson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Lisa Legere (Curves), Nicholas Mui Ker Lik (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Abstract: Two therapy approaches were compared to evaluate outcomes of weight and psychometrics in obese females. In Experiment 1, acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) and cognitive behavior therapy (CBT) were implemented in one-on-one 60 min sessions for 8 weeks. In Experiment 2, one day workshops were conducted using each therapy. To date, the obtained data suggest: a) weight problems are the outcome of other psychological conditions, b) ACT showed variability with psychometric results, and c) CBT results showed weight loss and maintenance in all participants. Implications for designing more effective weight loss treatments will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior and Social Issues: Addressing Cultural Problems By Understanding and Altering Systemic Variables |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
708 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University) |
Abstract: Social and cultural problems are understood from the behavior analytic perspective to be consequences of environmental arrangements rather than of individual failure and hence responsibility. Remediating social problems requires accurate behavioral analyses of the target systems controlling conditions. This series of papers employs behavior theory to examine several culturally important and recalcitrant social problems, including violence, parenting skills, environmental sustainability, and unhealthy eating that leads to obesity. The authors demonstrate that effective intervention with cultural problems requires sophisticated knowledge of both behavior analysis and the multidisciplinary information relevant to the target social problem. |
|
Social Systems Properties as Contingencies of Reinforcement |
INGUNN SANDAKER (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Addressing social challenges like violence, drop out from schools, and criminal youth gangs will require working not only with individuals but with the entire system to which the problems belong. Concepts like metacontingencies and macrobehavior are promising and contribute to the development and refinement of technical terms for approaching large scale behavior. Combined with a systems approach that accounts for both a system's internal interactions like communication structures and processes, and for the system's external interaction with the environment, behavior analysis can make progress across levels of systems complexity. In this paper I will present a model that shows how a behavioral systems approach may explain properties like function, processes and structures in a selectionist perspective. |
|
Increasing Caring Behaviors Through Better Parenting |
CHELSEA WILHITE (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have called for colleagues in the field to further the promotion of caring behaviors. The current analysis examines the socioeconomic factors that contribute to caring and non-caring behaviors in family units and discusses the repercussions different parenting techniques have on children later in life. By reframing the child psychology literature on parenting skills in behavior analytic terms, we can see what behavior analysis can contribute to the betterment of American children. The present paper recommends several specific areas in which research can be conducted to further examine the impact new developments in behavioral psychology can have on the caring behaviors of family members. |
|
Application of Cooperative Principles to Influence Environmentally Friendly Consumer Behavior |
WILLIAM D. NEWSOME (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: With respect to global climate change, it is unlikely that the full effect of todays consumer behaviors will be observable in the lifetime of the individuals emitting them. This extreme delay to consequences for ecologically friendly behaviors precludes the shaping of pro-environmental action through direct contact with desired results. The behavior changes desired to preserve the environment involve reducing the purchase and consumption of goods and services that create harmful byproducts in their production, delivery, consumption or waste. We propose that small and large-scale change of these behaviors might be accomplished by using existing organizational structures that already influence consumer choice. To this end, we present examples of both large and small cooperatives that have successfully promoted greener consumer behavior, including data from a small-scale gardening coop in Reno, NV. |
|
How Far Do You Have to Go to Get a Cheeseburger Around Here? The Realities of an Environmental Design Approach to Curbing the Consumption of Fast-Food |
CHRISTINA A. LYDON (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Recently, researchers have linked the availability and popularity of energy-dense fast-foods to an increasingly obesogenic environment. Such availability has led to both over-consumption and under-nourishment, especially in lower income neighborhoods that fail to offer healthier alternatives. As a result, food deserts, as they are described, play their part in both the increasing trend of obesity and the climbing costs associated with treating obesity-related disorders. In order to address this issue, food environments could be engineered by employing creative zoning in at-risk areas. Zoning allows municipalities to support developments that promote health, safety, and public welfare; in this context, zoning law could be utilized to support healthy, and more affordable, lifestyles. However, there is currently a lack of both empirical and public support for such an intervention on any scale. These issues could possibly be addressed through the utilization of convenient pilots, experimentation aimed at developing interventions that increase community buy-in, and implementation of smaller-scale designs prior to the planning of a larger-scale intervention. In doing so, a foundation may be built upon which the development of a legitimate, environmental design approach to targeting obesity may be possible. |
|
|
|
|
Schedule Related Variables Affecting Response Resurgence and Persistence in the Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 3B (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: Recent advances in variables affecting the maintenance of effects obtained in the treatment of severe problem behavior have focused on schedule-related variables impacting the resurgence of problem behavior and the persistence of appropriate and inappropriate behavior when treatment is implemented or treatment challenges are faced. In the current symposium, we present three studies that further evaluate these relationships. The first study evaluated the effects of variable-time (VT) reinforcers on the persistence of problem behavior during treatment and a potential solution to address the phenomenon. The second study evaluated the effects of fixed-time (FT) reinforcers on the resurgence of problem behavior observed during DRA-based treatments. The final study evaluated the effects of rate of reinforcement on the persistence of appropriate behavior when treatment was challenged. Collectively, these studies extend both our applied and basic understanding of response resurgence and persistence. The findings will be discussed relative to their implications for treatment of severe problem behavior and their relevance to extending current literature related to the topic. |
|
Added Variable Time Reinforcers Increase the Persistence of Problem Behavior in a Renewal Paradigm |
DUNCAN PRITCHARD (Aran Hall School), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Bangor University), F. Charles Mace (Nova Southeastern University), Lisa Kovacs (Aran Hall School), Heather Penney (Aran Hall School) |
Abstract: The magnitude of treatment relapse has been shown to be greater when high rates of reinforcement are used to reduce problem behavior in both reinstatement and resurgence paradigms. The effect of added response-independent reinforcement on the relapse of problem behavior within an applied behavior analysis (ABA) renewal paradigm was evaluated. The participant was a 17 year male with severe learning disabilities who presented attention-maintained problem behavior. In two separate contexts two therapists provided contingent reinforcement on multiple VI 120-s schedules with additional VT 30-s reinforcer deliveries in one component. The same schedules were then repeated in a second context. The participant then remained in the second context and all behaviors were placed on extinction. The participant then returned to the first context and all behaviors were placed on extinction. Results indicated that problem behavior was more resistant to extinction with Therapist 2, i.e. in the schedule with the higher rate of reinforcement, and suggest that it may be possible to avoid ABA renewal by using lower rates of response-independent reinforcement than those commonly used in applied settings. Additional discussion of renewal models of treatment relapse will be presented. |
|
Effects of Fixed-Time Reinforcement Schedules on Resurgence of Problem Behavior |
TONYA M. MARSTELLER (West Virginia University), Claire St. Peter Pipkin (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Resurgence is the term used to describe the phenomenon in which the reemergence of a previously reinforced behavior occurs, after that behavior has been placed on extinction (not reinforced), and a subsequent behavior has been reinforced and subsequently placed on extinction. This phenomenon has been observed clinically, and, thus, understanding the conditions that influence its occurrence may be important for the successful treatment of problem behavior. Commonly used treatments to address problem behavior, including differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), typically include an extinction component. Identification of variables that lead to the persistence of appropriate responding and prevent resurgence of problem behavior may help to increase the efficacy of DRA. The current study found that fixed-time reinforcer delivery following DRA-based treatments maintained appropriate responding for all four participants, prevented resurgence of problem behavior with one participant, and reduced resurgence of problem behavior with three participants. Results will be discussed relative to their implications for designing effective treatments for problem behavior. |
|
Relations Between Rate of Reinforcement and the Persistence of Behavior Maintained by Negative Reinforcement |
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Vinquist (University of Iowa), John A. Northup (University of Iowa), Nicole H. Lustig (University of Iowa), Julie St. John (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The current study examined relations between rate of reinforcement and the persistence of behavior maintained by negative reinforcement. We present data from one participant who had a history of disruptive behavior maintained by negative reinforcement in the form of escape from task demands. Disruptive behaviors were aggression (e.g., hitting, kicking) and destruction (e.g., tearing work activities). Interobserver agreement was calculated across 30% of all sessions and averaged above 90%. A functional analysis of disruptive behavior was conducted to identify escape from demands as a maintaining variable for disruptive behavior. We next introduced two unique stimuli (e.g., green or red work activities) correlated with different schedules of reinforcement. When presented with the stimulus correlated with the higher rate of reinforcement (i.e., green work activities), the participant received a break from work activities on both response dependent and response independent contingencies according to a variable interval and fixed time schedule of reinforcement. When presented with the stimulus associated with the lower rate of reinforcement (i.e., red work activities), the participant received breaks on response dependent contingencies according to the same variable interval schedule of reinforcement. Results suggest that rate of reinforcement influenced the persistence of behavior maintained by negative reinforcement. |
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Treatment of Severe Behavior in Outpatient and Natural Settings |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 2C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: In this symposium, we will present data from outpatient evaluations and application of these procedures to assess and treat severe behavior. Kelly Schieltz from The University of Iowa will present data on the evaluation of mild punishment on problem behavior maintained by positive reinforcement conducted in an outpatient clinic. Patricia Kurtz from the Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine will provide a description of intensive services for individuals with severe behavior and case examples. Anjali Barretto from Gonzaga University will present data on the application of outpatient assessments to school settings. Following the presentations, Keith Allen from the University of Nebraska Medical Center will discuss the presentations. |
|
Evaluation of Mild Punishment on Problem Behavior Maintained by Positive Reinforcement in an Outpatient Clinic |
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (University of Iowa), Jennifer Kuhle (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: A common behavioral concern for parents is their child's ability to play alone while the parent completes household tasks. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a mild punisher on problem behavior maintained by positive reinforcement. The participants were 2 typically developing children who engaged in problem behavior maintained by access to parental attention. All procedures were conducted within a 90 min evaluation in an outpatient clinic. Interobserver agreement was assessed for 48% of sessions and averaged 99%. During Phase 1, brief functional analyses of problem behavior were conducted within a multielement design and access to parental attention was identified as maintaining problem behavior for both participants. During Phase 2, different versions of punishment were conducted with each child. For Jude, access to parental attention was delayed contingent on problem behavior. Results showed that this procedure was effective at increasing appropriate behavior. For Sam, the amount of parental attention earned decreased contingent on problem behavior. This participant's results showed that this procedure was effective at increasing appropriate behavior. For both participants, results suggested two effective interventions for problem behavior maintained by positive reinforcement. |
|
Intensive Outpatient Services for Individuals With Severe Behavior Problems |
EMILY OLINDE BOUDREAUX (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Individuals with intellectual/developmental disabilities who display severe behavior problems (i.e., self-injury, aggression, or property destruction) may require intensive services to develop effective behavioral treatments. The current investigation describes a hospital-based intensive outpatient program for individuals with severe problem behavior. Treatments were developed based on experimental functional analyses (Iwata et al., 1982) and were evaluated using direct observation procedures and single-case experimental designs. Reliability data were collected on a minimum of 33% of sessions for all participants and agreement coefficients were 80% or greater for all the target behaviors. The primary goals of this presentation are to describe the service delivery model, review the course of treatment (i.e., duration of service, target behaviors, percent reductions, number of clients served), and provide case examples. A complex case of a child with severe skin picking as well as aggressive and disruptive behaviors will be described. For this participant, function-based interventions consisted of sensory extinction + competing stimuli, and functional communication training. Skin picking and other problem behaviors were reduced to zero levels. The benefits and challenges of this alternative treatment model will be discussed. |
|
Application of Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training in a Classroom Setting |
Jennifer Neyman (Gonzaga University), ANJALI BARRETTO (Gonzaga University), Kathleen Rice (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: Since the development of the functional analysis methodology by Iwata and colleagues in 1982, several research groups have adapted this assessment procedure to address various clinical needs. This investigation further extends the applications of the functional analysis methodology by conducting assessment and treatment procedures in a classroom and utilizing the classroom's daily schedule and activities to evaluate the functional analysis and treatment. All assessment and treatment sessions were conducted by the teacher in the classroom. Two independent observers achieved 90% agreement on over 33% of the sessions. Results showed that functional analyses resulted in identifying effective treatments for use in the classroom. Results will be discussed in terms of community-based assessment and intervention. |
|
Evaluation of Functional Communication Training Implemented in the Home to Decrease Aggressive, Disruptive Behavior of a Preschooler |
KIMBERLY V. BECK (ABA Solutions, Inc.), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Betsy M. Zamora (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.) |
Abstract: We conducted functional analysis procedures in the home with a 4 year old (Cal) and demonstrated that his aggressive and disruptive behavior was occasioned by his sister’s attempts to play with him and maintained by escape from interaction with her. Following the functional analysis, we evaluated FCT during which Cal learned to say, “Please leave me alone,” to get his sister to walk away. His sister was coached to respond correctly during the functional analysis and during the FCT phase. We then taught Cal to tolerate increasing durations of play with his sister. Results showed decreases in problem behavior and increases in communication responses in a reversal design. In addition, Cal tolerated increasingly longer durations of play with his sister without displaying problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Translational Research: Evaluating the Generality of Behavioral Principles in Laboratory and Clinical Contexts |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 3C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Megan Rae Heinicke (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Three translational studies across multiple contexts will be discussed. The first study examined the generality of the matching law to communicative behavior during 20-min instant-messaging conversations for college students. On aggregate, data for all participants were moderately well described by the time allocation equation demonstrating the generality of the matching law to contemporary media. The second study examined the effects of delayed reinforcement on discrimination acquisition by children with developmental disabilities. The authors demonstrated that (a) unsignaled delays of up to 40 s lead to discrimination acquisition, (b) the availability of response options during the delay does not interfere with response acquisition, and (c) the number of responses targeted per session affects on the efficacy of delayed and immediate reinforcement. Finally, the third study examined covariation in response classes with typically developing preschool children when one class member is targeted for intervention using differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) while other members are left untreated using a laboratory model. In general, results indicated that DRO was effective in decreasing all response class members when only one member was targeted. However, in one case, DRO was not effective in reducing the untreated response. |
|
The Matching Law and Social Dynamics: A Preliminary Replication and Extension to Instant-Messaging |
MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John C. Borrero (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Amber E. Mendres (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Lisa M. Toole (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Like Borrero et al. (2007), the current investigation examined the generality of the matching law to communicative behavior during 20-min instant-messaging (IM) conversations. Confederates provided statements of agreement according to independent variable-interval schedules, and "attending" was assessed for 12 college students using the generalized response-rate and time-allocation matching equations. On aggregate, data for all participants were moderately well described by the time allocation equation. These preliminary findings extend the generality of the matching law to contemporary media. |
|
The Effects of Reinforcement Delay on the Acquisition of Discrimination Responses by Children With Developmental Disabilities |
JOLENE R. SY (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Basic studies have shown that delayed reinforcement can produce response acquisition and maintenance. However, fewer applied studies have isolated the effects of delayed reinforcement. There is some evidence that short, signaled delays to reinforcement produce correct identification of picture cards (Grindle & Remington, 2002). The purpose of the present study was to further investigate the effects of delayed reinforcement on discrimination acquisition by children with developmental disabilities. To do so, we examined (a) whether discriminations could be acquired when relatively longer, unsignaled delays to reinforcement were programmed, (b) whether the availability of alternative response options during the delay affected acquisition, (c) whether changing the number of responses targeted per session altered the efficacy of delayed reinforcement, and (d) whether responses could be acquired under immediate reinforcement when interreinforcement intervals were equated across delayed and immediate reinforcement conditions. To date, we have found: (a) unsignaled delays of up to 40 s lead to discrimination acquisition, (b) the availability of response options during the delay does not interfere with response acquisition, and (c) the number of responses targeted per session affects on the efficacy of delayed and immediate reinforcement. These findings suggest that unsignaled delays to reinforcement produce acquisition under certain conditions. |
|
Using a Laboratory Model to Investigate the Effects of Common Reductive Treatments on Aberrant Response Classes |
MEGAN RAE HEINICKE (Auburn University), James E. Carr (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Research on response classes (i.e., all forms of behavior that are maintained by the same consequence) has applied significance because less severe forms of problem behavior have been found to co-occur with other, more severe forms. In addition, the most severe forms are often targeted for intervention without monitoring other less severe forms. Past research has demonstrated that the probability of untreated response class members may change (i.e., response covariation) following treatment in individuals with developmental disabilities. Recently, Shabani, Carr, and Petursdottir (2009), developed a laboratory model to investigate the covariation of response class members. The purpose of this study is to replicate and extend Shabani et al. to assess covariation in response classes with typically developing preschool children when one class member is targeted for intervention using differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) while other members are left untreated. In general, results indicated that DRO was effective in decreasing all response class members when only one member was targeted. However, in one case, DRO was not effective in reducing the untreated response. Understanding such complexities of response classes and covariation may aid clinicians in developing more effective and efficient treatments. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Human Discounting Research: Impulsive Choice for Hedonic Outcomes |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
406 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University) |
Discussant: Leonard Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: Discounting is a research paradigm guided by behavioral theories of impulsive choice and researchers have witnessed a seemingly exponential increase in the number of scientific articles published each year in the area of delay discounting (Madden & Bickel, 2010, p. 3). Discounting phenomena are associated with a variety of social health phenomena (e.g., substance abuse) characterized by impulsive choice patterns. However, the vast majority of human discounting research studies have used monetary outcomes to index impulsive choice patterns, in spite of the fact that most social health problems associated with impulse-control problems (e.g., obesity, sexual risk-taking) involve decisions for non-monetary outcomes. This symposium comprises three research studies that examine discounting for non-monetary, hedonic outcomes associated with important social health phenomena. Each of these studies represent an important advance in the empirical study of discounting-related phenomena and each highlights the importance of focusing on the nature of the stimuli used in discounting research with human participants. All three presenters (Drs. Lawyer, Holt, and Johnson) have published extensively in the discounting literature and the Discussant (Dr. Leonard Green) is one of the most important voices in the laboratory study of discounting in humans. This symposium highlights the importance of translational research for bridging basic laboratory-behavioral research and real-world social health phenomena. |
|
Predicting Sexual Outcomes With Discounting for Money Versus Sexual Activity |
STEVEN R. LAWYER (Idaho State University), Frederick Schoepflin (Idaho State University) |
Abstract: Discounting is a behavioral measure of impulsive choice. A growing literature shows that individual patterns of discounting delayed and probabilistic outcomes are associated with a variety of social health outcomes, including alcohol, drug use and obesity. However, the vast majority of discounting studies to date have used monetary outcomes to predict a range of health problem behaviors associated with impulsive decisions for decidedly non-monetary outcomes (e.g., alcohol, sex). The underlying assumption in such studies is that discounting for one outcome will serve as a reasonable proxy for other outcomes is consistent with traditional notions of impulsivity as a trait (McCrae & Costa, 1995), but less so with the behavioral notion of impulsivity as behavior patterns fundamentally tied to context (e.g., Skinner, 1953). In this study, undergraduate students (n = 86) completed delay and probability discounting tasks for both hypothetical money and hypothetical sexual activity. Individual rates of discounting were estimated using area under the curve and then were correlated with self-report measures of sexuality-related outcomes. Results indicated that discounting for sexual activity, but not money, was significantly correlated with approach-related sexuality constructs. These findings highlight the importance of stimulus specificity in discounting research. |
|
An Examination of Outcome Characteristics That Affect Temporal Discounting |
DANIEL D. HOLT (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire) |
Abstract: As the delay to an outcome increases, the subjective value of the outcome decreases. This phenomenon has been termed temporal discounting. Researchers have examined how individuals temporally discount various outcomes, including consumable and non-consumable outcomes (e.g., Estle, Green, Myerson, & Holt, 2007). Results suggest that individuals discount non-consumable outcomes (money) less steeply than immediately consumable outcomes (candy, soda, drugs, etc.). Charlton and Fantino (2008) suggest the difference may be due to specific characteristics of the items, one being the characteristic of a metabolic function. Other characteristics, such as the perishability and the fungibility of the item, may also affect the rate of discounting. Our results demonstrate that outcome types that are not directly consumed (Visa gift card, grocery gift card, and pizza certificates) are discounted at a lower rate than the equivalent item (cash, candy bars, and pizza slices). Furthermore, items that have a direct metabolic function (candy bars and pizza slices) were discounted at a higher rate than the equivalent gift card or certificate. |
|
Sexual Discounting: Contribution to HIV Risk in Cocaine Dependence |
MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University), Natalie Rose Bruner (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: Cocaine dependent individuals show high rates of sexual risk behavior and HIV infection. A study in 38 cocaine dependent volunteers examined if the discounting of delayed sex was relevant to this risk behavior. Volunteers completed a sexual discounting task and a money discounting task, and were tested for HIV. Participants completed the sexual discounting task in reference to 4 photographed individuals, i.e., the person: (a) he/she most wants to have sex with, (b) he/she least wants to have sex with, (c) most likely to have an STD, (d) least likely to have an STD. Participants rated their likelihood of using a condom when available at several delays with an alternative of immediate unprotected sex. Participants showed significantly greater discounting (preference for immediate unprotected sex) for the individual with whom he/she most (compared to least) wanted to have sex. Participants showed significantly greater discounting for the individual least (compared to most) likely to have an STD. Money discounting was generally correlated with sexual discounting. The 5 HIV positive (compared to 33 negative) volunteers showed greater individual variability across sexual discounting conditions. These data suggest that discounting of sexual rewards is associated with clinically meaningful effects, and may contribute to HIV risk. |
|
|
|
|
Reinforcers as Signalling Events |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
404 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland) |
Discussant: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Reinforcers have long been thought to increase the probability of responses that they follow, but some recent research has suggested that they may act more as signals for future contingencies. This symposium presents three experiments that investigate the degree to which reinforcers can act as effective signals for contingencies that change over time after reinforcers. Re-conceptualizing the nature of reinforcement may profoundly change the nature of behaviour analysis and allow a reconciliation with associative conditioning. |
|
Reinforcers as Signaling Events: Signaled and Unsignaled Sinusoidally-Changing Food Probabilities |
LUDMILA MIRANDA DUKOSKI (University of Auckland), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Pigeons worked on concurrent arithmetic schedules in which one food delivery was arranged during the 60 s following the last food delivery. The probability of the next food being available on the left key changed sinusoidally as a function of time since food. The range of left reinforcer probabilities across the sinusoid was .91 to .09 in all conditions. In Part 1 (Conditions 1 to 4), the variations in reinforcer probabilities were unsignaled. Condition 1 was a 2-cycle sinusoid, and Condition 2 was a reversal of this sinusoid. Condition 3 arranged a 1-cycle sinusoid, and Condition 4 a half-cycle sinusoid. We found that sinusoidal control of choice increased as the cycle length was decreased, and control of choice by local food ratios was greatest just after food delivery. Subsequently, choice came under extended control of the overall reinforcer ratio at a point that was related to the number of cycles arranged. Local choice affected obtained reinforcer probabilities dynamically. In Part 2 (Conditions 5 to 9), a change in key-colour signaled particular portions of the sinusoids to examine whether a stimulus change can reinstate local control by food probability. |
|
Reinforcers as Signaling Events: Control of Choice when Contingencies Reverse at Fixed Times After Food |
SARAH J. COWIE (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: We trained six pigeons on concurrent variable-interval schedules in which the relative frequency of food on the 2 alternatives reversed at fixed times after food delivery. Across conditions, the point of reversal was varied from 10 s to 30 s with the overall VI schedule ranging from VI 15 s to VI 45 s. Control by reinforcer ratios over choice was strongest immediately after the delivery of food, and decreased thereafter. We found that the degree of control of the obtained food ratios over choice both before and after the reversal was decreased when the reversal occurred longer after food. There was little effect of the food rate on the VI schedule on control over choice. Obtained food ratios were also affected by choice immediately after food delivery, indicating that the behaviour and food ratios were part of a dynamical system. Thus, the effects of reinforcers on subsequent behavior depend strongly on where and when reinforcers signal further reinforcers. |
|
Reinforcers as Signaling Events: Concurrent Fixed-Interval Variable-Interval Scheduling |
MICHAEL C. DAVISON (University of Auckland), Sarah J. Cowie (University of Auckland), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Following each food delivery, a fixed-interval schedule was arranged on the left key with a probability p(L), or an exponential VI 30-s schedule was arranged on the right key with the complementary probability. In Part 1, the FI schedule value was varied from 5 to 50 s, and in Part 2, the FI was 20 s and the value of p(L) was varied from .1 to .9. In both parts, pigeons choice shifted to the left key considerably before the FI schedule had timed, but peaked very close to the FI-schedule value. In Part 2, p(L) controlled both overall choice and the accuracy of the FI timing. We present a model in which obtained foods on the left and right keys are smeared across times since food according to a normal distribution. This model described the obtained data well. |
|
|
|
|
Schedule Effects |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
405 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Robert W. Allan (Lafayette College) |
|
Stimulus Control in Simple Discriminations |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
IVER H. IVERSEN (University of North Florida) |
|
Abstract: In the three-term contingency, the stimulus (S-dee) controls emission of a response whereas the absence of the stimulus (S-delta) controls cessation of the response. In several experiments with rats using food reinforcement, novel responses were introduced several times to the same S-dee. In each case, the rats had to relearn the discrimination. The results show that an S-delta is not a stimulus that represents or signals absence of reinforcement; S-delta control did not generalize to a novel response. Instead, the rats had to learn for each response that the response was not reinforced in the S-delta. The research is ongoing and shows that with continued presentation of novel responses in S-dee, the extinction of responses in S-delta is faster and faster. Eventually, a situation will arise where acquisition of S-dee control of a novel response is nearly errorless. This is a data-driven presentation. The attached graph illustrates the appearance of extinction responses for the first three sessions of each introduction of a novel response in S-dee (at least 10 sessions were scheduled for each novel response). Novel responses are listed at the top of the chart. Extinction responses appear for each novel response and there is a gradual reduction of extinction responses in S-delta across novel responses for both rats. |
|
Within-Session Acquisition in a Rapid Acquisition Multiple Peak Interval Procedure is Equivalent for Correlated and Uncorrelated Schedules |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
NATHAN RICE (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Grace Evel Kyonka (West Virginia University), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury) |
|
Abstract: Kyonka and Grace (2007) showed that temporal control can be rapidly acquired when terminal-link delays varied pseudorandomly across sessions. In the present experiment, four pigeons responded in a multiple peak-interval (PI) procedure. The goal was to compare within-session acquisition of temporal control, measured using start and stop times on no-food trials that were interspersed within a session. Time to food on food trials of the two schedules summed to 30 seconds each session in the "correlated" condition but not in the "uncorrelated" condition, and varied pseudorandomly across sessions. Across all conditions, stop times stabilized within the first third of a session. Stop times for two birds showed increased sensitivity to intervals in the uncorrelated condition after exposure to the correlated condition and stop times for the other two birds showed no difference in sensitivity across conditions. Precision of the stop times increased within-session and from the first uncorrelated condition to the correlated and second uncorrelated condition, suggesting that correlated interval values facilitated the acquisition of temporal control in the uncorrelated condition. |
|
Bipolar Responding in Fixed-Temporal Intervals |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
RENEE BURT (Jacksonville State University), William L. Palya (Jacksonville State University) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of the present research was to develop a preparation that could be used to examine the bipolar properties of behavior controlled by fixed-temporal intervals. Since little or no responding occurs at the beginning of fixed-temporally based schedules, the examination of the "negative going" behavior is problematic. Forty-seven pigeons were exposed to a clocked fixed-time CFT schedule embedded within a variable-interval schedule (i.e., concomitant VI-CFT). Responding under three different CFT durations was examined with each of four different VI durations. The addition of the VI schedule increased the response rate throughout the CFT schedule. The pattern of responding in fixed-temporal intervals is traditionally attributed to poor stimulus control; however, the current data suggest that the low rates of responding at the beginning of the CFT schedule cannot be attributed to an absence of control but rather are the result of the active suppression of responding. |
|
Pausing in Variable Ratio Schedules: Pre- or Post-Reinforcement? |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ROBERT W. ALLAN (Lafayette College), Zane Ferguson (The City University of New York) |
|
Abstract: Previous literature on post-reinforcement pausing (PRP) utilized fixed-ratio and fixed-interval schedules. The general consensus from those studies is that the PRP is a pre-ratio or pre-interval effect observed only in fixed schedules (aka, predictive schedules). The use of the term 'post-reinforcement' is only descriptive of the temporal location of the pause. The present research utilized a variable ratio schedule with a response counter to disentangle the post- and pre- sources of pausing. This is the first demonstration of linearly increasing pausing in variable ratio schedules. As indicated, the variable ratio schedule contained a response counter each response to a computer touch screen drove a small dot-stimulus across the computer monitor to one of 80 randomly selected positions. In three different experiments, the terminal location of the dot was either signaled or unsignaled. In the last experiment, the previous workload was signaled. The data confirm that PRPs occur only when the upcoming ratio value is well-predicted. Signaling the previous workload had no effect. The PRP is a pre-ratio effect, when the ratio value is well predicted. Descriptively, the PRP does occur, generally, after a reinforcer has been terminated. |
|
|
|
|
|
Oral and Written Language Interventions: Typical Children, At Risk Preschoolers, and Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1B (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Trina D. Spencer (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University) |
CE Instructor: Trina Spencer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Narrative language is a sophisticated type of language that has strong associations with academic skills and social competence. Story Champs was designed to teach children the structure of fictional and personal stories and provide a context for targeting complex language features such as subordination and elaborated noun phrases. Principles of behavior and of effective instruction form the basis of this program. For example, active responding is built into every step of the procedures; systematic prompting, shaping, and prompt fading are also embedded in the program, and the program makes use of activities enjoyed by most children (e.g. storytelling). The flexible procedures allow for implementation at several levels: large group, small group, and individual. The smaller, focused intervention provides a context for differentiation and individualization, whereas the large group intervention allows for efficient and cost effective narrative instruction. In this symposium, we will present three different applications of narrative language interventionlarge group of at-risk preschoolers, written stories of typical first graders, and individualized procedures for children with autism. The third paper has only one of the three participants completed, but the results are positive. Data from the other two participants will be completed soon and presented at the conference. |
|
The Effect of a Large Group Narrative Intervention on Preschoolers' Language Skills |
TRINA D. SPENCER (The Ohio State University), Douglas B. Petersen (University of Wyoming), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Children use narrative language (storytelling) to socialize with peers and report to adults about their school day. Narrative language is also closely associated with literacy and academic outcomes. Many behavioral educators provide language intervention to children with language delays and few procedures for improving storytelling have sufficient research support. In this study, a pre/posttest, control group design was employed to investigate the effects of Story Champs, a narrative language program, on preschoolers' language performance. Story Champs was delivered in two Head Start preschool classrooms with approximately 20 children at a time. Twelve sessions of intervention were delivered, each lasting approximately 15-20 minutes. The critical instructional components include group responding, visual prompting, prompt fading, and peer-monitored independent practice. Children's language skills were assessed in the context of story retells and answering comprehension questions. As a measure of generalization, children told personal stories. Differences between groups at posttest were statistically significant for both story retells and story comprehension. Results indicate that Story Champs enhanced children's narrative language skills. In addition, the size of the group and the few, brief sessions delivered suggests that Story Champs is an efficient and cost effective intervention for improving narrative language. |
|
The Effects of Oral Language Instruction on First Graders' Story Writing |
Trina D. Spencer (The Ohio State University), HEIDI SMITH (Bear River Charter School), Douglas B. Petersen (University of Wyoming) |
Abstract: Children typically produce oral stories with causally and temporally-related components such as an initiating event, an attempt, and a consequence. These components form the basis of stories and other features such as information about the character and setting, dialogue, feelings, and modifiers enhance the quality of stories. Children tend to produce oral stories with these structures naturally; however, these features do not always appear in young children's writing without explicit instruction. Behavioral educators may be called on to teach story writing to elementary aged children with or without disabilities. This study investigated the effect of Story Champs, a small group oral language program, on children's written stories. Story Champs was delivered by the classroom teacher in six 10-15 minute instructional sessions to groups of four children. The procedures involved repeated modeling, retelling, and story generation using pictures and icons to support children's productions. The teacher modeled a pre-scripted, relatable story, and then guided the group and individuals to retell the story and then to generate their own oral story. A multiple-baseline design was employed across seven first grade students. Results indicate that the oral language program increased the number of important story components children included in their written stories. |
|
The Effects of Narrative Intervention on the Language Skills of Children With Autism |
Douglas B. Petersen (University of Wyoming), Catherine L. Brown (University of Wyoming), CHRISTINE DEGEORGE (University of Wyoming), JENNIFER ZEBRE (University of Wyoming), Trina D. Spencer (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Children who have autism nearly always present with language impairment, including difficulty producing certain aspects of narration. Many behavior analysts work to improve this type of language in children with autism. Language intervention that focuses on improving narrative ability has been effective with preschool and school-age children with language impairment, however, there is currently little research examining the effects of narrative intervention on the language production of school-age children with autism. Using a multiple-baseline design across behaviors and participants, this study investigated the effects of narrative intervention on specific aspects of story structure and language complexity of narrative retellings and personal story generations produced bythree children with autism. The narrative intervention program, Story Champs, involved repeated modeling, retelling, and story generation using simple drawings, icons, and clinician prompts to support narrative productions. Following staggered baseline phases, each participant received 12, 30-min individual narrative intervention sessions. Repeated elicitations of participants' narratives were analyzed for several narrative features including causal subordination, temporal subordination, elaborated noun phrases, and story structure. Results indicate that there were meaningful changes in both story structure and language complexity. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the Verbal Behavior of Education: Beyond "Just Talk" |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Tina Marie Covington (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Discussant: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus) |
CE Instructor: Amanda Doll, Ed.D. |
Abstract: Educators who specialize instruction behaviorally must move beyond "just talk" about verbal behavior to evaluating the real behavior of interest-desired changes in student and teacher verbal behavior. The purpose of this session is to discuss findings on effective educational interventions to improve verbal behavior instruction for students and to improve the verbal mediation of instructors. One study analyzed variables related to student verbal behavior. Student verbal behavior was investigated in a systematic replication and extension of Hugh-Pennie, 2006, which tested the auditory consequences that controlled non-contextual repetitive speech (i.e. delayed echolalia/ palilalia); results were further analyzed to test if stimulus control would transfer from the individual to a verbal audience. In two studies of the verbal mediation of instructors, authors tested the effects of data decision analysis review meetings, and the effects of video modeling and self-observations to develop teacher-training protocols. Findings from the video self-observation study reach beyond the original Teacher Performance rate and Accuracy (TPRA) form developed by Ingham and Greer, 1992. The study of Data Analysis Review (DAR) meetings found that DAR meetings improved teacher verbal behavior and rate of effective instruction in the classroom, which was measured by teacher correct tacts of data decision opportunities, correct and incorrect teaching strategies provided, and overall number of instructional units to criterion. |
|
The Effects of Auditory Stimulation on Non-Contextual Repetitive Speech: Further Analysis |
AMOY KITO HUGH-PENNIE (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: This study was a systematic replication of Hugh-Pennie, 2006 which tested the effects of auditory stimulation on non-contextual repetitive speech/palilalia of children with autism spectrum disorder and other disabilities. The study is relevant to further determining underlying causes of non-contextual repetitive speech and developing teaching procedures to develop socially appropriate and functional verbal behavior for children who emit palilalia. The effects of auditory consequences were tested on four school-aged children; two male and two female, in a publicly funded private school in New York. The students ranged in ages from 5-10. The students were all diagnosed as children with autism spectrum disorder. All of the students' emitted non-contextual repetitive speech (i.e. delayed echolalia or palilalia). Baseline data was taken on the number of mands, tacts, intraverbals, vocal stereotypy, and palilalia emitted during 10 minute 1:1, group, and play sessions. The results will help to determine if non-contextual repetitive speech can be shaped into socially appropriate vocalizations through the use of auditory consequences, such as: music, the students own voice, and novel-stimuli. Finally, the original study found a transfer of stimulus control from self to a verbal audience. A further investigation of this transfer will be discussed. Data collection is ongoing |
|
Evaluating Effects of Data Analysis Review Meetings for New and Returning Staff on Rate of Effective Teacher Instruction Provided |
AMOY KITO HUGH-PENNIE (Hawthorne Country Day School), Christine Kelly (Hawthorne Country Day School), Luis Barros (Hawthorne Country Day School), Kelly Hobbins (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: This study is a systematic replication of the effects of direct and observed supervisor learn units on teachers scientific tacts and instructional strategies (Nuzullo, 2002). This study tested the effects of weekly data analysis review meetings on the rate of effective instructional decisions made by teachers. The study took place on two campuses of a publicly funded private school in New York. The subjects of this experiment were teachers with experience ranging from 0-8 years. The students were children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder or other disability. Baseline data was taken on the number of correct and incorrect data decisions made by teachers through an analysis of students individualized educational program graphs. Additionally, data were taken on correct and incorrect tacts of data decision opportunities, and correct and incorrect teaching strategies chosen. A data analysis review form was used by school supervisors and administrators to determine correct and incorrect data decisions. The interventions used by teachers were determined to be effective if the student met criterion in the subsequent phase. Additionally, if the intervention matched up to the error in the three-term contingency it was considered as a correct teaching strategy. Data collection is ongoing. |
|
Evaluating Video Self-Observation and the Teacher Performance Rate/Accuracy Form: Effects of Implementing a Prescriptive Model |
AMANDA WILLOUGHBY DOLL (Hawthorne Country Day School), Tina Marie Covington (Hawthorne Country Day School), Christina Cosme (Hawthorne Country Day School) |
Abstract: Previous research (Doll, Covington, Rosenfeld, & Cerrone, 2009; Doll, Covington, Sgueglia, & Logozio, 2010) has identified that a subset of teaching staff do not respond to repeated observation-and-feedback cycles with a modified Teacher Performance Rate/Accuracy (TPRA) form fashioned after Ingham & Greer, 1992. In the 2009 and 2010 studies, those teachers who continued to commit instructional errors subsequently improved when they were taught how to use the modified TPRA form and then used this form in order to self-score their own teaching behavior from video samples. Teaching accuracy improved and instructional rate also improved; accuracy was a treated variable, while rate was an untreated variable. The present study seeks to replicate results from the 2009 and 2010 studies; and to evaluate whether training and video self-observation applied prescriptively for new staff improve staff performance compared to other new staff on a wait-list and compared to returning staff who do not receive the intervention. Data collection is ongoing. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Student Outcomes via Teacher Training |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: L. Keith Miller (University of Kansas) |
|
CANCELLED: Effectiveness and Sustainability of a Method for Teaching Teachers to use Behavior Analytic Problem-Solving |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
L. KEITH MILLER (University of Kansas), Constance Tieghi (University of Kansas) |
|
Abstract: This seven year study analyzed the effectiveness and sustainability of a method for teaching teachers to use behavior analytic problem solving when confronted by students with behavioral problems. The teaching method used a scripted agenda for teacher-run pre-referral meetings. The scripted agenda was read out loud by the initiating teacher to prompt other teachers to complete 15 problem solving steps often used by behavior analytic consultants. They included defining the problem behaviorally, observing and graphing the behavior prior to treatment, assessing function, selecting an intervention, and, finally, planning the delivery and evaluation of the intervention. Prior to implementation of the scripted agenda, pre-referral meetings completed only 13% of these steps. After implementation of the scripted agenda, meetings completed 80%. This decreased to 50% with a downward trend without the scripted agenda and increased to 80% with the agenda. A seven year follow-up found that teachers implemented 80% of the steps in spite of 70% turnover of school staff and a new principal who demanded a return to the usual consultant model. Supplementary data showed an increase in homework completion and a decrease in disciplinary referrals. Implications for the application of single-subject experimental analysis to program sustainability are discussed. |
|
CANCELLED: Effect of Staff Promoting Functional Replacement Behaviors and Use of Response Scripts on Adolescent Behavior |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
BENJAMIN W. SMITH (University of Rochester) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to examine the effect of teaching educational and residential professionals to teach and promote specific functional equivalent behaviors to replace the problematic behaviors of adolescents in a residential facility for juveniles with significant behavior support needs. In addition, staff who worked in three different contexts of the program (two separate classrooms and the residential setting) were provided written scripts on how to respond to both student minor and major problem behaviors as well as desired behavior. Scripts emphasized the correct use of individualized, specific and contingent praise statements for desired behavior, instructional re-direction for minor problem behavior, and effective responding to major problem behavior (those that met program criteria for dangerous and harmful to self and others). These strategies minimized time of student state of escalation, while maintaining safety of student and staff and avoiding the use of physical restraints. Data on time for training staff, as well as fidelity of intervention are provided as is interobserver agreement for greater than 30% of all observation sessions. Student minor and major problem behavior, student use of specific replacement behavior and total time of student engagement in assigned activity is reported across a multiple baseline design across contexts (two classrooms and residential part of program). |
|
Transferring Stimulus Control to Rule-Governed Behavior Acquired Through Simulations in a Multi-User Virtual Environment |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LEE L. MASON (Utah State University), Jim Barta (Utah State University), Nancy Glomb (Utah State University) |
|
Abstract: Training programs often provide employees with a set of rules to follow in performing their job functions. Training programs, including teacher education programs, typically teach the trainee to identify certain conditions, and then state the rule about how to respond in that situation. With skills that are frequently practiced, the behavior eventually comes under control of the natural contingencies in the environment, and rule-governance fades out. That is, newly acquired behaviors may not come into contact with the natural contingencies frequently enough to fine-tune or maintain these behaviors. Preservice teachers, thus, may construct specific rules, which specify the contingencies of their teaching behaviors, when the natural consequences are too infrequent to maintain such behaviors. While many teaching behaviors are shaped by day-to-day interaction with students and faculty, others only occur every so often, and therefore must be maintained by rules. One example of the latter is developing individualized education programs for students with disabilities. This study is built on the theory of rule-governed behavior as a means of professional development, and seeks to uncover the rules developed by each participant to manage his or her own behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Safety Successes and Pitfalls |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
704/706 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM |
Chair: Amy Katherine Loukus (Southern Illinois University) |
|
Behavioral Safety and Safety Culture... NOT the Same Thing |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CHRISTOPHER GOULART (RCI Safety) |
|
Abstract: Behavioral safety is a well-established workplace safety methodology generally well understood and clearly defined. Safety culture remains a more nebulous concept often used to describe a wide range of attributes for organizational culture related to the expression of workplace safety. Although the concepts of behavioral safety and safety culture are often considered to have similar derivations; however, their actual origins and modus operandi are very different. This session will discuss the fundamental aspects of both behavioral safety and safety culture. The specifics for each methodology will be outlined and described from the results of published literature and from a discussion of the application in industry for each approach. A comparison and contrast of the points of intersection will be explored for a means of harmonizing the use of both approaches. Finally, the session will express how an optimized system for ensuring that individual behavior and organizational behavior align with the desired safety culture paradigm can be created and reinforced by the systems of the workplace. This formalized protocol for reinforcing both organizational individual behaviors within the same operational paradigm to achieve safety excellence represents a profound foundational shift in the management of risk and the functioning of workplace safety protocols. |
|
Behavior-Based Safety the Wrong Way: A Candid Discussion of the Pitfalls and Mishaps That Often Crop up in a Behavioral Safety Process |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CHRISTOPHER GOULART (RCI Safety) |
|
Abstract: The field of behavioral safety and behavior-based safety is well known and well established. Subject matter experts and renowned researchers such as Aubrey Daniels, E. Scott Geller, and Terry McSween are household names. However, the vast majority of research and publications have consistently reviewed what MUST be done in order to accomplish Behavioral Safety the right way. Very few formal attempts have ever been undertaken to identify those characteristics, conditions, or actions that can cause behavior based safety processes to fail. A frank and honest discussion of these items is long overdue. This session will outline the key performance indicators that suggest a behavioral safety implementation will be unsuccessful. An in-depth review of numerous behavioral safety process initiations and a comprehensive literature search serve as the source for the information. The commonalities of characteristics that inhibit success with a behavioral approach to safety include lack of management support, lack of organizational maturity, and increasing complexity of non-specific workplace systems. The role and function of each of these topics will be discussed and the formula for success will be presented in terms of the optimal strategy needed to avoid failure. |
|
A Behavioral Skills Training Approach to Safe Operation on Open Waters |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
AMY KATHERINE LOUKUS (Southern Illinois University), Rebecca Leigh Everett (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
|
Abstract: The current study examines the effectiveness of various levels of training on the safe operation of two watercrafts commonly used by novice operators (kayak and boat). A multiple baseline experimental design across participants was utilized to measure changes in safe behavior and correct steps completed during baseline (no instruction), followed by the implementation of two interventions expected to increase a user's ability to operate the crafts independently. Subsequent phases included providing participants with the owner's manual provided by the manufacturer of the watercraft at time of purchase, followed by a comprehensive behavioral skills training approach to safe operation including written instruction, modeling by a skilled operator, immediate feedback during practice, and reinforcement for safe and correct operation by participants. Results suggest that the safe and correct operation of such watercrafts is most impacted using a behavioral approach to training compared to the limited effectiveness of providing an owner's manual to unskilled operators. Implications for implementation with the general public will be discussed. |
|
Lessons From the Field: Frontline Engagement and the Internal Champion |
Domain: Service Delivery |
BART M. SEVIN (Aubrey Daniels International) |
|
Abstract: A case study describing the implementation of a behavior-based safety process with a client in a manufacturing environment will be presented. Steps leading up to the implementation and continuing three years afterwards will be described. The critical role of the internal champion throughout implementation and maintenance phases will also be discussed. From launch (February 2008) to October of 2010, the rolling 12-month average loss time accident rate and rate of recordable incidents decreased from 1.0 to 0.0, and from 8.0 to 1.0, respectively. Participation by hourly employees, defined as conducting daily observations, was also measured, and has increased from approximately 25% at launch to over 95% at present. Key behaviors of the champion and plant leadership will be discussed with respect to frontline participation and sustainability of the process. |
|
|
|
|
|
Overcoming Barriers to Adherence With Behavioural Recommendations in Non-Clinical Settings |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 3A (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kerry-Anne Robinson (York Central Hospital Behaviour Management Service) |
Discussant: Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Rosemary Condillac, Ph.D. |
Abstract: York Central Hospital Behaviour Management Services of York and Simcoe employs a mediator model in the delivery of behavioural interventions for individuals with developmental disabilities. In this model parents and/or care providers are involved with the assessment of the behaviour and are provided with clinical recommendations that they are to carry out on a day to day basis with feedback and monitoring provided by the behaviour consultant or therapist. Moderate to high levels of treatment integrity are considered essential if a treatment plan is to be effective. Implementation of behavioural interventions in natural settings may be challenging due to a variety of variables including: subject variables, such as parent stress and psychopathology; behavioural consultant and client characteristics; environmental variables, such as staff to client ratio, and treatment characteristics, such as the complexity of the intervention. The following symposium will demonstrate some of the barriers faced by day program staff, families and group home staff that make adherence to behavioural recommendations challenging. Strategies to help care providers manage and decrease difficult behaviours despite challenges surrounding the implementation of recommendation in natural settings will be provided. |
|
The Development of an Intervention Package to Decrease Vocal Stereotypy When Adherence to Response Interruption and Redirection is Challenging |
KERRY-ANNE ROBINSON (York Central Hospital Behaviour Management Service) |
Abstract: Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) has been an effective method used to decrease vocal stereotypy maintained by automatic reinforcement in individuals with developmental disabilities. RIRD can be difficult to implement, as it is important that each occurrence of the behaviour is blocked. A mediator model was utilized in the development and implementation of an intervention package used to decrease the vocal stereotypy of a woman with a developmental delay in a day program setting. Due to environmental factors within the day program, adherence to a RIRD intervention was difficult. This presentation will focus on the development of the intervention package; the challenges the staff at the day program faced in implementing the behavioural strategies; and the steps that were taken to over come these challenges to provide the best possible intervention for this individual. |
|
The Development of a Behavioural Treatment Plan When Adherence to Behavioural Recommendations is Challenging for a Mother of a Teenager With Autism |
SARAH RALSTON (York Central Hosptial Behaviour Management Service) |
Abstract: The mediator model has shown to be successful with the majority of individuals served through York Central Hospital Behaviour Management Services of York and Simcoe. However, there are numerous barriers that may make adherence to behavioural recommendations difficult for some families. Each family's situation must be considered when developing a plan to help decrease problem behaviour. This will be illustrated through the service provided to a 15-year-old young man with autism. He exhibited severe aggression and self-injurious behaviour (SIB) maintained by escape and attention. Due to the intensity of this behaviour, safety concerns and the level of stress in the home, his family was unable to implement empirically based strategies to decrease aggression and SIB. This presentation will focus on the preventative , skills development and intervention strategies that were developed; the challenges that were faced in implementing the strategies and the steps that were taken to overcome these challenges to provide the best possible service for this individual. |
|
Increasing Adherence in a Non-Clinical Setting. How to Get Mediators to "Buy Into" Implementing Behavioural Treatment Recommendations |
ALICE JARA (York Central Hospital Behaviour Managment Services) |
Abstract: A mediator model is a service delivery model in which a consultant (behaviour therapist) and mediators (parents, group home staff, teachers) work together to solve behaviour problems presented by a client. A mediator model has its limits and relies mostly on group home staff, parents and or teachers to implement the treatment programs. Ensuring treatment recommendations are being implemented correctly is often more difficult than the initial treatment development. A case study using a very complex young woman who is deaf, has Cornelia de Lange Syndrome and many aberrant behaviours will illustrate how a mediator model made a difference in reducing problem behaviours and at the same time increasing proper implementation of treatment recommendations. |
|
|
|
|
Contemporary Ethical and Professional Issues in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Four Seasons 4 (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jennifer R. Zarcone (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Zarcone, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will bring together leaders in our field who will discuss the latest ethical and professional challenges to behavior analysis. These challenges are often based in the fact that practitioners are the most public face and fastest growing segment of behavior analysis. A 2008 survey indicated that almost 50% of the practitioners had less than 5 years of professional experience. Challenges for behavior analysts related to supervision, informed consent, referrals, and working within one's scope of practice will be discussed as well as issues related to training practitioners so that they receive the necessary theory in behavior analysis as well as meet practice standards. Financial contingencies that affect the implementation of services can also result in questions in ethical, professional behavior. Finally, lessons that can be learned for those who misrepresent research and interventions and for those whose work is misrepresented will be addressed. |
|
Do Behavior Analysts Need a Hippocratic Oath? Ethical and Legal Challenges Facing Practitioners |
JANE S. HOWARD (California State University, Stanislaus) |
Abstract: Practitioners are the most public face and fastest growing segment of our field. A 2008 survey indicated that almost 50% of the practitioners had less than 5 years of professional experience. Only a minority of those responding reported that they held professional licenses or credentials in other disciplines governed by separate established legal or ethical standards. Challenges for behavior analysts related to supervision, informed consent, recruitment of clients, and working within one's scope of practice will be illustrated through case example. In addition, complexities including competing contingencies (e.g., levels of tx supported by research vs. available funding) will be explored along with suggestions for ways to avoid or address such problems at both the individual practitioner and systemic level. |
Jane S. Howard, Ph.D., is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst-Doctoral and Licensed Psychologist. After completing her B.A. degree in Psychology from Mount Holyoke, where she worked with Ellen P. Reese, Dr. Howard obtained her Masters and Ph.D. from Western Michigan University. Dr. Howard is Co-Director for Therapeutic Pathways and The Kendall School, agencies that provide behavior analytic intervention to children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders. She is also a Professor of Psychology at California State University, Stanislaus where she teaches undergraduate and graduate courses in applied behavior analysis. In addition, she currently serves on the Board of Directors of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and is a member of the Chicago School’s (Los Angeles) Advisory Board. Dr. Howard has served in various capacities on the Board of the California Association for Behavior Analysis and currently chairs its Public Policy Committee. She is the co-author of a textbook on applied behavior analysis and has published research in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Research in Developmental Disabilities, Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders, and The Analysis of Verbal Behavior. Her clinical focus is pediatrics and work with families with children with special needs. Dr. Howard’s research has focused on the identification of empirically validated treatments, particularly in the areas of early intervention and methods leading to improve language, cognitive, and social functioning. |
|
Training and Promoting Ethical Behavior: Behavior Analytic and Diffusion of Innovation Strategies |
R. WAYNE FUQUA (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The author will provide a description of concerns regarding the training of ethical behavior for individuals going into both practice and academia. How one promotes ethical behavior across all types of trainees will be addressed. |
Dr. Fuqua is Department Chair of psychology and professor of psychology, a member of the applied behavior analysis and clinical faculties, and the director of the behavioral medicine laboratory. He received his B.A. in 1972, his M.A. in 1974 and his Ph.D. in 1977 from University of Florida. His current research interests include behavior therapy, behavioral medicine, behavioral research methodology, and mental retardation. Of particular interest is his research on AIDS prevention and stress-related disorders. He is a former Associate Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is a frequent contributor to a variety of behavior analysis journals. |
|
The Gernsbacher Affair: Ethical and Professional Issues in Misrepresentation and Misresponse |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: In 2007, Morton Ann Gernsbacher gave invited lectures at the University of Kansas titled, "The Science of Autism: Beyond the Myths and Misconceptions," that misrepresented applied behavior analysis in autism. In 2009, Edward K. Morris published a response to her lecture titled, "A Case Study in the Misrepresentation of Applied Behavior Analysis in Autism: The Gernsbacher Lectures." This presentation uses Gernsbacher's lecture and Morris's correspondence with her and her colleagues about it as case studies in (a) the ethics of representing and misrepresenting intervention research and (b) professional conduct in responding to any such misrepresentations. The ethical issues concerning Gernsbacher's lecture lie in the areas of competence, public statements, teaching, and conflicts of interest. The professional issues concerning Morris's response and correspondence lie in the areas copyright, misrepresenting misrepresentations, disingenuousness, and personal attributions. The presentation concludes with lessons for those who misrepresent research and interventions and for those whose work is misrepresented. |
Since earning a doctorate in psychology from the University of Illinois in 1975, Edward K. Morris has been a faculty member at the University of Kansas, where he has chaired the Department of Applied Behavioral Science since 1990. He has been president of the Association for Behavior Analysis (1991-1992), Division 25 for Behavior Analysis of the American Psychological Association (1995-1996), and the Kansas Association for Behavior Analysis (1999-present). His scholoarly interests lie mainly in the historical and conceptual foundations and evolution of behavior analysis; the field�s relations with the behavioral, social, and cognitive sciences; and the possibilities of their integration. He has served as the editor of The Behavior Analyst (1984-1988), The Interbehaviorist (1983-1989), and APA Division 25�s newsletter, The Recorder (1990-1992). He is an APA and ABA Fellow and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst�. |
|
When Capitalism Meets Behavior Analysis: New Ethical Challenges for Practitioners |
JON S. BAILEY (Florida State University) |
Abstract: The values that guided the development of applied behavior analysis emerged from the science of behavior. Our founders expressed those values in the seminal paper, "Some Current Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis" (Baer, Wolf & Risley, 1968). They envisioned a field that was applied, behavioral, analytic, technological, embodying conceptual systems, effective, and generalizable. They specifically did not include "profitable" as I do not believe they could imagine a day behavior analysis would emerge as a profession powered by competitive markets with all the attendant legal and ethical issues we see in other business ventures. In this presentation I will address the clash of two cultures: capitalism and behavior analysis and outline what I see as some specific problematic issues for our profession. |
Dr. Bailey received his PhD from the University of Kansas and is currently Professor Emeritus of Psychology at Florida State University where he was on the graduate faculty for 38-years and produced a record 63 PhDs. He is currently Co-Director of the FSU Panama City Masters Program in Psychology with a specialty in Applied Behavior Analysis, he currently teaches half time. He is President of Behavior Management Consultants, Inc., is Board Certified Behavior Analyst; and has been an Expert Witness for the US Department of Justice and is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis: International and the American Psychological Association. He is Secretary/Treasurer and Media Coordinator of the Florida Association for Behavior Analysis, which he founded in 1980. Dr. Bailey has published over 100 peer-reviewed research articles, is a past-Editor of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is co-author of five books: Research Methods in Applied Behavior Analysis, How Dogs Learn, Ethics for Behavior Analysts, How to Think Like a Behavior Analyst, 25 Essential Skills and Strategies for Professional Behavior Analysts, all co-authored with Dr. Mary Burch. The 2nd Expanded Edition of the Ethics for Behavior Analysts book will be published in March 2011. |
|
|
|
|
New Perspectives on Teaching Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 1D (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA |
Chair: James L. Soldner (Assumption College) |
|
Evaluation of Components of University Training Programs: Commonalities and Mapping to Professional Standards |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
DEIRDRE LEE FITZGERALD (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
|
Abstract: As behavior analysis has grown as a field, professional standards have been keenly examined and debated. The value of empirical evidence in the field has contributed to our ability to track, analyze, and be informed by changes in the field. The current research presents commonalities in professional training programs at the undergraduate and graduate levels. In addition, their relation to standards for certification in behavior analysis and gold standard treatments in applied settings will be examined. |
|
Interteaching: A Component Analysis of Quality Points on Exam Scores |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JAMES L. SOLDNER (Assumption College), Rocio Rosales (Youngstown State University) |
|
Abstract: Cooperative contingencies have been shown to have a positive effect on performance. One explicit cooperative contingency of interteaching includes quality points, designed to enhance student's in-class discussions, as well as their learning. To date, most interteaching studies have found the quality points contingency to not have a positive effect on exam scores, possibly due to the often delayed delivery of quality points. Therefore, the present study was intended to further examine the quality points component of interteaching by enhancing the immediacy of the delivery of quality points. The first method included the distribution of tickets to students for engaging in quality discussions; the tickets were then entered in a drawing for a chance to win quality points. The second method involved the administration of a brief post-discussion quiz to students. Feedback on quiz performance was available immediately after completion of the post-discussion quiz. Both methods of providing quality points were alternated between successive classes and compared to exam scores. Preliminary findings indicate that the post-discussion quiz method of delevering quality points resulted in higher exam scores. In addition, preliminary social validity findings indicate the majority of students report higher preference for the post discussion quiz method of delivering quality points. |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis, Neuroscience, and the Other Natural Sciences (Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Mathematics) |
Domain: Theory |
RICHARD COOK (Penn State University) |
|
Abstract: The natural sciences, biology, chemistry, physics, and mathematics, are arguably the home of behaviorism, yet ABA practice and education today reflects little of this heritage, nor of the ongoing explosion of knowledge in neuroscience. Many tenets of applied behavior analysis (ABA) can be found, and even better understood, thru their analogous principles in some of these other "natural sciences." Terms like reinFORCEment and behavioral MOMENTUM can sometimes be more easily understood in light of their context in other disciplines. Concepts in chemistry, physics, biology, and mathematics will be discussed and utilized by participants until they not only understood and no longer feared, but are readily incorporated into the participant's armamentarium. The session will also review some of the newer findings in neuroscience most relevant to the daily practice of ABA. |
|
|
|
|
|
Studies on Metacontingencies and Cultural Practices: Contributions From Brasilia |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
610/612 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Lincoln S. Gimenes (Universite de Brasilia) |
Discussant: Paul Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University) |
Abstract: During the last decade, metacontingencies and cultural practices have been studied by a group of behavior analysts in Brasilia, Brazil, at the Universidade de Brasilia and the Instituto de Educacao Superior de Brasilia. These studies have included analysis from laboratory work to analysis in the natural environment and covered topics such as family interactions, media role, mathematic games, laws and public policies, labor organization, and transit behavior. In this symposium some of these studies will be presented as well as their contributions to further development of the metacontingency concept and its role for the understanding, planning and maintenance of cultural practices. |
|
CANCELLED: Non Experimental Analyses of Behavior Maintained by Metacontingencies in the Natural Environment |
JOAO CLAUDIO TODOROV (Instituto de Educacao Superior de Brasilia) |
Abstract: Recurrent interlocked behavioral contingencies which result in an aggregate product selected by a cultural environment are easy to find in the natural environment. It is also easy to find the description of metacontingencies in laws. This work presents analyses of legal texts and the kind of control exerted by them in natural situations, of how interaction with the selecting cultural environment transformed a labor cooperative in a small business administrative structure, and a real life large scale modification of a cultural practice-the case of the crosswalk in the streets of Brasilia, Brazil. |
|
Metacontingencies and Cultural Practices: From Family Studies to Micro Societies in the Laboratory |
LAERCIA ABREU VASCONCELOS (University of Brasilia) |
Abstract: The concept of metacontingency has leveraged the studies about cultural practices as well as the (re)discussion of the concept of culture within the realm of behavior analysis. At the University of Brasilia, Brazil, two sets of research efforts have been developed in the last few years: (a) family evolution, formulation of public policies, and the role of the media on the family and on politics; (b) planning of micro societies in the laboratory using verbal behavior and mathematic games as analytical tools. One example of each set will be presented as well as their contribution to the development of methodologies to further enhance the concept of metcontingency and its role for the understanding, planning and maintenance of cultural practices. |
|
Contingencies and Metacontingencies in an Iterated Prisoners' Dilemma Game |
DYEGO DE CARVALHO COSTA (Universidade de Brasília) |
Abstract: In four games of iterated prisoners' dilemma game (INPDG), four people each independently chose a green or red card. Green always produced the best outcome for individuals if all the others chose red and the worst outcome if all chose green. All choosing red optimized points for everybody. In no case did all choose red in the first baseline (20 trials). Metacontingencies were added (cultural consequences for combinations of choices) and manipulated across the next 2 conditions, selecting for at least three red or at least three green choices. Verbal behavior was allowed in only 2 groups in all the sessions, and the choices in these groups stabilized on all red (or all green), depending on the metacontingency in effect. Although groups without verbal behavior ended with 3 of 4 participants choosing red in accordance with the metacontingency producing the positive cultural consequence of smaller magnitude, all 4 participants in both groups reached consensus on choosing green. In an additional session when the participants of groups with no communication could talk to each other, they achieved the criterion for both conditions showing the role of verbal behavior as modulator for all the groups. |
|
|
|
|
Meeting Challenges in Different Service Areas I |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
601 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Andy Bondy (Pyramid Educational Consultants) |
|
Behavior Analysis in Adult Homes and Other Long-Term Care Settings: Challenges and Opportunities |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
PARSLA VINTERE (Queens College, The City University of New York) |
|
Abstract: Providing psychotherapy in adult homes and other long-term care settings presents both challenges and opportunities for behavior analysts as mental health service providers. When compared with other inpatient settings, such as hospitals and residential rehabilitation and treatment centers, which are involved in treating acute cases of mental disorders, adult homes and long-term care facilities, are involved in managing a wide array of chronic mental disorders and adjustment problems in older adults. Research shows that important elements of good care in long-term facilities are the opportunities for residents to make decisions and exercise some control over their lives. However, as a group, the residents are often characterized by a devastating dependency, inactivity, and lack of spontaneity. In addition, mental health service providers often have limited control over the environment. The purpose of this paper is to examine the challenges and suggest some solutions to the existing problems. Opportunities for researching and developing an effective clinical behavior analytic approach to psychotherapy with aging population are discussed. |
|
The Buddha-Ful 8-Fold Path to Effective Consultation |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants) |
|
Abstract: The Buddha taught that the key to his Middle Way was the 8-fold Path. These consist of Right Understanding, Right Thinking/View, Right Speech, Right Action, Right Mindfulness, Right Livelihood, Right Meditation/Concentration, and Right Effort. A Buddhist perspective on the nature of things is very consistent with many behavior analytic views- no agency to explain action, the contingent nature of events in the world, etcetera. Some aspects are central to a behavioral viewpoint-for example, impermanence is a core Buddhist emphasis and without impermanence of behavior there could be no learning. This talk will offer elements of each of the 8-fold path in terms of how they can assist one to become a more effective consultant to teachers, parents and others. For example, within Right Mindfulness, knowing that things will not stay the same-including the calm behavior of one's student this morning-suggests that we should now not later-prepare for the changes to come. Within Right Speech, we should focus on listening and speaking with an aim to reduce the suffering of others. And there is always the imperative that we are responsible for the outcomes of our actions-both intentional and unintentional. |
|
I Should Have Been An Accountant: Burnout, Barriers, and Other Surprises for New BCBAs! |
Domain: Service Delivery |
EMILY DICKENS (State of Florida), Matt Potak (Behavior Analysis Solutions, Inc.), Kevin D. Jackson (State of Florida) |
|
Abstract: Too often a freshly certified BCBA enters the job site to change the world one behavior at a time and the result is far from their initial objective. New BCBAs prepare for their careers through practicum and behavior analysis centered academia, but are commonly plagued with work-site induced ineffective programs and novel situations that were absent from practicum settings and classroom discussions. This paper reviews several "real world" incidents that highlight the barriers a new BCBA may face and challenges such as working with other professions, political/administrative hurdles, and what makes us all joke, "I should have been an accountant." Several "veteran" behavior analysts were interviewed and their solutions along with the authors will be presented with wit, memorable examples, and data. |
|
Selecting Behavioral Principles Used in the Design of a Computer Game-Based Simulation for Parent/Caregiver Training |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CHERYL ANN FIELDING (University of Texas-Pan American), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (Walden University), Joe Wilson (Southwest Research Institute) |
|
Abstract: BehaviorBreakthroughs is a computer-based simulation program which provides an interactive environment in which parents/caregivers learn to apply and practice implementing strategies based on principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Elements of the decision making process in the design of the program, which leverages game-based techniques/technologies, will be presented. Information used in selecting and prioritizing the principles illustrated during the interaction with a simulated child will be reviewed. Decisions were driven by the science of ABA and practitioners' experience in working with children and adults who display severe challenging behaviors. A theoretical model was constructed based on the foundation of two basic behavioral principles implemented in Level 1 of the simulation: reinforcement and extinction. Scaffolding was used so that mastery of each level builds on knowledge and skills the parent/caregiver learns in previous levels. It was determined that subsequent levels of the simulation embed the following principles: chaining and shaping, correction as punishment, and prompt fading. Behavioral objectives were written for the virtual child (called "Asa") using terminology common in individual education plans. Interactions were written to be analogous to sequence of behaviors observed in actual children. The process used to select principles and sequence of events for objectives was pulled from real-world experience. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on the Acquisition of Intraverbal Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 2B (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Anthony P. Cammilleri (Child Study Center) |
CE Instructor: Einar Ingvarsson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Intraverbal behavior contributes to a number of social and academic skills, such as answering questions, reciting items by category, singing songs, and engaging in conversation. To maximize the effectiveness of early intervention, it is important to study the acquisition of intraverbal responses in individuals with a diagnosis of developmental disabilities (such as autism), whose language development is delayed. To elucidate the relevant environmental variables, it is equally important to study the acquisition of intraverbal responses in typically developing individuals. In the current symposium, Valentino and Shillingsburg will first present a study on the use of echoic prompts with and without motor movements during intraverbal training with an individual with autism. Next, Coon and Miguel present a study on the influence of instructional history on the effectiveness of different prompt modalities during intraverbal training with typically developing preschoolers. Next, Carp, Lepper, and Petursdottir will present an evaluation of the use of a blocked trials procedure to teach intraverbal responses to typically developing preschoolers. Finally, Ingvarsson and Cammilleri present a study on the emergence of listener responses following intraverbal training. Together, these studies represent a sample of current efforts to expand upon the relatively limited literature on the acquisition of intraverbal behavior. |
|
Comparison of Multi-Mode versus Single Mode Prompts on Acquisition of Intraverbal Responses in an Individual With Autism |
AMBER L. VALENTINO (The Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg |
Abstract: In the current study, we used an adapted alternating treatments design to compare the effectiveness of echoic prompting alone versus echoic prompting with associated motor movements on the acquisition of independent intraverbal responses in one female with a diagnosis of autism. At admission, the participant had a limited echoic repertoire; therefore, verbal behavior skills were initially targeted using sign language. After the participant had developed a strong echoic repertoire, teaching of vocal verbal behavior skills was initiated. The current investigation indicated that including associated motor movements in combination with echoic prompting resulted in faster acquisition of intraverbal responses when compared with using echoic prompting in isolation. The difference between the two prompting approaches was replicated with the same participant using additional intraverbal targets. We will discuss the implications of using combined prompt modalities in intraverbal training, and the unique learning histories and prerequisite skills that may contribute to the effectiveness of such procedures. |
|
The Role of Increased Exposure to Transfer of Stimulus Control Procedures on the Acquisition of Intraverbal Behavior |
JARED T. COON (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University) |
Abstract: The results of studies comparing the effectiveness of differing prompt types to teach intraverbal responses have yielded mixed results. These results suggest individuals' histories of exposure to specific prompt types may influence which prompt type will be most effective. The purpose of this study was to test whether programmed increases in exposure to specific prompt types can produce concomitant increases in the acquisition rate of intraverbal responding. Acquisition rates among four typically developing preschool aged children were compared when taught using either echoic or tact prompts following exposure training with one prompt type. Results indicated that for all participants the prompt method most recently used to teach intraverbal responses required fewer trials to teach new intraverbal responses compared to a prompt method that had not recently been used to teach intraverbal behavior. The results are discussed in terms of the effects of reinforcement history on the acquisition of verbal behavior. |
|
A Procedure for Establishing Intraverbal Control Over Vocal Responses of Preschoolers |
Charlotte Lynn Carp (Texas Christian University), Tracy L Lepper (Texas Christian University), ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: We describe a procedure that was developed to establish vocal intraverbal relations in the context of a basic study on derived stimulus relations. Participants in the study were typically developing children aged 3 and 4 years, and the experimental protocol required establishing control by three vocally presented stimuli (names of Greek letters) over three arbitrary vocal responses. The original training protocol, in which all three relations were introduced simultaneously, resulted in slow acquisition and a large number of errors. As a result, we developed a new training protocol that was in part based on blocking procedures that have previously been described in the literature on establishing conditional discriminations (e.g., Perez-Gonzalez & Williams, 2002; Saunders & Spradlin, 1989; Smeets & Striefel, 1994). Each relation was originally introduced in massed-trial format that included distracter-trials intended to prevent self-echoic control over the target responses. Training then gradually progressed to mixed trials that included all three relations. Two participants have been exposed to the new training protocol, and training with additional participants is in progress. Compared to earlier participants, participants have required fewer trials to criterion with the new protocol, and errors during training have been greatly reduced. |
|
The Effects of Intraverbal Training on the Emergence of Listener Responses in Children With Autism |
EINAR T. INGVARSSON (University of North Texas), Anthony P. Cammilleri (Child Study Center) |
Abstract: We examined the emergence of derived listener responses following intraverbal training in four children diagnosed of autism, whose intraverbal repertoire was deficient relative to other verbal skills. We first taught the participants to tact pictures of state birds. We then conducted listener baseline probes in which pictures of the birds were presented with the spoken name of the state (e.g., "Point to the state bird of Idaho"). An intraverbal baseline (e.g., "What is the state bird of Idaho?") was conducted concurrently. We then conducted transfer-of-control intraverbal training using either vocal prompts or picture prompts. We expected picture prompts to facilitate the emergence of the listener responses, because the picture of the birds and spoken state names are explicitly paired during that procedure. However, only one participant's listener post-test results supported that hypothesis, with the other three participants scoring 100% regardless of prompt type used during training. Thus, the participants were able to identify the pictures when presented with the state names, although that relation had never been directly trained. The learning histories and prerequisite skills that might be necessary for this kind of emergent relation will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Emergence of New Verbal Developmental Learning Capabilities |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
10:30 AM–12:00 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1E (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/DEV; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: R. Greer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We present eight experimental analyses, in four papers, devoted to testing effects of verbal developmental interventions on emergence of verbal behavior developmental cusps and cusps that are capabilities in young children with language delays. In current verbal behavior developmental research, verbal capabilities are language developmental cusps that also result in the capability to learn by remote or indirect contact with basic principles. In Experiment 1, we tested the effect of the acquisition of generalized imitation cusp (GI) on preschoolers rate of learning. In Experiment 2, we tested (a) mirrored and non-mirrored GI emitted by adults to determine what should be accepted as accurate GI and (b) isolation of the use of a mirror in the induction of GI in preschoolers. In Experiment 3, we tested the effects of the induction of Naming on possible benefits of pre-learn unit demonstrations on rate of learning of correct discriminations of place value. In Experiment 4 we tested the effects of an auditory matching protocol that included matching rhymes and phrases on emergence of speaker and listener cusps and the intercept of speaker and listener. |
|
Effects of Training Using a Mirror on Acquisition of Imitation and Rate of Learning |
JALENE D. MORENO (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We report two experiments that tested the effects of teaching 2 to 5-year-old children with developmental delays to imitate adult actions in a mirror on the emergence of generalized imitation (GI) using a delayed multiple probe design. In both experiments the participants were selected because they achieved few objectives over numerous instructional sessions on motor imitation and did not demonstrate GI. The independent variable in both experiments was the participants mastery of imitating sets of adults motor actions while looking at an adult perform actions in a mirror. In Experiment 1, the dependent variable was the number of untaught imitative responses emitted by participants prior to and following treatment phases while facing the experimenter. The dependent variable in Experiment 2 was identical to those conducted in Experiment 1 with the addition of experimental probes that assessed participant curricular learning rates. A functional relation was found between mastering motor actions in a mirror and the emergence of GI. |
|
A Mirror Procedure to Induce Generalized Imitation in Children |
LIN DU (Teachers College Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: In Experiment 1 we tested the presence of generalized imitation (GI) with the requirement of left/right discrimination in 100 typically developing adults, both male and female, aged from 19 to 56 years old. Only 38.6% of the adult participants responded with the correct left/right orientations. Therefore, left/right discrimination was not considered as a necessary component of GI in young children. In Experiment 2, using a combined experimental-control group design with a “nested” time-lagged multiple probe design across participants, We compared experimental (4 children, ages 3 to 4 years old) and control groups (4 children, ages 3 to 4 years old) while controlling for the amount of instruction and maturation to isolate the whether the use of the mirror facilitated the induction generalized imitation in the participants. The dependent variable in this study was numbers of correct novel imitative responses in pre and post-intervention probe sessions, and the independent variable was the mastery of imitation sets using a mirror through. The study is still in process. |
|
Effects of the Presence of Naming on Rate of Learning for Children With Developmental Delays |
ALISON M. CORWIN (Teachers College Columbia Universty), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of the absence and presence of naming, a verbal developmental capability that is a source for children to acquire language incidentally, on the rate of learning under model demonstration learn unit conditions using a counterbalanced time-lagged multiple probe design across matched pairs of participants. Eight elementary aged children ranging in age from 4 to 6 with autism were selected because they lacked Naming at the onset of the study. The dependent variable was the number of instructional trials, or learn units, required to meet criterion on six curricular objectives: three prior to the instantiation of naming, and three post the acquisition of Naming. The objectives were taught under conditions in which the experimenter modeled an exemplar of a correct response prior to delivering standard learn units. The independent variable was the induction of naming using multiple exemplar instruction across listener and speaker responses. The results of the study showed the participants learned curricular objectives two to four times faster after the instantiation of naming. Thus, the onset of naming allowed the students to benefit from demonstrations, whereas, prior to naming, demonstration presentations did not affect learning. |
|
Effects of Mastery of Auditory Matching on Echoics and Emergence of Naming |
JINHYEOK CHOI (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of an mastery of an advanced auditory matching protocol (matching phrases and rhymes) on the emergence of listener literacy, naming (incidentally learning contrived words for contrived stimuli), appropriate self-talk in free play, say-do correspondence, and the emission of conversational units in non-instructional sessions by first and second grade students with autism spectrum disorder. The completed experiment, and a systematic replication in progress, used time-delayed multiple probe designs across four participants respectively. During intervention sessions, participants were taught to match progressively more difficult target phrases and rhyming words by emitting match-to-sample responses using a touch screen, when the correct responses and rotated incorrect matches were present. Mastery consisted of errorless matching for a novel set of words on the first trial. Flash animation technology was used for presenting the auditory matching procedure. Results of the first study demonstrated that listener literacy, speaker as own listener cusps emerged, and accurate echoic repertoires of participants increased in number. |
|
|
|
|
Overmedicating America’s Children: Medication and Alternatives to Treating Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: William Pelham, Jr., Ph.D. |
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University) |
WILLIAM E. PELHAM, JR. (Florida International University) |
Dr. Pelham is a 1970 graduate of Dartmouth College and earned his Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology from the State University of New York at Stony Brook in 1976. He was a faculty member at Washington State University, Florida State University, the University Pittsburgh (WPIC), and the State University of New York at Buffalo (SUNY Distinguished Professor) prior to moving to FIU in 2010. He is currently Professor of Psychology and Psychiatry and Director of the Center for Children and Families at Florida International University. His summer treatment program for ADHD children has been recognized by Divisions 53 and 37 of the APA and by CHADD as a model program and is widely recognized as the state-of-the-art in treatment for children and adolescents with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD).
Dr. Pelham has authored or co-authored more than 300 professional publications dealing with psychosocial, pharmacological, and combined treatment of ADHD. Dr. Pelham is a fellow of the American Psychological Association and the American Psychological Society, and past President of the Society of Child Clinical and Adolescent Psychology (SCCAP), and the International Society for Research in Child and Adolescent Psychopathology. He currently chairs the task force on Dissemination and Implementation of Evidence-based Practices for the SCCAP and was recently named as one of the top 10 among the country’s 1,900 academic clinical psychologists in peer-reviewed publications. He is a past recipient of the CHADD Hall of Fame award and the SCCAP Career Achievement Award. He has held more than 60 research grants (12 current) from federal agencies (NIMH, NIAAA, NIDA, NINDS, IES), foundations, and pharmaceutical companies. He has served as a consultant/advisor on ADHD and related topics to numerous federal agencies and organizations. He founded and directs the biennial Miami Conference (formerly the Niagara Conference) on Evidence-based Treatments for Childhood and Adolescent Mental Health Problems. |
Abstract: Attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is a chronic mental health disorder in children that causes serious problems in relationships with teachers, parents, and peers, and school functioning, as well as other adverse outcomes through the lifespan. With a prevalence rate of 2-9%, ADHD is a major public health problem in the U.S. and worldwide. The vast majority of ADHD children are treated with psychoactive medication alone, and the rates of medication usage have increased exponentially over the past decade. Although medication is beneficial in the short term, it has no demonstrable long-term benefit and long-term side effects (e.g., permanent growth suppression). There are two other methods of treatment for children with ADHD: behavioral (non-medicinal) treatments; and multimodal approaches that combine behavioral and pharmacological treatments. Behavioral treatments have a solid evidence base for the short-term treatment of children with ADHD, but evidence of long-term impact is lacking. The combination of the two treatments has been understudied—especially with respect to the dosing and sequencing of each component. Important questions remain unanswered. Should high or low doses of treatment be employed, and what are the costs, risks, and benefits of different doses and lengths of intervention? Should non-medicinal treatments such as parent training and classroom interventions begin before trying medication or vice versa? If one or the other is begun first, does that influence the dose of the second component, its incremental effectiveness, and the societal cost of providing treatment? Does treatment sequencing impact positive outcomes and side effects? Are there individual differences among children that influence the answers to such questions? This presentation will describe a series of studies designed to answer such issues. The implications for treatment of children with ADHD and the costs and benefits to children, families, schools, and society at large will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Changing the Way the World Works |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
710/712 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Darnell Lattal (Aubrey Daniels International) |
HEINZ G. BUSCHANG (Regis University) |
MARIUS M. RIETDIJK (Amsterdam University) |
JUN ISHIDA (Will PM) |
Abstract: Heinz G. Buschang, Ph.D., Marius M. Rietdijk, Ph.D., and Jun Ishida each found a home in behaviorism that has profoundly changed the way they approach their life's work. They are opening upbehavior analysisto a wide audience: Dr. Buschang as Dean of Regis University School of Management, with 5,000 students internationally, creating the first curriculum-wide degree program of any business school in America designed from a behavior analytic framework; Dr. Rietdijk as an assistant professor of economics, in establishing a university-sponsored institute for research and study in behaviorism (the Aubrey C. Daniels Institute) at Amsterdam University and finding that his Ph.D. thesis has become a best-selling book about behaviorism in business-opening up channels to economists and business leaders at the tops of corporations; and Ishida-san as an entrepreneurial business man who opened many educational remediation schools across Japan in the mid-1990s and continuing (visiting our best models for applying BA to teaching in the United States), then becoming a business partner with Aubrey Daniels International to apply his knowledge to training business leaders in Japan, while also studying with some of the best experimental and applied behavior analysts in Japan. He is the author of approximately 20 books on behaviorism in Japan (best BA education practices and OBM), producing several # 1 best sellers. Their stories are told in relation to how BA shaped the context of their work, example-based stories of passion and impact. Behavior analysts talk about the end of formal degree-granting university BA programs. That may indeed be true (hopefully a temporary blip) but if there is to be the kind of vigor and demand for more Ph.D. programs and more universities granting degrees in basic and applied BA, the vision and work of people like these are the way back to relevance. Demand to know more is created by their work. Their students and business leaders will want to know as they do about the foundation of the science. They each believe it is essential for business leaders, employees, students, parents and teachers to understand this science. The study of behaviorism taken up by these individuals with little formal training as we might view it-and its life-changing and profound effects should help us recognize that there is much going on outside our direct line of sight- such energetic and like-minded individuals can help us change the way the world works. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Virginia: Improving Services Through the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Katherine Meincke Matthews, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Presenting Authors: : KATHERINE MEINCKE MATTHEWS (The Faison School for Autism) |
Abstract: This presentation will provide an overview of a comprehensive model of behavior analytic education as it has been implemented and replicated in schools in the State of Virginia. The Faison School, initially established as an affiliate program of Virginia Commonwealth University, has grown from a program offour students to nearly 100, all diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder or other developmental disability. The school is now affiliated with the applied behavior analysis program at Teachers College Columbia University and the Department of Behavioral Psychology at the Kennedy Krieger Institute. Through these affiliations, the school offers a comprehensive behavior analytic model of education and training alongside more intensive intervention services for students removed from public education settings. The school's data-driven and individualized system allows for immediate data collection and analysis of the behaviors of teachers and students, which allows participants to receive the most appropriate services and tactics for all areas of learning and teaching. In total, the school maintains data on learn units, Teacher Performance Rate Accuracy Observations, teacher decisions, student and staff achievement toward goals, as some examples. The model has also recently been replicated in the public schools. In this presentation, the CABAS components, including learn units, teacher data, decision analyses, and assessments, will be reviewed and discussed as well as future needs and directions of the model overall. |
|
KATHERINE MEINCKE MATTHEWS (The Faison School for Autism) |
Dr. Kathy Matthews is the Executive Director of The Faison School for Autism in Richmond, Virginia. The Faison School is a Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS�) component program providing educational services to students aged 2-22 in a publicly funded, private setting. The school is affiliated with the Applied Behavior Analysis program at Teachers College Columbia University and the Department of Behavioral Psychology at Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins. Dr. Matthews holds an Adjunct teaching position at Teachers College, an Associate Behavior Analyst rank with CABAS�, and is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Prior to The Faison School, Dr. Matthews obtained her Ph.D. in Behavior Analysis from Teachers College Columbia University where she also taught courses and mentored graduate students. While in New York, Dr. Matthews worked as an ABA Program Supervisor at The Fred S. Keller School and Shema Kolainu. She also served as a Licensed Teacher for a BOCES program in NY and as a Behavior Analyst Consultant to the CABAS� home programs and to the Jigsaw School in Surrey, England. Further, Dr. Matthews has conducted numerous presentations at professional conferences and participated in research opportunities since 2001 on the topics of Verbal Behavior, Metaphor, Teacher Training, Peer Tutoring, Stimulus Equivalence, and CABAS� System Development. |
|
|
|
|
AUT Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Teaching a Child to Wait for Preferred Items via Antecedent Prompts and ProgressiveDifferential Reinforcement of Other BehaviorSchedule |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
GINGER CRABTREE (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: A 6-year-old boy with autism engaged in "hitting" when preferred items were not delivered quickly and when removed after prescribed periods of access. A combination of verbal and visual antecedent prompts with a progressive differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) schedule was used to teach the child to sit quietly and wait for delivery of the preferred item and to return the preferred item to the therapist, without hitting, after contingent access. Duringeight baseline sessions, hitting occurred an average of 16.1 per session (waiting and removal of preferred items). During intervention the child selectedone oftwo items and was then verbally prompted to wait quietly and the therapist provided visual cues (countdown with fingers) to indicate the time requirement. A DRO program was implemented with progressive time requirement, beginning with 3-s and increased to 25-sec. Hitting decreased tozero occurrences per session and the verbal and visual cues were successfully faded. |
|
|
2. An Evaluation of Multiple Schedules When Thinning Reinforcement Following Functional Communication Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
WILLIAM J. HIGGINS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jon Wilkins (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kasey Stephenson (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a commonly used intervention for problem behavior; however, it is often necessary to thin the dense schedule used during training. We conducted a functional analysis of aggressive behavior exhibited by an 8-year-old child diagnosed with autism. The results suggested that aggressive behavior was maintained by social-positive reinforcement in the form of adult attention. FCT was conducted to teach an appropriate communication response (i.e., card exchange). Next, we evaluated the use of a multiple schedule to increase the practicality of the treatment. A mixed schedule was included as a control condition. The multiple schedule maintained sufficient rates of the communication response and relatively low rates of aggression; by contrast, elevated rates of aggression continued to occur during the mixed schedule. The effects were extended to his primary caregiver (mother) and his home and the duration of the extinction component was thinned to 9 min. These results provide initial evidence that initial treatment gains can be sustained using a multiple schedule with a relatively thin reinforcement to extinction component ratio without a history of schedule thinning. Therefore, the results have important implications for practitioners with respect to the efficiency in which a practical treatment can be achieved. |
|
|
3. Assessment and Treatment of Apparent Masturbation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NICOLE H. LUSTIG (Gonzaga University), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Shannon Dyson (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate a treatment for apparent masturbation in two young females with disabilities. April, age 8, was diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder and mental retardation. All procedures were conducted in a one day behavioral outpatient clinic. During Phase 1, a brief functional analysis was conducted and showed that masturbation was maintained by automatic reinforcement. During Phase 2, a forced choice treatment was conducted. Choices included sitting with legs uncrossed (absence of masturbation) to gain access to attention and toys versus sitting alone with no programmed contingencies for masturbation. Results showed that April initially chose to sit alone. As treatment progressed, she began sitting with her legs uncrossed in order to gain access to attention and toys. Jill, age 6, was diagnosed with autism and moderate mental retardation. All procedures were conducted across days in a community health center with coaching from a therapist via telehealth technology. During Phase 1, a functional analysis was conducted within a multielement design and showed that masturbation was maintained by positive and negative reinforcement. During Phase 2, functional communication training was conducted for the escape function and is continuing to occur. |
|
|
4. Evaluation of the Immediate and Subsequent Effects of Response Interruption and Redirection on Vocal Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JOHN T. RAPP (St. Cloud State University), Brittany Schumacher (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: We used a three-component multiple-schedule to assess levels of vocal stereotypy before, during, and after intervention with response interruption and redirection (RIRD). Results from the second components indicated that RIRD produced an immediate decrease in vocal stereotypy for 2 participants. In addition, results from the third components indicated that RIRD did not produce a subsequent increase in vocal stereotypy for either participant. The potential clinical implications of these findings for the treatment of vocal stereotypy are briefly discussed. |
|
|
5. Response Covariation in Individuals With Multiple Form of Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KIMBERLEY ENLOE (Coyne & Associates), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Gregory J. Swanson (The Bay School), Ethan S. Long (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: We evaluated the extent to which 18 participants exhibited two or more forms of stereotypy that covaried. The results indicated that over half of the participants exhibited two response forms that were at least moderately correlated and statistically significant. This finding provides further support for the position that different forms of stereotypy may produce complementary sources of reinforcing stimulation. |
|
|
6. Descriptive and Experimental Evaluations of Procedural Fidelity Failures of Parents Implementing Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behaviorin the Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University), Sarah K. Slocum (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) is an intervention for problem behavior in which the reinforcer maintaining problem behavior is delivered only following an alternative desirable behavior (e.g., a communicative response). Although this intervention is highly effective when implemented by trained clinicians, it is generally assumed that caregivers will not be able to implement this intervention with maximal fidelity. Thus research has been dedicated to evaluating the impact of likely fidelity failures in highly controlled environments (e.g., delayed reinforcement of alternative behavior) and in evaluating intervention modifications to make treatment effects withstand these likely challenges (e.g., gradual exposure to delays to reinforcement). However, research has not evaluated (a) the forms of integrity failures that are present in natural environments or (b) the efficacy of additional training in allowing interventions to withstand these challenges. This current study was conducted in multiple parts. First, following a demonstration of the efficacy of DRA at reducing problem behavior in a controlled environment, we then trained parents to implement DRA and conducted descriptive observations of them implementing DRA in their natural environment across at least 2 days with a minimum of 2 hours of total observation time. From these data we were then able to determine the prevalence of varying forms of procedural fidelity failures. Next, we evaluated the impact of these integrity failures in a controlled environment. Third, we implemented additional training and examined the effects of these additions at minimizing problem behavior in the natural environment. |
|
|
7. Direct and Distal Effects of Non-Contingent Juice on the Rumination Exhibited by a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MEGAN L. KLIEBERT (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: The non-contingent delivery of food or liquid is often recommended to suppress rumination, the repeated regurgitation and rechewing of partially digested food. However, it is unclear how long this reduction endures once the non-contingent delivery is terminated. The current study examined the direct and distal effects of non-contingent juice upon rumination by measuring the duration of rumination during juice delivery and after delivery was terminated. The results indicated that non-contingent juice suppressed rumination, but this suppression was brief and did not maintain upon terminating delivery. The current results raise concerns regarding the use of FT food or liquid to produce lasting decreases in rumination. |
|
|
8. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Physical Prompts and Reinforcement to Reduce Bruxism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JASON ZEIGLER (Evergreen Center), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: Bruxism is a significant behavioral issue since it can lead to tooth wear, facial pain, gum damage, and tooth loss. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the effectiveness of various procedures in reducing bruxism episodes in a 21 year old male with autism. A reversal design was used to evaluate verbal and physical cues (Bebko & Lennox, 1988), reinforcement schedules alone (i.e., NCR, DRO-5, -10, -20, and -30 min) and reinforcement schedules and verbal and physical cues in combination on bruxism episodes. Two 15 minute probes were conducted daily to assess the effectiveness of the interventions. Reinforcement schedules alone resulted in greater reduction in bruxism episodes and reduced variability when compared to verbal and physical cues. The final condition will examine bruxism episodes when verbal and physical cues are combined with various schedules of reinforcement. A functional analysis was conducted prior to the initial baseline condition demonstrating automatic reinforcement as the function for bruxism. |
|
|
9. Pick on Someone Your Own Size: Effects of Therapist Size and Familiarity on Darting Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JESSICA A. FEDEZKO (Bancroft), Erin Bereheiko (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Research suggests that antecedent variables, such as characteristics of the therapist, may affect behavior in functional analysis and treatment sessions (Ringdahl & Sellers, 2000; Progar et al., 2001; McAdam, DiCesare, Murphy, & Marshall, 2004). The purpose of the present study is to evaluate if the size and familiarity of the therapist produce different rates of darting behavior for a 17-year-old female diagnosed with autism. Four therapists were selected based upon size (those who were physically equivalent versus those who were more petite than the participant) and familiarity (novel versus familiar to the participant). A reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of different therapists and frequency data was collected on each instance of darting. In phase one of treatment, all therapists followed the participant when she darted and responded with playful verbal and tactile attention. During phase two, all therapists followed the participant when she darted and responded with a verbal reprimand. Results will be discussed in terms of the effect of therapist size and familiarity on the behavior of the participant and the implications for treatment. |
|
|
10. Effects of Prior Access to Stereotypy on Subsequent Engagement in the Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MARC LANOVAZ (Centre de réadaptation de l'Ouest de Montréal), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Gisela Regli (Cocon Dévelopment), Gregory J. Swanson (The Bay School), Ethan S. Long (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: Rapp (2004, 2007) has shown that prior access to stereotypy may decrease subsequent engagement in the behavior, but the effects are not always consistent within and across participants (e.g., Lanovaz, Fletcher, & Rapp, 2009). One potential predictor of the effects of prior access on subsequent engagement is initial levels of stereotypy. Given that stereotypy is automatically reinforced, high initial levels may produce abolishing effects decreasing the occurrence of the behavior and its reinforcing value whereas low levels may produce the converse. We examined 24 datasets from 14 children with autism who displayed one or more forms stereotypy. Each dataset contained ten or more baseline sessions divided into three components of equal duration. For each dataset, we identified the median duration of stereotypy during the first component and separated the sessions into two groups (i.e., lower and higher than the median). Then, we graphed changes in stereotypy from the first component to third component for each group (as in a multielement design). The analysis is ongoing, but our preliminary results suggest that initial levels higher than the median were associated with larger reductions in subsequent stereotypy. The implications of the results for the assessment and treatment of stereotypy will be discussed. |
|
|
11. The Effects of Task Presentation on Reducing Tantrum Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ERIN BEREHEIKO (Bancroft), Jessica A. Fedezko (Bancroft), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to compare the method of task presentation during demands and its effects on tantrum behavior for a 12-year-old female diagnosed with autism. Tantrum behaviors included any combination of aggression, self-injury, and disruptive behavior. During baseline, frequency data was recorded on tantrum behaviors and demands were presented one at a time from a bin of academic materials for 30 minutes. In the first treatment phase, a timer was set for 30 minutes and remained on the table as the participant completed academic work. The therapist presented academic activities one at a time from a bin and placed them back into the bin when completed. In the second treatment phase, no timer was used and no time limits were communicated to the participant. The therapist placed all academic activities on the table and put them into a bin as they were completed. The same materials were used in each session, sessions lasted for 30 minutes, and the same discriminative stimulus was given to begin working ("It's time to work"). The effects of how tasks were presented on tantrum behavior will be discussed along with the implications for treatment. |
|
|
12. Conducting a Functional Analysis of Elopement Behavior: A Replication |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ERIN BEREHEIKO (Bancroft), Jessica A. Fedezko (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Elopement behavior is a serious problem that often leads to placement in a more restrictive setting due to the safety risk (Garner, 1991). The present study is a replication and modification of functional analysis procedures for elopement as identified by Piazza et al. (1997) for a 9-year-old female diagnosed with autism. The participant reportedly engaged in elopement behavior while laughing and turning to make sure someone was following her, which ultimately necessitated treatment at aresidential program to ensure her safety. A functional analysis was conducted using a multi-element design across attention, demand, ignore, tangible, and control conditions. Sessions were conducted on her living unit in an effort to replicate the natural environment and were 10 minutes in length using frequency recording for each occurrence of elopement. Elopement behaviors were defined as any part of the participant's body moving through a doorway or beyond 5 feet from the therapist (when in hallway situations). The results of the functional analysis will be discussed along with the implications for treatment. |
|
|
13. The Effects of Blocking Versus Not Blocking Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LINDSEY M. DAVIS (Bancroft), Bianca Pizzo (Bancroft) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the implications of blocking and not blocking self-injurious behaviors, as well as rates of successfully blocked self-injury in a 16-year-old boy with autism. The participant resided in a behavioral stabilization unit for the treatment of self-injurious behavior to the head. Rates of self-injurious behaviors averaged 340 instances per hour leading up to treatment. As a result the participant wore a soft padded helmet and padded gloves to prevent injury. At the time of evaluation, the staff response for self-injury, as prescribed by the behavior plan, was response prevention. Anecdotal reports suggested that the blocking often resulted in prolonged episodes during which there was an increased intensity and change in topography, and upon observation it was evident that staff was unable to prevent all instances of self-injury. Sessions were conducted in an ABA design using a blocking condition in which all attempts to self injure were blocked and a condition in which self injury was not blocked for 15 minutes, rotating conditions at each 5-min interval. Data was recorded for successful and unsuccessful blocking as well as rates of self injury when blocked and not blocked from occurring. Results are discussed. |
|
|
14. A Descriptive Analysis of Self-Injury in the Classroom |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATHERINE J. GENGARELLY (Westfield State University), Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida) |
Abstract: A descriptive analysis of self-injurious behavior (SIB) was conducted for a 14-year-old male student diagnosed with autism to determine potentially relevant variables maintaining SIB. In this particular case, a functional analysis would have been an inappropriate assessment because previously conducted indirect assessments indicated that there would be 18 different conditions to test. The descriptive analysis examined various prompt types (verbal, gestural, partial physical, full physical), positive touch (tickle, hug, high five), access to tangibles, attention, and praise. Results of the descriptive analysis demonstrated that physical prompting methods were correlated with SIB, whereas other prompting techniques and physical touches were not. SIB only followed physical touches in a demand context, never after positive touches. Results also provided information to suggest further evaluations and interventions to reduce levels of SIB. A traditional functional analysis would have shown a strong functional relationship between demand and SIB, however, SIB only occurred after a demand was paired with a physical prompt. |
|
|
15. The Effects of Environmental Events on Attention Analysis Outcomes |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MELISSA M. SHULLEETA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mariana I. Castillo Irazabal (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Kuhn, Hardesty, and Luczynski (2009) suggested that manipulating environmental events during assessment conditions, while variables such as deprivation states and consequences remain constant, may provide valuable information regarding situations in which problem behavior occur. The participant in the current study, Ace, was a 12-year-old boy diagnosed with disruptive behavior disorder admitted to an inpatient facility for the assessment and treatment of self-injurious, aggressive, and disruptive behavior. Although Ace's initial functional analysis yielded inconclusive results, anecdotal observations suggested when others engaged in disruptive behavior, his problem behavior increased. The purpose of the current study was to measure the effects of others' disruptive behavior on Ace's problem behavior. Pairwise comparisons were conducted where confederates' behaviors and consequences were manipulated. Results indicated that Ace engaged in more problem behavior when the confederate engaged in disruptive behavior, despite whether or not he/she was reprimanded (on average 4.19 rpm and 4.42 rpm, respectively), when compared to the control condition (on average, 0.40 rpm). Reliability data were collected for 36.4% of observations and averaged 96.4%. This study supports previous research, advocating the assessment of idiosyncratic variables and extends research by Kuhn et al. (2009) isolating the effects of confederate disruptive behavior on problem behavior. |
|
|
16. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Elopement |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JONATHAN SEAVER (New England Center for Children), Stacie Bancroft (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Elopement can be a particularly dangerous problem behavior emitted by individuals with developmental disabilities. In the current study, a functional analysis of elopement was conducted for an individual diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder who did not demonstrate general safety or self-preservation skills. Latency to elopement was the primary dependent measure for the functional analysis. Results of the functional analysis indicated that elopement was maintained by access to tangible items and locations. Latency to elopement and latency to emit an appropriate communication response were measured during treatment. Functional communication training and timeout contingent on elopement were used during treatment. |
|
|
17. The Effects of Matched Stimuli on Hand Mouthing Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
VIRGINIA S. WONG (Manhattan Childrens Center), Marisa Savard (Teachers College, Columbia University), Samantha M. Solow (Manhattan Children's Center) |
Abstract: This experiment examined the effects of access to matched stimuli on automatically reinforced behavior of an 8-year-old male student with autism. Data from direct observations, Functional Analysis Screen Tool and Motivation Assessment Scale, suggested the participant engaged in hand mouthing behavior maintained primarily by automatic reinforcement. Studies have shown the importance of conducting functional analysis and preference assessment to identify the specific source of reinforcement (oral vs. tactile stimulation). The participant was exposed to variety of items and activities that differ in dimensions during the preference assessment to identify the stimuli that matched the hypothesized sensory consequence of hand mouthing. Treatment for the participant consisted of differential reinforcement in a reversal design (ABAB). Results of the experiment supported previous studies and demonstrate the benefits and the lasting effects of identifying the specific source of reinforcement and that matched stimuli were associated to lower levels of aberrant behavior (hand mouthing). |
|
|
18. Reducing Self-Injurious Behavior by Using Non-Contingent Reinforcement and Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible Behavior: A Comparison of Two Behavioral Technologies |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SUMMER G. DUCLOUX (University of Texas at Austin), Christine Robinson |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study is to compare the effectiveness of non-contingent reinforcement (NCR) and differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI) on reducing self-injurious behavior (SIB) exhibited by a child with autism. The participant is a 43-month-old female with a primary diagnosis of autism. She is non-verbal, but uses signs and gestures to communicate. When denied access to preferred item or denied escape from unpleasant social situations (i.e. discrete trial training therapy sessions), she engages in SIB in the form on hitting her head with a fist or hitting her legs with her fist. Using an alternating-treatment design, researchers will assess treatment efficacy. During baseline, data indicated SIB was occurring roughly 142 times per day. During Condition 1, staff reinforce the participant on a time interval of 15 seconds for 1 hour to see if frequent reinforcement reduces target behavior. During Condition 2 staff will prompt and reinforce engagement in incompatible behavior. Efficacy for using NCR and DRI procedures have been investigated, however little research exists that directly compares these two methodologies. The present study is designed to assess which treatment package shows to be more efficacious for reducing SIB related to direct access and escape functions. |
|
|
19. Differentiated Effects of Sensory Activities as Abolishing Operations on Aberrant Behavior and Academic Performance |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
GREGORY R. MANCIL (University of Louisville) |
Abstract: The complexity of the central nervous system is abstract; yet, neuroscientists demonstrate evidence that sensory input evokes physiological changes in the body and at time severe reactions (Ben-Sasson et al., 2008). Although the severe reactions to various external sensory stimuli have been discussed in the literature for decades (Baranek, Wakefield, & David, 2008), there is little to no empirical evidence or systematic interventions to address the supposed sensory problem. Furthermore, those that purport sensory interventions work, typically point to internal, non-observable reasons such as self-regulation. The purpose of this study was to analyze a series of sensory interventions as antecedent interventions, particularly working as abolishing operations as noncontingent reinforcement prior to engaging in high demand tasks. An alternating treatment design was utilized to show a functional relation to the identified intervention compared to other interventions (Kennedy, 2005). The researchers trained data coders to collect data who were blind to the study. As evidenced by the differentiated effects in the alternating treatment design, aberrant behaviors were at zero levels and correct responding to academic tasks were near 100% as measured with permanent products. |
|
|
20. Assessment and Intervention Using Competing Stimuli to Bring About Reduced Levels of Stereotypic Responses |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ANNA M. YOUNG (The Faison School for Autism), Katherine S. Robinson (The Faison School for Autism), Nathan Habel (The Faison School for Autism) |
Abstract: Stereotypy can interfere with a students ability to access and receive instruction, which gives way to learning new, adaptive and age-appropriate leisure skills. A procedure utilizing a response blocking procedure with delivery and access to a competing stimulus was implemented to reduce stereotypy in a 15-year-old male student attending a specialized school for children with autism. Stereotypy consisted of persistent hand flapping, finger tapping, finger rubbing, and rocking of the upper body. The initial (competing stimulus) assessment consisted of measuring engagement in stereotypic responses as well as engagement with the presented item. Results of this preliminary assessment indicated multiple, viable stimuli, which were subsequently chosen for the intervention. The intervention itself consisted of the application of response blocking procedure with noncontingent access to a competing stimulus. As a result of this intervention, the student was more eligible for instruction and classroom interaction. The overall results are discussed in relation to existing research on behavior reduction strategies. |
|
|
21. Verbal Query Intervention: Addressing Stereotypy in Students With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
LEONARD CALTABIANO (Kidz Therapy Services, PLLC) |
Abstract: This presentation will focus on a recent study examining the effectiveness of a verbal query intervention (VQI) procedure in decreasing motor and vocal stereotypy in four students with moderate to severe autism. An ABC multiple-baseline across subjects design was used to examine whether the VQI procedure, when combined with behavioral intervention strategies, leads to an incremental decrease in stereotypy. The VQI procedure involved the presentation of behavior-specific questions that the students were required to answer correctly. The questions were presented both proactively and reactively. It was found that two participants demonstrated a decrease in stereotypy of 21% and higher. Graphical analysis indicated that the VQI procedure did lead to a decrease in stereotypy. The author provides several theories as to why the VQI was effective, with particular emphasis on the cognitive-behavioral implications of the study. A discussion regarding the use of the VQI procedure in the school settings is also presented. |
|
|
22. Evaluating the Effectiveness of Planned Ignoring Procedures to Decrease Vocal Stereotypy in a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MIRIAM GUTIERREZ (Mercy College), Christine O'Rourke Lang (Mercy College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this experiment was to evaluate the effectiveness of extinction procedures, specifically planned ignoring, as a method to decrease vocal stereotypy. A preschool student with autism, described as a speaker with low conversational units in her repertoire of verbal behavior participated in the experiment, utilizing a multiple baseline across settings design. The independent variable was the implementation of planned ignoring as a tactic that involved the removal of attention contingent upon the student's emission of the behavior. The dependent variable was the rate of inappropriate and tangential vocalizations during instruction and playtime. During baseline conditions, the participant emitted reliably high levels of inappropriate utterances described as vocal stereotypy during free play and instruction. Following the implementation of the intervention, the rate of inappropriate utterances decreased, while the rate of appropriate vocal responses followed a reliable, steady, ascending trend. A functional relationship was demonstrated and the results of the study suggested an effective procedure for decreasing inappropriate behaviors maintained by the positive reinforcement function in the form of access to attention. |
|
|
23. Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior to Reduce Spitting Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ILANA HERNANDEZ (Indiana), William Timothy Courtney (Little Star Center), Jennifer Mihm (Little Star Center), Mary Rosswurm (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: Behavior reduction procedures are a large part of programming for students with autism and related disabilities. Applied practitioners are often faced with an emerging challenging behavior that requires immediate intervention. While attempting to determine the function of the challenging behavior, clinicians often implement a non-function based procedure. This research asked if implementing a differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) program for a 12-year-old girl with autism would reduce spitting behavior? With the onset of the spitting behavior, Jane had tissue damage to her face and lips within 2 days prompting the need for immediate behavioral intervention. Staff implemented the DRO in sessions similar to "discrete trial" sessions every 10 minutes throughout the day, with the initial interval of 45 seconds. For Jane, upon implementation of the DRO data indicated the absence of spitting behavior in 44% of measured intervals. After 24 sessions, Jane was averaging absence of spitting in 76% of intervals. The interval was then increased to 1 minute and in 12 sessions Jane reached 100% absence of challenging behavior as measured over the last three intervals. |
|
|
24. Noncontingent Reinforcement Plus Punishment as Treatment for Intractable Stereotypy |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
TAMARA L. PERRY (Eastern Michigan University), Ivy M. Chong Crane (Scott Center at Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Functional analysis revealed that motor stereotypy (i.e., tapping fingers or objects on hard surfaces, hand flapping) was undifferentiated and elevated during the alone conditions, likely indicating an automatic function in a 5-year-old boy with autism. Noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) with matched and unmatched stimuli, as identified by a paired-choice preference assessment and competing stimulus assessments, was unsuccessful in decreasing motor stereotypy below baseline levels. Therefore, NCR combined with a visual screen was then implemented. All sessions were conducted in a center-based preschool for children with autism. The treatment package consisted of a 30-second NCR condition with access to a highly preferred stimulus, followed by a 5-minute punishment condition, in which all instances of motor stereotypy were consequated with a visual screen for at least 30 seconds. Within session analyses were conducted to assess pre- and post-session effects of the intervention. Results indicated that NCR + visual screen significantly decreased motor stereotypy across pre-session, treatment, and post-session conditions. |
|
|
25. Behavioral Assessments for Children With Autism Through Telehealth |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JENNIFER KUHLE (University of Iowa), Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Scott D. Lindgren (University of Iowa Hospitals & Clinics), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: We compared outcomes of functional analyses (FA) conducted in home settings and through telehealth to evaluate the effectiveness of telehealth in conducting FA with children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Participants included 7 children with ASD receiving in-home behavioral assessment and 9 children with ASD receiving behavioral assessment via telehealth. Participants were between 2 and 6 years old and displayed problem behavior. The FAs were completed within a multielement design. In the in-home project, the FA was conducted in the home by the parents with coaching from a behavioral specialist. In the telehealth project, the FA was conducted at a regional clinic by the parents with support from an onsite coach and coaching from a behavioral specialist via telehealth. Inter-rater agreement was assessed across 30% of sessions and averaged over 90%. Mean number of sessions to complete the FA was 14 for the in-home and 20 for the telehealth group. Mean number of visits before completing the FA was 4 for the in-home and 5 for the telehealth group. A function was identified for 71% of the in-home participants and 89% of the telehealth participants. Preliminary data suggest that telehealth practices are effective in conducting FAs with children with ASD. |
|
|
26. When "My Way" Isn't "Your Way": Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Compliance to Mands |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ALLISON LUNDAHL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sara Christianson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa Farrell (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Bowman et al. (1997) demonstrated effective assessment and treatment procedures for participants whose destructive behaviors functioned to direct activities (i.e., "my way"). Our study applied these procedures to a higher functioning adolescent and included generalization across multiple environments and individuals. The participant was a verbal 13-year-old female diagnosed with autistic disorder. The participant exhibited frequent and intense aggressive, disruptive, and self-injurious behaviors that led to multiple injuries. Problem behaviors were assessed through several functional analyses. Results indicated that the participant engaged in target behaviors to escape demands and to gain or maintain verbal and physical direction of activities. The treatment package contained multiple components including stimulus control, differential reinforcement of other behavior, and extinction. Initially, treatment was assessed across mand and demand sessions from the functional analysis baseline data; it was later generalized across her entire day (i.e., school, leisure activities, nonpreferred activities) with multiple staff and family members. Problem behaviors in the clinic were reduced by more than 80%. Follow-up data at 3 and 6 months post-discharge are being collected. From this presentation, attendees will learn a treatment targeting problem behaviors maintained by access to adult compliance with mands for an adolescent with severe problem behaviors. |
|
|
27. Demand Fading Protocol Effect on the Occurrence of Maladaptive Behaviors and Rate of Skill Acquisition |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SHAWNIE N. GIRTLER (Firefly Autism House), Carrie A. Scott (Firefly Autism House), Maura Stack-Oden (Firefly Autism House) |
Abstract: This poster examines the effects of a reverse demand fading protocol on the occurrence of the target behaviors of physical aggression towards others and property destruction as well as the rate of skill acquisition for an 11-year-old boy with autism. After initial baseline recording of the occurrence target behaviors and baseline testing of the subject's skill set, goals and objectives for behavior reduction and skill acquisition were determined for one school year following the implementation of the demand fading protocol. Demand sets were determined through a hierarchical ranking of the projected yearly goals and objectives. Criteria for subsequent demand set implementation was determined to be 3 consecutive days of target behavior occurrence within a range of 0% to 10% below average baseline percent per target behavior. Rate of skill acquisition was determined by the number of newly mastered targets per week across all skill acquisition programs. Initial results suggested that the implementation of a reverse demand fading protocol may reduce the occurrence of maladaptive behaviors while increasing the rate of skill acquisition. |
|
|
28. Evaluation of Motor Imitation Acquisition and Generalization Using a Multiple Baseline |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATE A. KOEHLER-PLATTEN (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Lynn M. Baker (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: Imitation training is often included in programming for children with autism. However, relatively few studies have evaluated the extent to which acquired responses generalize or maintain across time. In this study, a multiple baseline across responses design was used to evaluate the effect of training on generalization and maintenance of responses for one child with autism. The results indicated that acquisition of programmed imitative responses did not lead to increased acquisition rates for subsequently trained imitative responses. The introduction and training of new responses was correlated with temporary disruption of correct responding to previously acquired imitative responses. |
|
|
29. Investigating the Use of a Blocked Trial Procedure to Facilitate Conditional Skill Discriminations |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
NICHOLAS KYLE REETZ (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Paula Petit (ABIS, LLC), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Little to no research to date addresses the inability to form conditional discriminations that is sometimes exhibited by young children with autism who are in the process of building simple skill repertoires (i.e., motor imitation, receptive identification of body parts, etc.). The inability to discriminate conditionally can significantly slow the acquisition of new skills in a child's developing repertoire and may be attributed to a lack of stimulus control. The current study investigates the use of a blocked trial procedure (Saunders & Spradlin, 1993) to facilitate conditional skill discriminations. |
|
|
30. Increasing Reinforcer Choice Variability in Students With Autism Using a Concurrent Progressive Ratio Procedure |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
GEOFFREY D. DEBERY (Eden II Programs), Adam Bonanno (Eden II Programs), Frank R. Cicero (Eden II Programs) |
Abstract: Restricted, repetitive, and stereotyped patterns of behavior, interests, and activities are among the core diagnostic criteria for autism. As a result, some students with autism repeatedly select a small number of available reinforcers, and are often unwilling to select novel items that could potentially function as reinforcers. This creates a challenge for educators of individuals with autism, especially when the student repeatedly selects an item or activity that is in short supply, or takes a long time to consume/complete. In the current study, participants were trained to increase the number of novel items and activities they selected using a schedule thinning procedure. Novel item and activity selections were defined as the student selecting an item or activity that was not previously selected that day. The schedule thinning procedure involved increasing the amount of work that was required before the selected item or activity was delivered. Experimental control was demonstrated using a reversal design. Additionally, pre- and post-intervention stimulus preference assessments were conducted to assess for changes in preference. Results will be discussed in relation to increasing reinforcer variability, and modifying individual preferences. |
|
|
31. Teaching Functional Life Skills to Adolescent Boys With Autism Using Video Modeling |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LUCY CORA-NAZARIO (The Aurora School), Brandie Thurston (The Aurora School), David Roth (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: Video modeling has been an effective tool for the last three decades to teach studentswith autism spectrum disorders (ASD). It has been used as an effective tool in teaching children with autism pretend play, conversation, and perspective. We have used video modeling to teach life skills with three teenage boys with autism. A task analysis was created and a video was completed by a staff member based on the task analysis. A baseline of steps completed correctly was obtained. Verbal and visual prompts were used to introduce the students to their tooth brushing task. We then assessed the effects of video modeling on increasing the amount of steps completed independently in the task analysis. A multielement design was use across subjects. Results support video modeling as an effective tool to teach life skills to students with autism. Recording was done by two observers. This provided reliability of the data recorded. |
|
|
32. Using the Wilbarger Brushing Protocol to Decrease Aggression, Elopement and Disruptions in Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MICHELLE L WOOLWINE (The Aurora School), Lucy Cora-Nazario (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: Several studies have documented an inverse relationship between aggressive behaviors and appropriate responding to structured teaching activities, suggesting that aggressive behaviors negatively impact social integration and interfere with learning processes. Behavioral programs applied to reduce aggressive behaviors have shown that aggression can be reduced in frequency. However, it is thought that use of the Wilbarger brushing protocol may be used to further reduce aggressive behaviors and increase attention to task during structured teaching activities. This study used the Wilbarger brushing protocol to reduce aggressive behaviors and increase attention to task in a 12-year-old with autism. An alternating treatment design is being used to evaluate effectiveness of the treatment. During a 30-min interval, the brushing protocol will be added to his current behavior plan to determine if targeted behaviors are reduced. The brushing protocol will then be removed to evaluate if targeted behaviors increase. Reliability will be calculated by using two independent observers. |
|
|
33. Using Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing Procedures to Occasion New Forms of Vocal Verbal Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ELI T. NEWCOMB (The Faison School for Autism), John Tolson (Faison School for Autism) |
Abstract: Previous research has indicated that new forms of vocal behavior can be emitted as a function of a conditioning procedure consisting of the temporal pairing of a vocal model with a preferred stimulus. This stimulus-stimulus pairing procedure results in the development of an early repertoire of vocalizations which, through subsequent mand instruction, can result in the emission of this and eventually other verbal operants. This intervention has previously been conducted primarily with younger children using automatic and direct reinforcement operations such as tickling, singing, and talking to the participants during the pairing procedure. For some students with less advanced verbal repertoires, other reinforcement operations such as edibles and non-edible tangibles may be needed in addition to the type described above to further condition and strengthen a vocal-verbal response form. This study examined the effects of stimulus-stimulus pairing to acquire new forms of vocal behavior using edible and non-edible tangible reinforcement operations during the pairing procedure. A multiple probe across participants design was employed and the results are discussed as they relate to the current literature on conditioning and early mand training. |
|
|
34. The Effect of Brain Gym on Academic Engagement for Children with Disabilities |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ANDREA GOODWIN (Stephen F. Austin State University), Ginger L. Kelso (Stephen F. Austin State University), Nicole Parrett (Stephen F. Austin State University) |
Abstract: Brain Gym is an intervention designed to improve various outcomes including attention, memory, and academic skills. This intervention requires the participant to engage in a variety of movements to help the body recall the movements from the first stages of life when the body was learning to coordinate the hands, eyes, ears, and whole body (Brain Gym International, 2009). While there are many qualitative studies that support use of this intervention, few empirical research studies are available. Additionally, existing empirical studies contain multiple methodological flaws which obscure the true effect of this intervention (Hyatt, 2007). The current investigation will compare three interventions to promote academic engagement among children with disabilities. Interventions will take place during the first few mintues of each session. Baseline consists of no movement activity. During intervention, two movement activities (Brain Gym and non-Brain Gym movements) will be alternated using an alternating treatments design. The subjects are three males (ages 7-9) with developmental disabilities. On-task behavior will be measured using momentary time sampling. Please refer to the attached Figure in which the first two days of baseline are displayed. This study will help practioners to accept or reject Brain Gym as an effective intervention to improve academic outcomes for children. References Brain Gym International, (2009). Brain Gym International. Retrieved from http://www.braingym.org/. Hyatt, K.J. (2001) Brain Gym: Building stronger brains or wishful thinking? Remedial and Special Education, 28(2), 117-124. |
|
|
35. Studying Generalization to Novel Stimuli of Teaching Identification of Picture Absurdities, Verbal Comprehension, and Vocabulary |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
OLIVIA ALEXANDRE (Behaviour Institute), Joel P. Hundert (Behaviour Institute) |
Abstract: The current study describes an intervention sequence that may be used to develop individualized and effective interventions for improving delayed verbal comprehension skills in individuals with autism. The study also suggests strategies for promoting the generalization of novel verbal comprehension skills into the natural environment. The purpose of this study is to examine the generalization to novel stimuli after teaching identification of picture absurdities, verbal comprehension, and vocabulary in a male child with autism. Using a multiple baseline design across skills, the intervention attempts to increase the rate and complexity of participant verbal responses to novel verbal comprehension questions posed. Baseline measures indicate that the participant is responding to comprehension questions at near zero rates across all three skill domains, with intervention data currently in progress. This study hopes to show that an intervention simultaneously targeting multiple components of verbal comprehension will improve a participants generalization of existing skills and increase their spontaneous initiation. The findings are likely to suggest that teaching verbal comprehension skills alone may be insufficient for generalization of those skills into the natural environment; however, teaching in combination with embedded strategies for generalization may be successful. |
|
|
36. Utilization of an Errorless Learning Procedure to Increase Receptive Language in a Child With Autistic Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ARIEL L. RAVID (Binghamton University), Laura B. Turner (Binghamton University), Stephanie Lockshin (Institute for Child Development, Binghamton University) |
Abstract: Errorless learning refers to a set of procedures used to promote learning by minimizing incorrect responding during acquisition (Mueller, Palkovik, & Maynard, 2007). Research suggests that for some children, incorrect responding during a learning task can have detrimental effects on motivation, skill acquisition, and behavioral control (Lerman, Iwata, & Wallace, 1999; Lovaas, Koegel, & Schreibman, 1979; Schreibman, Charlop, & Koegel, 1982). Therefore, errorless learning aims at increasing acquisition while attempting to minimize the negative effects of incorrect responding. The purpose of this poster is to present a description of an errorless learning procedure used to increase receptive language acquisition and teach stimulus discrimination to a 3-year-old boy with autistic disorder. A changing criterion design is currently being implemented to assess a procedure utilizing stimulus fading and response prevention errorless learning techniques. Discussion will focus on results from the intervention as well as a review of important considerations when developing and implementing errorless learning procedures. |
|
|
37. Teacher and Staff Accuracy in Identifying Basic Terms of Applied Behavior Analysis for Individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
EVELYN M. FLAHERTY (Eden II Programs), Frank R. Cicero (Eden II Programs), Geoffrey D. DeBery (Eden II Programs), Lauren A. Mahoney (Eden II School for Autistic Children) |
Abstract: Professionals in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) often work side-by- side with teachers and staff of individuals with an autism spectrum disorder. The collaboration between staff and behavior analysts is dependent on staff having a functional understanding of the basic principles and concepts of ABA. However, staff often shows considerable variability in background and exposure to ABA. The current study was designed to assess staff accuracy in identifying basic terms associated with ABA. A survey was administered to teachers and staff of individuals with an autism spectrum disorder that had received at least one ABA service (residential habilitation, educational placement, residential placement, day habilitation, etc.). The survey included scenarios that described specific terms associated with ABA (positive reinforcement, extinction, discrete trial, etc.). Staff was asked to identify the ABA term used in each scenario. Results were analyzed to identify strengths and weaknesses and areas of possible intervention to aid behavior analysts working with teachers and staff of individuals with an autism spectrum disorder. |
|
|
|
|
CBM Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Video Self-modeling as a Treatment for Spider Phobia |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NEVILLE MORRIS BLAMPIED (University of Canterbury), Martin Hood (Canterbury District Health Board) |
Abstract: Self-modeling uses images of oneself engaged in adaptive behavior (Dowrick, 1999). Of several forms of self-modeling, feedforward modeling extends an individuals repertoire by exposing her/him to depictions of themselves performing novel behavior or behavior in novel contexts, created by manipulating video of current performances. Sixteen spider-phobic adults were assessed for phobia severity using behavioral avoidance tests (BAT) and self-report measures of spider phobia, anxiety and depression, and self-efficacy. Eight pairs were formed by matching on initial phobia severity. Blue screen and other video editing procedures created self-modeling videos for one member of each pair, depicting him/her (a) successfully completing the BAT, (b) removing a spider from a wall and releasing it outside, and (c) calmly observing a tarantula crossing a desk to within 12 cm. After baseline assessments, participants viewed a video once every 2 days for 14 days. One of each pair observed themselves (self-modeling) and the other watched the same video (peer-modeling). Subjective units of discomfort ratings were recorded in baseline, at each viewing, at post-test and follow-up, along with BATs and self-report measures at post-test and follow-up. Both types of modeling reduced behavioral avoidance and increased spider self-efficacy, but self-modeling produced somewhat more clinically significant changes in phobic beliefs and symptoms. |
|
|
2. An Investigation of Verbal Events as Motivating Operations: The Effects of Mood Induction on the Reinforcing Value of Consequences |
Area: CBM; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
RACHEL FREUND (New Mexico VA Healthcare System), Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico) |
Abstract: The motivational effects of mood-altering verbal events on the consequential value of various activities were investigated in a within-subjects, repeated-measures experimental study. Specifically, participants completed explicit and implicit measures to determine whether preferences for pleasant and unpleasant activities changed from baseline after positive and negative mood-induction procedures. The implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP) was used to minimize demand characteristics while assessing cognitive preferences that participants were unaware of or reluctant to report. Data from 30 never-depressed university undergraduates were analyzed. Results show differential preference of pleasant and unpleasant activities after positive and negative mood induction. Pleasant activities were more reinforcing after positive mood induction and less reinforcing after negative mood induction, when unpleasant activities increased in reinforcing value. Interestingly, although many participants did not explicitly report a negative affective state after negative mood-induction procedures, they nonetheless preferred pleasant activities less. In other words, activity preference was dependent on contact with verbal environmental events rather than reported affective state. These findings contribute to existing evidence that verbal mood-altering antecedent events can function as motivating operations. Additionally, this study underscores the importance of implicit assessment, and highlights the potential utility of the IRAP as a clinical tool. |
|
|
3. Making Sense and its Reinforcing Functions: Positive, Negative, or Both |
Area: CBM; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ALISHA M. WRAY (University of New Mexico), Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico) |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment therapy asserts that in clinical problems such as rumination and depression, making sense continues despite accompanying aversive consequences because it is reinforcing (Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 1999). Preliminary empirical evidence for this hypothesis has recently been established (Wray, Dougher, & Hamilton, under review). College students preferred a solvable laboratory task with response-contingent reinforcement to a formally similar but unsolvable task, on which equal or greater amounts of reinforcement were presented independent of performance. The current study replicates these earlier findings using both self-report and two additional behavioral measures of preference (i.e., condition chosen most and first). Additionally, the current study investigates whether individuals preferred the solvable condition because it was positively reinforcing or because avoiding the unsolvable condition was negatively reinforcing by introducing a neutral task, which provides an alternative to the solvable and unsolvable conditions. It was anticipated that, across all3 measures, solvable conditions would be preferred most, followed by neutral and unsolvable conditions, respectively. Using both concurrent chaining and forced choice procedures, results from 17 college students show that participants preferred solvable conditions more than unsolvable conditions, but there was no difference between solvable and neutral conditions. Results suggest that making sense serves both positively and negatively reinforcing functions. |
|
|
4. Tracking Changes in Brain Activation During Transitions From Avoidance to Extinction and Modulation by Experiential Avoidance |
Area: CBM; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CALEB D. HUDGINS (University of North Texas), Sandy Magee (University of North Texas), Michael W. Schlund (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: In this functional magnetic resonance imaging study, we examined the neural correlates of avoidance and extinction and how levels of experiential avoidance modulate activation during extinction. Seventeen adult subjects responded under a multiple FR9 avoidance (AV)-extinction (EXT) schedule, with each component 16 s in duration. As expected, high rates of responding occurred during AV, with little or no responding during EXT. First, results showed striatal activation occurred to the AV cue and decreased during EXT, suggesting that the striatum supports both avoidance maintained by negative reinforcement and behavior maintained by positive reinforcement. Second, results showed EXT recruited ventrolateral and inferior frontal regions, insula and amygdala, which suggests that extinction of avoidance recruits some of the same regions reported in studies on extinction of conditioned fear. Lastly, results showed that increased activation during EXT in the amygdala and bilateral insula (emotional processing regions) was correlated with increased experiential avoidance (AAQ-II and TCQ-self punishment scores). The heightened limbic system response suggests that people with learning histories (reported) characterized by extensive avoidance may show more reactivity to EXT; which contributes to between-subject variability. |
|
|
5. Values Concordance: An Evaluation of Acceptance and Distress. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CHARLES L. GILPIN (Missouri State University), Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT; Hayes, Strosahl, & Wilson, 1999) is an empirically-based approach to therapy which posits that when one's life consists of value-congruent behavior, there is less psychological distress. It has since been suggested that the intense and overt focus on symptom reduction designed to change or replace thoughts may not lead to the most optimal treatment outcome (Hayes et. al. 1999). Given this information, a new treatment rational has been proposed (Hayes et. al 1999). Clients are encouraged to accept both the pleasure and the pain as natural and even necessary elements of a well-adjusted individual. Given this emphasis on values as it relates to behavioral outcomes, it is important that the relationship between personal values, values-based behavior, and psychological distress be further investigated. The current project seeks to evaluate the roles of acceptance, psychological distress and coping style with values-based behavioral congruence. As part of a larger project, the baseline information obtained can provide supportive conclusions to the abundance of empirical data supporting the ACT framework. Preliminary data suggests a positive relationship between value-based behavioral congruence and acceptance in those who present with low values behavioral concordance. |
|
|
6. Bulls-Eye and the Valued Living Questionnaire: Evaluation of Criterion Validity |
Area: CBM; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
BRANDON SANFORD (Missouri State University), Charles L. Gilpin (Missouri State University), Ann Branstetter-Rost (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The Bull's-eye is a measure that clarifies values and assesses movement toward these values in spite of barriers (Lundgren, 2006). The Bulls-eye has been used in a recent study on acceptance and commitment therapy and the reduction of epileptic seizures (Lundgren, Dahl, and Hayes, in press). Alternatively the Valued Living Questionnaire (VLQ) is a measure that has been used in clinical settings to assess behavioral concordance with values. The present poster analyzes the correlation between the Bull's-eye and Valued Living Questionnaire. The measures were given to a sample (r= .203, n= 148) of introductory psychology students at a large Midwestern university. The results show a significant correlation (P<.05) between total concordance on the VLQ and Bulls-eye. Subsequent tests were run to analyze how well specific items on the VLQ correlated to the 4 domains of the Bulls-eye. Results show that the work items were not correlated between the two tests, leisure was correlated with recreation (r= .269, P<.01), the Family and Friends items were slightly correlated (r= .165, p< .05), and Physical Self-Care was correlated with Personal Growth/Health (r= 2.64, p< .01). This data suggests that the two measures are measuring the same thing but are likely tapping into it in different ways. |
|
|
8. Effects of Brief Mindfulness Training on Problem Solving During Painful Stimulation |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ALISON BEAUVAIS CARRIS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School for Professional Psychology), John Conlin (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: One method that has been successful in managing pain is mindfulness. For the purpose of this experiment, mindfulness refers to an active non-judgmental process wherein private events and external stimuli are observed as they arise (Baer, 2003). With regard to painful stimulation, mindfulness techniques train people to differentiate physical stimulation from their verbal behavior concerning such stimulation. This experiment examined the effects of a brief mindfulness package on functioning during a cold pressor task, an extension of Hayes et al. (1999). Participants were exposed to two conditions (mindfulness vs. placebo condition) in a multielement design over eight sessions. The independent variable of interest was a mindfulness-based experiential exercise and brief 60 minute group mindfulness training. Dependent variables assessed were pre and post Kentucky Inventory Mindfulness Scale (KIMS) scores, the duration of the cold pressor task, and the rate of randomized math computations completed via a computer program. |
|
|
9. Relation Between Direct Observation of Relaxed Behavior and Self-Reported Mindfulness and Relaxation |
Area: CBM; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
LACEY S. HITES (University of Central Missouri), Duane A Lundervold (University of Central Missouri) |
Abstract: Smith (2005) has asserted that the relaxation state (R-state) aware is a form of mindfulness. The current research examined the magnitude and direction of relations between direct observation of relaxed behavior and self-reported awareness, and cognitive, somatic, and physiological relaxation. Twenty-four undergraduates took part and were assessed on two occasions, one week apart. Correlation analysis revealed: (a) direct observation of relaxed behavior was not related to self reported awareness (mindfulness) or self reported relaxation, (b) the physical tension scale of relaxation was related to reported mindfulness, and (c) the reliability and validity of self-reported measures of relaxation was not replicated. |
|
|
10. Comparing the Effects of Response Cost and Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior Contingencies on Tic Suppression |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
MATTHEW CAPRIOTTI (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Bryan C Brandt (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Alexander Arthur Wissing (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Rachel Marie Rebitski (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: Chronic tic disorders are of biological origin but can be brought under operant control. Several studies have shown that differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) contingencies can decrease tic frequency (i.e. increase tic suppression), but none have systematically investigated the effects of other kinds of contingencies. The present study compares the effects of DRO and response cost contingencies on tic suppression. In this study children and adolescents with tic disorders are exposed to twelve, five-minute conditions of baseline, DRO, and response cost. A multielement withdrawal design with counterbalancing across subjects is used. Results will demonstrate the relative effects of DRO and response cost schedules on tic suppression. Results will also further knowledge of the conditions under which the tic rebound effect, in which children reportedly tic at a higher rate following periods of suppression than at other times, may or may not occur. Findings from this study will be of both basic science and translational interests within the field of tic disorders. |
|
|
11. Habit Reversal Training to Treat Tics in a Young Boy Diagnosed With Tourette's Syndrome |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
KATIE WISKOW (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Valerie VanTussi (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Karen Renee Norman (ABIS, LLC), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Tourette's syndrome is a neurological disorder. A majority of patients seek medical treatment to manage tics (Piacentini & Chang, 2001). Tic symptoms, however, also fluctuate as function of the environment (Leckman & Cohen, 1999) posing the possibility that a behavioral intervention may be effective in managing tics. Habit reversal training (HRT) (Azrin & Nunn, 1973) is a multi-component behavioral treatment package for suppressing nervous habits and tics by creating awareness of the behavior and engaging in an incompatible behavior, or competing response, to replace the nervous habit or tic. Studies using habit reversal training have found the procedure to be effective for tics (Peterson, Campise, & Azrin, 1994; Piacentini & Chang, 2001; Woods & Miltenberger, 1995, 2001). The current study will include HRT procedures to treat tics in a 9-year-old patient with Tourette's syndrome. |
|
|
12. Use of Simplified Habit Reversal Procedures With Children in an Outpatient Clinic |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MELANIE H. BACHMEYER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Matthew O'brien (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: A number of researchers have used simplified versions of the original habit reversal procedures described by Azrin and Nunn (1977) to treat a variety of repetitive behaviors or stereotyped movements (e.g., nail biting, excessive scratching, and skin picking). However, research on the use of simplified procedures to treat these types of repetitive behaviors in children continues to be needed. In the current study, simplified habit reversal procedures were used within a brief (90-min) outpatient evaluation to treat chronic skin picking and nail biting with two children. A multielement evaluation was conducted to identify antecedent events that evoked the repetitive behaviors. A reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of a treatment package that included awareness, competing response, and social support components. Inter-observer agreemnent was collected during at least 25% of sessions and agreement was above 90%. Repetitive behaviors were reduced to zero or near zero levels within a 90-min outpatient evaluation. Implications of using a simplified variation of habit reversal procedures with children in an outpatient clinic setting will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
CSE Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Multidisciplinary Approach and Disability |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
PATRICIA ORTEGA SILVA (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Patricia Plancarte (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Alfonso Valadez Ramirez (Universidad Nacional de Mexico) |
Abstract: Universities have a commitment to training future professionals, and in recent years have suggested that multidisciplinary education is one of the main points to guide its work. The aim of this study was to analyze the effect of multidisciplinary training in the care of children with disabilities. Thirty-seven psychology students, 19 optometric students and 18 medicine students participated in this study. These students attended 20 children with a multidisciplinary approach for a semester. A questionnaire was applied for assess the quality of service and the impact on students' professional training. It was performed a quantitative analysis of the data. The results showed that psychologists, optometrists and doctors considered important to participate in a multidisciplinary intervention for children with disabilities, because this contributes to a better quality of life and too they develop as professionals with skills needed to provide attention to this population. An important aspect about multidisciplinary work is related with the benefits to offer quality service, and generate knowledge in the students, as well as serves as experience for those professionals who are in training. |
|
|
2. Prompts or Proximity: Recycling Old Techniques for a New Population |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MYCHAL MACHADO (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific), E. Kelly Rush (University of the Pacific), Todd Fabian (University of the Pacific), Aryan Bimar (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Sign posting and container proximity manipulations have been shown to be effective methods of increasing recycling in university and corporate settings. The generalizability of these methods to other populations is unknown. The current study used an ABCDEAB reversal design to examine recycling behavior in an adult mental health population at a local socialization center. During baseline (A), the amount of recyclable materials placed in trash containers was monitored. Recycling containers were then introduced to the center. During intervention phases, recycling and trash containers were placed adjacent to each other without signs (B), 4 meters apart without signs (C), adjacent to each other with signs (D), and 4 meters apart with signs (E). A brief reversal to baseline was then implemented followed by reinstating the least intrusive-most effective treatment. Results indicated that placing recycling and trash containers in close proximity (with or without signage) yielded the greatest overall increase in recycling behavior. Moreover, patrons of the center were able to reliably assist in data collection and maintain the project following the withdrawal of intervention. Techniques for increasing recycling behavior can be extended to a novel population and setting, albeit with some unique challenges to data collection (e.g., can theft). |
|
|
3. Use of a Participant Survey to Guide Selection of Interventions to Increase Use of Reusable Cups by Staff Members in a School Cafeteria |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NOAH P. BORGONDY (The May Institute), Emily Anne Shapiro (The May Institute), Hanna C. Rue (The May Institute) |
Abstract: This study, a systematic replication of Manuel et al., (2007), used an assessment tool to guide intervention selection to increase the use of reusable cups by staff members in a school cafeteria. Behavior analysts implementing interventions designed to protect the environment have been encouraged to shift their focus from recycling to reducing and/or reusing consumer goods (Lehman & Geller, 2004), and research, though limited, has suggested that assessment tools may be helpful when selecting community-based interventions (e.g., Rohn, Austin, & Lutrey, 2002, Pampino et al., 2003, Manuel et al, 2007). In the present study staff members filled out a survey regarding their use of disposable cups and interventions were chosen based on the results of the survey. Survey-suggested interventions were primarily antecedent interventions. A multiple baseline across settings was used in two different cafeterias at the same school. Data suggest that interventions guided by the assessment tool could effectively decrease the use of disposable cups. |
|
|
4. Environmental Change: The Application of Three Theories of Behavior Change on Recycling Behavior and Ecological Values |
Area: CSE; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
AMANDA LEAH ZULAS (Washington State University), Dana F. Lindemann (Western Illinois University) |
Abstract: Global warming has a destructive effect on the earth, air, water, and weather around us as large amounts of greenhouse gases pollute the world. Recycling has been shown to help lower greenhouse gas emissions by reducing methane released by landfills. Behavioral researchers studying recycling employ the use of convenience, proximity, and prompts and rewards in order to create compliance in residential, academic, and business settings. These factors were included in an AB design with follow-up, which examined three theories of behavior modification to determine the best approach to convince students to recycle. These theories included applied behavior analysis (i.e., prompts and rewards), the theory of planned behavior, and social capital. Groups were presented information via posters and brochures that was consistent with one of these theories of behavioral change. Environmental values and recycling attitudes were also measured. The applied behavior analysis group showed the greatest increase in recycling. The social capital and theory of planned behavior groups showed modest increases in recycling. This would suggest that applied behavior analysis with the use of reinforcers creates the greatest increase in recycling for a college population. Reinforcers could be used to increase recycling on other college campuses as well. |
|
|
5. A New Instrument for Value Assessment in Behavior Analysis |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
JON A. LOKKE (Ostfold University College), Gunn Lokke (University College of Ostfold, Norway), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: In Baer, Wolf and Risley's (1968) seminal article on seven important dimensions in behavior analysis, the applied dimension directs behavior analysts to commit to the enhancement of people's lives. The dimension is also in accord with general ethics in basic science. Behavior eligible for change and interrogation must be changed in socially and clinically significant directions, and also in line with the client's values. In earlier studies (Arntzen, Lokke, & Lokke, 2008; Lokke, Arntzen, & Lokke, 2010) we presented data from two administrations of one survey (based on Bailey, 2006). The main finding was that the participants assessed effective, evidence based treatment and improvement in quality of life as the most important aspects of applied behavior analysis. In the current presentation we have refined, reformulated and added new items to the instrument. The new items represent mainstream science and generally accepted rules of conduct (Helsinki declaration). The new instrument includes values relevant both for applied behavior analysis and experimental behavior analysis. |
|
|
6. Event Greening: Improving Accuracy of Recycling and Compost Collection at a Large Scale Music Festival |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATE BINDER (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Event attendees typically have one choice to make when disposing of waste, a trash can. If other choices are present, the added response cost of making a decision about the placement of waste often results in improperly sorted waste bins. Subsequently, designing a program to accurately collect recycling and compost in addition to landfill waste can be challenging. This study was designed around a program used at a large music festival where waste bins were organized into "pods" consisting of three bins for recycling, compost, and landfill. Three pod variations were tested and the accuracy of waste placed in each bin was measured in an effort to establish which condition resulted in the most accurately sorted waste. The conditions consisted of (a) a simple labeling sign located above pod, (b) a simple sign with the addition of a detailed sign outlining what types of waste should go in each bin, (c) a simple and detailed sign with the addition of a staff member positioned behind the pod. Results show two interesting trends with accuracy of sorted waste higher overall for the staffed pods but decreasing over time while accuracy of the detailed and simple signs lower but increasing. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Using Differential Reinforcement of Low Response Rate and Non-Contingent Reinforcment to Reduce Intensity and Rate of Severe Self-Injurious Behavior of an Adult Female Diagnosed With Cerebral Palsy and Autism |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Leasha Barry (University of West Florida), CHANTI FRITZSCHING WATERS (Holdsambeck & Associates) |
Abstract: We address the practical and ethical issues of usingapplied behavior analysisin practice to help a 26-year-old woman with a history of severe self-injurious biting behavior, and other self-injurious behaviors (SIB), that often occur prior to a biting episode, for over 20 years. The Self-Injury Trauma (SIT) Scale was utilized to quantify surface tissue damage. This person scored 4 for Number, 3 for Severity with inter-rater reliability of 91%. Elbow and carpal tunnel wrist splints and leather jackets fastened backward were used as restraints or to block biting of hands and arms in the past. After completing a historical review, interviews, and observing, we hypothesized the behavior served an attention seeking function. Afunctional analysiswas completed comparing no attention with attention. In the second attention phase, behaviors escalated resulting in additional attention via intervention/blocking of SIB. Partial interval data was used in which each minute was divided into 10-s intervals. Data was collected on escalating levels of SIB ranging from pulling hair to biting. We then intervened using differential reinforcement of low response rate (DRL) and non-contingent reinforcement to attempt to reduce the intensity and rate of SIB biting episodes. Preliminary data do show a decrease. The poster presentation will include all treatment data follow up probes. |
|
|
2. Components of Behavioral Treatment for Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory |
MICHAEL R. MAYTON (West Virginia University), Jie Zhang (State University of New York at Brockport), Morgan Chitiyo (Southern Illinois University), John J. Wheeler (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Characteristics derived from a sample of 50 participants with developmental disabilities who receive behavioral services in a rural service area are summarized according to gender, age, primary disability category, history of institutionalization, preferred reinforcers, comorbid psychiatric and medical conditions, problematic behaviors, primary functions of behavior, and type and number of medications prescribed. Relevant treatment characteristics such as number and type of behavioral interventions, number and severity of target behaviors, average treatment integrity, and number and category of replacement behaviors are assessed and categorized across characteristics. General conclusions resulting from these analyses include (a) more emphasis tends to be placed on behavior reduction than on increasing skill repertoires and preventing challenging behavior (e.g., the use of antecedent modification) and (b) the "fair pair rule" (White & Haring, 1980) is underutilized in regard to the design and implementation of appropriate replacement behaviors. Summative recommendations for behavioral professionals and service delivery agencies follow from the conclusions and include (a) institute systematic analyses of the setting events that may be contributing to challenging behavior, (b) place more programmatic emphasis on assessing and modifying the antecedents to problematic behavior, and (c) increase instruction in and reinforcement of functionally-equivalent, appropriate skills and behaviors. |
|
|
3. The Assessment and Treatment of Elopement Maintained by Access to Stereotypy: Replication |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NICK WILHELM (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Ashley Seibert (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Elopement, or running out of a classroom or other designated area without supervision, poses a serious risk for students with developmental disabilities who do not respond appropriately to safety signs and rules in the community. The purpose of this study will be to evaluate the effectiveness of a treatment for elopement hypothesized to be maintained by stereotypy. First, a functional analysis will be conducted to evaluate the relation between elopement and stereotypic behavior. Next, we will evaluate the effectiveness of functional communication training as a treatment for elopement maintained by access to stereotypy. An ABAB reversal design will be used to assess the effects of the functional communication training on elopement. One participant, a 9-year-old male with developmental disabilities, will be the participant in this study. The results of this study may provide practitioners with methods which may be used to reduce elopement and increase the safety of their students and clients. |
|
|
4. A Survey of Behaviour Analysts Opinions of Treatment Adherence in Applied Settings |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
KEELEY WHITE (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Jennifer Childs (Brock University), Raneta Krylov (Brock University), Patty Petersen (Brock University), Rosemary A. Condillac (Brock University) |
Abstract: Few studies have examined the adherence to behavioural treatment plans implemented by care providers in natural settings, and this concept is often left unexamined in both research and practice. Lack of treatment adherence data is often described as a limitation in research studies and is frequently suggested as an area for future research, yet there remains a dearth of research on this topic. As part of a systematic program of research being developed to address the need for more emphasis on treatment adherence in applied behavior analysis (ABA) research, an online international survey of the perspectives and experiences of behaviour analysts on treatment adherence is being conducted. This poster will provide a summary of practicing behaviour analysts' opinions on the degree to which treatment adherence is a problem in their practice, the strategies that they use to improve adherence, and the barriers to adherence in family, educational and treatment settings. This poster will also summarize the opinions of behaviour analysts on the relevance of research and clinical emphasis on treatment adherence in ABA. |
|
|
5. Reverse Chaining Procedures in Clinical Practice: Guidelines and Variations of an Underutilized Technology |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
RYAN LEE O'DONNELL (University of Nevada, Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark Malady (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Chaining procedures have been used by behavior analysts for many years in teaching skills to individuals with developmental disabilities and autism. Introductory behavior analytic texts primarily teach the use of three types of chaining procedures: forward, backward, and total task. One type of chaining procedure, reverse chaining, has previously been identified in the literature, but has been underutilized as a teaching strategy since its introduction. This poster will present suggestions for programmatic use of reverse chaining to include considerations of learner skill level, responses to prompting, and graphing and data collection considerations. When a learner can complete many of the steps in a task independently, the use of reverse chaining could be beneficial depending on which steps are already being completed independently. The addition of a leaps-ahead technique could be utilized to allow the learner to complete those steps already in their repertoire independently while the others are trained with the reverse chaining technique. The reverse chaining procedure additionally provides the benefit of a practice effect, especially important for learners who have a long history of completing a task incorrectly, for example, self-care skills. Real case examples where reverse chaining was used in clinical practice will be presented. |
|
|
6. Extension of Restraint Fading Literature: Measuring Adaptive Behavior in an Individual With Gastric Tube Dependence |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MOLLY GEMP (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Identifying a level of arm restraint rigidity that reduces self-injurious behavior (SIB) but does not inhibit adaptive behaviors is important. Previous research has varied the rigidity of the arm restraints with bendable, metal stays (Irvin et al., 1998) while measuring SIB and adaptive hand to mouth behavior in order to determine the optimal level of restraint. The current investigation conducted a pre-fading restraint analysis, similar to procedures used by Wallace et al. (1999), with an 8-year-old boy admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of SIB. He was diagnosed with a movement disorder, severe mental retardation, and chromosome 13 deletion. Due to NPO restrictions, an adaptive behavior was identified (i.e., placing a pacifier into his mouth) and measured as an alternative to consuming food or drink. The pre-fading analysis determined that empty sleeve arm restraints were effective in reducing the occurrence of SIB while still allowing the participant to place the pacifier to his mouth. Reliability data were collected on SIB and pacifier to mouth for 67% of sessions and averaged 96.5%. Results support literature suggesting that these methods are helpful in determining the least restrictive level of restraint prior to initiating restraint fading. |
|
|
7. The Utilization of Errorless Learning Strategies and Differential Reinforcement to Increase Independent Feeding Skiils |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JENNIFER M. DERDERIAN (The May Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gary M. Pace (Private Practice) |
Abstract: Low response efficiency when attempting to consume food can lead to severe problem behavior in individuals with disabilities. Errorless learning strategies are one method that have been proven to be effective in decreasing rates of problem behavior. In this study, a multiple baseline across settings design was utilized to evaluate treatment with a 19-year-old female diagnosed with cerebral palsy, who engaged in high rates of self-injurious behaviorduring meal times. After collecting baseline data, the individual was provided with full physical prompts to decrease her effort and increase the magnitude of the reinforcer she consumed. Next, on the recommendation of a licensed occupational therapist, weights were added to decrease ataxia related to her cerebral palsy. Then, a fading procedure was used to increase the individual's independence with feeding by decreasing the level of prompting needed. Results show that errorless teaching was effective in reducing self injurious head banging during meal time; also the fading procedure was effective in increasing mealtime independence. This study adds to the literature on errorless leaning strategies, as well as increasing independent feeding skills. |
|
|
8. Stimulus Fading to Increase Cup Drinking |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CAITLIN E. KLINZMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brian T. Dudley (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa L. Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated the effectiveness of stimulus fading in increasing the consumption of solids and liquids in children with pediatric feeding disorders. A child who was admitted to an intensive interdisciplinary feeding program progressed from taking drinks with a syringe at admittance, to taking drinks independently with a cup at discharge with the use of stimulus fading techniques. The latency to accept drinks decreased across sessions as presentations were altered from drinks fed with a spoon, straw, cup (non-self feeder), and finally a cup during independent drinking. In addition to stimulus fading, differential access to a preferred activity and a chin support were present during phases of the treatment. These components were subsequently removed as stimulus fading continued while maintaining a low latency of drink acceptance. This treatment effect was demonstrated across therapist and caregiver, as well as with varying types of drinks. Results demonstrate the effectiveness of stimulus fading to decrease latency of drink acceptance and increase overall independence with cup drinking. |
|
|
9. Predictors of Treatment Outcome for Children With Tube Dependence |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
TESSA TAYLOR RIVET (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa L. Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lacey M. LeBlanc (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Pooja Marria Jhaveri (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patrice Miller (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Intensive interdisciplinary feeding programs have been found to be effective in reducing overall tube dependence and inappropriate mealtime behavior for children with food refusal. The present study examined medical, nutritional, and behavioral factors contributing to participant treatment outcomes. Participants included 159 children with tube dependence admitted to an intensive interdisciplinary feeding program over the course of 5 years. A retrospective chart review was conducted. Potential predictors of treatment outcome collected at admission were age, caregiver report of stress and mealtime behavior, medical diagnoses, and oral consumption with caregivers. Treatment outcomes were defined as difference in percentage of tube dependence and difference in food refusal from admission to discharge. Multiple regression analyses will be conducted to examine predictors. Findings from this study may provide insight in determining which children may benefit most from an intensive feeding program. These results may have implications for determining the costs and benefits of intensive admissions for children with tube dependence. |
|
|
11. Detecting False Positives in Multielement Designs: Potential Implications for Brief Analysis |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MARISSA HENRICKSON (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (St. Cloud State University), Sara M. Bartlett (St. Cloud State University), Tyler Krueger (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: We assessed the extent to which false positives could be produced in multielement designs. To address this question, we created graphs that varied the number of data paths and the number of data points. In total, we created 1,200 multielement designs using a random number generator. In Experiment 1, we visually analyzed the graphs for the presence of false positives. Results indicated that graphs depicting only two sessions for each condition produced the highest percentage of false positives. Conversely, graphs with four or five sessions for each condition produced the lowest percentage of false positives. In Experiment 2, we developed two new rules and applied them to each graph in an attempt to decrease the percentage of false positives. The results showed that the new rules decreased false positives to less than 5% for all of the graphs except for those with two data paths and two data points. |
|
|
12. The Statement of Contingency Specifying Rules Preceding Functional Analysis Test Conditions |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATHRYN M. KESTNER (Western Michigan University), Nicholas M. Brott (Western Michigan University), Christopher Walmsley (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Experimental functional analyses rely on the manipulation of environmental variables to identify the maintaining reinforcers of behavior and are often used to predict effective interventions for decreasing problem behavior. One crucial aspect of this procedure is that individuals discriminate between each test condition, in order to reveal orderly responding as a function of the different programmed contingencies. Condition correletated stimuli (e.g. colored poster boards) are one method for facilitating discrimination between conditions. The procedural variation of including contingency stating rules prior to test conditions has not yet been studied. Rules have been shown to be effective in quickly bringing behavior under stimulus control in other experimental contexts, however it is unclear whether the statement of rules would result in an altered performance in a functional analysis procedure. The purpose of this study was to compare two functional analysis protocols, one containing and one without verbal description of the contingencies for each test condition, in an effort to determine which procedure yields more clearly differentiated results. The practical and theoretical implications of these data are discussed. |
|
|
13. Using Latency Measures to Identify the Function of Problem Behavior During Functional Analyses |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
RENE SANDOVAL (California State University, Los Angeles), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Kim Zhu (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Antonio Sala (California State University, Los Angeles), Daniel B. Shabani (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: When determining the function of behavior, more often than not, the experimenter is required to expose the individual to a number of reinforcement contingencies (i.e., antecedent manipulations) suspected of maintaining the behavior (i.e., functional analysis). In most cases, session length is usually limited to 5 or 10 minutes. However, under circumstances in which the individuals target behaviors are severe (e.g., self-injury, physical aggression), sessions lasting 5 to 10 minutes may unnecessarily expose the individual to high-rates of responding. In the current investigation, a latency analysis was used to identify the behavior function for a 6 4, 250 lb, 15-year-old male diagnosed with autism, whose target behaviors consist of physical aggression and self-injury. Programmed consequences for this individuals target behaviors were evaluated across two test conditions (i.e., tangible & demand) and one control condition (i.e., toy play). All sessions were 5-minutes in duration. The latency analysis used the duration to the first occurrence of the target behavior as the primary dependent variable rather than using frequency or rate. The latency analysis allowed for a determination of function without evoking high rates of problem behaviors. |
|
|
14. Maximizing the Use of Functional Analysis Methodology in Clinical Practice |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
WILLIAM F. STEFFEN (Woodward Resource Center), Jan Munson (Woodward Resource Center), John Pokrzywinski (Woodward Resource Center) |
Abstract: When contact with individuals is limited, as in outpatient and consultation work, it may be impossible to obtain repeated measures across an extended series of assessment sessions. A brief functional analysis (BFA) (Northup et al., 1991) was developed exactly for these situations. The purpose of this functional analysis was to determine more effective interventions for a client's aggressions to his housemates. A brief functional analysis (BFA) and probe observations were completed of aggression, defined as pinching, scratching, pushing, biting, kicking and eye poking. Three months before these BSP and Care Plan changes the rate of aggression was 219 per month, but this data also included aggression toward staff. Monthly rates of aggression toward housemates two months before the BSP and Care Plan changes were 42 per month and 58 per month. Peer aggression data started two months before the BFA was completed. Monthly rates of aggression toward housemates after the BSP and Care Plan changes ranged from 5 to 3 per month. |
|
|
15. Contingent Access to Protective Equipment as a Maintaining Variable for Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
BIANCA PIZZO (Bancroft), Jamie Strausbaugh (Bancroft) |
Abstract: A number of studies have demonstrated a relationship between self-injurious behavior and self-restraining behavior. Due to this comorbidity, there is a need to assess the functional relationship. The purpose of this study was to assess the contingent application of protective equipment in maintaining rates of self-injury. The participant in the study was an 11-year-old boy, residing in a behavior stabilization facility who exhibited self-injurious behaviors in the form of biting to arms, hands, and shoulders. As a result he continuously wore protective arm guards. The participant also engaged in a variety of self-restraint behaviors, all of which involved the restriction of movement to his arms. Six functional analysis conditions, including those conducted by Iwata (1982/1994) were conducted in a multielement design. These conditions included demand, attention, toy play, tangible, modified alone, and an access to restraint condition. During the access to restraint condition, contingent upon an attempt or successful self-injurious behavior, the protective arm guards were reapplied for 30 seconds. Results indicate consistent rates of self-injurious behavior in the access to restraint condition. Implications for function-based treatment are discussed. |
|
|
16. Contradictory Functions: Problem Behavior Maintained by Attention and Escape From Social Interaction |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NICOLE LYNN HAUSMAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Yanerys Leon (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The functional analysis (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) is integral to determining the maintaining variables for problem behavior and correctly identifies behavioral function in the majority of cases (Iwata et al. 1994). However, additional analyses may be necessary to identify idiosyncratic or contradictory functions of problem behavior. In the current study, we assessed the aggression and self-injurious behavior (SIB) of one participant diagnosed with autism and mental retardation. Results from several functional assessments determined that SIB was maintained by access to attention while aggression was maintained by escape from social interaction. That is, different topographies of problem behavior served contradictory functions for this participant. Functional communication training (FCT) was conducted to teach the participant to communicate for access to attention as well as to terminate social interaction. Results suggested that functional communication and extinction resulted in clinically significant reductions in SIB and aggression even as the schedule of reinforcement was thinned. |
|
|
17. The Use of Lottery Tokens to Improve Cigarette Management Skills |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MARK NEESE (Applied Behavioral Advancements) |
Abstract: Lottery tokens were used to improve cigarette management skills for an individual with moderate mental retardation. Tokens (business-sized cards) were developed with varying amounts of points (1-500) covered with a scratch-off sticker. The individual was having difficulty managing the carton of cigarettes that she received from her guardian each week. Typically she would receive cigarettes on Friday evening and by Thursday morning of the following week she would be out of cigarettes. Thursdays and Fridays were very difficult for her and her peers at her adult day training (ADT) program. She would display disruptive behavior (mild physical aggression, property disruption, and verbal disruption), beg strangers, staff and peers for cigarettes and steal cigarettes. In Phase I, this individual was told that she would receive a lottery token for each pack of cigarette that she brought to the ADT on Thursday and Friday. This procedure produced mild success. She would bring one pack in on most (75%) of the Thursdays but not on Friday. In Phase II, the individual was told that she would also receive lottery tokens on Tuesdays for each pack of cigarettes that she brought to the ADT. This procedure produced very good results. The individual brought 5-7 packs of cigarettes on Thursday and 2-4 packs on Friday. |
|
|
18. The Effect of High-Probability Request Sequences on Latency to Comply with Instructions to Transition in a Child With Severe Mental Retardation |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MICHELLE CARPENTIERI (University of North Texas), Janet Ellis (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effect of implementing high-probability (high-p) request sequences prior to the delivery of instructions to transition in a child with severe mental retardation. Data were collected on latency to comply with a low-probability (low-p) request to transition and a modified version of the low-p request to transition. Implementation of high-p request sequences resulted in shortened latencies to comply with the modified low-p request that instructed the participant to engage in a relatively higher preferred activity located at the endpoint of the transition. |
|
|
19. Evaluating the Utility of Abbreviated Behavior Plan Supplement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MATTHEW COSTOLO (Bancroft), Sarah Heathcote (Bancroft), Jaysen Clough (Bancroft), Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft), Kimberly Fenton (Bancroft), Patrick Grugan (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Behavior plans often serve multiple functions (Carr, 2009). Not only do they document the appropriate treatment for an individual, but often they are required to meet state and federal guidelines as well. As a result, behavior plans end up as lengthy documents potentially making it difficult for individuals assigned to implement them to find necessary information quickly. This may result in poor integrity of plan implementation. A possible solution would be to provide the plan implementers with an abbreviated supplement that includes only the information required to implement the plan in an easy to reference format. The purpose of the current study was to identify whether the integrity with which direct care staff members implemented behavior plans was higher when they had access to an abbreviated supplement of the behavior plan. Participants were direct care staff members working in a pediatric residential program where most individuals served had a behavior plan designed primarily to reduce severe problem behavior. A multiple-baseline design across three behavior plans was used. Results and a discussion of the findings specific to their applied implications will be presented. |
|
|
20. Influence of Ambient Noise on Screaming During Functional Analysis |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
DANIEL DREVON (Central Michigan University), Maud Selasie Dogoe (Central Michigan University), Rachel M. Knight (Central Michigan University), Alyssa Warshay (Central Michigan University), Valerie Weber (Central Michigan University), Robin M. Kuhn (Central Michigan University), Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: The relationship between ambient noise and screaming in a four-year-old girl with Retts syndrome was assessed using functional analysis. Results indicated that ambient noise evoked differentiated levels of screaming as evidenced by highest levels of screaming when three adults in the room engaged in conversation, intermediate levels of screaming when others in the room sat quietly, and lowest levels of screaming when others sat in the room quietly and a noise generator emitted white noise. Screaming was ignored across conditions. These results were consistent with previous functional analysis data suggesting that screaming was at least partially maintained by adult attention (i.e., why others engaging in conversation was relevant to screaming whereas white noise was not). These results highlight the importance of considering idiosyncratic variables which set the occasion for behaviors that interfere with learning when conducting functional analyses. Interventions to target screaming based on these data will be presented and discussed. |
|
|
|
|
EAB Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Effects of Ascending and Descending Titrating Delays on Stimulus Equivalence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CHRISTOFFER K. EILIFSEN (Akershus University College), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Procedures for training the conditional discriminations prerequisite for testing for stimulus equivalence may involve delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS). The delay can be held constant during the course of the training or it can titrate. In titrating DMTS the delay between sample disappearance and the availability of comparisons is adjusted as a function of the behavior of the participant. Such delays can start at 0 ms and titrate upward as a function of correct responding or it can start higher and titrate downward as function of correct responding. The current study compares these two variations. Adult participants were, using a one-to-many training structure, either exposed to a 0-3000 or 0-12000 ms ascending titration procedure, or a 3000-0 or 12000-0 descending titration procedure. In addition two control groups where exposed to either descending or ascending titration involving time lengths thought not to be discriminable. While all participants responded according to the defining properties of stimulus equivalence in the two descending titration groups, far fewer did so when using the ascending procedures. As such, these results indicate that descending titration is superior in generating stimulus equivalence responding. Results will be discussed in relation to other findings concerning DMTS and stimulus equivalence. |
|
|
2. Effects of Contextual Control Over Reorganized Equivalence Classes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
TATIANE CARVALHO CASTRO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: This study investigated the issue of resurgence in the context of equivalence class formation and reorganization. In the first study, six undergraduate students participated, and were taught conditional relations between stimuli of sets A, B and C. After this, tests for equivalence class formation were introduced. During training and testing the background color of the screen was blue. Next, the classes were reorganized via conditional discrimination training similar to the previous phase, followed by tests for reorganized classes. During this phase, red was the background color. Finally, equivalence tests were introduced with varied background colors: blue, red and also green. The results showed that in the three final tests, five subjects showed 90% consistent selections with the reorganized classes, regardless of background color, showing no control of the background colors over performance. In order to develop this control a second study was designed. In this study, five undergraduate students participated, two of whom were naïve to the experimental procedures. The procedure was identical to the first study except that during the final tests, all test trials were interspersed with baseline trials with background colors blue, red and green. A greater consistency with reorganized classes was observed with some discrepancies. |
|
|
3. Equivalence Casses In Rats: Effect Of Criteria on the Emergency of Symmetry and Transitivity |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ERICA ALEJANDRA BERTEL FERREIRA (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz), Edith Johanna Leal Cajamarca, Angelica Maria Osorio (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz) |
Abstract: In this study we used six nonverbal experimental subjects (rats), in order to evaluate the effect of the performance criterion on the equivalent responses. The subjects were undergone a conditional discrimination training of two relationships, and assigned to two experimental groups, where one group must have reached 75% and another 95% of the correct answers for two continuous sessions, depending on experimental condition. It was a requirement to pass the test phase, where the equivalent responses were assessed. The results of this study show that non-verbal subjects present responses of symmetry and transitivity, although no significant differences in the implementation of the experimental groups were not found, which was the main interest of researchers |
|
|
4. Constructing Emergent Sentences: A Relational Completion Procedure for Training and Testing Derived Comparative Relations |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ANITA MUNNELLY (Swansea University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University) |
Abstract: The aim of the current study was to adapt the Relational Completion Procedure (RCP; Dymond & Whelan, 2010) to investigate derived comparative relations of more than and less than. The present variant RCP employed a constructed response format in which participants dragged and dropped samples and comparisons to construct a sentence, with all stimuli presented sequentially from left to right. Phases 1 and 2 consisted of nonarbitrary relational training and testing designed to establish the contextual functions of more than and less than for two arbitrary visual stimuli. Next, during arbitrary relational training (Phase 3), participants were exposed to one of three training schedules, in which the trained relations differed between the groups: All More: (E more-than D, D more-than C, C more-than B, and B more-than A); All Less: (A less-than B, B less-than C, C less-than D, and D less-than E); and Less More (A less-than B, B less-than C, D more-than C, and E more-than D). Finally, during arbitrary relational testing (Phase 4), a variant of the simple-to-complex testing protocol was employed, whereby probes for mutual entailment were followed by tests involving one- and two-node combinatorially entailed relations. The present findings demonstrated that the RCP was successful in establishing responding in accordance with the derived comparative relations of more-than and less-than. Results are discussed in terms of the development of novel procedures to train and test multiple stimulus relations. |
|
|
5. Transfer of Meaning Among Equivalent Stimuli is More Intense When the Number of Training Trials is Greater: A Study Using the Semantic Differential |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
RENATO BORTOLOTI (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Naomi Cristina Rodrigues (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Julio C. De Rose (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: This study investigated if the amount of training trials interferes with the induction of meaning among equivalent stimuli. College students were divided into two groups, labeled Single Group and Double Group. They were trained to establish equivalence classes comprising one set of faces expressing emotions (A) and four sets of arbitrary stimuli (B, C, D and E). The Double Group was submitted to two times more trials than the Single Group. Participants who showed the establishment of equivalence classes used a semantic differential to evaluate stimuli from the set D. These evaluations were compared to evaluations made by control participants, who evaluated the D stimuli and the faces. In general, happy faces produced highly positive scores, angry faces produced highly negative scores, and D stimuli produced neutral scores in the control group. The same D stimuli when included in equivalence classes produced scores that were similar to those produced by the faces equivalent to them, but the Double Group assigned average values closer to the values assigned to the faces than the Single Group. It is discussed that transfer of meaning between equivalent stimuli may be more intense when the participants are subjected to a higher number of training trials. |
|
|
6. Simple Discrimination Training Procedures in the Study of Stimulus Equivalence and Math Skills Acquisition in Children With Developmental Delays |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
KRISTIN WILKINSON-YONKERS (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Marcelle Medina-Smester (Universeity of North Carolina, Wilmington), Jennifer Irene Stuart (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Morgan Kemmeries (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Amanda Wolod (University of North Carolina, WIlmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: Simple discriminations with compound class-specific reinforcers will be trained for five children with developmental disabilities. Compound class-specific reinforcers will be a printed number word and spoken number word. Choosing stimulus A1 will produce the printed word four (R1) and spoken word "four" (S1), choosing A2 will produce the printed word seven (R2) and the spoken word "seven" (S2), choosing A3 will produce the printed word ten (R3) and the spoken word ten (S3), and choosing A4 will produce the printed word zero (R4) and then spoken word zero (R4). The A stimulus set will be numerals zero, four seven and ten, presented with inverted and upside-down distracter stimuli. Reinforcer probes will test for emergent relations between each element of the class-specific reinforcer and the A discriminative stimuli, and between the visual and auditory elements of the reinforcer. The B stimulus set will be plus-one math facts, each totaling the numeral presented as a corresponding A stimulus (e.g., if A1 is 4, B1 will be 3+1). Selection of B1 will be followed by R1 and S1, selection of B2 will be followed by R2 and S2, and selection of B3 will be followed by R3 and S3. Emergent relations between B stimuli and compound class-specific reinforcer elements, as well as between B and A stimuli will be probed. Lastly, simple discriminations with C1, C2, and C3 stimuli, or plus-two math facts, will be trained with R1 and S1, R2 and S2, and R3 and S3, respectively. Emergent relations between C stimuli and each element of the compound class-specific reinforcer, as well as emergent relations between A and C stimuli, and B and C stimuli, will be probed. If equivalence-class formation takes place, a class-specific response of either bead-counting on an abacus, numeral-writing, or number-word writing will be trained to A stimuli. Class-specific response selection will depend on baseline skill level. Probes will assess whether the class-specific response transfers to B and C stimuli. Findings in this study will constitute important tests of Sidmans (2000) theory that all members (class-specific responses and reinforcers included) of any reinforcement contingency can become equivalent, and thus interchangeable with one another. Likewise, it will provide further evidence that any reinforcement contingency, including three-term contingencies, can generate equivalence. |
|
|
7. Using Equivalence Procedures and Class-Specific Reinforcers and Responses to Teach Math Relations to Typically Developing Children |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
WHITNEY LUFFMAN (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Matthew Alcala (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Minela Subasic (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Morgan Kemmeries (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Ashley Blackwell (University of North Carolina, Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
Abstract: In this study, typically developing pre-school-aged children were taught conditional discriminations using class-specific consequences and responses. The trained conditional discriminations involved matching quantities of familiar objects with one another or with numeral-plus-one or numeral-plus-two math problems. The experimental participants were exposed to AA (quantity-quantity), AB (quantity-+1 math problems), and AC (quantity-+2 problems) conditional discrimination training. Prior to training, each participant completed a battery of pre-tests and after training, post-tests were administered to assess the emergence of relations between the response and all elements of the reinforcement contingency, as well as the formation of equivalence classes. The final stage of the study involved probe trials to test for the recombination of trained elements with novel math problems. The results show one representative experimental participant, who has demonstrated the formation of equivalence classes including the A, B, and C stimuli, as well as the elements of the class-specific reinforcer and response; this participant also demonstrated class-consistent responding to recombinative generalization probes. These data support Sidman's (2000) theory of equivalence, which states that all positive elements of the reinforcement contingency, including class-specific responses and reinforcers, can become members of an equivalence class. |
|
|
8. Contextual Control Over Transformation of Function Established by Topographical Features of Equivalence Class Members |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
NAOKO KISHITA (Doshisha University), Takashi Muto (Doshisha University) |
Abstract: Perkins et al. (2007) showed that using multiple exemplar training, the forms of the stimuli acquired differential control over specific discriminative functions acquired indirectly or via transfer of function. The aim of this study is to replicate the finding of Perkins et al. (2007) with decreased number of stimulus sets to keep the length of the sessions within limits and to prevent exhaustion and boredom among participants. Furthermore to extend the results of Perkins et al. (2007), we used the different type of stimulus functions to be trained. Three 3-member stimulus equivalence classes, each consisting of three topographically distinct visual stimuli were established for undergraduate students using match-to-sample (MTS) task. Following the MTS training and testing, participants were provided with many trials in which behaving in accordance with transformation of function was differentially reinforced or punished depending on the presence of a class of physical features of the stimuli. Finally, new equivalence classes were then established and tests for generalized contextual control were presented. Data presented here will contribute to empirical verification of how generalized stimulus control over function transformation might arise in natural settings. |
|
|
9. The Analysis of Task Presentation and Probability for Escape-Maintained Aggression |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATHERINE M. HURLOCK (Bancroft), Molly Coyle (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Research has indicated that escape-maintained behavior can be analyzed through manipulating task presentation and probability (Cooper, et al., 1992; Roscoe, et al., 2009). The purpose of the present study was to analyze escape-maintained aggression of a 16-year-old male with autism. Initially, a multi-element functional analysis was conducted which indicated that the individual's aggression was maintained by escape from demands. A second phase of analysis compared the presentation of a whole-task demand and a partial-task demand. A whole-task demand had a clear beginning and end with limited verbal instructions while a partial-task demand consisted of high rates of instruction with no clear beginning and end. The participant exhibited high rates of aggression during the partial-task presentation while no aggression was observed during whole-task presentation. To further analyze aggression the participant was presented with novel and familiar tasks within a partial-task presentation. It was concluded that the participant is likely to exhibit higher rates of aggression when high probability tasks are presented in a partial-task formation. Implications for treatment will be discussed. |
|
|
10. Treatment of Escape-Maintained Self-Injury Through Functional Communication Training and Mood Identification |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MOLLY COYLE (Bancroft), Timothy Joseph Mckenna (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Research has indicated that functional communication training can provide individuals with replacement behaviors to reduce the rate of problem behaviors (Carr & Durand, 1985). The present study involved a 12-year-old male diagnosed with pervasive development disorder, mild mental retardation and mood disorder-not otherwise specified who displayed self-injurious behaviors which required him to wear a protective helmet and gloves. Functional analysis results indicated that self-injury was maintained by escape from demands. Treatment was implemented to teach the individual to request a break or help in place of engaging in self-injury. Reinforcement was provided for independently requesting break, help or when he expressed his emotions in the moment. If self-injurious behaviors occurred, the instructor delivered prompts to request for a break or help but reinforcement was not delivered for prompted communication. At the end of each session there was a debriefing to review how the participant felt during the sessions and pair these emotions with the need for functional communication. Rates of self-injurious behaviors decreased to near zero rates after treatment was implemented. |
|
|
11. Decreasing Disruptive Classroom Behaviors: Do Group Rewards Enhance the Effectiveness of Color Wheel Procedures? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JENNIFER ANNE BECKER (University of Tennessee), Emily Kirk (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: In two separate instances a first and a third grade teacher requested assistance with classroom management procedures. Consultants worked with the teachers to apply the Color Wheel (CW) classroom management procedure that includes three different sets of rules for different classroom activities and procedures for switching from one set of rules to another as activities are changed. Using A-B-C-B and A-C-B-C designs we evaluated the effects of the CW procedures when applied with and without independent group-oriented reward (IGOR) procedures. Results confirmed previous research by showing that the CW procedure caused large reductions in inappropriate vocalizations. The results extend this research by showing that the additional rewards provided via the IGOR procedures did not enhance the effectiveness of the CW procedure. These results suggest that CW procedures may reduce instances of inappropriate behavior and instances of educators punishing often benign, incidental, inappropriate behaviors, as well as teacher and student frustration, while increasing time available for educators to teach and students to learn. |
|
|
12. Analysis and Treatment of Escape Maintained Self Injury Within a Partial Task Presentation Condition |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
TIMOTHY JOSEPH MCKENNA (Bancroft), Molly Coyle (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that manipulation of antecedent conditions within a functional analysis will aid in determining the stimulus control of problem behavior (Iwata, et al., 1994; Kennedy, 1994). The purpose of the present study was to compare two different presentations of a demand condition in relation to rates of self injurious behavior. The participant was a 12-year-old male diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder not otherwise specified (PDD-NOS), and mood disorder-NOS. The demand conditions were categorized by whole task presentation and partial task presentation. Within the whole-task condition the task was presented with a clear beginning and end with limited instructions. The partial-task presentation consisted of high rates of instruction with no clear beginning and end to the overall task. A hierarchical prompting sequence was utilized in both conditions. Initially, these conditions were presented in a multi-element design followed by a pair-wise design. Results indicated that demands presented in a partial task presentation produced higher rates of self-injury than whole task presentation. A behavior contract including differential reinforcement of other behavior was implemented in partial task presentation treatment sessions. The results indicated that treatment implemented was effective in reducing rates of self-injury. |
|
|
13. Development of a Program to the Application of Computerized Matching-to-Sample Procedures for Reading by Undergraduate Students |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CAMILA P. PENARIOL (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Marileide Antunes Oliveira (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: Under the behavior analysis perspective, teaching reading may be programmed through procedures derived from the stimulus equivalence paradigm. The standard procedure is called matching-to-sample (MTS), which has been used to teach a number of academic skills to children. This study is an attempt to investigate what repertoires are necessary so that individuals without knowledge in behavior analysis can implement MTS to teach children in applied settings. Three undergraduate students participated. A set of three stimuli was used to teach participants to: (a) program AC (dictated word-printed word) training (b) implement AC training and (c) analyze data performance. Teaching sessions were composed of demonstration followed by instruction to follow demonstration. Correct responses were followed by verbal praise and incorrect responses by the end of the task and reintroduction of the demonstration. Criterion to finish session was 100% of correct responses. Later, generalization tests were introduced with new sets of stimuli, in which there were no programmed consequences for correct and incorrect responses. All participants met criterion in the three phases of training, and showed generalization to news sets of stimuli. The results suggest that the procedure may be efficient to teach teachers to implement MTS procedures. |
|
|
14. Discrimination Learning in Pigeons on Chain Schedules of Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
MATTHEW C. BELL (Santa Clara University), Ariana Alejandre (Santa Clara University) |
Abstract: The present study was designed to investigate the relationship between stimuli in a chain schedule. Pigeons were exposed to a two-component multiple schedules with chain schedules of reinforcement in each component. The stimuli in both chains were identical except for a middle link stimulus. Initially, the probability of reinforcement was 0.50 for both chains but later was switched to 1.0 for one chain and 0.0 for the second chain. When the probabilities were 1.0 and 0.0, pigeons responded more to the middle-link stimulus correlated with food than to the middle-link stimulus correlated with extinction demonstrating responding was affected by the change in the probability contingency. Of particular interest was how responding was affected in other links of the chain. We predicted subjects would not respond differentially to links preceding the differential middle links and that they would respond differentially to links following the differential middle link. This latter finding would support the conclusion that an associative relationship existed between chain links. Preliminary data indicate that there were no differences in responding in any of the links except the different middle link challenging our hypothesis. |
|
|
15. Stimulus Control of "Refraining" from Eating in Pigeons |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
RAUL AVILA (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Sandra Aviles (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Patricia Miranda (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: Stimulus control of self-controlled eating behavior was studied in three food-deprived pigeons that were exposed to 4 s illuminations of a response key followed by 3-s food-hopper presentations. The key illuminations occurred within a 64-s time cycle and were followed by the food hopper once the cycle elapsed, and the pigeon could eat from it according to the following contingency. When the key was white the pigeon could eat from the food hopper, but when the key was red trying to eat interrupted its presentation. The key was randomly illuminated in red or white and 50 T cycles were programmed per session. With this procedure a discrimination between white-then-eating behavior versus red-then-not-eating behavior was trained. A higher percentage of food-hopper interruptions after white than after red key illuminations was evidence of the discrimination training. Thus, to present a black out after food-hopper interruptions preceded by the red key was necessary to train the discrimination. Variable black-out durations were more conducive to the formation of the discrimination than fixed black-out durations. To vary the temporal location of the response-key illumination within the T cycle did not seem to contribute to the formation of the discrimination. |
|
|
16. Visual Discrimination Learning: Changes in Visual Scanning and Heart Rate as a Function of Pre-Training |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
DAVID WAYNE MITCHELL (Missouri State University), Caitlin R. Vaught (Missouri State University), Andrew L. Sterling (Missouri State University), Ryan W. Owrey (Missouri State University), Robyn D. Fondren (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this experiment was to investigate the effects of pre-training (visual experience) on visual scanning (VS) and visual discrimination learning (VDL) in adults. In addition, a heart rate (HR) model of visual learning has been proposed. In the model, it is predicted that during discrimination learning there are distinct visual attending behaviors that occur and are represented by changes in HR deceleration below baseline and HR acceleration above baseline. It is predicted that discrimination learning, as well as these changes in HR, are effected directly by prior pre-training experience (CONTINGENCY or HABITUAL). Forty-three participants were assigned randomly to one of two experimental groups or a control group. The two experimental groups received two different types of visual pre-training prior to a VDL task while the control group received no pre-training. Contingency pre-training involved the presentation of a simplified VDL task. Habitual pre-training involved the presentation of the most salient stimulus features used in the subsequent VDL task. Overall, the pre-training experiences were effective in increasing VS, and altering the direction and magnitude of HR. These results are interpreted as supporting, in part, Mitchell's (2005) HR model and Mitchell's (1990) "limited scanning hypothesis." |
|
|
17. Differential Feedback on the Acquisition and Transfer of Conditional Discriminations by Humans |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
BRENDA CASTELLANOS (Universidad Veracruzana), Gelacio Guzman Diaz (Universidad Veracruzana), Jesus Rosas Sanchez (Universidad Veracruzana), Abril Cortes Zuniga (Universidad Veracruzana), Enoc Obed De la Sancha Villa (Universidad Veracruzana), Emanuel Toledo Aguilar (Universidad Veracruzana), Mario Serrano (Universidad Veracruzana) |
Abstract: Two groups of participants were exposed to a matching-to-sample task and three transfer tests. For one group correct matching responses produced feedback and incorrect matching responses produced a blank screen. For the other group, incorrect matching responses produced feedback and correct matching responses produced a blank screen. For both groups feedback included a description of the ongoing matching relation in terms of relevant modalities. Accuracy was higher than chance level during transfer tests for the group exposed to the task in which only incorrect matching responses produced feedback; however, performance progressively decreased along such tests. For the other group, the percentage of correct responses was near or equal to zero along the experiment. These results are discussed in relation with previous studies on generalized second-order conditional discrimination, the functional role played by blank screens, and rule-governed behavior development. |
|
|
18. Within-Session Patterns of Operant Responding Do Not Vary as a Function of Deprivation Procedures |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
EARL CHARLES CREW (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage), Emmy Schultheis (University of Alaska Anchorage), Regan Garden (University of Alaska Anchorage), Alyssa Hoskie (University of Alaska Anchorage), Gwen Lupfer-Johnson (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: Pinkston, Saulsgiver, and Branch (2007) recently showed that within-session changes in operant responding can be attenuated by explicitly-described, strictly-imposed session-entry criteria. Pinkston et al. exposed pigeons to a VI 30-s VI 30-s schedule of reinforcement in 2 conditions: one in which weight across sessions was tightly controlled and one in which such control was minimal. They reported minimal within-session decreases in operant responding when the deprivation level was strictly controlled. The current study attempted to replicate Pinkston et al.s study using four food-deprived Long-Evans rats. Rats responded on a VI 30-s VI 30-s schedule of reinforcement in order to earn access to a 10% sucrose solution. In both conditions, robust within-session decreases in operant responding were observed. Our results refute the claim that strict food deprivation prevents within-session decreases in responding, and suggest that the proper use of counterbalancing and explicitly-described stability criteria be used when studying within-session patterns of responding. |
|
|
19. Effects of Reinforcement Variability on Within-Session Changes in Responding |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
EMMY SCHULTHEIS (University of Alaska Anchorage), Eric S. Murphy (University of Alaska Anchorage), Earl Charles Crew (University of Alaska Anchorage), Alyssa Hoskie (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: The present experiment tested the hypothesis that habituation contributes to within-session changes in operant responding. Twelve rats responded on either a FI 8- or a VI 8-s schedule in which pressing a lever produced 10% sucrose reinforcers during 30 min sessions. During the treatment conditions, the schedule of reinforcement was changed from an FI 8- to a VI 8-s, or from a VI 8- to a FI 8-s schedule. Late-session increases in responding followed the switch from an FI to the VI schedule, but decreases were observed when the schedule switched from a VI to a FI schedule. The results of the present experiment are consistent with the idea that habituation to the reinforcer contribute to within-session changes in operant responding (e.g., McSweeney & Roll, 1998). |
|
|
20. Dissociating the Reinforcing and Discriminative Roles of a Warning Signal in a Free-Operant Avoidance Situation |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
BOBBY E. PHILLIPS (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The two-factor theory of avoidance behavior predicts that a warning signal that precedes shock will have an aversive function, and if this is true then presenting a warning signal contingent upon a response should punish that response. In the present study, five rats responded in a two-component multiple schedule of free-operant shock avoidance. Both components used a response-shock (RS) interval of 30 s, and a shock-shock (SS) interval of 5 s. A distinct warning signal was presented in each component, and signals differed primarily in terms of their respective durations. In one component, the signal appeared 29 s before RS shocks, and in the other component the signal appeared 5 s before RS shocks. Following the establishment of stable baseline responding under this arrangement, a conditioned punishment phase was conducted. The 5-s signal was presented briefly (0.5 s) following responses in the component with the 29-s signal. For all five rats, this had no effect on the response rates and interresponse time (IRT) distributions in the 5-s-Signal component; and for four of the five rats conditioned punishment had little effect on response rates and distributions in the 29-s-Signal component. Relative to baseline, the fifth rat had lower overall response rates and fewer short IRTs in the 29-s-Signal component during conditioned punishment. When this fifth rat was introduced to a sham punishment condition, in which an arbitrary stimulus was presented for 0.5 s following responses in the 29-s-Signal component, response rates and IRT distributions in that component approximated baseline results. However, subsequent attempts to replicate baseline and sham punishment conditions with this rat were not successful. Taken together, the results do not show that presenting a warning signal contingent upon a response will suppress that response. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Influence of Instruction on Students' Engagement in American Indian Classrooms |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
DAVID KLINGBEIL (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Ida Downwind (Minneapolis Public Schools), Shawna Peterson-Brown (University of Minnesota), Katie Hagele (University of Minnesota), David Parker (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Students who are academically engaged tend to have better learning outcomes. Several researchers have documented the influence of environmental factors on engagement including teachers' instructional practices. We know less, however, about how instructional and cultural practices interact to affect student engagement. We examined the relationship of instructional and cultural practices with students' behavioral engagement at the classroom level. Participants included 16 elementary teachers in an urban magnet school serving 300 students. We measured teachers' instructional and cultural practices, using the Universal Instructional Practices checklist, during 60 min observations. In order to measure students' behavioral engagement we used the Multi-Option Observation System for Experimental Studies (MOOSES) during 15 min sessions. Interobserver agreement for both methods was at or above 80%. Preliminary results indicated that several instructional and cultural practices were significantly related to behavioral engagement. Our discussion will focus on the independent and unique impact of instructional and cultural variables on engagement, and will include limitations and directions for future research. |
|
|
2. Using a Computer Program to Demonstrate Stimulus Equivalence With Unknown Native American Words |
Area: EDC; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
KATHERINE M. HAEGELE (University of Minnesota), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: While there have been a multitude of studies showing that stimulus equivalence can be an effective and efficient means of teaching several concepts such as math and spelling, most research has been limited to single-case designs with a small number of participants. The current study extends the literature by implementing a pre-test, post-test randomized group design. Further, this study uses a simple computer program to train equivalence classes. This study also extends the current literature base by attempting to use stimulus equivalence to teach students a second language. Specifically, the researcher examined whether a stimulus equivalence computer program could be used to teach unknown Ojibwe and Dakota words to pre-kindergarteners. Results suggested that all of the participants who received the computer training demonstrated the development of an equivalence class. Further, students in the treatment group performed significantly better on both a computerized posttest and a generalized posttest than those in the control group. This study provides further evidence that stimulus equivalence procedures can be used to teach equivalence classes to groups of young students. In other words, a computer program similar to the one utilized in this study could potentially be used by whole classrooms to efficiently teach equivalence classes. |
|
|
3. The Influence of Teaching Culturally and Rigorously on Academic Outcomes in American Indian Classrooms |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHAWNA PETERSON-BROWN (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Ida Downwind (Minneapolis Public Schools), Josh Goldberg (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that teacher practices affect student academic outcomes. However, little is known about the impact of culture-specific instructional practice and student academic performance. This study examined the relationship between culture-specific instructional practice and student academic performance in a Native American heritage school. Culture-specific practices were measured during 20-minute sessions using the Universal Instructional Practices checklist, while student academic outcomes included standardized assessments in reading and math given throughout the year. Participants included 16 elementary teachers in an urban magnet school serving 300 students. Preliminary results indicated that several culture-specific instructional practices were strongly related to academic growth. The discussion will focus on those culture-specific instructional practices, and will also describe limitations and areas for future research. |
|
|
4. The Influence of Teacher Behavior on Student Engagement in American Indian Classrooms |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ELLINA XIONG (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Ida Downwind (Minneapolis Public Schools), Shawna Peterson-Brown (University of Minessota), Katherine M. Haegele (University of Minnesota), David Parker (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Students who are academically engaged tend to have better learning outcomes. Several researchers have documented the influence of environmental factors on engagement including teachers' instructional practices. We know less, however, about how instructions affect student engagement. We examined the relationship of instructions and students' behavioral engagement at the classroom level. Participants included 16 elementary teachers in an urban magnet school serving 300 students. To measure teachers' interactions and students' engagement, we used the Multi-Option Observation System for Experimental Studies (MOOSES) weekly during 15 min observation sessions. Interobserver agreement for observations was at or above 80%. Preliminary results indicated that several teacher interactions were significantly related to students' engagement. Our discussion will focus on the influence of teacher interaction on student engagement, and will include limitations and directions for future research. |
|
|
5. Review of Online Technologies Used to Conduct Literature Searches |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LEIF ERIK NIELSEN (University of Nevada, Reno), Erick M. Dubuque (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: There is currently a wealth of literature available through sources found online. Many of these sources are publicly accessible and their libraries are growing larger every year. Furthermore, the search capabilities of these online resources are growing more sophisticated all of the time. Unfortunately, these libraries and search tools are only valuable to researchers and practitioners that are aware of their existence and the proper way to interact with these online databases. There are many search techniques which may have been overlooked by a vast majority, knowledge of these techniques can help researchers more easily find the literature they are looking for without sifting through countless articles that do not hold any relevance to their research. Our purpose was to contribute to the dissemination of these tools by providing behavior analytic scientist practitioners with a practical guide on how to conduct very effective literature searches using the latest online technologies. |
|
|
6. Generalizing Academic and Social Behaviors From a Supportive Classroom to the General Education Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), SARA L. STRATZ (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This study investigates the generalization of student academic behavior shaped in a supportive classroom on student academic behavior emitted in the general education classroom. Supportive classrooms consist of teacher/aide pairs who operate under the context of a token economy to develop academic skills such as staying on task, following instructions, appropriately gaining teacher attention, and cooperating with peers while working to reduce undesired behaviors such as blurting out, engaging in off-task behaviors, and destroying school and personal property. Participating students divide their time each day between a supportive classroom and the general education classroom. Students are middle- and high-school students enrolled in the Social Intervention Program at the Washoe County School District. Data are compared across teacher/aide observations in both supportive and general education rooms, as well as from behavior analytic staff observations of student behavior. Special attention is paid to treatment adherence, inter-observer agreement of data collection, across both teachers and aides, and behavior analytic staff. |
|
|
7. Generalization of Teacher Behavior in a High School Classroom for Emotionally and Behaviorally-Disordered Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
HOLLY SENIUK (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: A common challenge reported by teachers is managing a large number of students in a single classroom. This problem is exacerbated in classrooms where multiple students exhibit problem behaviors. Addressing problem behaviors is a critical aspect in assisting students to achieving academic success; as such behaviors interfere with the learning process. Implementing a classroom-wide intervention to target multiple students can be a daunting task, and requires additional resources to manage teacher training in regards to individual behavior goals. A self-contained high school classroom in the Washoe County School District was utilized for this analysis. This analysis examined the effects of training one teacher on the implementation of a token system and verbal praise protocol with one student on the generalization of the teachers behavior toward other students. The token economy was designed to promote attending to positive skill development with a combined level-system to track student progress. Several behavior classes are examined, including academic, social, and work-related behaviors. |
|
|
8. CANCELLED: A Comparison of Function-Based Differential Reinforcement Interventions for Children Engaging in Disruptive Classroom Behavior |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MATT LEGRAY (University of Southern Mississippi), Brad Dufrene (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: This presentation includes a study directly comparing differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) interventions with and without a pre-teaching component. The two DRA interventions were designed to decrease inappropriate behavior while simultaneously increasing appropriate behavior for four preschool students referred for behavioral consultation due to disruptive classroom behavior. DRA interventions were based on functional analyses and evaluated through BCBC designs counterbalanced to reduce order effects. Intervention data suggest clear differences in terms of beneficial outcomes for each child. Specifically, DRA with pre-teaching consistently resulted in the lowest levels of inappropriate behavior and the highest level of appropriate behavior across participants. Inter-observer agreement and treatment integrity data were collected and indicate that data were reliably collected and interventions were implemented with integrity. The current study provides an example of how functional behavior assessment and analyses can be utilized within preschool settings to facilitate development of DRA interventions. Attendees will be provided with detailed information on the rationale for this study, methodology, and implications for practice and future research. |
|
|
9. The Additive Effects of Components of an Intervention Targeting Compliance in Children With Hearing Impairments |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
LAURA LYNNE NEEDELMAN (University of Southern Mississippi), Joe Olmi (University of Southern Mississippi), Brad Dufrene (University of Southern Mississippi), Daniel H. Tingstrom (University of Southern Mississippi), Abigail Lambert (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the sequential introduction of a compliance training package based on the compliance training for children (CTC) Model on three students with hearing impairments in the classroom setting who were referred by their teachers for exhibiting noncompliance. All participants were enrolled at a residential school for individuals with hearing impairments or deafness. Baseline compliance levels were less than 40% with first time delivered teacher commands for each student. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants design was used to assess the effectiveness of effective instruction delivery (EID), EID with contingent praise for compliance, and EID with contingent praise for compliance and time-out contingent on noncompliance. Each participant demonstrated substantial increases in mean levels of compliance with the introduction of EID. Although overall mean levels of compliance increased with subsequent phases, data overlapped and were more difficult to differentiate. All participants reached 100% compliance by the second intervention phase, therefore time-out was not introduced. Findings indicate that the use of these compliance training procedures may be applied to individuals with hearing impairments or deafness to increase compliance. Potential limitations and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
10. Using Timeout With and Without Escape Extinction for Treatment of Escapt-Maintained Noncompliance in a Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JOSHUA NEEDELMAN (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Daniel H. Tingstrom (University of Southern Mississippi), Joe Olmi (University of Southern Mississippi), Sterett Mercer (University of Southern Mississippi), Brad Dufrene (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: The present study investigated the effectiveness of two time-out (TO) procedures in reducing escape maintained noncompliance of four children in a classroom setting. Participants were screened to assess that compliance with teacher-presented instructions was low and escape maintained. Teachers were then trained to use two TO procedures, one without escape extinction (EE) and one with escape extinction following TO release. Two nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants designs with a crossover element were used to compare levels of compliance across baseline, TO, and TO-EE phases. Increases in compliance were seen from baseline to the first intervention phase and these increases were maintained in the second intervention phase, regardless of the order of the phases. Small increases in compliance or decreases in variability were seen for some participants from the first to second intervention phase. Results indicate that TO with or without escape extinction may be an effective treatment for escape maintained noncompliance. These results are discussed within the context of previous research on the use of TO with escape maintained noncompliance. |
|
|
11. The Effects of Positive Behavior Interventions and Supports on the Bus Behaviors of School-Aged Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JULIE SHERMAN (University of Southern Mississippi), Lauren Harpole (University of Southern Mississippi), Joe Olmi (University of Southern Mississippi), Brad Dufrene (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: Positive behavior interventions and supports (PBIS) is an assortment of techniques used to achieve important social and learning outcomes for students. The fundamental element of PBIS is the prevention of problem behaviors. Research provides support for PBIS in improving academic performance and reducing office discipline referrals. PBIS will be implemented on buses from 5 elementary/middle schools and 1 high school located in a rural school district in the southeastern United States. The 6 schools are currently involved in PBIS implementation. PBIS was implemented by bus drivers with the assistance of the district's PBIS consultant. Bus drivers read the expectations and rules to the students daily, and students who were observed exhibiting appropriate behavior were rewarded with bus bucks. Students were given the opportunity to exchange their bus bucks at their school's PBIS store on a bi-weekly basis for a variety of prizes. A consistent minor discipline ladder was implemented for inappropriate behaviors. The PBIS consultant graphed and analyzed referrals monthly as a method of data-based decision making. PBIS integrity checks were also conducted throughout the year. Bus drivers referred for assistance with behavior management were retrained in PBIS procedures or trained in additional intervention techniques. The data shows a decrease in referrals. |
|
|
12. The Effects of Vocabulary Instruction on Reading Fluency |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
GAIL COULTER (Western Washington University), Michael C. Lambert (Western Washington University) |
Abstract: This study uses multiple baseline design across students to demonstrate the reading fluency of three, fifth grade students. While controlling for instructional time, three studentsin a individualized instructional session participated in a baseline condition, a 5 minute decoding instruction, then in the third phase a 5 minute comprehension lesson was presented. A 1-min fluency timing was used following each of the instructional conditions. |
|
|
13. Impact of Preservice Teachers' Instruction on the Reading Achievement of Inner-City Elementary Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
RALPH GARDNER III (The Ohio State University), Susan Keesey (The Ohio State University), Shannon S. Fleming (The Ohio State University), Neal Miller (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Reading is the most important skill that students learn in school. Children in poor urban schools are at greater risk of reading failure (Moats, 2000). These students often need and respond to specialized instruction (Carnine, Silbert, Kameenui, & Tarver, 2004). Empirical evidence has shown that explicit systematic instruction can have significant positive effects on children's ability to read (Shaywitz, 2003). Reading intervention has the best potential for positive outcomes when implemented during the early years of elementary school (Moats & Foorman, 2008). This poster will provide data for first and second graders who were identified by their teachers as having reading deficits and who were in danger of reading failure. The children were paired with Ohio State Universitystudents in a special education program for tutoring. The students were taking a reading course from the presenters. The course required a field placement, in an urban school, where students tutored children in reading twice a week. Most children were tutored for two quarters. This poster will provide pre- and post- benchmark DIBELS data, CBM (i.e., oral reading fluency and comprehension), and DIBELS progress monitoring data. The data indicates that all students improved their reading skills and most students reading failure risk level decreased. |
|
|
14. Research on the Effectiveness of Direct Instruction Programs: An Updated Meta-Analysis |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CRISTY COUGHLIN (University of Oregon), Jean Stockard (National Institute for Direct Instruction) |
Abstract: Research on the effectiveness of direct instruction (DI) programs, characterized by the integration of a variety of effective instructional practices largely based on principles of behavior analysis, has spanned over 40 years, consistently supporting the assertion that all children can learn. With the need to make conclusions about which educational practices are evidence-based, meta-analysis holds promise for combining the results of many studies within an area. The most recent meta-analysis that comprehensively evaluated the effects of DI programs on student achievement was conducted 14 years ago. Since 1996, more than 120 articles involving direct instruction curricula have been published, with 11 of these studies employing random assignment and many others utilizing strong quasi-experimental designs. This paper will present the results of an updated meta-analysis conducted on the effects of DI programs, drawing from an extended research base, to explore whether DI continues to impact student achievement. Conclusions based on the results of this proposed meta-analysis have the potential to carry more weight, not only due to the inclusion of more recent studies, arguably providing a more valid assessment of DI effects on today's children, but also by exploring additional variables that may act as mediators of the effects demonstrated. |
|
|
15. Effects of Direct Instruction Flashcard and Reading Racetrack Procedures on Mastery of Core Words by Two Students With Learning Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
RANDY L. WILLIAMS (Gonzaga University), Zennetta E. Mann (Gonzaga University), Katherine M. Shaw (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the effects of the direct instruction flashcard (DIF) procedure combined with the Reading Racetrack procedure on accuracy of first-grade core words by two elementary students diagnosed with learning disabilities within a resource room setting. A single subject multiple baseline design across three sets of core words was used to evaluate the effects of theDIF and Reading Racetrack procedures. A clear functional relationship was shown between reading accuracy and implementation ofDIF and Reading Racetrack procedures. During baseline the students had mastered 13 to 17 out of 38 words, but by the end of the study, they had mastered 29 to 31 words. The procedures used were inexpensive and required little time or effort to implement. |
|
|
16. Employing Multiple Tests to Assess Overselective Attention to Words in Young Children |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NANCY H. HUGUENIN (Behavior Analysis and Technology, Inc.) |
Abstract: Computer touch-screen technology determined if overselective attention occurred in four young children when words were presented. Assessing whether a child can attend to individual letters within words is critical for reading instruction. Multiple stimulus-control tests were automatically administered. One test assessed how many letters of word discriminations were attended to by recording response choice when letters comprising the S+ and S- words were presented separately. In a second test, word choice was determined when the S+ word appeared with three words that differed from the S+ word by only one letter. Another test measured response topographies by recording which letters the children touched when words were presented. Nondifferential (NDR) and differential-reinforcement (DR) contingencies were employed during the stimulus-control tests. Although most children demonstrated overselective attention when words were presented, they differed in the degree of their overselective attention. In addition, the effect of repeated testing on whether the children attended to all three letters of training words depended on the type of reinforcement contingency. Repeated testing with nondifferential-reinforcement did not result in attention to all three letters of the S+ words. In contrast, although most children revealed overselective attention during the differential-reinforcement test trials, repeated testing with differential-reinforcement eliminated their overselective attention. Assessing visual attention under different test conditions revealed the intensity of overselective attention in children and not merely its presence as previous investigations have done. |
|
|
17. Evaluating Repeated Readings With Contingent Reinforcement for Improving Fluency in an English Language Learning Student |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CHARLES GALYON (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: This study evaluates the effectiveness of repeated readings with contingent reinforcement on improving reading fluency of an English Language Learning (ELL) student. ELL students often experience significant difficulty in reading and may fall behind their peers in multiple academic areas. While a phonics-based approach to reading instruction is ideal for long-term gains, quick approaches, such as sight-word training, are beneficial in making immediate gains in reading fluency. This enables the student to continue to operate on grade-level with his or her peers in various academic areas while addressing core reading skills (i.e., phonics) in other training programs. A sight-word training program was developed to use contingent reinforcement for performance improvement over repeated readings. At the beginning of a training session, the student selected a prize from a set of options. The student was required to improve reading accuracy and speed with each reading. Meeting criterion progressed the student toward acquisition of the prize. Rapid and significant gains were observed with each training session. The effects appeared to generalize to some new passages, but not all. The results suggest repeated readings with contingent reinforcement are beneficial for rapidly improving reading fluency in struggling students. Results and implications are discussed. |
|
|
18. The Effects of Two Repeated Reading Interventions on Learning Disabled Students' Reading Fluency and Accuracy |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
XIAOQING YANG (Kennesaw State University), Chang-nam Lee (Kennesaw State University) |
Abstract: We investigated the effects of two types of intervention combined with repeated reading on reading fluency and accuracy of six fourth-grade students with learning disabilities: (a) repeated reading with corrective feedback (RRCF) and (b) repeated reading with word study (RRWS). Each RRCF session consisted of the teacher's corrective modeling contingent upon the students error during the first passage reading and three additional practice readings with the same passage, followed by the fifth reading for data collection. The RRWS intervention was similar to RRCF except that the corrective modeling was replaced by explicit instruction with intensive scaffolding. Using a multiple-baseline design, data were collected on the fluency (i. e., the number of words read correctly per minute) and accuracy (i.e., percent of words read correctly in the total number of words read correctly and incorrectly), using unpracticed and practiced AIMSWeb passages. The results indicated that the two interventions were equally effective on practiced passages on both measures. However, no evidence was found to demonstrate their effectiveness on the unpracticed passages, suggesting that the effectiveness of both interventions was limited to practiced passages. Implications of the results will be discussed along with the results on the social validity survey. |
|
|
19. Combining the Use of Repeated Practice Through the Use of SAFMEDS With Precision Teaching Measurement Procedures To Build Fluency In Musical Notation Recognition With Elementary Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (University of South Dakota), Ronda Mayrose (University of South Dakota) |
Abstract: Developed by Ogden Lindsley and his graduate students in 1964, precision teaching measurement procedures, which are based in the principles of behavior analysis, are a robust set of measurement practices used to pinpoint skills needed in schools, provide a consistent and standard method for data collection and visual analysis of student's performance, and advocates a dynamic decision making process based on the student's actual performance of these skills within the curriculum already used within the classroom (Cooper, 2005; Lindsley, 1990; Sweeney, 1992). Most of the school based literature in the area of Precision Teaching focuses on the development of basic skills, such as math (Oskar, 2008), reading (Heath, 2007; Sweeney, 2003), and writing skills (Brunner et al., 1993). Even so, Precision Teaching approaches are flexible enough for use with a variety of other pinpoints (e.g., foreign language acquisition - Bolich, 2006), in a variety of different settings (e.g., gymnasium- Ward et al., 1992), and to improve a variety of creative behaviors (e.g., Ladenburg, 1994). Music educators often advocate repeated practice approaches for the acquisition and to build proficiency in playing an instrument or in a choral ensemble, recognizing musical notation in a composition, and performing in front of an audience, as well as a host of other important skill related areas related to musical appreciation. Although repeated practice approaches are often advocated by music educators, after a thorough review of the literature, the authors discovered a significant void in the music education research related to empirically based research to validate these pedagogical approaches Additionally, although the technology of precision teaching is very robust measurement approach, little empirical research was available on the effectiveness of combining repeated practice techniques with precision teaching measurement approaches. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of using a SAFMEDS (i.e., Say All Fast One-Minute Each Day Shuffle) flashcards combined with precision teaching measurement approaches to build fluency in the recognition of musical notation with elementary students during a summer school program. Three first- and second-grade students participated in this study during a structured summer day-school program in a small university town in the upper Midwest. Results from the study show promising results related to the combination of SAFMEDS. |
|
|
20. Effects of Scripted "Spellography" on Spelling Skills of Elementary Students With Learning Difficulties |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SUSAN KEESEY (The Ohio State University), Kate M. Fishley (The Ohio State University), Moira Konrad (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University Newark) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of a modified version of "spellography" (Moats & Rosow, 2003) on the spelling skills of elementary school students with learning difficulties. Spellography is a program that teaches spelling rules explicitly and systematically and includes exercises to promote not only improved spelling but phonemic awareness, decoding, reading fluency, written expression, and vocabulary as well. We modified the program by (a) scripting the lessons, (b) incorporating mastery criteria that would allow students to "test out" of lessons once mastered, and (c) adding a research-based practice/self-correction procedure (copy-cover-compare) for students who completed a lesson without mastering the rules/words taught in that lesson. Findings suggest that our scripted version of spellography was effective in improving the spelling skills of struggling spellers. We also found that adding the copy-cover-compare practice component may be necessary for some students. Limitations, recommendations for practice (including for whom this program is appropriate), and directions for future research will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Literature Review on Staff Training and Development |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHARI L. SCHATZMAN (Eden II Programs), Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: Staff training and development are issues that directly impact the quality of an applied behavior analysis program. Many studies have documented strategies to train staff in the use of effective teaching methods, such as role playing, instructions, feedback, reinforcement, self-monitoring, or prompting techniques. Training approaches and skill development differ vastly throughout the literature. Wood, et.al., (2007) and Sarokoff & Sturmey, (2004) believed that instruction and feedback were key elements to train employees. Others used the literature to validate that staff training would be successful in conjunction with direct feedback (Bolton & Mayer, 2008), reinforcement (Ducharme & Feldman, 1992), or with the use of prompting techniques (Browder, et.al., 2007). The focus of this study is to provide a literature review of staff training for individuals working within an applied behavior analysis program model. Training provided on specific educational interventions such as fluency training, discrete trial instruction, and self-monitoring will be reviewed. There is also discussion about the use of varied training methodologies and the need for further research. |
|
|
2. The Effects of Short-Delay Payment on Worker Attendance and Company Costs |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
J. CARL HUGHES (Bangor University), Rachael Whitaker (Private Practice) |
Abstract: A modeling agency operating in the UK was found to have a high rate of workers dropping out of bookings with little or no notice to the employer. We used an ABAB reversal design to study the effects of implementing a short-delay fee payment. Under standard company policy (baseline conditions: a), workers at the agency (n=1,049) received payment for each booking approximately six weeks after the job completion. During the short-delay phases (Interventions: b) the workers were paid the next day following the completion of a booking. Worker 'drop-out' rates decreased from between 15 and 66.5% in baseline to between 4 and 28.5 % during the first and the second intervention phase. The decrease in workers 'drop-out' rates further resulted in a decrease in the amount of hours used by office staff to rectify the problems, from an average of 4.8 per week down to an average of 0.33 per week. The combined effects of both resulted in an average weekly savings of £138.00 and a potential annual savings of over £7,000.00. Results are discussed in terms of the practicalities of short-delay payment for companies, the implications of high rate cash flow, the relation to net profit as well as turnover, and the potential effects on company reputation that are more difficult to quantify. |
|
|
3. Using a Performance Matrix to Improve Customer Service and Up-Selling in a Home Improvement Store |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MICHAEL BOITNOTT (Appalachian State University), Kaitlyn McDaniel (Appalachian State University), Rachel Whitehead (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Abstract: The current study looked at customer service and up-selling in a large home improvement store. Prior to the intervention, these customer service and up-selling were only assessed once a month with a simple and lenient mystery shopper checklist. Task clarification on proper greetings, closing and up-selling was provided to participants in the first phase of the interventions. Feedback and goal setting were then provided using a performance matrix. The effects of task clarification, goal setting, and individualized feedback were assessed using a multiple baseline across departments of the store. |
|
|
4. Effective Use of Peer Influence and Group Contingencies in the Workplace |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
DEBRA A. FLOYD (Macon County Mental Health Board) |
Abstract: Group contingencies can be an effective means of changing behavior. In the workplace, group contingencies have proven to save time in administration and have demonstrated effectiveness in producing behavior change. Group contingencies have also been proven effective due to the peer influence component which allows peers to act as change agents. A state early intervention system devised a method of performance improvement that utilized monetary incentive awards for attainment of ten specific criteria relative to components of Federal Part C Law. To earn these incentives, a regional entity of the system was required to perform better than thirteen other regional entities within the state. A data based system of tracking individual performance and group performance was created within the entity. Baseline data was obtained and posted for each of the ten dependent variables so that individual employees could see their specific performance in comparison to others in the group. The independent variables were measured through once-monthly queries, graphed and posted for employees to examine. Improvement in performance and achievement of each of these measures resulted in an interdependent group contingency in which all members of the group were rewarded upon meeting the criterion as a group. |
|
|
5. An Evaluation of Preference Assessment Methodology in Organizational Behavior Management |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
BYRON J. WINE (AdvoServ), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Melanie H. Reis (AdvoServ) |
Abstract: Currently three methods of assessing staff preference are found in the orgnaizational behavior management(OBM) literature. Preference for items has been assessed by stimulus ranking procedures, stimulus survey, and modified multiple stimuli without replacement. The current study will evaluate each of the three methods by means of reinforcer assessments across several participants. |
|
|
6. Effects of Goal Setting, Task Clarification and Feedback on Cargo Truck's Overage Miles and Fuel Expenses |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ADRIENNE MUBAREK (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Je Juan Nftaly Bustamante (National University) |
Abstract: Goal setting, task clarification and performance feedback is an area that has been researched and results support its effectiveness when applied appropriately. The company that participated in this study manages trucks that carry cargo from one place to another and allots a certain number of miles. Overage miles are those miles that exceed the allotted miles per route, and that is the focus of this study. Overage miles increase time of delivery, and fuel expenses. This study is aimed at decreasing overage miles and fuel expenses. Goal setting was already in place during baseline. Task clarification included providing drivers with a form to identify mileage and fuel expenses of the trip. Feedback is used in the form of drivers tracking their own mileage and fuel expenses, then reviewing that with the manager to determine how far over miles and fuel expenses the truck accumulated per trip. Results from this study should show by adding task clarification and feedback, overage miles and excess fuel expenses per trip will decrease. Implications should suggest applicability of this treatment package to other areas of behavior management, including organizational and corporate settings. |
|
|
|
|
TBA Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Supervisor Mentor Program: Meeting the Demands of Community-Based Applied Behavior Analysis Programs |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Anika Costa (Bilinguals, Inc.), ANYA K. SILVER (Bilinguals Inc.), Laurie Baumann (Bilinguals Inc.), Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University) |
Abstract: A supervisor mentor program (SMP) was implemented as a step toward developing internal resources to meet the growing needs of applied behavior analysis (ABA) community based service provision and teacher training. In order to meet the burden of internal quality control and shrinking budgets a proactive approach to providing supervision and training to community- based teachers was developed. Teachers were selected and then taught higher-level behavior analytic skills and then provided supervision and training to less experienced teachers in the field as part of their training program. The SMP assessed the trainee teachers skills and basic behavior analytic knowledge prior to training and then again after the training program was completed through both self evaluation and trainer observation. Supervision consisted of individual and group supervision/monitoring opportunities. Competency and mastery of principles were assessed throughout the 9-month training program both in situ and in group supervision meetings. Although only pre-test and post-test measures were collected, the SMP provides a model of training and supervision that can be used by other community based agencies as new regulations are formed and less funding is available for ABA services. |
|
|
2. Evaluation and Review of the Psychometric Properties of Functional Behavior Assessment Methods |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JENNIFER S. KAZMERSKI (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Richard Anthony Doggett (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brad Dufrene (University of Southern Mississippi) |
Abstract: Functional behavior assessment (FBA) is defined as a range of behavior assessment procedures that are used to identify or clarify functional relationships between behavior and environmental events (Carr, 1994). Assessment procedures are used to identify specific environmental contingencies operating on the individual to implement a function-based intervention to reduce problem behavior and increase appropriate behavior (Gresham, Watson, & Skinner, 2001). The current literature regarding the psychometric properties of descriptive assessment methods, functional analysis and treatment based-interventions is varied. Current reviews of the literature have identified a need for the evaluation of functional assessment methodology to validate the procedures used (Floyd et al., 2005; Sturmey, 1994). The overall purpose of this study is to extend the current FBA research to provide preliminary support for the psychometric properties, including reliability, content validity, and convergent validity of FBA methods with both school and clinic-based assessments. The evaluation of newly designed functional assessment interviews (Functional Assessment Informant Record series; Edwards, 2001) is included. Preliminary results suggest appropriate psychometric evidence that support the utility of functional behavior assessment methods across settings. |
|
|
3. Haddon Matrix as a Tool for the Applied Behavior Analyst |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
RICHARD COOK (Penn State University) |
Abstract: Prinicples derived and applied in the study of public health can, often surprisingly, be found to be directly applicable to the focused change of behaviors of the individual. Haddon's Strategies and Matrix, foundation concepts of injury control, can be easily applied to theapplied behavior analysisprocesses of functional assessment, determination of reinforcers, and development of alternative behavior sequences. Those developing evaluation and treatment plans can utilize the matrix to force consideration of approaches relative to the targeted individual, the environment, or the presenting stimuli that would perhaps not be readily apparent . |
|
|
4. Shaping of Novel Behavior in Koi |
Area: TBA; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), Christian E. Heckenlaible (South Dakota State University) |
Abstract: For a teaching demonstration, we have been working on shaping/acquisition of novel behaviors with koi fish. Koi can consume a large quantity of food pellets so satiation is minimal. Some of the procedures are operant shaping but others employ sign tracking-mechanisms. We have shaped swimming vertically up into a hollow tube, farther and farther, to obtain food, with data collection on-going and progress being made. We are also shaping swimming through a series of tubes laid out in a pattern resembling a simple maze for rodents, and we are working on shaping a nose poke response for mouse pellets using off-the-shelf operant equipment designed for mice. Originally a RotaRod operandum was employed but we found that the fish would never bump the rod with sufficient force to operate the pellets dispenser. Now we are using a hoop equipped with IR sensors to detect a head-nose poke by a fish, contingent upon which a 14 mg mouse pellet is delivered or which can be delivered with a hand-shaping switch. The hoop can be immersed into the water and we are developing a stand alone operant chamber for use with koi using components developed for use with mice. |
|
|
|
|
TPC Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Beyond Freedom and Dignity Revisited: A Reply to Harcum, Rosen, & Burijon (1989) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
ERIN E. WATKINS (University of Nevada, Reno), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: This study is an extension of a series of articles by Harcum, Rosen, and their colleagues. In these studies, the authors concluded that the Skinnerian analysis of freedom and dignity was incorrect and did not account for reported innate dignity. This study aims to correct for several methodological flaws found in the original research, and to up hold the Skinnerian conceptualization of perceived freedom and perceived dignity. To accomplish this, prominent behavior analysts utilized the Skinnerian definition to rank order collections of vignettes. Based on the amount of perceived freedom, and the amount of credit earned by the individual in each vignette, participants were then asked to assign the vignette a number 1-10, on a Likert scale, across several components of freedom and dignity. The pilot data support the Skinnerian analysis stating that the less aversive the control that is observed, more freedom is ascribed to the behaviors, while the more overtly controlled a behavior, the less credit the behavior is ascribed. Participants were undergraduate students in psychology courses. This study was conducted as an online study. |
|
|
|
|
VRB Poster Session 2 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
12:00 PM–1:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Effects of Teaching Listener and Duplic Repertoires on the Emergence of Intraverbal Categorization in Children |
Area: VBC; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
NASSIM CHAMEL ELIAS (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: This study was designed to address the integration of speaker and listener relations involving signed tacts and signed intraverbals and categorization. Specifically, the current study investigated the emergence of signed tact and intraverbal categorization in three normally developing five-year-old boys. The experimental stimuli consisted of colored pictures of animals, fruit and tools. Teaching was introduced first and consisted of imitating signs (duplic) and choosing a picture in the presence of the sign of an item or of a category through automated matching-to-sample tasks (listener relations). After criterion was met on all teaching relations testing was introduced and consisted of (a) presenting a picture and the instruction for the child to sign (tact) the corresponding item or category, and (b) presenting the question "What signs of [sign of category] can you remember?" for which the child should sign (intraverbal) the items. Results indicated the emergence and maintenance of all tact responses (items and categories) and the emergence of most intraverbal responses for the three categories used. Teaching imitation and listener behavior may generate verbal responses not directly taught, showing functional dependence among verbal operants under the specified arrangement. |
|
|
2. Teaching Categorization Skills to Increase Derived Intraverbal Responding in Three Children With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LEIGH KAROLE GRANNAN (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Brooke Diane Walker (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Fiorella Scaglia (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Tracy Tufenk (Southern Illinois University), Christina Racz (Project 12 Ways), Kirsten Schaper (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The present study employed a multiple probe design to assess the effects of tacting and sorting training trials on learners' ability to intraverbally list items according to common categories (e.g., furniture, body parts, things you write with), a language concept typically included in language intervention for young children with autism. Three children with autism, ages 4 to 6, were taught to tact the category of common items when presented with pictures and then sort pictures of items according to category. Post-test probes were conducted to determine if the children could answer questions about categories without pictures present based on a history of learning to tact items according to category and sorting trials. Preliminary data indicate that this instructional sequence is effective in developing derived intraverbal responding. |
|
|
3. Intraverbal, Taking Dictation, and Multiple Exemplars in Young Adults With Developmental Disabilities |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ANDRESA A. DE SOUZA (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Verbal behavior is significantly present in the most important aspects of a person's life (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007), and it makes possible "socially significant" behavior such as language acquisition, academics advancements, problem solving, and others. Multiple exemplar training (MET) has been used as an instructional tool to teach skills across different verbal operants and considered as the responsible for the emergence of untaught verbal operants. Using a multiple probe design across participant, the current study evaluated the effect of MET in the emergence of intraverbal response (vocal spelling) when taking dictation was taught to young adults with developmental disability at a living developmental center in the Midwest. Instruction session in taking dictation involved verbal praise for correct response and modeling and repeated trials for incorrect response. Preliminary data showed that untaught intraverbal responses emerged when participants reached criterion for taking dictation and that MET was not necessary for such outcomes. The results show that intraverbal in the form of vocal spelling is a verbal operant related to taking dictation and can be acquired without direct training. |
|
|
4. The Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction Across Listener and Speaker Behaviors on the Induction of Naming and Observational Learning Capabilities in Second and Third Grade Students |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
DEREK JACOB SHANMAN (Teachers College, Columbia University), Joanne Marie Hill (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction training sets across selection and production behaviors on the induction of Naming and Observational Learning capabilities for elementary school students. The participants were selected because pre-intervention probe data indicated that the participants lacked Naming, the ability to learn language incidentally, and observational learning, the ability to learn new and higher order operants by observing contingencies delivered to a peer. The design of the study was a delayed multiple probe design across participants with the study being conducted concurrently across second and third grade classrooms. The study took place in an elementary education setting approximately 30 miles outside of a large metropolitan area in a school district that received Title 1 funding. The dependent variables in the study were Naming and observational learning. The independent variable was multiple exemplar instruction across selection and production responses delivered in a small group instructional setting. The design of the study will provide insight into the assessment and induction of the observational learning and Naming capabilities using research based tactics in a group educational setting. The capabilities assessed in this study are essential for academic readiness and success in a general education setting. |
|
|
5. Emergence of Transformation of Establishing Operations Across Mands and Tacts as a Function of Multiple Exemplar Instruction |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ELIZABETH SARTO (Teachers College, Columbia University), Matthew Howarth (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) on the emergence of untaught mands or tacts for two-dimensional stimuli, using a multiple-probe design across three participants with developmental disabilities. Prior to the study, instructors conducted probe trials to ensure that participants did not emit mands or tacts for the three stimuli sets. During the baseline condition, instructors taught mands or tacts (Set 1) to mastery and probed participants' responses to the untaught function. During intervention, participants mastered a different set of stimuli (Set 2), via multiple exemplar instruction that alternated across establishing operations for mand and tact functions. Next, instructors probed for the untaught speaker functions that were not present in participant repertoires' during the initial baseline condition (Set 1). Post-experimental probe data indicated that the untaught speaker function emerged for each participant, following MEI. Subsequently, instructors taught a novel set of stimuli to mastery under mand or tact conditions, and probed for the untaught function. All three participants achieved mastery of the untaught speaker responses for the novel set of stimuli, demonstrating transformation of establishing operations across mand and tact functions. |
|
|
|
|
Of Science and Species: Behavior Analytic Informed Symbiosis |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1F (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB |
Chair: Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
|
Straight From the Horse's Mouth: Teaching Trainers Principles of Behavior |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
AMANDA VALENCIA (California State University, Northridge), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
|
Abstract: Horse trainers suffer from a lack of a clear basis in the science of behavior, relying instead on folklore and myths about horse behavior. Although there has been some behavior analytic work with horses (e.g., Ferguson & Rosales-Ruiz, 2001), compared to other species (e.g., dogs) literature on evidence-based horse training is limited. Current horse training methods range from harsh, cruel tactics intended to break a horse's "spirit" to gentler methods that attempt a greater behavioral orientation (e.g., Parelli Method) but lack a theoretical underpinning. The folklore often asserts that behavior is the product of something within the horse rather than from its environment. Such explanatory fictions can become especially problematic when dealing with so-called problem horses who, because of such a label, may be more likely to become victims of harsh methods by trainers. In this presentation, I will discuss our collaborative efforts with expert horse trainers, the complexities of working with horse trainers, and our model of disseminating behavior analysis by training trainers on principles of behavior and working with them one-on-one. I will discuss our current efforts, various challenges, as well as future directions in working with horse trainers. |
|
Using Giant African Pouched Rats to Detect Landmines and Tuberculosis |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ALAN D. POLING (Western Michigan University), Timothy Lowell Edwards (Western Michigan University), Bart Weetjens (APOPO), Christophe Cox (APOPO), Andrew Sully (APOPO), Negussie Beyene (APOPO), Maureen Jubitana (APOPO), Georgies Mgode (Max Planck Institute) |
|
Abstract: Approximately two billion people have been exposed to tuberculosis, but it often goes undetected, and landmines constitute a problem in 70 countries. This presentation discusses the use of pouched rats (Cricetomys gambianus) to detect tuberculosis and to find landmines in sub-Saharan Africa. Data are presented from a study showing that the rats detected 180 landmines and cleared nearly 100,000 square meters of land in Mozambique without missing a single mine while exhibiting a false alarm rate of 0.5 responses per 100 square meters. Data are also presented from a second study showing that the rats increased tuberculosis detection rates by 44% relative to sputum smear microscopy. The techniques used to train the rats and to use them operationally, which are based on principles of operant and classical conditioning, are overviewed. Finally, problems associated with conducting researching in developing countries and in using rats for humanitarian purposes are considered, as is the appeal of such work. |
|
|
|
|
|
Drugs of Abuse and Decision-Making: Insights From Animal Models |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
401/402 (Convention Center) |
Area: BPH; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CE Instructor: Barry Setlow, Ph.D. |
Chair: Karen G. Anderson (West Virginia University) |
BARRY SETLOW (University of Florida) |
Barry Setlow received his PhD from the University of California, Irvine, where he worked with Jim McGaugh on amygdala-striatal systems involved in consolidation of different forms of learning and memory. He went on to post-doctoral training with Michela Gallagher at Johns Hopkins University, where he continued work on the role of amygdala-striatal systems in different forms of learning, using both behavioral and single-unit electrophysiological recording techniques. From there he moved to a position as an assistant professor at Texas A&M University, where his research focused on the effects of both acute and chronic exposure to drugs of abuse on cognition and motivation, with a particular focus on decision-making. Dr. Setlow joined the Department of Psychiatry at the University of Florida College of Medicine in 2010 as an associate professor. In his current research, he uses animal models to investigate behavioral and neural mechanisms by which chronic drug use causes lasting alterations in decision-making, as well as the neural basis of individual differences in decision-making across the lifespan. Dr. Setlow is funded by the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the National Institute on Aging. |
Abstract: Chronic drug use is associated with a range of cognitive deficits, including elevated levels of impulsive and risky decision-making, but the causal relationships between these two phenomena have not been clear. Our laboratory uses rodent models to investigate relationships between drug use and decision-making. In one line of research, we have found that chronic cocaine self-administration causes long-lasting increases in impulsive choice in a delay discounting task, and that chronic cocaine exposure results in decreased sensitivity of the task to dopaminergic manipulations. In another line of research, we have developed a "risky decision-making" task, in which rats choose between small "safe" rewards and large rewards associated with varying risks of punishment. Preference for the large "risky" reward is associated with lower D2 dopamine receptor mRNA expression in dorsal striatum, and this preference is reduced by activation of D2-like receptors. Preliminary data also indicate a relationship between greater preference for the large risky reward and acquisition of cocaine self-administration, suggestive of links between risk-taking, drug use, and striatal D2 receptors. Considered together, the data indicate the presence of bi-directional relationships between drug use and decision-making deficits that have the potential to further the process of addiction. |
|
|
|
|
Professional and Ethical Challenges of Working With Individuals Diagnosed With Rare Syndromes |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3B (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Benjamin Giraldo (The Shape of Behavior) |
CAROLINE C. STEVENS (The Shape of Behavior) |
SCOTT D. NIPPER (The Shape of Behavior) |
ALICE F. GUTIERREZ (The Shape of Behavior) |
Abstract: This panel's main objective is to share from clinical experience the professional and ethical challenges applied behavior analysis (ABA) providers face when dealing with a rare disorder. A rare (orphan) disease is defined under the United States Orphan Drug Act amendment as a disorder that generally affects less than 200,000 individuals (0.07% of the US population). Approximately 7,000 rare diseases have been identified and a list is maintained by the Office of Rare Diseases Research (ORDR) at the National Institutes of Health (NIH). The majority of rare diseases has a genetic origin component, has little or no treatment options, and is not rigorously studied. Due to the success of ABA withautism spectrum disorderand other developmental disabilities, many families with children diagnosed with a rare disease look into ABA clinics as an option for treatment. In many cases a clinic has just one individual with the particular diagnosis so the assessment and intervention process is unique and challenging. Replication, a core element in single subject research designs, is often not available. Therefore, dialogue between service providers who have similar cases may provide vital information. |
|
|
|
|
The Motivation of Self-Injury: Looking Back to Move Forward |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
Four Seasons 4 (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Jennifer McComas, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Wisconsin-Madison) |
JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota) |
Dr. Jennifer McComas is a professor in the Department of Educational Psychology at the University of Minnesota where she directs the Urban Indian Education Partnership with the Minneapolis Public Schools and heads the teacher licensure program in the area of Emotional/Behavior Disorders. In 2009, Dr. McComas was named the Rodney S. Wallace Professor for the Advancement of Teaching and Learning. Her research is primarily focused on the influence of behavioral mechanisms and social context on severe problem behavior and academic difficulties and the acquisition and persistence of pro-social behavior. She has published research on the influence of establishing operations, stimulus control, schedules of reinforcement, and matching theory on SIB, aggressive, and destructive behavior. Dr. McComas� research has been funded by the NIMH and the U.S. Department of Education. She also serves as Co-PI with her colleague, Frank Symons, on a number of NIH-funded grants on the bio-behavioral analysis of self-injury and pain. She served as Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and is currently Associate Editor for the Journal of Behavioral Education. Dr. McComas oversees a federally funded Leadership Training Grant in which she is preparing doctoral students to be leaders in the area of Response to Intervention, a three-tiered approach to promoting academic and behavioral success of K-12 students. |
Abstract: In 1977, Ted Carr described five major hypotheses regarding the motivation for self-injurious behavior (SIB) and provided a comprehensive review related to each hypothesis. What followed was the development and evolution of a robust technology for examining the influence of the first two hypotheses Carr described, namely, operant mechanisms. Functional analysis technology can be effective for specifying positive and negative social reinforcers, and in turn, effective intervention for socially-maintained SIB. Far less is known about the third and fourth hypotheses; namely the sensory and neurobiological bases of chronic SIB among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). In behavioral models of SIB, sensory mechanisms function as putative positive or negative automatic reinforcers but there is little evidence directly linking behavioral and biological mechanisms. Evidence from both clinical and animal studies of chronic pain and its behavioral sequelae support the hypothesis that some forms of SIB may be regulated by altered pain mechanisms. We know that pain can lead to SIB in individuals with IDD, but we do not know whether chronic SIB leads to pain and the resulting neurobiological cascade of effects. This talk will describe several sets of recent findings pertaining to the relationship between pain and SIB. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: Applying to Graduate School |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
302 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jillian M. Chan (St. Cloud State University) |
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
KATIE A. NICHOLSON (Florida Institute of Technology) |
ERIN E. WATKINS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Continuing education is a natural step for individuals seeking to grow professionally in the field of applied behavior analysis. However, for many prospective graduate and post-graduate students, the application process can seem daunting. The purpose of this presentation is to provide attendees with information and advice on how to select and apply for graduate school in behavior analysis. Members of this panel will be students that represent a variety of schools that offer traditional on-campus and distance education graduate programs. Panelists will provide helpful tips on how to identify a program that meets the needs and interests of the student and what to expect during the application process. Various components of a graduate school application will be discussed and will include transcripts, Graduate Record Exams (GRE), letters of recommendation, and admission essays (i.e., highlighting work and research experience). Attendees will be encouraged to ask questions and participate in the discussion. |
|
|
|
|
Can Behaviour Analysts Change the World? |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:20 PM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Charles Lowe, Ph.D. |
Chair: Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus) |
CHARLES FERGUS LOWE (Bangor University) |
Professor C. Fergus Lowe (BA, PhD, CPsychol, FBPsS) A graduate of Trinity College, Dublin, Fergus Lowe is Professor of Psychology and Deputy Vice-Chancellor at Bangor University, Wales. His early research was concerned with temporal control of responding on schedules of reinforcement, and later focussed on inter-species similarities and differences and, in particular, the transformative role of verbal behavior. This led in turn to research on the development of operant behavior in children and studies of adult human behavior in clinical and non-clinical populations. With Dr Pauline Horne, he has produced a new theoretical account of early language development, specifically 'naming', and its role in bringing about apparently emergent relations. In recent years he has developed, with Dr Horne, a programme that is very effective in bringing about large and long-lasting changes in children's diets. This award-winning programme, The Food Dudes, is being introduced to all primary schools nationally by the Irish Government, to regions of the UK, and is attracting interest in several other countries. Professor Lowe led the Experimental Analysis of Behaviour Group in the UK for many years. As one passionate about the advancement of behavior analysis in Europe, he helped to initiate the first European-wide meetings of behavior analysts and was the first Chair of the European Association for Behaviour Analysis. He is currently leading the development of a major Centre for Arts and Innovation at Bangor (www.pontio.co.uk) which will include the establishment of the first Centre for Behaviour Change in Europe. |
Abstract: Since the publication of the book Nudge, governments world-wide have become increasingly interested in behaviour change. Nudge was written not by behaviour analysts, nor even by psychologists, but by an economist (Thaler) and a law professor (Sunstein) and, following their lead, there has been a stream of further publications by other academics setting out to show that the most pressing health and social problems of our time can be effectively addressed only by changing people's behaviour. So the message of behaviour change is at last getting through. But where are behaviour analysts in this enterprise? Are they among those helping to influence health and social policy? And, most crucially, are they playing their full and vital part in delivering programmes of behaviour change? This paper will consider how academic research can assist governments and other agencies to bring about large-scale and positive behavior change in whole populations. To illustrate key issues, it will examine the history of a behavior analysis-based programme designed to combat obesity and improve children's eating habits internationally-the Food Dudes Programme. There are lessons that need to be learned from this and related enterprises, both within and outside behavior analysis, if we really are to change the world. |
|
|
|
|
Linking Behavioral Assessment and Intervention in Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Functional analysis is a form of behavioral assessment for which the results of the evaluation provide direct and highly specific information from which the behavior analyst can prescribe an effective intervention for problem behavior. Increasingly, analogous behavioral assessments are being developed that can be used to prescribe effective treatments for acquisition and maintenance of desirable responses or for interventions that target problem behavior associated with specific conditions, such as autism. In the current symposium, data from three research investigations will be presented and discussed in which specific behavioral assessments were developed to evaluate skill deficits or behavioral excesses associated with autism and also to develop effective interventions for ameliorating these problems. In each investigation, the behavior assessment data helped to delineate the behavioral mechanisms responsible for the skill deficit or problem behavior and the prescribed intervention proved to be highly effective. |
|
Behavioral Analysis of Action and Emotion Identification for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
LAURA L. GROW (St. Cloud State University), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kelly J. Bouxsein (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are less likely to accurately identify emotions (e.g., happy) and subjective states (e.g., itchy) than their same-aged, typically developing peers (Parron, Da Fonseca, Santos, Moore, Monfardini, & Deruelle, 2008). Furthermore, individuals with ASDs more reliably identify actions compared to emotions (Hubert et al., 2007). Previous research has focused on assessing the differential accuracy in labeling actions and emotions among children with ASDs. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate (a) pre-treatment accuracy in identifying 2- and 3-dimensional actions (2D and 3D) and emotions/subjective states, and (b) any differences in response to intervention for 2D actions and emotions. Three children diagnosed with an ASD that ranged in age from 5- to 8-years-old participated in the study. The experimenter conducted a brief assessment of 2D and 3D actions and emotions (i.e., presenting pictures or acting out, respectively). Results of the assessment replicated previous research in that participants more accurately identified actions compared to emotions. Next, the experimenter taught 2D actions and emotions in a multiple-baseline across participants and embedded alternating treatments design. The experimenter implemented additional intervention components to teach emotions due to consistent error patterns. |
|
Comparison of Sensory and Edible Reinforcers |
TARA A. FAHMIE (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that individuals with developmental disabilities generally prefer edible items over leisure items (Bojak & Carr, 1999; DeLeon, Iwata, & Roscoe, 1997). Other research has reported that sensory leisure items facilitate acquisition and maintenance of behavior better than do edible items for individuals with autism (Rincover & Newsom, 1985). Although these findings seem contradictory, the data are not comparable because studies on preference were conducted with subjects without autism, whereas data on performance (acquisition and maintenance) were collected for subjects with autism. The current study examined preference and performance of children with and without autism using sensory and edible reinforcers. |
|
Effects of Advance Notice on Behavior in Transition |
JILL M. HARPER (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Transitions, changes in activity or location, have been reported to be problematic for individuals with developmental disabilities. A popular antecedent intervention for transition behavior is providing advance notice of the upcoming change, although research has shown that it is generally an ineffective treatment. We examined the effects of advance notice under several arrangements as a means of increasing compliance and decreasing an analogue of problem behavior during transitions. Study 1 examined the effects of advance notice on compliance when advance notice functioned as (a) a signal of the upcoming transition per se versus (b) a discriminative stimulus associated with enhanced reinforcement for compliance. Study 2 examined the effects of advance notice on escape behavior (button pressing) when advance notice functioned as (a) a signal only, (b) a discriminative stimulus for compliance, and, if necessary, (c) an S-delta for problem behavior via a history of extinction. |
|
|
|
|
Models of Applied Behavior Analysis Delivery in School Settings and Outcomes for Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4D (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Richard P. Hastings (Bangor University) |
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although there are now meta-analytic evidence reviews in support of the use of intensive behavioral intervention (IBI) for pre-school children with autism and/or in center or home settings, there are fewer data available on outcomes of behavioral intervention from school-based models. In this symposium, we present data from four different Applied Behavior Analysis school models where the teaching interventions were based on and extended from autism programs using an IBI approach. In the first presentation, standardized test data from baseline to the end of one year are presented for children in an ABA class attached to a mainstream school. In the second presentation, standardized test data are summarized for children who attend a small ABA center-based school designed to supplement the teaching delivered for children with autism in mainstream school settings. In the third presentation, 12 month changes in standardized test data are presented for young people across childhood and adolescence. This third paper focuses on typical change in a large ABA special school over the course of an academic school year (rather than from intake to the end of the first year of intervention). The final study focuses on outcomes for children with autism who continue or do not continue with ABA intervention across the transition from pre-school to school settings. |
|
Twelve month outcomes for children with autism attending an ABA class in a mainstream school setting |
Corinna Grindle (Bangor University), RICHARD P. HASTINGS (Bangor University), Maria Saville (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Kath Huxley (Westwood ABA Class), Hanna Kovshoff (University of Southampton), Gemma Griffith (Bangor University), Kathy Devonshire (Bangor University) |
Abstract: The applied behavior analysis (ABA) class at Westwood School is a provision for children with autism 4-7 years of age within a mainstream school setting. In the present study, 11 children were tested at intake to the ABA class (typically at 4 years of age) and again after the end of their first and second years in the setting. Data on IQ, adaptive skills, and learning and language skills were collected. After one year of intervention, the sample had marginally significantly higher intelligence quotient (IQ) scores than at baseline (p = .051) and this improvement was of a moderate effect size (Cohen's d = .58). Consistent positive results were also obtained for changes in standardized Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales (VABS) scores. The sample's VABS adaptive behavior composite score was significantly higher after one year of intervention (d = .52, a moderate effect size), and after two years of intervention when the effect was stronger and large (d = 1.11). All of these group effects were reflected in positive changes for individual children over time. These data will be discussed in the context of considering how outcomes from highly controlled intervention trials can be transferred into practice, and the potential advantages of delivering ABA-based education for children with autism in a mainstream setting. |
|
Outcomes for Children With Autism Following Placement in Mainstream School Combined With Behavioral Intervention at a Centre |
Alison Sharland (Highfield Centre), SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Akershus University College), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University) |
Abstract: A new model of provision has been developed for children with autism at the Highfield Centre, combining behavioral intervention at the centre with placement in mainstream pre-school/school. The three children in the present study had the following characteristics: a) age between six and eight years at intake, b)a diagnosis of autism, c) all had received early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) in home settings for several years prior to enrollment at Highfield. Intervention was provided for a total of 30-40 hours per week by full-time, permanent staff trained and certified by the Centre. The children attended mainstream school on average 10 hours a week, the rest of the week they were at the Centre. Standardized testing was done annually to evaluate progress and make adjustments in intervention. The results of the testing show that clinically significant gains in the children's intelligence and adaptive behavior scores were seen even in this older sample of children. |
|
Changes OverTwelve Months for Children and Adolescents With Autism Attending an Applied Behavior AnalysisSpecial School |
KATY LAMBERT (TreeHouse Trust), Richard P. Hastings (Bangor University), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University), Gemma Griffith (Bangor University), Emma F. Douglas-Cobane (Treehouse Trust), Esther Thomas (Treehouse School) |
Abstract: Research evaluations of early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) for children with autism have typically adopted careful inclusion criteria, often screening out those children with significant challenging behaviors and those with more severe intellectual disability. In applied behavior analysis (ABA) school settings in the UK where children's placements are funded by local education departments, there is a necessity to admit and to teach any child with autism and to apply ABA teaching methods across childhood and into adolescence. Students are also admitted at any time during their school years. We present the results from outcome data collected in TreeHouse school in London over the course of a 12 month school year. Fifty three students with autism were tested and then re-tested with the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (ABLLS-R), and for 24 students a repeated Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales (VABS) assessment was available. Repeated measures t tests revealed statistically significant improvements over time on all ABLLS domains and for all VABS scores. These changes were reflected in change in individual students: 51/53 improved on the ABLLS over 12 months, and 18/23 increased their VABS composite scores over 12 months. |
|
Transition From Pre-School to School for Children With Autism in Intensive Behavioral Intervention Programs |
ASTRI VALMO (Centre for Early Intervention), Kim Henrik Liland (Centre for Early Intervention), Hege Tryggestad (Centre for Early Intervention), Elisabeth Ulvestad (Center for Early Intervention), Sigmund Eldevik (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: A project was started in Norway whereby children who had received intensive behavioral intervention (IBI) in preschool, were either reintroduced to IBI or continued to receive IBI in school. For two children IBI was reintroduced in school after 2 and 4 years respectively of other educational provision, and for 15 children IBI was continued into school without interruption. These 17 children are compared to six children who stopped IBI abruptly when they started school, and where IBI has never been reintroduced. The results suggest that transition from pre-school to school may lead to maintained and continued gains for the children continuing to receive IBI when compared to children ending IBI. |
|
|
|
|
Video-Based Teaching Strategies for Children With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4E (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Tyra P. Sellers (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Tyra Sellers, M.A. |
Abstract: Children with autism often present with both academic and social skill deficits as well as the communication deficits and behavioral excesses that typically define the disorder. With the increased availability of video technology, many researchers have begun to investigate the use of this technology to teach students with autism. Two techniques will be discussed in this symposium: video-based instruction and video modeling. In video-based instruction, instruction is provided to the student with autism via a recorded video rather than by a live instructor. Two studies comparing the relative effectiveness of video instruction and live, teacher-led instruction will be presented in the symposium. Video modeling is a technique that involves the creation of a recorded video example of appropriate behavior which is then played for the student with autism to imitate. Two studies investigating the effectiveness of two types of video modeling will also be presented. The information presented in these research studies will provide BCBAs and BCaBAs with detailed information about these teaching procedures and the research that supports their use. |
|
An Evaluation of Interactive Video and In Vivo Teacher Instruction on Expressive Object Labeling in Children With Autism |
JOY S. POLLARD (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Kristen Kelley (Utah State University) |
Abstract: A large body of research has demonstrated that video modeling is an effective tool to teach a variety of skills to children with autism. However, there is limited research on video instruction, in which there are embedded instructions to prompt the individual to respond immediately. Video instruction may be a more effective tool than video modeling to teach some skills, such as expressive object labeling, because the video can break skills down into smaller components and the individual will get immediate feedback for each stimulus. Little is known about the effectiveness of video instruction for teaching expressive language skills to children with autism and how this tool compares to the teaching methods that are currently in use (e.g., in vivo teacher presentation). The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of video and in vivo teacher instruction on the acquisition and generalization of expressive object labeling skills in preschool children with autism. Our results indicate that teacher instruction facilitated faster acquisition of expressive object labeling in all four participants however, the results were mixed regarding generalization of expressive object labels. Most importantly, this highlights the need to individualize interventions for students with autism. Although video instruction is an evidenced-based practice, it was not as effective for all four learners, so clinicians should be very cautious when choosing interventions. |
|
Comparison of Video and Teacher Instruction on Tact Acquisition in Early Learners With Autism |
KRISTEN KELLEY (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Joy S. Pollard (Utah State University) |
Abstract: While there is a great deal of research on effective treatments and teaching procedures for children with autism, there is little research examining the effectiveness of video instruction for teaching children with autism expressive object labeling skills. Video instruction may be an effective teaching procedure due to the ease of implementation and the reduced resources needed for delivery. However, previous research that has been conducted in this area suggests that systematic teacher instruction (in vivo presentation) is more effective than video instruction. In these studies, participants acquired tacts at a faster rate in the teacher condition as compared to the video instruction condition. One reason for these results may be the participant's prior history with in vivo teacher instruction. Therefore, the purpose of this study is to examine the effectiveness of video instruction to teach tacting to children with autism who do not have a prior history with systematic teaching procedures (in vivo presentation). Currently we have two participants in this study and thus far the results indicate no difference in the rate of acquisition of across the two methods. These results highlight the need for additional research in this area as well as the importance of individualized instruction. |
|
Teaching Social Interactions in the Natural Setting: Textual Behavior and Video Modeling |
RACHEL S. FINDEL-PYLES (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Natalia Quevedo (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Ashley Bennett (The Chicago School, Los Angeles), Christopher Furlow (The Chicago School, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: There is a large body of research documenting the positive effects of behavioral interventions on the social interactions of persons diagnosed with autism; however there is limited information on the relative utility of the commonly used procedures. Three different relevant investigations will be presented in this paper. In one experiment, the effects of using textual prompts on spontaneous initiations to play games were evaluated. During Experiment 2, conversation initiations and reciprocations using a voice output augmentative communication device was evaluated. The third experiment focused on the effects of a video modeling procedure on social interactions demonstrated by a child in the school setting. Improvements in social behavior were observed in all three experiments, and tests for generalization produced mixed results. Taken together, these investigations have implications for the relative utility of these various procedures. Implications for home and school programming for children with varying levels of developmental delay will be discussed. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Video Self-Modeling on Generalization Across School and Home Settings |
JENNY WINNINGHAM (The Chicago School, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effects of video self-modeling with feedback on generalization of skills across the school and home settings for three individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities. Skills that reliably occurred in the school setting but per parental report were not observed in the home setting were included. Video self-modeling was defined as the participant viewing a recording of him/her self successfully engaging in a target skill in the school setting and the intervention consisted of the parent setting the occasion for the skill to occur pre and post viewing the recording with their child in the home setting. Generalization was observed for one participant, however the behavior decreased contingent on removal of the video. The remaining two participants did not meet the criteria for intervention. Results are discussed in terms of implications for parent training and maintenance of video self-modeling procedures. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Staff Performance in School Settings: Applications of Outcome Management and Competency Based Supervision |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Christine M. Holland (Commonwealth Autism Service) |
CE Instructor: Christine Holland, M.S. |
Abstract: Developing strategies to improve performance of direct service staff continues to be a focus in the field of applied behavior analysis. This symposium will look at strategies to improve staff performance in private and public school programs that utilize the principles of behavior analysis to teach students with autism. The first presentation will address improving staff performance in common problem areas such as attendance and tardiness. Strategies used to decrease staff turnover will also be discussed. The second and third presentations will focus on the use of an outcome management program (Reid & Parsons, 2002) to improve performance on a variety of staff behaviors such as implementing natural environment teaching, correctly completing required documentation and maintaining students' work areas. Student outcomes and how they are directly affected by the changes in staff behavior will also be discussed in the third presentation. The last session will describe a comprehensive, competency based model of supervision for BCBA candidates that can be used to improve performance and expertise of teachers and direct service staff. [Reid, D. H., & Parsons, M. B. (2002). Working with staff to overcome challenging behavior among people who have severe disabilities: A guide for getting support plans carried out. Morganton, NC: Habilitative Management Consultants.] |
|
Management Practices that Target Recruitment and Retention of Quality Human Service Staff |
JENNIFER LASSITER (The Aurora School), Derry MacKichan (Mount St. Vincent University), Courtney L. Deal (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: Achieving peak performance in human services staff requires intensive training and ongoing evaluation; however, its effectiveness is impacted by the work ethic and inherent motivation of the direct care staff. Three indicators were identified as determining employees most likely to be successful in retaining and implementing training in applied behavior analysis (ABA): regular attendance, timeliness, and increased education, particularly in a related education field. A focus on the recruitment and retention of quality employees targeted reducing turnover, promoting consistent attendance, reducing tardiness, and increasing the education level of entry-level direct service providers in a private day school for children with autism and other developmental disabilities. Implementing policies on tardiness and attendance, standardizing the interview process, and offering tuition assistance and BCBA supervision cultivated the work ethic and inherent motivation required for peak performance. Standard employee record data measured policy effectiveness. Results indicate decrease in turnover in the first 90 days of employment, sharp declines in tardiness and use of unscheduled leave, and increase in entry-level employees with advanced degrees or pursuing degrees in a related education field. |
|
Evaluating an Outcome Management Program to Enhance and Evaluate Staff Performance in a Private School |
COURTNEY L. DEAL (The Aurora School), Laura Steiner (The Aurora School), David Roth (The Aurora School), E. J. Lee (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: Research shows that monitoring and improving the performance of direct care staff is difficult and time consuming. An on-going outcome management program has been proposed and implemented to evaluate the performance of direct care staff in a private day school. Key variables thought to be imperative for good performance were objectively defined and monitored. As staff performance was monitored a scheduled feedback loop was created along with a quality assurance review from administration. A multiple baseline design across staff members was used. Some of the variables being measured include intensive teaching procedures, attendance, tardiness, data entry, documentation, natural environment teaching, student progress and involvement in weekly team meetings. In addition to the performance of direct care staff, the program was also developed to identify the quality of treatment each student receives throughout the school year. Results indicate improvements among staff performance and ability to identify quality of treatment. Discussion will include involvement of supervisors and administration, difficulties of data collection and quality of education and treatment of students. |
|
Evaluating Natural Environment Teaching Skills in a Private Day School for Children With Developmental Disabilities |
KENDRA MCDONALD (The Aurora School), Courtney L. Deal (The Aurora School), Laura Steiner (The Aurora School), David Roth (The Aurora School), E. J. Lee (The Aurora School) |
Abstract: Due to the typically less structured methods of natural environment teaching and/or incidental teaching, monitoring and improving these skills can be challenging to supervisors. Natural environment teaching is a complex skill that is typically less structured than conventional teaching methods and calls for some form of "finesse", or skill, to be effective. Currently, natural environment teaching is one of the key indicators within an overall staff performance monitoring system. For the current study, the natural environment teaching was re-defined and re-trained using a simple six step training procedure. A multiple baseline design across staff was used to evaluate engagement during natural environment teaching. A momentary time sampling method was used to measure direct care staff's execution of the natural environment teaching skill and student engagement in functional activities. Changes needed within the evaluation process and difficulties of data collection will be discussed along with future research possibilities to enhance natural environment teaching skills. |
|
A Competency Based Approach to Supervision for BCBA Candidates in Public and Private School Settings |
ELIZABETH M. GILMORE (Commonwealth Autism Service), Christine M. Holland (Commonwealth Autism Service), Jody Davieds (The Faison School for Autism) |
Abstract: With the rapidly growing nature of the field of behavior analysis, it is more important now than ever that a comprehensive model of supervision be made available to guide potential behavior analysts toward certification. Commonwealth Autism service has developed a competency based model of supervision that is results-driven and provides measurable tasks broken into content areas based on the Behavior Analyst Certification Board Third Edition Task List. Learning units place the competencies into a curriculum that is based on level of difficulty. Each unit includes specific competencies from different content areas, suggested readings, checklists to measure competency completion and additional activities to assist with the thorough completion and understanding of the competencies. Together, these materials and tools provide a comprehensive guide to successfully completing BCBA and BCaBA supervision in preparation for the BACB certification exam. After completing all units, supervisees will leave this process with a portfolio of permanent products, extended knowledge of field-relevant information, and practical experience in the application of each task list item. |
|
|
|
|
Successful Integration of Behavioral Technology and Education: Translating Research Into Everyday Practice |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4A (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: G. David Smith (The Vista School) |
CE Instructor: G. David Smith, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Presentations within this symposium will highlight the application of systematic behavioral technology and an adherence to data-based decision making both at a global and an intervention specific level. Best practice demands adherence to data-based decision making. This paradigm applies to both global aspects of care such as program outcomes and specific interventions targeting specialized client needs. Applied behavior analysis (ABA) technology should guide and inform practice at every level. The included presentations will emphasize how standardized procedures built upon a data-driven decision making framework can improve the educational outcomes of children with intellectual disabilities such as autism. This framework can provides guidance to administrators and practitioners resulting in positive outcomes for individuals with intellectual disabilities. |
|
The Vista School: An Effective Model for Combining Education and Applied Behavior Analysisfor Children With Autism |
KIRSTEN K. YURICH (The Vista School), Amanda Pearl (Penn State University), Krina Durica (The Vista School), Lauren Herrold Bredickas (The Vista School) |
Abstract: Practitioners in the autism field are frequently occupied by several questions to which there are few answers: what types of programs or curricula can support learners with autism, what settings support these models, and how can mandated education services be effectively coordinated with evidenced based applied behavior analysis (ABA). Further, parents often choose between the education offered in their local district or developing and paying for a home-based ABA program. For any program to be effective, it must meet the educational and behavioral needs of its learners. The Vista School, a publicly funded school in Pennsylvania, has successfully developed a model that braids education and medical funding in order to deliver effective and intensive treatment to children and adolescents with significant forms of autism. Effectively engineering learning environments for children with autism is a complex and dynamic process. Effective tools, system support and competency-based staff training represent several program components necessary for effective center-based autism programs. Specific suggestions of how to combine education and ABA through curricula, staffing models, training and supervision models will be presented. Outcome data for The Vista School will be reviewed as support for the efficacy of the model. |
|
Trial-Based Functional Analysis Methodology: Improving the Efficiency of Functional Behavior Assessment in Classroom Settings |
Alicia Burger (The Vista School), KIRSTEN K. YURICH (The Vista School), Jennifer Muchmore (The Vista School), G. David Smith (The Vista School) |
Abstract: Systematized use of trial based functional analysis (TBFA) procedures provides significant benefit to behavior analysts in the field. Delineating the function of problem behavior is imperative to the development of effective behavioral programming, however, most methods employed in applied settings do not reflect best practice. Oftentimes, professionals may rely on questionnaires, review of data, and observations which do not always provide accurate information regarding variables maintaining behavior. The preferred method includes conducting an experimental functional analysis. Functional analysis technology is not a new phenomenon to the field; it is simply a set of procedures that have not easily translated to daily practice. The technology is often viewed as costly. Traditional methods require lengthy sessions and a segregated location to perform the analyses. An innovation of traditional functional analysis procedures is trial based functional analysis. Whether due to lack of knowledge, training or systematization of procedures, TBFAs are not frequently utilized. TBFA has several advantages over analogue and brief analyses for clinical application in applied settings. TBFA procedures can be applied quickly, with minimal training, take place in the classroom placement and produce reliable results. Procedures for developing, applying and analyzing TBFAs will be reviewed in detail. |
|
Improving Toilet Training Outcomes for Individuals With Autism Through School Based Training |
Kirsten K. Yurich (The Vista School), ALICIA BURGER (The Vista School), Nora Monskie (The Vista School), Krina Durica (The Vista School), G. David Smith (The Vista School) |
Abstract: Independent toileting skills are essential to personal independence, well-being, self worth and social integration. Independently performing toileting skills is often deficient for persons with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Current research has not identified the necessary and sufficient treatment components, including dimensions of these components, which reliably result in positive toileting outcomes for individuals with ASD. In this study, we evaluate the effectiveness of the Toilet Training Treatment Protocol (TTTP) and the Toilet Training Readiness Assessment Inventory (TTRAI) developed at The Vista School. The TTTP applies research-based behavioral technology to behaviors hypothesized as essential to independent toileting. The TTTP, using behavioral intervention techniques, teaches critical toileting behaviors; following accidents/incontinent episodes, correction procedures over-teach toileting skills building behaviorally fluency. Prior to receiving the research protocol, participant skills are assessed on the TTRAI which determines a level of toileting readiness. The relationships between component skills and teaching methods will be discussed. Authors will introduce a standardized, yet individualized, data-based decision making model. Treatment and assessment data will be presented in support of the TTTP. |
|
Using the Standard Celeration Chart to Assist Clinical Decision-Making |
G. DAVID SMITH (The Vista School), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (The Pennsylvania State University), Alicia Burger (The Vista School), Kirsten K. Yurich (The Vista School) |
Abstract: By quantifying trend, variability, and immediacy effects, the standard celeration chart (SCC) improves clinical decision making, especially for behavior interventions in natural settings. Behavior analysts typically rely upon baseline logic and visual inspection of data presented in equal-interval graphs to make clinical decisions. Baseline logic calls for a pattern of responding that exhibits relatively little variation in its measured dimensional quantities over a period of time. Baseline so defined is often difficult to achieve when interventions are conducted in natural settings which often include powerful variables that produce identifiable but uncontrollable variability. By deriving bounce, the SCC permits quantitative measurement and comparison of variability before and after clinical intervention, thus measuring rather than controlling variability. Similarly, post-treatment changes in celeration and the immediacy of behavior change can be measured and compared to pre-treatment measures. By using uniform dimensions and standard measurements, the SCC facilitates comparisons of response rates across subjects, times, and locations. The SCC is a tool available to behavior analysts to improve the reliability and precision of clinical decision making by objectively and saliently revealing significant clinical change. |
|
|
|
|
Efficacy of Communication Interventions for Students WithAutism Spectrum Disorderin Varied Contexts: Meta Anaylses and Single-Case Research Results |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4C (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ganz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include four research papers reporting the efficacy of a variety of social and communication interventions designed for students and older individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The first paper will report the results of a single-case multiple baseline design across students with three children with ASD, two of whom were taught to use script phrases in inclusive settings with pre-kindergarten typically-developing peers. The second paper will report the results of a single-case multiple baseline design across behaviors during which a typically-developing middle school student implemented a script intervention with her peer with autism. The third and fourth papers will report the results of meta analyses. One will discuss results of implementation of augmentative and alternative communication systems relative to participant characteristics, including age and diagnostic categories. The final paper will report the results of implementation of point-of-view video modeling with individuals with ASD. Presenters include university faculty and doctoral students. |
|
Teaching Play Interaction Initiation Through Visual Script to Children With Autism in Inclusive Settings |
SIGLIA P. H. CAMARGO (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Lauren Plaisance (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Individuals withautism spectrum disorderhave difficulty initiating and responding to social interactions with peers and adults and/or spontaneously communicating their needs. These social deficits may become a challenge to successful inclusion of students with autism in general education. The purpose of this study was to investigate the effectiveness of a visual script intervention to facilitate preschool children with autism's initiation of play interaction with typical peers. A multiple baseline design across three participants, with two AB series and one control data series was used. |
|
Effects of Peer-Mediated Visual Scripts in Middle School |
AMY KATHLEEN HEATH (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Lauren Plaisance (Texas A&M University), Margot Boles (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Children with autism often require intensive remediation to improve communication skills. Currently, many such students attend general education classes or have opportunities to interact with their typically-developing peers throughout the school day; however, these students often have difficulty communicating with their peers with autism due to lack of responsiveness and poor reciprocity. This study investigated the effectiveness of a peer-mediated intervention during which a middle school student implemented scripted phrases with her peer with autism during leisure activities. Five research questions were addressed within this research study. Did scripted communication phrases prompted by a peer during leisure activities increase the number of appropriate communicative phrases for an individual with autism spectrum disorder (ASD)? Did the individual with ASD's interest and happiness during leisure activities with peer interactions improve as more phrases are learned? Did the individual with autism generalize the use of scripted phrases to interactions with other peers? What effect did the intervention have on the communicative phrases used by the peer during the sessions? Did the individual with ASD continue to use the scripted phrases when the visual prompt was faded? This research is complete and results and discussion will be presented. |
|
An Aggregate Study of Single-Case Research Involving Aided Augmentative and Alternative Communiction: Participant Characteristics of Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
AMY KATHLEEN HEATH (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), Theresa Earles-Vollrath (University of Central Missouri), Mandy J. Rispoli (Texas A&M University), Richard I. Parker (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) who cannot speak at all or not intelligibly are frequently taught to use aided augmentative and alternative communication (AAC). The majority of the research on the use of AAC with individuals with ASD has been single-case research studies. This investigation involved a meta-analysis of the single-case research on the use of aided AAC with individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), investigating the differential impacts of AAC by participant characteristics. An effect size measure, the improvement rate difference (IRD) was used to analyze 24 single-case studies. Two research questions were investigated concerning (a) the impact of AAC interventions on individuals diagnosed with subcategories of ASD and co-morbid conditions, and (b) the effects of AAC interventions on individuals in different age groups. Results indicated that participants with ASD and no additional diagnoses had better outcomes than others and that participants with ASD and developmental disabilities outperformed participants with ASD and multiple disabilities. Further, both preschool and secondary-aged participants had better outcomes than elementary-aged participants. |
|
Point-of-View Video Modeling for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Other Developmental Disabilities: A Meta-Analysis |
ROSE A. MASON (Texas A&M University), Fara D. Goodwyn (Texas A&M University), Heather S. Davis (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Video modeling has been demonstrated to be an efficacious intervention for improving a variety of skills for individuals with autism spectrum disorders. The intervention, which is based on the theory of imitation and social learning typically involves the target individual viewing a video-recorded scene of a model performing the target behavior for the purpose of eliciting imitation of the target skill. Point-of-view video modeling, however, is a unique implementation of video modeling as the video is recorded from the viewpoint of the participant. One advantage of point-of-view modeling is that it eliminates extraneous stimuli. The participant views the environment or a model's hands performing a task. This study explores the evidence base of point-of-view video modeling with individuals withautism spectrum disorderby means of a meta-analysis of improvement rate differences for each participant in the identified studies. Preliminary results indicate a combined improvement rate difference of .78 (p <.000), 90% CI [.72, .82]. The magnitude of effect, replicability of results, and maintenance of acquired skills due to the implementation of this intervention will be discussed. In addition, participant characteristics, skills addressed, and additional intervention components will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Delay Discounting as a Diagnostic Criteria for Acceptance Based Therapies |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Adam Peal (Utah State University) |
MIKE P. TWOHIG (Utah State University) |
STEVEN R. LAWYER (Idaho State University) |
SUZANNE H. MITCHELL (Oregon Health & Science University) |
GREGORY J. MADDEN (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting is the process of devaluing future events. Impulsive decision making occurs when the individual perceives the value of a smaller more immediate reinforcer to be stronger than the value of a larger yet delayed reinforcer. Impulsive decision making is the crux of problematic behaviors. Using measures of delay discounting, we may be able to predict levels of impulsivity at an early age. Since choosing delayed events can cause difficult thoughts and feelings, distress tolerance skills may aid in tolerating those difficult thoughts and feelings and change delay discounting rates. This panel will discuss the possibility of using delay discounting as a predictive measure of impulsive behavior, how it applies as a possible diagnostic criteria prior to implementing the acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) model to possibly change the rate of discounting, the particular populations who tend to be impulsive, and the future effects and economic costs of impulsive behaviors in society. Using the ACT model to target highly impulsive populations, we are able to explore the notion of altering levels of discounting at an early age, reduce problematic behaviors in the future, and possibly effect the way health services are provided. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Perceptions, Strategies, and Guidelines for Individuals With Traumatic Brain InjuryYield New Directions for Behavior Analysts |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Jessica A. Thompson Scibilia (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Discussant: Michael P. Mozzoni (Lakeview NeuroRehabilitation Center) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Thompson Scibilia, M.A. |
Abstract: Disruptive behavior, a common occurrence following traumatic brain injury, can impact all aspects of an individual's life and prohibit progress during the rehabilitation process. In an effort to further investigate how other providers in the continuum of care assess and manage challenging behavior a nationwide survey of acute rehabilitation hospitals was conducted. The first study will present a review of data from 1,224 completed surveys received from 160 different hospitals and will discuss implications the results may present for behavior analysts. The second study designed to investigate the use of reactive strategies in comparison to proactive and preventative strategies will present results from a re-analysis of a subset of the survey data. Finally, the third presentation will discuss the apparent lack of clear, concise, and widely adopted standards of treatment for practitioners working with patients who have experienced brain injuries and are demonstrating problem behavior. Implications for further research and practice will be discussed. |
|
Challenging Behavior Following Brain Injury: Perceptions From Acute Rehabilitation Settings |
LISA ANN KREBER (Centre for Neuro Skills), Sarah Johnson (Centre for Neuro Skills), Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills), Jessica A. Thompson Scibilia (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Abstract: Traumatic brain injury affects approximately 1.4 million Americans each year. Irritability, impulsivity, decreased attention, problems with perseveration, and lack of insight are common following brain injury. The objective of the current study was to survey acute rehabilitation treatment settings to identify specific behaviors seen in this setting, protocols in place, and interventions currently used by therapists and staff. An 11-question survey was developed to assess the types of difficult behavior observed in acute rehabilitation treatment settings. The frequency of these behaviors, challenges in dealing with difficult to manage patients with brain injury, techniques staff rated as successful or unsuccessful, whether training related to behavior was provided, and what protocols were in place to deal with challenging patients were assessed. Over 3,000 surveys were distributed to acute rehabilitation hospitals across the United States. Of these, 1224 surveys from 160 different hospitals were completed and returned. Results indicated the most troubling categories of problem behaviors were irritability, inappropriate verbal responses, refusal of treatment and physical aggression. Survey respondents indicated that one-to-one supervision and family intervention were the most successful interventions utilized. Discussion regarding needs for education in treating challenging behaviors following brain injury in varied rehabilitation settings will be provided. |
|
Why Wait to React? Proactive Versus Reactive Approaches to Challenging Behavior in Acute Rehabilitation Hospitals |
JESSICA A. THOMPSON SCIBILIA (Centre for Neuro Skills), Sarah Johnson (Centre for Neuro Skills), Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills), Lisa Ann Kreber (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Abstract: Following traumatic brain injury doctors respond following the medical model to save the lives of the patients they treat. This crisis-response approach to treatment is typically continued to treat problem behavior that presents during hospital admission. However, reactive responses to severe problem behavior may in fact shape more severe problem behavior during that hospital admission which may make them more difficult and more resistant to behavior change in settings following discharge. A re-analysis of data obtained through a nationwide survey about challenging behavior of 160 acute rehabilitation hospitals will be presented. Statistical analysis using T-tests and ANOVA's were completed to understand how staff from the surveyed hospitals approached and responded to challenging behaviors of the patients they treat. Specifically, responses to challenging behavior of a reactive nature were compared to proactive strategies to prevent problem behavior. Responses regarding reactive strategies were reported more frequently than proactive strategies. However, proactive strategies were perceived to be more likely to be effective. Suggestions for how to change responses to problem behavior in hospital settings will be presented. Quantitative and qualitative data will be discussed. |
|
Lack of Standards and Consensus Guidelines for Treating Problem Behavior in Patients with Traumatic Brain Injury |
CHRIS PERSEL (Centre for Neuro Skills), Jessica A. Thompson Scibilia (Centre for Neuro Skills), Lisa Ann Kreber (Centre for Neuro Skills), Sarah Johnson (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Abstract: Over the past 30 years, many assessment and treatment techniques have been developed to assist in the rehabilitation of individuals with traumatic brain injury (TBI). Publicly accessible websites such as those for the Brain Injury Association of America and the Center for Outcomes and Measurement in Brain Injury have position papers and assessment tools describing accepted interventions. However, one of the most commonly cited areas of concern for this population, challenging or maladaptive behavior, lacks any widely accepted national guidelines, assessment tools or scales, protocols, position papers or outlined standards of care and treatment. The apparent lack of consensus regarding assessment and treatment across the continuum of care in recovery from a TBI raises many questions for treating professionals, patients, and their families. What is considered and recognized as problem behavior? Where would a practitioner or other stakeholder turn to locate standards for treatment? How does the medical model conflict with behavioral principles? Which practitioner should address the difficult behavior? How can increased research and publication be accomplished to assist in developing standards? An argument for establishing easily accessible guidelines outlining the best practices or national standards for the treatment of problem behavior in the TBI population will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Designing Greener: a Multi-Pronged Approach to Cultural and Behavioral Change for Sustainable Living |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
708 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/TPC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Emily Michelle Leeming (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Darnell Lattal (Aubrey Daniels International) |
Abstract: The world population is quickly approaching 7 billion people. By 2050 it is estimated that this number will increase to 9 billion. Current design strategies have relied on destructive, non-sustainable, and unsafe practices that have contributed and supported this population growth. The flaws of this approach are growing more salient. Peak oil, increasing concentrations of carcinogenic substances in our atmosphere, and poor stewardship of limited resources demand a paradigm shift. As the ways of combating these problems become known, the need for behavioral interventions that support and maintain change will be needed. This symposium will discus how interventions for behavior and cultural change could be effectively and ethically pursued. |
|
Climate Change in the Media: Exploring Ethical Philosophies and Behavior Analysis |
THOMAS WADE BROWN (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno), Chelsea Wilhite (University of Nevada, Reno), Emily Michelle Leeming (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The social influence of the news media is tremendous, especially with respect to controversial topics, such as global warming and political policy. Media outlets resemble that of an organization, complete with shareholders and customers that fund the operations of the program. When considering the evidence of climate change, the media has a responsibility to communicate and disseminate evidence-based principles to the general public. However, despite this important responsibility, many media outlets misconstrue and/or do not report important findings. The purpose of this paper will explore ethical philosophies and their relation to the ethics of media reporting, with particular emphasis on environmental concerns. We conclude that the utilitarian approach, while frequently used, is not a sufficient framework to operate under. Alternative frameworks that take into account multiple values (eg. moral pluralism) are explored. In addition, a path is identified for behavior analysts to follow to create cultural change, especially with respect to changing the way the general public gains knowledge of important scientific information. |
|
Promoting and Developing Sustainable Community Practices |
MOLLI LUKE (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: There are many ways to create sustainable practices that not only decrease environmental impact but benefit the environment. It can be approached from the individual level up through groups and/or organizations as targets for change. In an increasingly globalized time, it becomes necessary to take into account both a molar and molecular perspective to effectively address these problems. One target for having larger environmental impact can be at the level of the community. This includes focusing on individuals living in the community as well as the individuals working in organizations that support and affect that community. Developing a sustainable community involves focusing on numerous outcome measures such as economical and environmental health as well as active community participation. This talk focuses on the ways that behavior analysis, as well as new developments in the field, such as behavior systems analysis and relational frame theory, can provide valuable insight into how to create sustainable community practices. |
|
Toward the Prediction and Influence of Green Behavior: Seeking Practical Utility in Research |
WILLIAM D. NEWSOME (University of Nevada, Reno), Mark P. Alavosius (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Despite several decades of effort, the field of psychology has largely failed to make any substantial gains in promoting widespread adoption of proenvironmental behaviors, regulations, or public policies. The bulk of psychology's contributions on the topic have come from two major schools of thought, social/environmental psychology and behavior analysis. These contributions are reviewed in terms of the strengths and weaknesses of each approach both practically and conceptually. A new theoretical framework for understanding the role of psychological factors in influencing environmentally significant behaviors will be suggested. And finally, relatively new developments in third-wave cognitive behavioral therapy are cited as an example of a behavior-change technology that fits well within this conceptual framework and as a promising avenue for future research. |
|
|
|
|
Contemporary Approaches to the Analysis of Choice, Preference, and Decision Making |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
403 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Broadly speaking, choice represents the distribution of time or responses across multiple alternative sources of reinforcement. Thus, throughout the history of our field, behavior analysts have answered conceptual, experimental, and applied questions through the use of choice preparations. This symposium consists of four data-based presentations on contemporary approaches to utilize choice preparations to understand behavioral processes. Moreover, the translational nature of this symposium will highlight the ways that both basic and applied researchers may benefit from understanding choice and decision making. The first presentation by Stein and colleagues offers an experimental view of self-control training. The second presentation by Reed and colleagues will discuss the translation of discounting literature to the social psychology phenomenon of choice overload. The third presentation by Scheithauer and colleagues will discuss a translational approach to examining preference for choice-making opportunities. The symposium will conclude with an applied example of discounting translated to health outcomes among human service workers by Mui Ker Lik and Dixon. |
|
Training Self-control Choice in Lewis Rats: Assessments of Generality Across Novel Procedures |
JEFFREY S. STEIN (Utah State University), Patrick S. Johnson (Utah State University), Adam T. Brewer (University of Kansas), Rochelle R. Smits (Utah State University), Monica T. Francisco (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Previous studies successfully trained self-control choice in pigeons using a delay-fading procedure, in which delay to a smaller-sooner (SS) reinforcer was gradually reduced while delay to a larger-later (LL) reinforcer remained constant; however, if such a procedure is to be of significant experimental and clinical utility, training effects should generalize to conditions outside the training context. Following delay fading in the present study, experimental rats (n=12) exhibited significantly greater self-control choice than control rats (n=12). This effect was not observed across novel delay discounting assessments, although the presence of side bias (induced during training) likely affected results. However, in a final assessment under concurrent variable-interval, variable-interval schedules with varying delays to reinforcement, response allocation in experimental rats was significantly less sensitive to delay compared to control rats, indicating a somewhat generalized effect of training. Future directions will be discussed, as well as how such experimental manipulations may be used in the animal laboratory to examine the relation between steep delay discounting and its correlates (e.g., substance abuse). |
|
On the Devaluation of Choice: Synthesizing Choice Overload and Discounting |
DEREK D. REED (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas), James Chok (Melmark New England) |
Abstract: When making a choice, people like to have options, but an emerging literature on "choice overload" suggests that the provision of too many options results in adverse experiences, including a depletion of cognitive resources and post-decision feelings of regret. A strong implication is that individuals should shy away from situations involving too many options. The present study examined whether this expression of choice overload would emerge when human services workers confronted hypothetical scenarios involving choices of treatment strategies. On different trials, the participants indicated preference for single-option, limited-options, and extensive-options scenarios, wherein the number of extensive-options alternatives geometrically increased across successive trials. In general, preference for extensive-options scenarios decreased with the number of options that they incorporated. Preference for extensive options was well described by a negatively decelerating, hyperbolic-like function that is typically is employed in studies of discounting. Moreover, as expected based on the choice overload framework, participants who were categorized as "Maximizers" using the Maximization and Regret Scales demonstrated lower discounting (i.e., lower k value) than those categorized as "Satisficers." These findings suggest that the quantitative analysis of discounting may be fruitfully applied to advance the study of choice overload. |
|
Assessing Preference for Choice-Making Opportunities With College Students |
MINDY CHRISTINE SCHEITHAUER (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University), Joanna Lomas Meyers (Louisiana State University), Sarah K. Slocum (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Preference for choice-making opportunities has been demonstrated in several non-human animal species and with children of typical and atypical development, but has not been assessed with adult humans. This experiment assessed preference for choice-making opportunities with college-aged students using a concurrent-chains schedule on a computer-based interface. In this preparation, two initial links stimuli were presented on a computer screen. Responding (mouse clicks) to each stimulus resulted in the onset of terminal link conditions. During one terminal link (choice condition) three stimuli were presented and a mouse click on any one stimulus resulted in a point delivery and the conclusion of that chain. During the other terminal link (no-choice) one stimulus was presented and a click to that stimulus resulted in a point and the conclusion of that chain. Each participant experienced one session in which the initial links operated on concurrent variable interval (VI) 10, 15, 20, or 30-s schedules; each session consisted of 90 chain completions. Fourteen of eighteen participants (78%) that experienced the 3 densest schedules demonstrated a choice preference in varying degrees of magnitude, whereas 1 out of 6 participants (17%) that experienced the VI-30 s schedule demonstrated a choice preference. |
|
Discounting Health Outcomes Among Human Service Workers |
NICHOLAS MUI KER LIK (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The current study attempted to apply the discounting paradigm to workers in human service organizations. This was done to assess the rate at which workers in such settings discounted certain and uncertain health outcomes while choosing to engage or to avoid engaging in preventative health behaviors when given a hypothetical situation that involved caring for clients in a residential facility. Participants were given a probability discounting questionnaire that asked them to choose whether they would prefer an immediate, certain health outcome that would occur as a result of engaging in preventative health measures, or a probabilistic outcome as a result of not engaging in those health measures. The uncertain choice was presented at each of the following probabilities: 95%, 90%, 70%, 50%, 30%, 10%, and 5%. An overall discounting curve and area under the curve were obtained for the participants' data. |
|
|
|
|
Resurgence and Renewal: Reinforcement Rates, Schedules and Context as Determinants of Response Recovery Processes |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
406 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Carlos Cancado (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Studies will be presented in which systematic analyses of the controlling variables of resurgence and renewal were conducted. Canado and Lattal studied the effects of reinforcement rates of alternative responding on resurgence of pigeons' key pecking. Differential-reinforcement-of-other behavior schedules were in effect in each component of a multiple schedule such that relatively higher (rich) or lower (lean) reinforcement rates were arranged. More resurgence occurred in the previously lean than in the rich component. Berry and Odum assessed how baseline reinforcement rates and context affected resistance to extinction and renewal. Pigeons were exposed to a multiple VI (lean) VI (rich) schedule in context A (steady houselight), before extinction was in effect in context B (flashing houselight). Responding in the previously rich component had greater resistance to extinction (context B) and showed more recovery when context A was reintroduced. Lieving conducted experiments with rats in which analyses of the effects of rate, schedule type, and distribution of reinforcers in time during the third, test, phase of a resurgence procedure were conducted. His results indicated that extinction was not required to produce resurgence, and are discussed in relation to previous studies on the parameters that influence resurgence and other forms of response recovery. |
|
Response Elimination, Reinforcement Rates and Resurgence |
CARLOS CANCADO (West Virginia University), Kennon A. Lattal (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The effects of reinforcement rates of alternative responding on resurgence were assessed in an experiment with pigeons. Key pecking of each of four pigeons was maintained during the first, training, phase on a multiple variable-interval (VI) VI schedule of reinforcement arranging equal reinforcement rates in each component. During the second, response elimination, phase, 25 sessions were conducted in which variable differential-reinforcement-of-other behavior schedules were in effect in each component of the multiple schedule. During the initial 10 sessions of this phase, the programmed reinforcement rate in each component was equal to that during training. During the terminal 15 sessions, one component had higher, and the other had lower reinforcement rates relative to those obtained during training. When reinforcers were discontinued for 10 sessions during the third, resurgence phase, key pecking differentially resurged in each component. That is, for each pigeon, rates of key pecking were systematically higher in the component previously correlated with lower reinforcement rates during the terminal sessions of response elimination (i.e., lean component) than in the component correlated with higher reinforcement rates (i.e., rich component). Procedural differences between this and previous studies will be discussed in accounting for the differences in the obtained results. |
|
The Effects of Baseline Reinforcer Rate on Resistance to Extinction and Renewal |
MEREDITH S. BERRY (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Five pigeons were exposed to anapplied behavior analysisrenewal procedure. During baseline conditions key-pecking was reinforced on a multiple variable-interval (VI) 120-s (lean) and 30-s (rich) schedule of food presentation, with each schedule associated with a different key color. Following these baseline conditions in the presence of a steady houselight (context A), responding was placed on extinction in the presence of a blinking houselight (context B). After 6 sessions of extinction in the presence of a blinking houselight, responding remained on extinction and the houselight was returned to the original steady illumination (context A). Levels of responding in context B were more resistant to extinction on the key color previously associated with the relatively rich schedule relative to the lean for four of the five pigeons. Additionally, recovery of responding was generally greater in the rich component than the lean upon the reintroduction of context A. Comparable results were observed in similar preparations using the renewal paradigm in which the original training context was altered during extinction, and recovery of responding occurred upon the reintroduction of the baseline context. |
|
Schedule-Induced Resurgence |
GREGORY A. LIEVING (West Virginia University Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Rats were exposed to the following three-condition resurgence procedure: (1) baseline, (2) reinforcement for alternative behavior, and (3) schedule change for alternative behavior. Right-lever pressing in two-lever operant chambers was reinforced with food pellets on variable-ratio (VR) schedules during baseline conditions. In the second condition, left-lever pressing produced food pellets on VR schedules and right-lever presses were extinguished. In the third and final condition, the schedule of reinforcement for left-lever pressing was changed. Resurgence of right-lever pressing during the third condition was examined, and was defined as a recovery of left-lever presses relative to their occurrence in the final six sessions of the previous condition. Across experiments, the changed-to schedule in the final condition was varied to arrange for changes in reinforcement rate, schedule type, and distribution of reinforcers across time. Results indicate that extinction is not required to produce resurgence, and are discussed in relation to previous basic research on the parameters that influence resurgence and other forms of response recovery. |
|
|
|
|
Revisiting the Overjustification Effect |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
404 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Nicole Heal (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Nicole Heal, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In the controversy over the use of rewards in educational settings, the overjustification effect has been used as an argument against the use of rewards. The overjustification effect is said to occur when rewards are provided to a learner for engagement in an activity, and when the rewards are subsequently removed activity engagement decreases to a level below that of initial baseline levels (i.e., prior to providing the rewards). Some have interpreted this decrease in engagement as a destruction of the learner's intrinsic motivation. The aim of the current set of studies was to identify the conditions under which the overjustification effect does and does not occur. To this end, the relative preference value of the instrumental task and reward was manipulated in the first study, tangible rewards were presented for activity engagement when only one or multiple preferred activities were available in the second study, and socially mediated reinforcement and/or automatic reinforcement was arranged in the third study. Based on a review of 39 published studies the extent to which the overjustification effect was demonstrated in the context of providing reinforcers for adaptive responding to persons with intellectual disabilities is presented in the final study. |
|
A Methodological Extension: The Effects of Preference Value in Prediction of the Overjustification Effect |
JODI ELIZABETH NUERNBERGER (Southern Illinois University), Nicole Heal (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The overjustification effect is commonly used as evidence in arguments made against the use of rewards with children in educational settings. The purpose of this study was to extend the literature on the overjustification effect by using single-subject methodology to assess the effects of relative preference between the instrumental task and the reward in the prediction of the overjustification effect. Two conditions in which either a relatively higher or lower preferred reward was presented contingent on task engagement were alternated in an alternating treatments design. Evidence of the overjustification effect was present with only one participant in the condition in which a lower preferred reward was provided contingent on a higher preferred instrumental task. Interestingly, a punishment effect was observed during the contingent reward phase prior to the removal of the contingent reward. A comparison of past methodologies and the current methodology used to evaluate the overjustification effect are compared and discussed. |
|
Evaluations of the Overjustification Effect |
KERRI P. BERARD (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Amanda Bullard (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The utility of reinforcement-based procedures has been well established in the behavior analysis literature. The overjustification effect is one popular criticism of programs that use tangible rewards. Rewards are frequently delivered in school settings and include grades, stickers, and star charts. The overjustification hypothesis suggests that the delivery of an extrinsic (socially mediated) reward contingent on engagement with an activity that occurs at some level without apparent socially mediated reinforcement will result in a reduction in the amount engagement of that activity from baseline levels when discontinued. This study evaluated the effects of delivering tangible reinforcers contingent on engagement with preferred age-appropriate leisure activities on the amount of engagement after reinforcement was discontinued. The participants were children in first grade and undergraduate students. Tangible reinforcers were delivered for engaging with the preferred activities under different conditions, for example with one or with several items available at the same time. The results did not support the overjustification hypothesis; however they suggest that extended exposure to a preferred item may have effects that look superficially similar to the overjustification effect. |
|
Socially Mediated and Automatic Reinforcement Contingencies in the Overjustification Effect |
Sean P. Peterson (Texas Christian University), ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University), Claire Kirk (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: When a socially mediated reinforcement contingency is withdrawn, performance may under some circumstances decrease below the levels at which it would have been maintained in the absence of the history with the contingency. This phenomenon has been termed the overjustification effect. The present study built on an unpublished experiment described by Neuringer (2003), in which the overjustification effect was demonstrated when automatic consequences of behavior were withdrawn by blocking, supporting a negative contrast interpretation of the effect. Typically developing preschool-age children participated. The target behavior was engagement with drawing materials. During sessions, participants had access to drawing materials and two other similarly preferred activities. In Experiment 1, following baseline, preferred food was delivered contingent on drawing. When food was subsequently withdrawn, two of the three participants' engagement decreased below baseline levels. In Experiment 2, food was contingent on drawing in all three phases, and automatic consequences of drawing were manipulated by providing functional versus nonfunctional drawing materials. When functional materials were withdrawn, only one of the three participants' engagement decreased below baseline. Experiment 3 uses modified drawing materials and a modified response definition to address possible reasons why the effect was not observed reliably in Experiment 2. |
|
The Detrimental Effects of Extrinsic Reinforcement on Intrinsic Motivation in Persons With Intellectual Disabilities: A Post-Hoc Examination of Reinforcer Assessment Data |
Allison T. Schultz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), ABBEY CARREAU-WEBSTER (Kennedy Krieger Institutue), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The use of reinforcement contingencies for children has been at the forefront of the overjustification controversy. Numerous experiments and meta-analyses have been conducted to date, but the debate on the detrimental effects of reward persists. In the current study, we examined overjustification effects in the context of providing reinforcers for adaptive responding to persons with intellectual disabilities. A literature review produced 39 data sets meeting criteria that included: (a) responding during an initial no-reinforcement phase could be compared to a second no-reinforcement phase; and (b) each reinforcer assessment data set included a reinforcement phase with a clear reinforcement effect. Effect-sizes were calculated for general effects and moderator variables. In general, overjustification effects were equally as likely to occur or not occur. Secondary analysis revealed that (a) overjustification effects were more likely when responding occurred at relatively higher levels in the absence of reinforcement and (b) levels of responding were significantly higher immediately after reinforcement than they were immediately prior to reinforcement. Analysis of each of the moderator variables proved non-significant. The results are discussed in the context of prior studies on overjustification effects and with regard to the relevance of such effects for educational endeavors with children with intellectual disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
Relational Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
405 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Jon Gretar Sigurjonsson (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
|
Generalization of Thought Suppression: Transformation of Thought Suppression Functions Via Derived Same and Opposite Relations |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
IAN T. STEWART (National University of Ireland, Galway), Nic Hooper (Kent State University), Paul Walsh (National University of Ireland, Galway), Louise A. Mchugh (Swansea University) |
|
Abstract: This study investigated transformation of thought suppression functions via derived same and opposite relations. In Experiment 1 participants were first exposed to matching-to-sample procedures to establish contextually controlled sameness and opposition relational responding. They were then trained and tested for formation of two five-member relational networks composed of same and opposite relations. In the final stage they were instructed to suppress all thoughts of a particular word, while a number of words appeared on the screen in front of them in a quasi-random cycle including the to-be-suppressed word, and words either in the same (experimental) relational network as the latter or in the other (control) relational network. Findings showed participants were significantly more likely and faster to remove the target word than other words; to remove words in trained than derived relations with the target; to remove words in same than opposite relations with the target; and to remove words in the experimental than in the control relational network. These patterns were seen both at an individual as well as at a group level. In Experiment 2, which involved training and testing a network involving more opposite than same relations, a similar but weaker pattern was observed. |
|
Differences in Gamma Frequencies Differentiate Between Successful and Unsuccessful Equivalence Acquisition |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
JON GRETAR SIGURJONSSON (National University of Ireland, Galway), Denis P. O'Hora (National University of Ireland, Galway) |
|
Abstract: Electrophysiological measurements have increasingly been used by behavior analysts to capture brain activity during complex learning. Wavelet measurements allow both high temporal and spectral accuracy, allowing researchers to observe changes in relevant EEG frequencies with millisecond accuracy. Participants were 32 undergraduate students, who were trained in a linear matching to sample stimulus equivalence paradigm. Training included A-B and B-C training and extinction for all participants and a mixed A-B/B-C training for half of the participants. Testing consisted of equivalence, transitivity and symmetry. All participants displayed more than 80% correct responses in B-C extinction. Sixteenparticipants successfully displayed equivalence and their EEG activity during B-C extinction and C-A equivalence was compared to those that did not display equivalence. The results show that EEG gamma activity in the left temporal lobe predicted performance on the stimulus equivalence task while behavioral results did not. Additionally, EEG markers in the posterior regions of the brain predicted successful acquisition of equivalence classes. These results and the possible practical application of the EEG will be discussed. |
|
Derived Relations, Verbal Mediation, and Recognition Memory |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
DANNA M. CHALLIES (Massey University), Maree J. Hunt (Victoria University of Wellington), David N. Harper (Victoria University of Wellington) |
|
Abstract: The misinformation effect occurs when a witness unwittingly incorporates false information into memory. Often it isn't possible to identify a distinct source of misinformation; false memories appear to emerge when witnesses integrate information from multiple sources. In a match-to-sample (MTS)stimulus equivalence task, a small number of trained relations between some arbitrary stimuli result in a large number of untrained relations emerging between all members of the class. In the first experiment, participants memorized target stimuli then misinformation was introduced to experimental participants via derived relations. Participants exposed to misleading stimuli in a MTS task were more likely to misidentify stimuli at a recognition test than control participants who completed a vigilance task with the same stimuli for a similar length of time. In a second experiment, the experimental group were instructed to use verbal mediation (naming the stimuli and linking them using a rule) during the MTS misinformation task. The misinformation effect was significantly reduced compared to a group completing the MTS task without encouragement to use a verbal strategy. Topographically identical behaviors, completing a stimulus equivalence MTS task with or without verbal mediation, may have different underlying processes, observable at the group level as varying susceptibility to the misinformation effect. |
|
|
|
|
|
Issues and Advances in the Use of Differential Reinforcement in Schools |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Jennifer L. Austin (University of Glamorgan) |
Discussant: Mark O'Reilly (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Austin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement is a common behavior change strategy used in schools. This symposium will present data on the utility of differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (in the form of point cards), differential reinforcement of low rates, and differential reinforcement of other behavior. In addition to demonstrating how these strategies may be used in school settings, the symposium also will address issues surrounding the implementation of these interventions, including scaling up, behavioral contrast, and mechanisms underlying behavior change. |
|
Addressing Disruptive Behavior in School Using Point Card Interventions: New Directions |
CYNTHIA M. ANDERSON (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Point-card interventions, also called daily report cards and home-school notes, have a robust history for decreasing problem behavior and enhancing academic success. Although such interventions often are developed individually-specific target responses, reinforcement schedule, etcetera for each child, recent research suggests that point cards might be used as well as a Tier II intervention within a comprehensive, multi-tiered model of support. In such a system, point cards are delivered similarly across all students receiving the intervention, thus reducing the response effort required by school staff. A growing body of work documents the utility of such school-wide interventions for decreasing problem behavior and enhancing academic skills. To date most of this research has focused on children with attention-maintained problem behavior. Further, most studies document effects with one or a few children. In this presentation we (a) document extensions of point-card interventions nested within a school-wide intervention for children whose problem behavior is escape-maintained and (b) illustrate outcomes across multiple schools in several districts implementing these Tier II interventions. |
|
Using Differential Reinforcement of Low Rates to Reduce Elementary School Children's Requests for Teacher Attention |
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of Glamorgan), Deborah Bevan (University of Glamorgan) |
Abstract: We evaluated the effectiveness of full-session differential reinforcement of low rates (DRL) on three primary school children's rates of requesting attention from their teacher. Using baseline rates of responding and teacher recommendations, we set a DRL schedule that was substantially lower than baseline yet still allowed the children access to teacher assistance. The DRL schedule was effective in reducing children's requests for assistance and approval, and the teacher found the intervention highly useful and acceptable. The possible mechanisms accounting for behavior change using full-session DRL schedules will be discussed. |
|
Myth or Fact: Behavioral Contrast in a School Setting |
Michael J. Berlin (California State University, Los Angeles), MICHELE D. WALLACE (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: This investigation evaluated the likelihood of obtaining behavioral contrast in an untreated classroom, when reinforcement conditions where changed in a treatment classroom. A functional analysis suggested that three middle-school students' challenging behaviors were maintained by attention. During baseline, inappropriate comments spoken by each student were recorded across two classrooms "A" and "B." Following baseline, a differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) and extinction procedure was implemented in classroom "A," while baseline continued in classroom "B." As the levels of inappropriate comments decreased in classroom "A," levels in classroom "B" declined for two of the three participants, although the reinforcement rate maintaining the challenging behavior in classroom "B" remained constant (i.e., baseline conditions). Finally, the DRO and extinction procedure was implemented in classroom "B" resulting in further reductions of inappropriate comments. Thus, behavioral contrast was not observed in classroom "B" for any of the participants. |
|
|
|
|
Tackling Tough Issues in Education-based Assessment |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Jeffrey F. Hine (University of Georgia) |
|
Using Discrete Trials to Increase the Feasibility of Assessing Student Problem Behavior |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
JEFFREY F. HINE (University of Georgia), Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia) |
|
Abstract: Although functional assessment increases the likelihood of choosing an effective intervention, most school-based functional assessments rely mainly on perceptions and anecdotal information. Most often more firm and reliable information is necessary to identify the function of problem behavior. Existing functional analysis (FA) models require greater resources and skills than are available to typical classroom teachers and are not generally appropriate for classroom environments. This study involved the evaluation of alternative procedures for systematically assessing the function of inappropriate behavior in a typical classroom. Following a teacher interview and collection of ABC data, conditions were developed that allowed for the evaluation of systematic manipulation of antecedents on student problem behavior. Conditions included systematically manipulating the difficulty of tasks and the attention provided to students for inappropriate behavior. Unlike most functional analyses, inappropriate behavior resulted in the termination of sessions. The lapse of time between the beginning of a session and the observation of an inappropriate target behavior (i.e., latency) was recorded for each session. If inappropriate behavior was not observed within the specified time frame (e.g., 4 or 5 min), sessions were terminated. The condition type consistently resulting in the shortest lapse of time between the beginning of the sessions and the observation of target inappropriate behavior suggested that the manipulation of that condition was the function of the inappropriate behavior. A multi-element design (Easy/Attention, Difficult /Attention, Easy/No Attention, Difficult/No Attention) was used to isolate a function, followed by an ABAB manipulation to further demonstrate discrepancy between the two conditions containing the highest and lowest latency across FA sessions. Information regarding the implication of results for practice as well as social validity of this assessment will be presented. |
|
Assessing Peer Interactions in the Natural Environment: Initial Validation of the Social Observation System |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MICHELLE ENNIS SORETH (Rowan University), Philip L. Concors (ABC Consultants, LLC), Katelyn Dintino (ABC Consultants, LLC) |
|
Abstract: A paucity of empirical research exists evaluating the effectiveness of social skills training programs as it relates to the generalization of social skills acquired through analog training sessions to the natural environment. One possible barrier in conducting such research is the seeming lack of empirically validated direct observation tools that can be utilized for progress monitoring, program evaluation, and outcome measurement. Duration of peer interaction can be found in the research literature as a potentially valid metric to capture acquisition and generalization of social skills repertoires among school-aged children. Further, data concerning the initiation, reciprocity, and appropriateness of peer interaction may also lend to the direct assessment of these social skill repertoires. Initial validation data for the social observation system (Concors & Ennis, 2007)-a data collection system that utilizes direct measures of duration, initiation, and reciprocity-will be examined through case presentations. Potential strengths and limitations of using duration of peer interaction as a measure of social competency will be discussed. |
|
A Time Series Alternative for Assessment 5 of the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher EducationSpecialized ProfessionalAssociationsProcess |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JANICE A. GRSKOVIC (Indiana University Northwest), Sheila Marie Trzcinka (Indiana University Northwest), Suneeta Kercood (Butler University) |
|
Abstract: The National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) provides rigorous standards that schools of education must meet to be accredited. One step in this process, the approval of programs, must take place a year before the accreditation visit. Many state departments of education have relegated the task of program approvals to NCATE through a process whereby schools demonstrate how their programs meet the standards of specialized professional associations (SPAs). The SPA review requires two semesters of assessment data from 6-8 key assessments throughout a licensure program that must meet all of the SPA standards. Assessment 5 of this process requires schools of education to document how they assess their candidates' effects on K-12 student learning. Since this is a newer requirement, many education faculty look to NCATE for a model on how to create this assessment. The models provided by NCATE utilize a pretest posttest, whole class methodology. This model doesn't have direct application to many special education teachers who need to demonstrate their impact on the achievement of an individual. Therefore, the purpose of this session is to present a model for Assessment 5 of the NCATE SPA process that employs time series data collection and curriculum-based measurement. |
|
Measurement of Treatment Integrity in Academic Interventions: A Comparison of Methods |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
AMANDA L. YURICK (Cleveland State University) |
|
Abstract: This pilot study presents an alternative method of treatment integrity data collection designed to increase sensitivity and yield more prescriptive retraining efforts on complex, continuous behaviors captured in an academic intervention setting. Although researchers are more aware of the importance of ensuring the integrity of the independent variable, the methods of measurement used are often far less sensitive than measures used to ensure the integrity of the dependent variable. The participants in this study included five graduate student- elementary student intervention dyads (n=10) implementing lessons from the Direct Instruction Corrective Reading series in once weekly tutoring sessions. Data were collected using both a traditional dichotomous checklist and a targeted interval recording method and then compared for agreement and utility for retraining efforts. Results indicated that the traditional dichotomous checklist method tended to yield slightly higher scores for overall adherence to protocol, but varied dramatically in the sub-component skills, thus obscuring efforts to retrain specific teaching and learning behaviors. Implications for practice include successfully addressing the limitations in holistic adherence to protocol analysis of a dichotomous checklist and extending treatment integrity data collection to prescriptive retraining procedures. |
|
|
|
|
|
Training and Motivating Staff Members to Implement Programs in a Residential Educational Facility |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
704/706 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center) |
Discussant: Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Silber, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Training and motivating staff members to implement educational, behavioral, and administrative procedures is important in residential educational facilities. Administrators and families rely on direct care staff members to teach and take care of students, so it is critical that staff members are well-trained and motivated to correctly implement these programs. This symposium includes three research studies which sought to improve staff training of an administrative procedure (i.e., signing students in and out) and an educational program (the picture exchange communication system; PECS). These studies also evaluated the effects of providing reinforcement to staff contingent on completing these procedures. The first study evaluated whether staff members' low compliance with the sign in/out procedure was an issue of poor training or poor motivation, and attempted to increase compliance accordingly. The second study evaluated a school-wide behavioral skills training package for teaching staff to implement PECS and found that staff members benefited from all components of the training package. The third study evaluated the effectiveness of positive reinforcement alone, negative reinforcement alone, and the two in combination at increasing the number and variety of PECS trials completed by staff. Implications, limitations, and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Knowledge Versus Motivation-Finding the Best Road Towards More Durable Compliance to an Administrative Procedure |
LAWRENCE L. LOCKWOOD (Evergreen Center), Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: Procedural compliance with required paperwork is necessary for agency, state and federal education reporting guidelines. Proper and timely adherence to these procedures yields the most accurate information. While this does not directly affect the student population, it may affect agency funding, community standing and agency work duties. This study evaluated whether a procedural compliance issue (regarding a single paperwork requirement of physically signing all students in and out as they come and go) was a motivational or knowledge based problem (i.e., a matter of reinforcement versus appropriate training). A reversal design will be implemented to evaluate the contributions of reinforcement and training to improving staff adherence to this procedure. This study will also investigate whether a school-wide memo or online training is more effective for training staff. A comparison design across units will be used along with social validity questions for this training phase. The final phase will assess durability as well as the overall success with compliance using the two training methods. Results will indicate whether low adherence was due to poor training or poor motivation and will aim to increase compliance accordingly. Inter-rater reliability will be calculated for at least 30% of days via permanent product data. |
|
Training Staff to Implementa Picture Exchange Communication SystemUsing Online Training, Video Modeling, and In Vivo Feedback |
JENNIFER M. SILBER (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: There is limited research on how to train staff members to implement the picture exchange communication system (PECS; Frost & Bondy, 2002) with students. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of various components of a behavioral skills training package to teach staff to implement Phases I-IIIB of PECS. All staff members in three classrooms were required to watch a series of online trainings that included didactic material and video models. Staff from two of these units then met individually with a PECS trainer to demonstrate correct implementation of these phases. Staff members from all three units were then observed in vivo implementing PECS trials with students. Following 3 days of PECS implementation of each phase with no in vivo feedback, modeling and feedback from PECS trainers was provided to improve staff members' implementation. Data indicated that staff who merely watched the online trainings implemented most steps correctly in the classroom, but staff who watched the online trainings and completed a return demonstration implemented more steps correctly. All staff benefited from in vivo modeling and feedback from PECS trainers. Interobserver agreement was calculated for at least 30% and was high. Implications, limitations, and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
The Effects of Positive and Negative Reinforcement on Staff Members' Implementation of Students' Picture Exchange Communication System Program |
ROCHELLE CASTELL (Evergreen Center), Jennifer M. Silber (Evergreen Center), Gordon A. DeFalco (Evergreen Center) |
Abstract: Implementation of the picture exchange communication system (PECS) typically decreases after staff training is completed and ongoing consultation ceases (Howlin, Gordon, Pasco, Wade, & Charman, 2007). In the current study, formal training was conducted with all participating staff members and PECS was implemented throughout a residential educational facility. Staff members were given the expectation that 40 picture exchanges would be made during both school and residence hours. The daily average of staff implementation and collected data varied across six classrooms/residences and were all significantly below the expectations. The purpose of the current study was to investigate the effectiveness of a school-wide reminder of the expectations, positive reinforcement alone (i.e., biweekly incentives and individual staff recognition), negative reinforcement alone (i.e., avoiding additional training and meeting with administrators), and a combination of the two at increasing the number and variety of PECS trials completed by staff. Using a reversal design, it is expected that one or more reinforcement procedures will be effective at improving staff members' implementation of PECS trials. Inter-rater agreement will be assessed for at least 30% of permanent product data collection. Implications, limitations, and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Future of Organizational Behavior Management: Designing Research for Business |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
710/712 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Krystyna Riley (Western Michigan University) |
NICOLE E. GRAVINA (Roosevelt University) |
CLOYD HYTEN (ADI) |
MANUEL A. RODRIGUEZ (Continuous Learning Group, Inc.) |
TERRY E. MCSWEEN (Quality Safety Edge) |
Abstract: This panel will discuss current practices in organizational behavior management (OBM) and our future direction. More specifically, the panel will describe how we can begin to focus our research on addressing important issues in business. The panel is made up of practitioners and researchers who are all committed to advancing the science of behavior in business. The panel will discuss current gaps in the OBM research literature and suggest ideas for future research. In addition, the panel will discuss how research can be better disseminated to practitioners so that they can have access to current research knowledge and implement best practices immediately. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analysis at Home and in Schools: Teaching Parents and Teachers to Take an Active Role in Intervention |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3A (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Nicole M. Trosclair-Lasserre (GNO Resource Center on Developmental Disabilities) |
CE Instructor: Nicole Trosclair-Lasserre, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is often recommended as a first line of treatment for various symptoms (e.g., self-injury, aggression, social withdrawal, language and communication delays, etc.) associated with mental retardation, autism, and other developmental disabilities. It is also recommended most frequently for a variety of Diagnostic and Statistical Manual-IV (DSM-IV) disorders including autism spectrum disorders, mental retardation, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), and conduct disorder (Rush & Frances, 2000; National Research Council, 2001). In addition, positive, long-term outcomes have been reported in the literature when strategies recommended by Stokes and Baer (1977) were incorporated into ABA-based intervention programs including teaching in and across an individual�s everyday environments (e.g., home, school, etc.) and involving parents as change agents (Sturmey & Fitzer, 2007). This symposium will discuss various ways to involve parents or teachers in ABA-based interventions. Specifically, parents or teachers were taught skills such as embedded instruction, prompting, consequence delivery, data collection, data analysis, et cetera to assist with skill building or behavior reduction. |
|
Addressing Recommendations for Intervention Programs for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder Within a Part-C Early Intervention System |
NICOLE M. TROSCLAIR-LASSERRE (GNO Resource Center on Developmental Disabilities), Jay A. Sevin (GNO Resource Center on Developmental Disabilities), Maria T. Blanco (LSUHSC Human Development Center), Gina Easterly (LSUHSC Human Development Center), Philip G. Wilson (LSUHSC Human Development Center) |
Abstract: In 2001, the National Research Council (NRC) outlined several intervention program characteristics identified in the literature as contributing to successful outcomes for individuals with an autism spectrum disorder. However, it may be difficult to incorporate many of the NRC's recommendations into services delivered through a federally funded Part C early intervention system. The Early Intensive Treatment Program (EITP) was a pilot project aimed at identifying methods that could be used to integrate the NRC's recommendations into Louisiana's Part C intervention system (i.e., EarlySteps). Five parent-child dyads participated. Using behavioral-skills training (e.g., Sarokoff and Sturmey, 2004), parents were taught to use behavior-based intervention strategies (e.g., prompting, consequence delivery) to teach several individualized skills to their child. Parents also were taught to embed intervention into naturally occurring daily routines and activities. Data were collected on parent's use of the intervention strategies and child progress towards intervention goals. Outcomes indicate that parents were able to successfully employ behavior-based intervention strategies to teach targeted skills to their child within daily routines and activities. |
|
Parent Skills Intervention Program: Description and Outcomes of a Summer Parent Skills Training Program |
LILLIE WILSON (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Sarah J. Antal (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Alyssa Martin (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Rachel Pantermuehl (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Adrian Joy Sepulveda (University of Houston - Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Many parents of children with autism would like to play a role in their child's skill development, but they have few resources or opportunities to learn effective teaching techniques. Parent SkIP (skills intervention program) is a 9-week summer program designed to train parents of children with autism or other developmental disabilities to teach their children a variety of functional skills. The purpose of this paper is to describe the training program and its outcomes. Nineteen parents participated during the summer of 2010. After selecting several different targets from nine skills domains (e.g., attending skills, self-care, communication), the parents participated in a combination of large group and one-on-one training sessions. Instructors taught the parents how to deliver effective instructions, how to use and fade prompts, how to identify and use reinforcers, how to manage problem behavior, and how to monitor their children's progress. Data were collected on the baseline and post-training performance of each parent, as well as the percentage of targets that were mastered by each child. The outcomes indicate that parents learned to effectively teach their children, that these skills generalized across a variety of targets, and that the parents were highly satisfied with the training. |
|
Validation of Parent Collected Observational Data in the Natural Environment |
ADDIE F. ANDRUS (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan A. Call (Marcus Autism Center), Rosa I. Arriaga (Georgia Institute of Technology), Dana M. Swartzwelder (Marcus Autism Center), Nazneen Anwar (Georgia Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Observation of behavior in the natural environment can be beneficial in guiding treatment decisions. Unfortunately, there are a number of factors which can make data collection in such situations difficult. Video recording of the behavior is often used when direct observation is not possible. However, this solution also provides its own set of difficulties. Continuous video recording often produces a substantial amount of unnecessary footage to be scored. Alternatively, video recording initiated once problem behavior occurs, fails to capture the relevant antecedent events. As a solution to both problems, software was developed to allow caregivers to signal when the target behavior occurred. Unlike discrete recording, the signal prompts the video recording system to store the footage captured just prior and following the signal. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of this video recording system by comparing the footage the caregivers signaled to the corresponding hours of continuously collected video. Specifically, the accuracy of caregiver collected footage and missed occurrences of the target behavior were investigated. Strategies for increasing the accuracy of parent collected footage were explored. |
|
Training Public School Teachers to Use Data Based Decision Analysis With Discrete Trial Training |
DANA ZAVATKAY (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Hively (One for Autism) |
Abstract: Research has shown increased rates of skill acquisition for students when teachers were trained not just to record acquisition data but also to analyze and use these data to make programming decisions according to a set of predetermined rules (Sharpe, Hawkins, & Ray, 1995; Keohane & Greer, 2005). In the present study 8 classroom teachers from both rural and metropolitan public school districts were trained by a Board Certified Behavior Analyst in methods of implementation and data collection associated with discrete trial training. The teachers were also trained to make data based decisions according to specified rules for making changes in program targets and for adding or fading prompts used during teaching. Data will be presented showing the types of teacher decision making errors made and what effects these errors had on students' rate of skill acquisition. Finally, some suggestions for reducing teacher errors will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Our Own Teaching in the Class and in the Lab |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1D (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Jasmine Barnes (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The classroom and the lab environment provide areas where behavioral interventions have shown considerable efficacy. This symposium presents three papers on the use of behavioral analytic principles in these settings in order to improve teaching behavior. The first two studies utilize the classroom environment to intervene on instructor behavior and course material presentation. The first paper presents a multiple-baseline study of course instructor behavior to assess the effectiveness of teaching technique. The second paper describes a study using different classroom presentation styles to teach course material, evaluating which style is most effective in conveying course material. The third paper details a study in the laboratory environment using an expert system of training experimenters in coding. Errorless training was used to determine whether generalized transfer of training might be generalized to a skill not directly trained. Results and implications for each study will be discussed. |
|
Behaving While Teaching: Measuring the Effects of Student Feedback on New Instructor Behavior |
REGAN M. SLATER (University of Mississippi), Nadia Lucas (University of Mississippi), Maureen Kathleen Flynn (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: New university instructors begin professorial roles with many tasks, including development of teaching style. Instructors often assume this role needing to develop or enhance specific behaviors to improve teaching effectiveness. Frequently, little or no feedback is given to help them develop these skills other than course evaluations. The focus of the current study was to assess the teaching style of a graduate student instructor and to shape three target behaviors of that instructor. The target behaviors were chosen based on specific areas for improvement of the instructor. The current study utilizes a multiple baseline design with student ratings. The students in the course rated the instructor's performance during each class lecture. Ratings were done on each of the target behaviors using a Likert-type scale. In addition, each lecture was video recorded and coded by three independent observers. Feedback on the performance of the target behaviors was given to the instructor by the coders. The results and implications of this study will be discussed. |
|
Education by Powerpoint? Relative Effectiveness of Various Visual Presentation Styles |
KERRY C. WHITEMAN (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Recently sales and other professional speakers have relied less upon default bullet-point styles in presentation software and more upon visually interesting slides that augment rather than duplicate what the speaker is saying (e.g., Presentation Zen). Although such visually intriguing presentations are growing in popularity among professional speakers, there is no published research to date about the use of such styles in educational settings. This paper will present two studies to examine the relative effectiveness of these styles. Participants in these studies were exposed to various brief behavior analysis lectures that used traditional bullet-points or an enhanced presentation. Following each lecture, participants took a brief quiz that included knowledge based and social validity questions. |
|
Teaching Gestural Communication With an Expert System: A Study of Imitative Transfer |
TIFFANY FRIZZELL (Rollins College), Roger D. Ray ((AI)2, Inc.) |
Abstract: An expert system designed for errorless training of behavioral observation and coding skills (Train-To-Code) was used to evaluate whether a generalized transfer of training might generate a skill not directly trained. Three participants were trained to code visually presented discrete-trial communicative gestures by selecting a textual word that translated each gesture into an English word equivalent. Pre- and post-training evaluation protocols presented the gestures and prompted participants to type (textual production) associated English translation/code words for each of 40 gestures. Training consisted of 200 total training trials on vocabulary sets of 10 words each administered in four successive training sessions. After each 10-word training session, participants were orally prompted to produce the appropriate gestural sign matching an oral prompt for all 40 vocabulary items, regardless of vocabulary set presented in training. No oral presentations of vocabulary or production gesture was ever involved in training. Both visually prompted textual productions and orally prompted gestural productions approximated 90-100% accuracy within-vocabulary sets immediately after training and during 1-week followup evaluations. A second study reducing training to 100 training trials per vocabulary set replicated these results with another group of participants. |
|
|
|
|
On Terms: The Role of Specificity and Consistency in Practice and Research |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
601 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Ambiguous or ill-defined verbal behavior can lead to variability in responding amongst researchers and service providers when uttered or written. While some terminological inconsistencies may not result in greatly undesired outcomes, some, however, will. Inconsistency in plan implementation, style of approach to behavior change, or the ability to accurately replicate research are just some examples that require immediate attention from the field of behavior analysis. These inconsistencies can lead to the inability of professionals to collaborate effectively or to accurately disseminate their practices and findings to the general public. Four terminological areas that deserve attention are "response cost," "discrimination and generalization," "prompt hierarchies," and "reinforcement." Through an exploration of historical and current definitions with an emphasis on consistent use in the future, and analyzing the potential impact this has on research and practice, we as a field can be better prepared to serve our clients through the elimination of our variability in responding in regards to these terms. |
|
On Terms: Intrusion on Precision: Prompt Hierarchy, It's Time to Be Specific |
MARK MALADY (University of Nevada, Reno), Scott A. Miller (University of Nevada, Reno), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: When using terms derived from the literature it is important that these terms are under the control of specific research questions. The term least-to-most prompting (LTM) has referred to a number of procedures which progress gradually based on intrusiveness of response prompting on successive prompts within a learning opportunity. Currently there are three trends that are described when detailing a prompting hierarchy. On its face, in each use, the distinguishing factor is the level of intrusion. However, as these are examined, it becomes clear that of the three general uses of LTM prompting, the level of intrusion is a feature based on formal properties of the prompting used in one instance, and the functional properties in the other two uses. It is critical that behavior analysts are specific in their terminology, and any term which has three different uses is problematic. This presentation focuses on the conceptual benefits for research and theoretical implications of solving this terminological issue while highlighting the limitations of the term so long as the procedural rules to be followed remain ambiguous. |
|
Discrimination and Generalization: Environmental Control of Mentalistic Process? |
BENJAMIN N. WITTS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: In About Behaviorism, B. F. Skinner (1971) stated that terms such as discrimination and generalization can be mentalistic if not operating in the appropriate context. Specifically, to state that an organism discriminates is to suggest that some inner workings are transpiring to control the behavior of the organism such that responding is differentiated. However, it is more parsimonious to state that it is the environment which discriminates, and that it is our history with regard to that environment which is responsible for current behavior. Within research, misuse of these terms can lead to errors in replications of studies, thus leading to potentially non-reproducible outcomes. In our applied workings, stating that organisms discriminate or generalize is to place the blame of failures to discriminate and generalize on the organism, and not on the individual responsible for the behavior change of the individual. By shifting the responsibility to those who design interventions, we are better prepared to serve our clients through creative problem-solving to help develop appropriate responding. |
|
A Colloquial Dilemma: The Process and Uses of Reinforcers, Reinforcement, and Re-Enforcement |
SCOTT A. MILLER (University of Nevada, Reno), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Catania (2007) points out that reinforcement is a process, which it is to say that reinforcement cannot have been said to have taken place until the process in complete. Cooper, Heron, and Heward (2007) also warn against some of the misuses and confusion around this terminology. It is not unusual to hear the frequent, and occasionally wrong, use of reinforcement in everyday vernacular. This is a positive sign of the slow but sure dissemination of our science. In the community of behavior anaylsts, the meaning of "reinforcement" is typically thought to be well understood. Similarly, there usually seems to be little confusion when an individual claims to be using reinforcement, or reinforcers. Despite the well-known definitions of reinforcement there has been a kind of "terminology drift" where reinforcer has become shorthand for stimulus delivered after response, without mention of the effect on behavior; or reinforcement is a goal to be worked towards or a system of feedback. Given the use of this term in popular language, this drift is not so surprising. This paper will examine a few historical definitions of reinforcement, and potential and anecdotal misuses. |
|
Confusion About Response Cost: Is Response Effort a Penalty? |
JOSHUA K. PRITCHARD (Florida Institute of Technology), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Erin E. Watkins (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Confusion in language is nothing new, nor unique to behavior analysis. It is more important, than confusion found in everyday language, however-as lack of precision can be a significant barrier to scientific progress. In behavior science, our terminology is especially important because we often use terms that tend to be carry with them stimulus functions derived from a person's cultural histories. Punishment as a technical term is a prime example of this. In this presentation, we discuss a type of punishment which also suffers from muddled meanings. The term "response cost" describes a negative punishment procedure used to decrease unwanted behavior. In addition, the term has recently been used to mean the difficulty or effort of a response. Unfortunately, the different meanings of these terms are similar enough that context alone is often inadequate to determine to what the speaker is referring. This confusion wastes time and jeopardizes the technological dimension of applied behavior analysis. It is our contention that this imprecision in terms should be resolved. This presentation is a brief history of the term, and our proposed resolution of this confusion as well as suggestions for research methodology on terminological issues. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior and Emergent Responding in Typically Developing Children and Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
1:30 PM–2:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2B (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Simon Dymond (Swansea University) |
CE Instructor: Simon Dymond, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Analysis of the conditions under which emergent verbal behavior is established is crucial in developing educational interventions to facilitate generative verbal skills. The empirical research presented as part of this symposium outlines a variety of procedures investigating verbal repertoires and emergent responding. May & Dymond present an evaluation of an intraverbal training procedure on the emergence of a range of complex novel intraverbals in typically developing young children. Research by Lepper, Petursdottir, Peterson, & Carp evaluated the effects of collateral response training on the acquisition of listener responding and the emergence of tact and intraverbal repertoires of preschool-age children. Ribeiro, Kobari-Wright, Vicars, Miguel, & Goyos investigated the role of naming on abstraction in four children with autism and one diagnosed with an intellectual disability. Finally, Garca-Asenjo & Prez-Gonzlez investigated how verbal capabilities are related to complex visual perpective taking, and describe the effects of a verbal training procedure on the emergence of perspective taking skills. In sum, the symposium provides a comprehensive range of empirical studies on the advances in a highly educationally relevant domain. |
|
Evaluation of an Intraverbal Training Procedure on the Emergence of Complex Intraverbal Relations |
RICHARD J. MAY (Swansea University), Simon Dymond (Swansea University) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the emergence of untrained intraverbal responses following vocal intraverbal training with three typically developing children. Children were taught relations involving city names, country names, and names of famous landmarks, where vocal naming served as either stimuli or responses. Following initial baseline training in city to country (e.g., "Name the country that Dublin is in." ["Ireland"]) and landmark to city ("Name the city that Croke Park is in." ["Dublin"]) relations, repeated test probes revealed that not all untrained relations emerged for all participants. In a multiple baseline across participants design, we evaluated the effect of a training intervention on the emergence of complex intraverbals. The intervention consisted of explicit training with conditional/contextual stimuli present in test probes, which were not present during the training phases. Specifically, participants were trained to state "landmark" in the presence of the two landmark contextual cues involved in training. Once mastery was demonstrated across both contextual cue landmark training and the maintained baseline relations, test probes were repeated. Preliminary results suggest that vocal intraverbal training may facilitate the emergence of complex intraverbals. |
|
Effects of Echoic Response Requirements During Listener Training on the Emergence of Verbal Operants |
TRACY L. LEPPER (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University), Sean P. Peterson (Texas Christian University), Charlotte Lynn Carp (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: The establishment of listener behavior (for example, via auditory-visual match-to-sample training) does not reliably result in the emergence of untrained vocal-verbal behavior among young children. The present study evaluated the effects of including collateral echoic response requirements in listener training trials. Three typically-developing preschool-age children participated. An adapted multielement design was used to compare the effects of two conditions on listener behavior acquisition and the emergence of novel tacts and intraverbals. In the standard listener training (LT) condition, participants were trained to point to a visual stimulus given a spoken Japanese word. In the collateral response training (CRT) condition, participants were required to echo the spoken Japanese word before being given the opportunity to make a selection response. Three Japanese words were taught in each condition, and tacts and intraverbals were probed throughout training. Once the mastery criterion was met in both conditions, the evaluation was repeated with new stimulus sets for two participants. The results did not indicate that CRT reliably enhanced either acquisition or the emergence of tacts and intraverbals. A second experiment will evaluate the effects of interspersing listener trials with tact trials on the emergence of intraverbals. |
|
The Role of Naming on the Emergence of Abstraction |
DANIELA MENDONCA RIBEIRO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Vissy Kobari-Wright (California State University), Sara Vicars (California State University), Caio F. Miguel (California State University), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: This study investigated the role of naming on abstraction, and verified whether participants would respond as listener and speaker to novel combinations between properties of pictures, and to the isolated properties after the establishment of naming relations to three combinations. Four boys with autism, and one with intellectual disability, ages between three and 12, participated. Stimuli were three patterns, three geometric shapes, and nine combinations between them, presented in two sets, A (dictated words) and B (pictures). Initially, all relations were pretested. Then, listener relations training to three combinations was introduced through matching-to-sample tasks. Criterion was followed by a tact test for the three combinations, and listener relations and tact posttests for the six novel combinations, and for the patterns and shapes separately. Three participants showed the emergence of tacts, suggesting the presence of naming, and the emergence of listener relations and tacts for the novel combinations and properties. By contrast, two participants who failed to tact the three combinations also failed to respond accurately during the listener relations posttests for novel combinations. These results suggest that naming may facilitate the emergence of abstraction, and contribute for the development of an economical procedure for teaching verbal behavior in applied settings. |
|
Emergence of Complex Visual Perspective Taking Induced With Verbal Behavior Probes |
Lorena Garcia-Asenjo (University of Oviedo), LUIS ANTONIO PEREZ-GONZALEZ (University of Oviedo) |
Abstract: Complex visual perspective taking (CVPT) consists of responding differentially according to the visual perception of oneself and another person when both people are seeing the same object from different perspectives. The goal of this study was to identify the necessary skills to show CVPT. First, we analyzed 3 response tasks of the CVPT (verbal, picture selection, and object selection) with five 3-year-old children. Three children succeeded on the verbal task, one child met the criterion on the picture selection task, and none succeeded on the object selection task. Two children who did not succeed on the verbal task received a verbal probe; then, they showed the emergence on the verbal task, and one of them on the remaining selection tasks. Thereafter, four children received a verbal procedure based on interspersing trials of the verbal task with trials of one of the other tasks, without differential reinforcement. All children showed the emergence of the remaining selection tasks that they failed initially. Thus, we found that CVPT is essentially a verbal capability that can be induced with careful verbal behavior procedures that involve probes. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Fluency Research With Literacy |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
2:00 PM–3:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1B (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Richard M. Kubina Jr. (The Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Behavioral fluency speaks to the strength of stimulus control. Behavioral fluency has a significant database of over 30 studies demonstrating the robustness of critical learning outcomes associated with its use, namely long-term retention, endurance and application. The four experiments in this symposium showcase how behavioral fluency enhances literacy behaviors. |
|
Reading Fluency Interventions for Students With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders |
DOUGLAS E. KOSTEWICZ (University of Pittsburgh) |
Abstract: Students with special needs struggle with the ability to read fluently. Researchers have used various practice procedures to help students with special needs improve their reading fluency. The current study examined via an alternating treatments design which of three reading fluency practice procedures (i.e., interval sprinting, recording, silent reading) helped three students with emotional behavioral disorders reach a predetermined fluency criterion first, demonstrate retention, and recall words about each passage. Results indicate that both interval sprinting and recording outperformed silent reading in reaching criterion, with interval sprinting outperforming both on retention. Possible explanations for the effectiveness of both methods and the additional effectiveness of interval sprinting on retention will be presented. In addition, social validity data was collected and student indicated that they enjoyed reading, would read more if asked, and would like to read like this in their own classroom. Finally, future directions, implications for practitioners and limitations will be presented. |
|
Teaching Compound Sentence Construction With Sentence Combining and Timed Trials to a Fluency Aim |
SHAWN DATCHUK (Penn State University), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (The Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Students with learning disabilities struggle with many aspects of writing including construction of simple or complicated sentences. Students struggling with sentence construction have benefited from instruction in sentence combining. This study examined effects of timed practice following instruction of sentence combining on simple and compound sentences. The first experimental phase consisted of acquisition of sentence combining. The second phase called for timed trials of sentence combining towards a fluency aim. Participants included four students in sixth and eighth grade classified as at-risk for writing difficulty or receiving services for learning disabilities. Preliminary results indicated that both experimental phases lead to increased performance on composition of simple and compound sentences. In addition to sentence combining instruction, timed practice trials to a fluency aim may lead to increased ability to construct sentences. |
|
Effects of Practicing Passage Retell to a Fluency Criterion to Increase Summarization |
ERICA CULLER (The Pennsylvania State University), Ginny Witcoski (The Pennsylvania State University), Shawn M. Datchuk (Penn State University), Richard M. Kubina Jr. (The Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Despite increased focus on reading comprehension, the literature is limited in regards to comprehension strategies that can be effectively taught, and subsequently practiced to a fluency aim. This study used a multiple baseline design to determine whether a timed passage retell strategy could be taught to four students in the third grade, and then practiced with feedback to reach a fluency aim. Furthermore, the study examined the relationship between improvements in passage retell fluency and higher-level comprehension skills, such as summarization. Results indicated three of the four students were able to reach the fluency aim; however, only two of the students demonstrated acceleration of correct information units retold and deceleration of incorrect information units retold. On a dependent measure of passage retell fluency, three of the four students displayed slight to moderate level changes immediately following implementation of the intervention. Finally, all four students increased their scores on a post-test summarization measure, indicating a possible functional relationship between the students passage retell fluency strategy use and higher-level summarization skills. Despite increased focus on reading comprehension, the literature is limited in regards to comprehension strategies that can be effectively taught, and subsequently practiced to a fluency aim. This study used a multiple baseline design to determine whether a timed passage retell strategy could be taught to four students in the third grade, and then practiced with feedback to reach a fluency aim. Furthermore, the study examined the relationship between improvements in passage retell fluency and higher-level comprehension skills, such as summarization. Results indicated three of the four students were able to reach the fluency aim; however, only two of the students demonstrated acceleration of correct information units retold and deceleration of incorrect information units retold. On a dependent measure of passage retell fluency, three of the four students displayed slight to moderate level changes immediately following implementation of the intervention. Finally, all four students increased their scores on a post-test summarization measure, indicating a possible functional relationship between the students passage retell fluency strategy use and higher-level summarization skills. |
|
Combining Self-Regulated Strategy Development Instruction With Repeated Writing for Students With Behavioral Disorders |
RICHARD M. KUBINA JR. (The Pennsylvania State University), Linda Mason (The Pennsylvania State University) |
Abstract: Strategy instruction in writing can help students, with and without disabilities, by teaching them to break writing tasks into manageable subtasks. Self-regulated strategy development (SRSD) is an instructional approach that combines explicit instruction in self-regulation procedures with strategy instruction. improving the quality, structure, and length of students' writing. One form of SRSD instruction is for the persuasive writing strategy POW + TREE (POW: pick an idea, organize notes, write and say more); TREE (topic sentence: What do I believe; reasons: Why do I believe it? Write three or more reasons; Ending: Wrap it up; Examine: Do you have all five parts?). This study examined POW + TREE in conjunction with a repeated writing strategy. Results showed students with emotional and behavior disorders can learn POW + TREE and practice to a fluency criterion. |
|
|
|
|
Professional Development Series: On Being a Postdoc |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
302 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Christopher Krebs (West Virginia University) |
JONATHAN M. SLEZAK (National Institute on Drug Abuse) |
NATALIE ROSE BRUNER (Johns Hopkins University) |
MIKHAIL KOFFARNUS (Johns Hopkins University) |
Abstract: For many, the process of finding, being in, and surviving a post-doctoral fellowship seems a mystery. This panel aims to demystify this process (at least somewhat) by allowing an open forum for the discussion of the role of a post-doctoral fellow. The panel members will draw from their breadth of experience and discuss the major elements of this period for professional career development. This is a Student Committee sponsored event. |
|
|
|
|
Out of Our Heads: Why You Are Not Your Brain, and Other Lessons From the Biology of Consciousness |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
401/402 (Convention Center) |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Alva Noe, Ph.D. |
Chair: Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
ALVA NOE (University of California, Berkeley) |
Alva Noe is Professor of Philosophy at the University of California, Berkeley, where he is also a member of the Institute for Cognitive and Brain Sciences and the Center for New Media. He is the author of Out of Our Heads: Why You Are Not Your Brain and Other Lessons from the Biology of Consciousness (Hill and Wang, 2009) and Action in Perception (MIT Press 2004). His next book Varieties of Presence will be published by Harvard University Press in 2012. He is now at work on a book about art and human experience. Alva Noe received a BA from Columbia University in 1986, a BPhil from Oxford University in 1988, and a PhD from Harvard University in 1995. Alva Noe is currently philosopher-in-residence with The Forsythe Company, a contemporary dance theater in Germany. |
Abstract: It is widely believed that consciousness itself, that Holy Grail of science and philosophy, will soon be given a neural explanation. And yet, after decades of research, only one proposition about how the brain makes us conscious-how it gives rise to sensation, feeling, and subjectivity-has emerged unchallenged: we don't have a clue. In this lecture I propose that we've been looking for an explanation of consciousness in the wrong place. Rather than being something that happens inside us, consciousness is something we do. An outmoded and unproductive philosophy has held the science of consciousness captive. It is time to free ourselves and move toward a better understanding of ourselves. In this lecture I lay out the basic argument of my recent book Out of Our Heads: Why You Are Not Your Brain and Other Lessons from the Biology of Consciousness (Hill and Wang 2009). |
|
|
|
|
B. F. Skinner's Living Legacy in American Education |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: J. Steven Welsh, Ph.D. |
Chair: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
J. STEVEN WELSH (Nicholls State University) |
Dr. J. Steven Welsh is the Dean of the College of Education and professor of psychology at Nicholls State University. He is a licensed psychologist with specialization in school psychology. He has extensive experience working with school-aged children and has served as a consultant to school districts and school psychology training programs. He is a program accreditation reviewer for the National Association of School Psychologists (NASP) and has held leadership positions with NASP and the Louisiana School Psychological Association. Dr. Welsh currently serves as Treasurer and Membership Chairperson for the Trainers of School Psychologists association and is a member of the editorial review board of the Forum. His professional interests include applied behavior analysis, the effects of poverty on student achievement and school performance, and the development of university and PK-12 collaborative training models. Dr. Welsh has published in the School Psychology Review, the Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, and Buras Mental Measurements Year book. He published a book chapter in 2010 entitled, Competency based school psychology practica: A collaborative training model. |
Abstract: B. F. Skinner's teaching machines are often described as revolutionary, yet controversial, contributions to education in the archives of education and psychology literature. Less credit has been given to Dr. Skinner's substantial impact on contemporary and emerging accountability practices in education today. Namely, the significant impact on the development of modern assessment models employing interrupted time series analysis techniques to measure students' acquisition, mastery and generalization of instructional content. Various iterations of single-case experimental designs have been used in the design and implementation of behavioral treatments for children with low-incidence handicapping conditions for many years. Only recently has this approach begun to gain widespread acceptance in the general education setting. This presentation will highlight the origins of the response-to-intervention (RtI) model in the United States in the context of the identification of children with disabilities. Discussion will also focus on more recent developments in the education arena involving the use of interrupted time series data to frequently monitor progress, rapidly modify instruction, and maximize teacher and learner effectiveness in the classroom. The foundation for these remarkable developments in accountability in American education today was made possible through Dr. Skinner's seminal and enormously creative approach to measuring the behavior of organisms. |
|
|
|
|
Practical Applications in Applied Animal Behavior |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1F (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Carmen Buitrago (Cascade Pet Camp) |
Discussant: Carmen Buitrago (Cascade Pet Camp) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Sobie, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The basic principles of effective behavior change are relevant to work with any and all species, and insight garnered from experience in arranging environments and contingencies to support change can benefit applied behavior analysts no matter the species. The concept behind this symposium was to share snippets of practice found to be fundamental to effective and humane behavior change. The symposium provides three strategies for use in behavior management and behavior change in applied animal behavior. The first talk highlights the core principles of effective, humane teaching and behavior management methodologies. The second presentation discusses various models of behavior assessment and how combining strategies while preserving the fundamentals of functional assessment can benefit behavior analysts working in applied animal behavior. The third presentation discusses best practice while shaping behavior, drawing from experience and science to instruct the shaper in how to manage criterion increases to avoid frustration and how to observe and reinforce approximations arising from the natural variation in any operant class. |
|
P-A-R-R-O-T Do Tell |
SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Hidden in the word PARROT are six core principles of effective, humane teaching strategies and behavior management: power, approximations, reinforcement, repetition, observable behavior, and teaching opportunities. These principles are relevant to working with all species of animals from domestic to exotic, captive and free ranging. Understanding each principle and arranging the environment to reflect them affords animals the best possible chance of achieving behavioral health and sustaining lifelong relationships with their caregivers. |
|
Diversity in Applied Animal Behavior Assessment: There is no Benefit in Prating About the Elephant |
JENNIFER L. SOBIE (University of Illinois) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic assessment and treatment design in applied animal behavior management includes descriptive and, when possible, functional analysis of the target response. Clinical animal behavior assessment, a term coined by practitioners of veterinary medicine, acknowledges a role for behavior analysis but places that role in the area of treatment; assessment is reliant on diagnosis by recognition of constellations of responses identified in a diagnostic catalog. Traditionally, practitioners within each of the two schools have considered their approach to assessment incomparable, and have actively avoided all other approaches. Behavior analytic practitioners, however, may benefit from a familiarity with the clinical diagnostic protocol and its taxonomic identification of species specific responding and, thereby, establishing operations. Such knowledge may help inform response analysis and subsequent functional assessment of the target responding. |
|
Shaping Without Frustration |
SUSAN G. FRIEDMAN (Utah State University) |
Abstract: As the technology of behavior change become more widespread, it is not unusual for animal behavior professionals to find the details of best practice in the human applied behavior analysis (ABA) literature. In several well-respected college textbooks differential reinforcement of successive approximations (AKA shaping) is described as a procedure in which the teacher raises the criterion to move the learner from one approximation to the next. What is not well described is how to get the learner to offer the next behavioral criterion. Withholding reinforcement for previously reinforced approximations relies on triggering frustration-induced variability, that is, surfing the extinction burst. In the case of shaping, animal trainers have articulated best practice by putting the onus on the trainer to observe and reinforce the next approximation from the natural variation in any operant class and to reduce the criterion before frustration occurs. This approach to shaping will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior and Social Issues: Advances in Applied Cultural Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
CE Instructor: Mark Mattaini, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Interest in Skinner's third level of selection (the cultural level) has grown substantially during the last 2 decades. During that period the primary emphasis has been on theoretical and conceptual work. Building on that base, the cultural analytic sub-discipline has recently moved increasingly toward applied work. Both conceptual and applied cultural analysis are represented in this symposium, but all of the papers have an applied emphasis. In his paper, Dr. Richard Rakos follows reports on how advances in cultural analytic science have refined his earlier analyses, supporting "humane capitalism" as the most promising direction for cultural stability and survival. Recognizing the need for environmental sustainability for cultural survival, Dr. Mark Alavosius discusses an extension of the work of the Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies in accrediting sustained and effective behavioral safety programs within corporations. He outlines plans for an accreditation program to recognize corporate achievement in promoting environmentally-friendly ("green") behavior. Dr. Joao Claudio Todorov then will report on a UNESCO-funded project intended to arrange metacontingencies promoting peaceful relations in schools in Ceilandia, a satellite city of Brasilia, Federal District, Brazil. This project collaboratively engages community institutions and organizations in a replication of the cultural analytic PEACE POWER strategy. Finally, Dr. Mark Mattaini will outline behavior analytic and cultural analytic principles underlying constructive noncooperation, a powerful strategy for nonviolent resistance to, and liberation from, oppression. |
|
Behavior Theory and Humane Capitalism: Cultural Survival of the "Good"? |
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University) |
Abstract: Skinner (1971) argued that cultures that survive are "good." Over 20 years ago, I (Rakos, 1988, 1989) suggested that socialism, unlike capitalism, was an unstable socioeconomic-political system because it established environmental conditions that were incompatible with behavior theory. Today, with capitalism's actual triumph over socialism, the question becomes what version of capitalism-laissez faire or highly regulated-does behavior theory predict will be stable and survive-and therefore be considered as "good?" An analysis of behavioral principles and concepts suggests that cultures that survive will balance individual and social interests (i.e., reinforcements), and thereby promote both industrious and cooperative behavior as well as a varied mix of secondary reinforcers. The degree to which balanced interests are related to cultural survival is compared to the cultural impact of unbalanced individual interests by examining several recent large-scale cultural phenomena, including the 2008 recession. I conclude that balanced interests, like those found in regulated capitalism, promote cultural stability; thus a "humane" capitalism that promotes social as well as individual interests is more likely to survive as a culture and be understood as "good." |
Richard F. Rakos is Associate Dean in the College of Sciences and Health Professions. He has published extensively on assertive behavior and social skills, behavioral self-management, cultural-behavioral analyses related to societal change, and belief in free will. He edited Behavior and Social Issues for 11 years and currently serves as Consulting Editor for BSI. He is on the Editorial Board of Law and Human Behavior, twice served on the Editorial Board of The Behavior Analyst, and for many years served as co-chair of Behaviorists for Social Responsibility and as Area Coordinator for the CSE track of the ABAI Program. He is a Fellow in APA and on the Advisory Board of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. |
|
Accreditation of Sustained "Green-Behavior" Programs Within the Business Community |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This paper describes development of an accreditation program to recognize corporate achievement in promoting environmentally-friendly behavior. Many corporations increasingly emphasize their stewardship of the environment. Usually this entails adoption of eco-friendly processes and technologies; in some cases it involves promotion of "green-behaviors" by employees and/or consumers. Increasingly companies and their products are labeled as "green" but often criteria to support such claims are poorly defined. Accreditation and recognition of these initiatives might strengthen commitment to the environment and responsible behavior by industry leaders. The Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies (CCBS) is a non-profit organization promoting the application of behavior analysis towards amelioration of social problems. Currently the CCBS accredits sustained and effective behavioral safety programs within corporations. This safety accreditation process might be revised and extended to "green behaviors" and prove fruitful for promoting environmental protection. Challenges to this systematic replication include measuring "green behaviors" within large corporate systems, detecting effects on the environment, benchmarking sites, and recognizing potential externalities such "green behaviors" might entail. Solutions likely require evaluation of organized units within industries ("green teams") that target environmentally damaging behaviors, seek alternative "green behaviors," apply systemic interventions to promote them and assess impact. |
Mark Alavosius, Ph.D. received his BA in psychology from Clark University in 1976 and earned his MS (1985) and Ph.D. (1987) in Psychology from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst. He is an Assistant Professor of psychology in the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno. He held faculty appointments in the Behavior Analysis and Industrial/Organizational Program at Western Michigan University and the Behavior Analysis Program at West Virginia University. He is a Trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavior Studies, member of the CCBS Team for accreditation of behavior-based occupational safety programs, and chair of the CCBS Environmental/Green Solutions area. Dr. Alavosius was an executive for a management firm providing workers� compensation services to small & mid-sized employers in New England. He has been Principal Investigator on Small Business Innovations Research Grants to develop and test behavioral safety technologies for employers. With over twenty-five years of experience in behavioral approaches to work performance and occupational health & safety, Dr. Alavosius has over 120 publications and conference presentations. |
|
CANCELLED: Promoting Peaceful Relations in Schools Through the Establishment of a Selecting Cultural Environment |
JOAO TODOROV (Instituto de Educacao Superior de Brasilia) |
Abstract: All public schools (89) of Ceilândia, a satellite city of Brasilia, Federal District, Brazil, were offered the possibility of participating in a project intended to promote peaceful relations in the schools. To do that, a Forum was established through invitations made to business leaders, school principals, and community leaders belonging to nongovernmental organizations, civic associations, churches, federal and local officials and the school police. On August 5 and 6, 2010, during a workshop organized to present the project; Mark Mattaini presented his “Peace Power” project, which was commented by Sigrid Glenn, Ingunn Sandaker, and Telmo Eduardo Peña Correal. The attendees then had time to question the presenters. As a result of the workshop most of the invited attendees and/or their organizations decided to work within a permanent forum supervising the work in the schools. Teachers and students of the courses of Psychology, Education, Administration, Interior Design, Journalism, Publicity and Law are participating in the work with one school that accepted the invitation and was selected by the Forum to be a pilot project. The Forum will choose adequate aggregate products and orient university teachers and students on how to help establish interlocked behavioral contingencies to better reach those aggregate products. In this presentation, Dr. Todorov will report on results thus far. |
Joao Claudio Todorov was born in Santo Anastacio, SP, Brazil, in June 8th, 1941. He finished his undergraduate studies in Psychology at the University of Sao Paulo in 1963. While attending the Master's program in psychology at the University of Brasilia he was a teaching assistant in the new PSI teaching method working with Fred Keller. In 1965 he was admitted to the graduate program in psychology of Arizona State University, continuing the work in PSI with Keller and Gil Sherman. From January to July of 1968 he was a research assistant at the Institute for Behavioral Research in Silver Spring, Maryland. During the academic year 1968-1969 he was Assistant Professor of Psychology at the University of Virginia. Todorov received his PhD in 1969 and was hired by the University of Sao Paulo Medical School in Ribeirao Preto, SP, Brazil. In 1973 he returned to the University of Brasilia, retiring in 2000. In 1977 he was Visiting Professor of the Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, and in 1990-1991 he was a Fulbright Scholar at Stony Brook University. He was Dean of Graduate Studies and Research (1985), Vice-President (1985-1989), and President (1993-1997) of the University of Brasilia, Brazil. |
|
The Cultural Dynamics of Nonviolent Resistance |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work) |
Abstract: Mohandas Gandhi often indicated that nonviolence was "a science," and he appears to have meant this literally. Consistent with this vision, in this paper, I will outline and apply principles of behavioral systems science, an emerging data-based approach to understanding the dynamics of complex cultural systems, to the practice of constructive noncooperation (Gandhi's "constructive programme"). Although Gandhi emphasized that constructive action was the most important and potent of nonviolent strategic options, constructive alternatives have been the least developed in the literature of nonviolent resistance. History, however, generally supports Gandhi's assertion. A reconceptualization of constructive noncooperation in behavioral systems terms suggests that rigorous analysis of Havel's "living in truth" and Gandhi's "truth force" may be both possible and practically useful in challenging oppression and supporting human rights. Such analysis moves beyond existing largely ad hoc understandings of effective nonviolent struggle, and suggests directions for real world experimentation. Given the enormous human costs and poor record of sustainable success for violent strategies of resistance, insurgency and rebellion, the rigorous exploration of alternatives is a critically important emphasis for applied cultural analysis. |
Mark Mattaini, DSW (Columbia, 1990), is Associate Professor, Jane Addams College of Social Work, University of Illinois at Chicago, where he has led the development of the new Community Health and Urban Development concentration. The editor of the scientific journal Behavior and Social Issues, Dr. Mattaini is also the author/editor of 10 books, including PEACE POWER for Adolescents: Strategies for a Culture of Nonviolence (NASW Press), and Finding Solutions to Social Problems: Behavioral Strategies for Change (American Psychological Association), and numerous other publications. Since the mid-90s, Dr. Mattaini has focused his research and practice on violence prevention with youth, constructing cultures of respect in organizations and communities, and the behavior science underlying nonviolent social action. He is the principal developer of the behavior analytic PEACE POWER strategy, which has been presented and implemented in at least 12 states, 2 Canadian provinces, and is currently being introduced in a UNESCO-funded project in Brazil. He also recently began consultation in Medellin, Colombia, consulting with the police and community to develop more effective ways for work with criminal youth gangs. He is working on a book tentatively entitled Strategic Nonviolent Power: The Science of Satyagraha. |
|
|
|
|
Current Practices and Refinements in Preference and Reinforcer Assessment Methodology |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Eileen Roscoe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium includes four papers addressing current practices or refinements in preference and reinforcer assessments. The first presenter will review data from a survey that was completed by 406 individuals who serve individuals with developmental disabilities. The author will discuss current practices among clinicians and educators for identifying reinforcers and potential barriers to conducting preference assessments across professions. The second presenter will review data on preference stability of four different preference assessment methods. In addition, this author will discuss levels of problem behavior that occurred across assessments for individuals with socially maintained problem behavior. The third presenter will review levels of participants responding when tokens or edibles are delivered under varying schedule requirements. The author will discuss the relative reinforcing effects of tokens versus edibles during varying progressive-ratio and fixed-ratio schedule values. The forth presenter will review data on the effects of brief sampling on preference and operant performance when controls for response effort and stimulus control are and are not used. The author will discuss whether the findings suggest that establishing operations (EO) effects attributed to sampling may be a function of response effort and stimulus control. |
|
Assessing Preferences of Individuals With Special Needs: A Survey of Current Practices |
RICHARD B. GRAFF (New England Center for Children), Amanda Karsten (Western New England College) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that reinforcers identified by conducting pre-treatment stimulus preference assessments (SPAs) can be used to teach new skills and to decrease problem behavior. Although applied researchers utilize SPAs prior to treatment, it is not clear whether practitioners in applied settings use SPAs on a regular basis. The purpose of the current investigation was to distribute a survey to determine the degree to which SPAs and other methods of reinforcer identification are implemented in agencies serving individuals with disabilities. A total of 406 individuals completed the survey. Our findings suggest that the majority of clinicians and educators rely exclusively on indirect means of identifying reinforcers (e.g., parent or caregiver interviews). Individuals with certification in behavior analysis were much more likely to use at least one published SPA (89%) than non-certified professionals (34%). The percentage of respondents who reported using at least one type of SPA varied across terminal degree possessed: behavior analysis, 89%; psychology, 77%; and special education, 44%. Individuals who worked in public schools were much more likely to rely exclusively on indirect assessment methods than individuals in other settings. Barriers to conducting SPAs and potential weaknesses in training curricula across professions are discussed. |
|
An Evaluation of Preference Stability and Problem Behavior During Preference Assessments |
AMANDA LYNN VERRIDEN (Northeastern University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Cliodhna Sibeal Nic Ginnea (University of Ulster - Coleraine) |
Abstract: We extended previous research on the relative utility of preference assessments by comparing the preference stability and problem behavior across four different preference assessment methods. Four individuals with an autism spectrum disorder, who exhibited problem behavior maintained by social reinforcement, participated in this study. We used a multielement experiment design to compare outcomes across four different preference assessments, including the paired-stimulus (PS), the multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO), the free-operant (FO), and the response-restriction (RR) methods. We conducted each assessment at least four times. Preference stability was rarely observed consistently, with only one of four participants showing consistently stable preferences across methods. Across participants, preference stability was observed most often during the PS preference assessment and was observed least often during the FO preference assessment. Results showed that the PS method was more likely to evoke problem behavior among the four participants. The implications of these findings for determining the most appropriate preference assessment method for individuals who exhibit problem behavior maintained by social reinforcement will be discussed. |
|
Assessing the Strength of Token Reinforcement Under Increasing Schedule Requirements |
SETH B. CLARK (Marcus Autism Center), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Mandy M. Triggs (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Abbey Carreau-Webster (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Yanerys Leon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Katie Jann (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Tokens are often used in academic classrooms to maintain responding during periods of delay. However, few studies have evaluated the effectiveness of tokens under a range of differing response requirements. The purpose of this investigation was to evaluate levels of responding emitted by individuals with intellectual disabilities, under two forms of varying schedule requirements, with and without tokens. Following the establishment of tokens as conditioned reinforcers, the relative effects of tokens and the edible reinforcers for which tokens could be exchanged were evaluated under two kinds of progressively increasing schedule requirements: progressive-ratio schedules and fixed-ratio schedules of varying values. Although the results were mixed, generally, the edible reinforcers supported greater levels of responding than tokens exchangeable for those edible reinforcers across a range of response requirements. |
|
The Non-Effects of Reinforcer Sampling |
GRACIE A. BEAVERS (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Sampling (exposure to a reinforcer prior to a session) has been shown most often to function as an abolishing operation (AO) in that (a) selections of the stimulus decrease during a subsequent preference assessment or (b) responding maintained by access to the stimulus as a reinforcer subsequently decreases. However, establishing operation (EO) effects have been reported in two studies when sampling was brief rather than extended. Closer examination of these studies suggests that procedures coincidental with the sampling condition may have been responsible for observed results. The present study first examines the effects of brief sampling on preference and operant performance and subsequently examines the effects of sampling with and without controls for effort and stimulus control to see if establishing operation (EO) effects attributed to sampling are a function of these latter variables. Results obtained thus far show that sampling does not increase selection of low-preference items over high-preference items. Mixed results have been observed with selection of high-preference items over other high-preference items. |
|
|
|
|
Applications of Preference Assessment Methodology for Individuals With Severe Developmental Disabilities and Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
2:30 PM–3:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University) |
CE Instructor: Helen Cannella-Malone, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Preference assessment methodology is a well-researched and established behavioral practice for individuals with a wide variety of disabilities. Although a large amount of literature supports the use of preference assessments with individuals with developmental disabilities, several empirical questions are still present that warrant further inquiry. This symposium will assess the current body of preference literature, present an investigation of the use of a moderate category in preference assessments, investigate the utility of brief mulitiple stimuli without replacement (MSWO) assessments, and assess preference for language used during instruction. All studies were completed with individuals with autism or other developmental disabilities. Implications for practice and potential directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
A Review of the Choice and Preference Assessment Literature for Individuals With Severe to Profound Disabilities |
Christopher A. Tullis (The Ohio State University), HELEN I. CANNELLA-MALONE (The Ohio State University), Abby Basbagill (The Ohio State University), Amanda Yeager (Step by Step Academy), Courtney V. Fleming (The Ohio State University), Daniel O. Payne (The Ohio State University), Pei-Fang Wu (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Since 2002, the body of literature examining choice interventions and preference assessments for individuals with severe to profound disabilities has grown substantially. This paper is an extension of the Lancioni et al. (1996) and Cannella et al. (2005) papers and reviews 50 studies conducted between 2002 and 2010 that were divided into five categories: (a) effectiveness of various preference assessment formats and methodologies, (b) comparisons of specific components of preference assessments, (c) underlying mechanisms of preference, (d) effects of choice on behavior, and (e) staff and participant training. Findings from these studies support previous research findings in that choice was an effective intervention for changing behavior, reinforcers were identified for individuals with severe to profound disabilities using preference assessments, and participants were taught to make, and staff were trained to provide, choices. Other major findings highlight some mechanisms that underlie preference and provide insight into some nuances of the various preference assessment methodologies. The findings are discussed in terms of their implications on practice related to individuals with severe to profound disabilities and suggestions for future research are provided. |
|
Assessing Preference in Students With Severe Intellectual Disabilities: Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Assessments |
AMANDA YEAGER (Step by Step Academy), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Senny Schnell (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Three children with mental retardation and/or autism participated in a study evaluating the reinforcing effectiveness of moderate- and low-preference stimuli. Nine multiple-stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments were conducted assessing tangible and edible stimuli. The items categorized as moderate- and low-preference using the Ciccone, Graff, and Ahearn (2005) point weighting scoring method were reassessed. The items ranked high-, moderate-, and low-preference from the assessments were then evaluated during the reinforcer assessments. An alternating treatments design was implemented and data were compared to baseline using an A-B design. Two participants' responding increased as the low-, moderate-, and high-preference reinforcement contingencies were implemented. For one participant, the moderate- and high-preference stimuli produced responding at 100%. One participant had minimal responding relative to baseline across all three stimuli. This study extends previous research by demonstrating the MSWO is an effective and efficient technique to identify reinforcers. |
|
An Examination of the Utility of Brief Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessments |
CHRISTOPHER A. TULLIS (The Ohio State University), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (The Ohio State University), Courtney V. Fleming (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Preference assessments have been demonstrated to be effective for identifying reinforcers for individuals with severe disabilities, but it may be possible to shorten the assessment methodology to improve efficiency while maintaining accuracy. Previous research has demonstrated the efficacy of a brief multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment (MSWO; e.g., Carr, Nicolson, & Higbee, 2000). The purpose of this investigation was to compare MSWO formats to determine if reinforcers could be reliably identified with shorter assessments for three individuals with severe disabilities. Specifically, five-, three-, and single-session formats were compared to determine if reinforcing items were identified with the shorter assessment formats. Subsequent reinforcer assessments indicated that for one participant, a reinforcer was identified with each assessment format. Data for the other two participants indicated a reinforcer was identified only with the five-session assessment. |
|
Evaluation of Preference for Language of Instruction for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
JEANNIE M. AGUILAR (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk), Christina L. Fragale (Meadows Center for the Prevention of Educational Risk), Pamela J. White (University of Texas at Austin), Austin Mulloy (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk, Un), Mark O'Reilly (Meadows Center for Preventing Educational Risk) |
Abstract: Preference evaluations have been used to determine children's preferences, for reinforcers, consequences and even preferred instructional strategies. One area that has yet to be evaluated is children's preference for language of instruction. A concurrent chains method was used to evaluate children's preference for English vs. Spanish instruction. Three colored (blue, green, and yellow) micro switches were used to represent English Instruction, Spanish instruction and control (no language) followed by a preferred reinforcer after instruction. Children were taught the chains for each micro switch through exposure trials. During choice sessions all three switches were placed in front of the child and the child was allowed to choose a switch which then initiated the chain associated with that particular switch. Results are presented and implications for person centered planning and instruction is discussed. |
|
|
|
|
On the Accuracy and Reliability of Direct-Observation Systems |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4E (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University) |
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Tiger, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Direct measurement has long been a cornerstone of applied behavior analysis as a science and as a professional practice and is frequently considered the gold standard of behavioral assessment. Direct observation is characterized by human observers scoring the interactions between a target individual and their environment in accord with written operational definitions of each event. It is taken as a given that error will be introduced as a function of both human and methodological factors. The current set of studies was designed to evaluate the accuracy of human collected direct observation data. |
|
Calibration of Observational Measurement |
OLIVER C. MUDFORD (University of Auckland), Jason R. Zeleny (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer), Wayne W. Fisher (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Molly Klum (Alegent Health), Todd M. Owen (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The quality of measurement in natural and applied sciences is generally assessed and assured through calibration studies. Applied behavior analysts have typically relied on interobserver agreement to perform that task, although the inadequacy of that approach alone for the purpose has long been acknowledged. We demonstrated some of the basic features of calibration using observer-measured rates of free operant responding from ten 10-min calibration samples on video. Five observers were experienced with continuous recording to laptop computers, and five were novices. Their results were compared with reference values (i.e., known rates of responding in the samples) using linear regression. Rates of responding in the samples varied between zero and 8.0 responses per minute. Observer's accuracy was measured graphically from regression lines, and precision was estimated from plotted 95% confidence intervals for prediction. The measurements of four experienced observers and one novice across the range of rates were accurate to one decimal place and within+/- 0.1 responses per minute precision. Continuous recording of responding can be highly accurate and precise, we concluded. Additional research is recommended to investigate further the conditions under which high quality data on the basic dimensions of behavior can be obtained from direct observational recording. |
|
A Comparison of Accuracy, Reliability, and Interobserver Agreement Indices |
TONY L. VETS, II (St. Mary's Residential Training School), Gina Green (Association of Professional Behavior Analysts) |
Abstract: Interobserver agreement (IOA) indices of 80% or higher are often treated as evidence that direct observational measurement methods are both accurate and reliable. That assumption is flawed, however: accuracy and reliability are different aspects of measurement, and IOA indices reveal nothing about either (Johnston & Pennypacker, 2009). We compared accuracy, reliability, and IOA indices for measurements recorded by four observers. Each observer recorded data on three videotaped samples of a 5-step behavior chain. Those recorded values were compared to (a) true values (i.e. an expert's careful recording of the samples) to evaluate the accuracy of each observer's measurement; (b) values recorded a week later on the same sample by the same observer to evaluate intraobserver reliability; and (c) values recorded independently by another observer for the same sample, i.e., standard IOA. As shown in the table that follows, in 10 of 20 instances where IOA indices would have been considered acceptable for publication purposes (> 80%), accuracy scores were below 90%. In no instance was accuracy 100%. Accuracy scores were higher than IOA scores in 15 of 24 instances. Thus it would be wrong to conclude anything about the accuracy of the recorded data from the IOA indices in any of those instances. In 4 instances where an observer's measurements were highly accurate (> 90%), IOA scores were < 80%, probably because the values recorded by the other observer in the pair were not very accurate. In those instances, inferences about the effect of an independent variable on the behavior likely would have been reasonably sound if they were based on the data recorded by one observer in the pair, but not the other observer's data. A similar lack of correspondence was found among intraobserver reliability, accuracy, and IOA scores within observers. These findings illustrate the necessity of evaluating all aspects of measurement, and raise serious questions about conclusions drawn by researchers and practitioners where IOA was the only aspect of measurement that was evaluated. |
|
An Analysis of the Methodological and Human Error Within Momentary Time Sampling Data Collection |
JOSLYN CYNKUS MINTZ (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University), Erika Helene Slater (Shiloh Treatment Center), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Clayton R. Cook (Boys Town), Amanda M. Dahir (Louisiana State University), Elizabeth Godbold (Louisiana State University), Karen A. Toussaint (University of Nebraska Medical Center- Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Teachers often serve as data collectors for the problem behavior of referred students in their classrooms; yet, the accuracy of teacher data collection has rarely been directly assessed. Momentary time sampling (MTS) may be a potentially useful option for teacher data collection because it does not require continuous monitoring, but rather requires the teacher to score the occurrence or non-occurrence of targeted behaviors at given instances. Research has shown that the smaller the interval between observations, the less methodological error will be introduced into MTS. However, the use of short-interval windows requires additional effort on the part of the teacher, and data collection becomes potentially more susceptible to competition with the teachers other responsibilities. It is not clear based upon previous research to what extent human error influences the accuracy of MTS data. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate the amount of methodological, human, and total error introduced during MTS data collection within both a highly controlled experimental context, in which the duration of occurrence was determined, and two naturalistic classroom settings. In addition, data regarding teacher's preferences for each MTS interval were also collected as a measure of social validity. In highly controlled settings, results demonstrated that the amount of methodological and total error tended to increase as the MTS interval became longer and that human error was observed to be low across all MTS intervals. Results from data that were obtained within a classroom reveal a similar pattern. |
|
On The Representativeness of Behavior Observation Samples |
SARAH J. MILLER (Louisiana State University), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Louisiana State University), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Louisiana State University), Joanna Lomas (Louisiana State University), Joslyn Cynkus Mintz (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Clinical and educational consultants working in schools are rarely capable of directly observing problem behavior continuously during the school day. Those that rely on direct observation will typically conduct observational samples (e.g., 3, 15-min observations per day) with the hopes that those observations are representative of performance during the remainder of the day. No research of which we are aware has determined the quantity of duration of observations that should be conducted to identify an adequately representative sample. In the current study, we continuously observed the problem behavior of 4 referred students during their entire school day for one week. We then randomly extracted observational samples from these observations to determine both the frequency and duration of observations required to correspond to the total observation. |
|
|
|
|
Reinforcer Identification and Development for Children With Autism |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4C (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Tina Sidener (Caldwell College) |
CE Instructor: Tina Sidener, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Despite the demonstrated effectiveness of behavioral intervention for childhood autism, a number of questions remain about how to maximize the assessment and effects of reinforcement. The present data-based symposium will address the following topics: the effects of praise as a reinforcer, developing conditioned reinforcers, evalating the reinforcing effects of novel items, and using video during stimulus preference assessment. |
|
An Evaluation of General and Descriptive Praise in Teaching Language to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
AMY POLICK (Auburn University), James E. Carr (Auburn University), Nicole M. Hanney (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Descriptive praise has been widely recommended as a reinforcement strategy for learners with disabilities. However, the strategy has received little research attention and what little research exists is not particularly supportive. In the present investigation, descriptive and general praise were evaluated during language instruction with four children with autism spectrum disorders. Neither strategy was consistently differentially effective, with or without additional forms of reinforcement. |
|
Evaluation of a Discrimination Training Procedure to Establish Conditioned Reinforcers for Children With Autism |
CATHERINE BETH TAYLOR-SANTA (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), James E. Carr (Auburn University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: Although conditioned reinforcers are used in many behavioral intervention programs for individuals with developmental disabilities, little research has been conducted with this population to determine optimal methods for producing conditioned reinforcers. The current study employed a multiple-probe design across stimuli with three children with autism to evaluate the effects of a discrimination training procedure on the reinforcing effectiveness of arbitrary stimuli. Specific procedures were incorporated to increase methodological rigor (i.e., use of new response, reinforcer and neutral stimulus assessments) and enhance differential responding (i.e., alternation of SD and S-delta trials). For all three participants, responding in the SD condition increased briefly during all evaluations and remained low in the S-delta condition. Recommendations for future research on methods to increase the duration of these effects are provided. |
|
Identification of Novel Reinforcers |
MICHELE R. BISHOP (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.), Amy L. Kenzer (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
Abstract: Indirect preference assessments are often used to identify a pool of familiar, highly preferred stimuli for further direct assessment. As a result, direct preference assessments typically exclude stimuli caregivers are unfamiliar with and which the individual has had little or no contact. The inclusion of novel stimuli in a preference assessment allows for the identification of diverse preferences; increasing the number and variety of potential reinforcers. This study evaluated preference for (a) staff-reported high preference stimuli, and (b) experimenter-selected novel stimuli in a paired-stimulus preference assessment with young children with autism. Results of the paired stimulus preference assessment revealed preference for novel stimuli. A progressive-ratio reinforcer assessment was then conducted comparing the top ranked novel stimulus and staff-reported high preference stimulus. Results indicated that novel and reportedly high preference stimuli were equally effective reinforcers when presented concurrently, but that novel stimuli produced higher break points than reportedly high-preference stimuli when presented in a single operant paradigm. |
|
Evaluation of a Video-Based Preference Assessment for Preschoolers With Autism |
KATIE SNYDER (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Elizabeth Dayton (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The identification of potent reinforcers is vital to successful behavior intervention programs for individuals with developmental disabilities. Research indicates that systematic preference assessments more effectively identify reinforcing stimuli than caregiver or teacher report. However, most research on preference assessments has been limited to the evaluation of edible or tangible stimuli. Different kinds of social interactions (e.g., verbal praise or tickles) also may function as reinforcers; however, it is challenging to assess preference for these kinds of stimuli. Social interactions may not have an associated tangible item, and are not easily represented in the traditional 2D or 3D format. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the effectiveness of using video clips to represent social reinforcers in a preference assessment for preschoolers with autism. In Experiment 1, we are evaluating the correspondence between object-based and video-based paired-stimulus preference assessments of toys. In Experiment 2, we are examining the extent to which a video-based paired-stimulus preference assessment of social interactions accurately identifies effective reinforcers for preschoolers with autism, as indicated by a progressive-ratio schedule reinforcer evaluation. |
|
|
|
|
Treatment Integrity: Maybe Sisyphus Didn't Have It So Bad After All |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4D (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Shawn E. Kenyon (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Ronnie Detrich (Wing Institute) |
CE Instructor: Shawn Kenyon, M.A. |
Abstract: The term procedural integrity refers to the implementation of an intervention as intended (Codding, Feinberg, Dunn, & Pace, 2005) or as the inter-observer agreement measures on the occurrence or non-occurrence of the independent variables (Billingsley, White, & Munson, 1980). High procedural integrity involves an experimenter measuring what they intended to measure, or implementing a treatment plan exactly as it was intended. The current symposium addresses the issue of procedural integrity with respect to data entry, behavior plan and task analysis implementation. In the first study examined group emails as the mode of feedback as intervention for improving data entry of student lessons by teachers. In the second study examined which components of a previously researched treatment package may be vital in contributing to teacher skill acquisition with respect to implementation of behavior plans. In the final study we examined the use of self scoring staff performance using a videotape and a pre-made data sheet to use when conducting a task analysis while attempting to determine if scoring ones own performance on video is an effective tool for boosting implementation of a task analysis and if those effects would maintain for 40 minutes, 24 hours, 3 days, 1 week and 1 month. |
|
Evaluation of Group E-mail Feedback on Data Entry Performed by Residential Staff |
UTAH W. NICKEL (New England Center for Children), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Performance feedback is the most effective tool for maintaining or producing procedural integrity. Feedback delivered can be verbal, graphical, or video (Reid & Parsons, 1995). Public posting has been effective to modify target behaviors in various settings' education, health services and sports. Within the technology and social networking age, many people rely on communications via electronic media such as email. One aspect of performance feedback not yet fully explored is the effectiveness of emailed feedback. Although considered private, emails sent to a group of individuals could be considered public posting. The use of email potentially provides supervisors with an effective time saving method of providing feedback. The present study evaluates the effectiveness of group e-mails on the summary of lesson data for twenty three students across three residential classrooms. Data summary were collected using the Autism Curriculum Encyclopedia and the Data Analysis and Reporting Tool on the occurrence of a stimulus introduced date. Weekly e-mails were sent to all members of the team. Group e-mails resulted in an increase in data summary information for all three teams. The effects of increasing levels of intrusiveness of the e-mail content are discussed along with suggestions for future research. |
|
Treatment Packages for Procedural Integrity: A Component Analysis |
KYLIE ROBERTS (New England Center for Children), Jonathan Seaver (New England Center for Children), Shawn E. Kenyon (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The level of procedural integrity (the systematic implementation of an independent variable as written and defined) can influence the outcomes of a behavioral intervention and/or skill acquisition (Wilder, D.A., Atwell, J., & Wine, B. 2006). Modeling, didactic training, written instruction, performance feedback, public posting and role playing have all been used in an attempt to improve procedural integrity. Unfortunately, these options are both time consuming and require a skilled trainer to implement. The current study is a component analysis of a previous study in which the researchers found that a procedural integrity treatment package resulted in improvements for 18 of 21 participants. The intervention consisted of participants scoring a pre recorded video of their implementing a behavior program. In the current study researchers examined possible component effects of the treatment package in order to determine if all aspects of the intervention were necessary to produce socially significant improvements in procedural integrity. |
|
Implementation of Task Analysis Programs: The Relevance of Procedural Integrity |
ANGELA DECORMIER (The New England Center for Children), Shawn E. Kenyon (New England Center for Children), Kylie Roberts (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Procedural integrity is described as the systematic implementation of an independent variable as written and defined; different levels of procedural integrity influence the outcomes of a behavioral intervention and/or skill acquisition (Wilder, D.A., Atwell, J., & Wine, B. 2006). In light of this, the effectiveness of a task analysis program may be influenced by the integrity with which that program is implemented. The current study assessed the effects of video-taping staff member implementation of a task analysis procedure followed by that staff member watching the video and scoring their own performance on a pre-made data sheet. Initial baseline data was recorded on participants implementing the task analysis procedure prior to intervention. Staff members were then videotaped implementing the task analysis and were also required to watch the video while scoring their own performance. Following the scoring of the video, follow up observations were conducted at 40 minutes, 24 hours, 3 days, 1 week and 1 month following intervention for the applicable group. |
|
|
|
|
Traversing the Perils and Pitfalls of the Autism Treatment Continuum: Or, the Moral Obligation to Be Empirical |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4A (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Kimberly A. Schreck (Penn State Harrisburg) |
Discussant: Travis Thompson (University of Minnesota) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Schreck, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Despite years of reigning alone as a research based treatment for children with autism, applied behavior analysis (ABA) remains underutilized. The famous and influential proponents of fad treatments in autism seem to be winning the battle, while people with autism are losing the war. Professional referrals, parents' perceptions, and representations of ABA in printed media (e.g., text books, magazines, and newspapers) influence these treatment choices and perceptions of ABA. Despite these influences, behavior analysts must remain ethical. |
|
Parent's Perceptions of Professional Referrals for Fad Treatments |
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg), Victoria Miller (Pennsylvania Counseling), James A. Mulick (The Ohio State University), Eric Butter (Nationwide Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Parents of children with autism have been faced with many challenges in identifying and selecting effective treatment options for their children. The history of autism treatment has been plagued with ineffective fad therapies which misuse parents' and children's time, energy, and monetary resources. This paper identifies several influences to parents' decisions to adopt fad treatments (e.g., referral sources, media, or scholarly sources) and proposes the need for a multifaceted dissemination strategy for applied behavior analysis. |
|
Print Media-The Adversary or Advocate of Applied Behavior Analysis? |
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Penn State Harrisburg), Whitney Harclerode (Pennsylvania Counseling), Melissa Russell (Penn State University Harrisburg), Melinda Susan Pusey (The Vista School) |
Abstract: The famous and influential proponents of fad treatments in autism appear continuously in print media through magazine covers, newspaper articles, and popular books. Beautiful faces, eloquent words, and misrepresentations discreditapplied behavior analysis (ABA)and support fad treatments. This presentation will offer a glimpse into the print media's representation of ABA to the general public and to students. |
|
Less Effective But More Appealing? Applied Behavior Analysis and the Embrace of Fad Treatments |
JAMES T. TODD (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Rather than ushering in a new age of science, the 21st century seems to have brought a significant expansion of superstitious beliefs, magical thinking, and the frauds that go with them. Unconstrained by concepts such as validity, reliability, rationality, logic, evidence, or ethics, anti-science and pro-fad beliefs have proliferated in the media and internet. Thus emboldened and enabled, seemingly everyone from well-meaning enthusiasts to opportunistic scam artists has targeted autism with an energy previously unseen in the history of medical pseudoscience. In the face of this, we not only see parents and other professionals persuaded to reject applied behavior analysis (ABA) in favor of non-science-based treatments, members of our self-consciously scientific profession, behavior analysis, are seen adopting the same questionable and disproven methods. Having had the advantages of more than a century of psychological science, it is no longer possible to accept that any popular notion about behavior problems or their treatment is likely to be as good as any other. To be ethical, we must be empirical. Thus, to be empirical is not just to have a practical advantage. It is a moral obligation for behavior analysts, and must extend beyond making decisions about contingencies of reinforcement to all aspects of professional behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Alternatives to Match-to-Sample Procedures: Teaching Conditional Discriminations to Children Diagnosed With an Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4B (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (New England Center for Children) |
Discussant: Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Paula Braga-Kenyon, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium reviews developments in stimulus control research with relevant implications for practitioners working with students diagnosed with autism and other developmental disabilities. The first paper extended the work conducted by Debert et al. (2007). The acquisition of conditional relations and the emergence of derived relations were compared using three different procedures: go/no-go, go/no-go with a yes/no component, and match-to-sample (MTS). Three typical adults, ages 23-25, participated. Results indicated that alternatives to MTS procedures were effective in teaching conditional discriminations. The second paper used paper-and-pencil format to compare MTS and sorting procedures. Conditional relations among abstract stimuli were established, and tests for the emergence of equivalence were conducted. Two typically developing adults participated. The relations among AB and AC stimuli were trained using MTS and sorting procedures, and tests of BA and CB relations were conducted. Results indicated that sorting was an effective procedure. The third paper made use of an alternative to table-top presentation of MTS procedures. A student with a history of failure to acquire conditional relations among stimuli was exposed to a computer program presenting auditory-visual MTS tasks. Successful acquisition of the relations was later generalized to the classroom environment. |
|
Conditional Relations Among Abstract Stimuli: Outcomes From Three Procedures-Variations of Go/No-go and Match-to-Sample |
KIMBERLY WALTER (New England Center for Children), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Match-to-sample procedures (MTS) are often implemented to train conditional relations and to test for emergent relations among arbitrary stimuli. In 2007, Debert, Matos, and McIlvane evaluated if a single-key procedure (go/no-go) could be an alternative to the traditional MTS procedures to teach conditional discriminations and to test for emergent relations in humans. The current study replicated and extended Debert et al. The acquisition of conditional relations and the emergence of derived relations with abstract stimuli were compared using three different procedures: go/no-go, go/no-go with a yes and no component, and MTS. Three typically developing females, ages 23-25, participated in visual-visual tasks during a series of table-top presentations. AB and BC relations were directly trained, and AC and CA relations were tested. All participants demonstrated the emergence of new, untrained relations with all three procedures. The current results replicated the findings of Debert et al. and extended previous findings by evaluating a go/no-go with a yes/no component which may serve as an alternative method to the traditional MTS. Additionally, the current study provided a comparison across all three procedures for each participant. |
|
Emergence of Equivalence Relations: Comparing Sorting and Match-to-Sample Procedures |
LINDSAY GRIMM (New England Center for Children), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Match-to-sample procedures (MTS) are often implemented to train conditional relations and to test for emergent relations among arbitrary stimuli. In 1997, Eikeseth, Rosales-Ruiz, Duarte, and Baer evaluated the efficacy of using written instruction as an alternative to MTS to train conditional relations among stimuli. Smeets, Dymond, and Barnes-Holmes (2000) replicated Eikeseth et al. and introduced a sorting procedure to test for the emergence of equivalence relations among stimuli. The current study extended Smeets et al. further by using a paper-and-pencil format to compare MTS and sorting procedures. Conditional relations among abstract stimuli were established, and tests for the emergence of equivalence were conducted. Two typically developing adults were taught the relations among AB and AC stimuli using MTS and sorting procedures. Once baseline discriminations were established, tests for equivalence (BA and CB) were conducted under extinction. Preliminary results indicate that one participant demonstrated equivalence relations among stimuli with both procedures, however learned baseline discriminations faster with the sorting procedure. The second participant demonstrated equivalence only when baseline discriminations were established using the sorting procedure. The results so far indicate that sorting may be a procedure as effective as MTS for teaching conditional discriminations and establishing equivalence classes among arbitrary stimuli. |
|
A Protocol for Teaching Auditory-Visual Discrimination After an Extensive History of Failure |
PAULO GUILHARDI (New England Center for Children), Maureen Kelly (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated an alternative protocol for teaching auditory-visual discrimination of letters of the alphabet to a 15-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. The discrimination consisted of an auditory visual matching-to-sample (MTS) with a three-letter array presented as comparison. Attempts to teach the discrimination using many of the standard protocols (i.e., time-delay prompting) in the classroom resulted in no progress and an extensive failure history (237 sessions over 7 months). Errors consisted of location bias, comparison bias, or consistent wrong sample-comparison selections. An alternative teaching MTS protocol using a computer was used. Training started with three letters presented in blocks of 12 trials and the first two trials of each block prompted. Over successive sessions, prompted trials and number of trials per block were faded. Results showed that a criterion of 90% independent correct responses across 3 consecutive sessions was achieved after 45 sessions. Learning immediately generalized to the classroom. A multiple baseline design was used to teach remaining letters of the alphabet. Issues concerning experimental control and application will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Naturalistic Versus Structured Teaching Approaches for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 4F (Convention Center) |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Melanie Perez (Elwyn, Inc.) |
|
Comparisons of Discrete Trial and Incidental Teaching for Children With Autism Based on Cognitive Level |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MELANIE PELLECCHIA (Temple University), Emily Cross (Temple University), James E. Connell (Temple University), Diana Discher (Elwyn, Inc.), Meghan Kane (Elwyn, Inc.) |
|
Abstract: The two frequently used instructional approaches for children with autism are discrete trial instruction and incidental teaching. Considerable debate exists as to which approach is most effective for this population. A review of the limited research comparing these approaches is ambiguous, with support for both approaches. This investigation extends the limited research comparing these two instructional approaches by evaluating their relative effectiveness. The study investigated whether one instructional approach produced quicker acquisition of receptive language skills across varying levels of student cognitive functioning using within subject comparisons of acquisition rates. The results demonstrated that incidental teaching led to higher scores on probe data for a majority of children (11/14 subjects; 78%) with both high and low levels of cognitive functioning when compared to discrete trial. These results have implications regarding the type of instruction used for children at varying levels of cognitive functioning and provide preliminary support for the use of incidental teaching. Future research should focus on investigating the differences between incidental teaching and discrete trial while holding constant the number of opportunities to respond and time on task constant, which is likely to be significantly different between the two instruction approaches. |
|
Comparison of Acquistion of Pronouns Using Conventional Teaching Approaches and Game Formats |
Domain: Service Delivery |
ALLISON E. DISCH BJURBACK (Perspectives Corporation), Lela Cloer Reynolds (Perspectives Corporation) |
|
Abstract: Children with autism have great difficulty with language acquisition. An area of particular difficulty is pronoun usage. There are conventional behavioral methods for teaching pronouns that often fail to allow for the child to fluently use and understand pronouns. This presentation looks at possible prerequisite skills that may be necessary to aide in fluent understanding and usage of pronouns, as well as the use of game formats to teach flexible shifting between listening and speaking behavior in regard to pronoun usage. Discussion will focus on allowing for flexibility within our teaching technology to accommodate learners that are unable to follow conventional teaching procedures. Specifically, data from students with autism will be reviewed to compare effects of specifically designed games to facilitate pronoun usage versus traditional teaching methodology. Conventional teaching methods focus on receptive and expressive identification of pronouns in isolation. Conversely, teaching pronoun usage through game formats allows for the child to engage in speaker and listener behavior as a part of an interconnected sequence, which is more reminiscent of natural language paradigms. |
|
Natural Reinforcers and Children With Autism |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Shane L. Lynch (University of Alberta), GEORGE H. BUCK (University of Alberta) |
|
Abstract: Intervention programs for children with autism regularly advocate for the use of "natural reinforcers" (e.g., Koegel et al., 1999) in an effort to increase children's motivation, while simultaneously strengthening desired behavior. Natural reinforcers are those that are considered functionally linked to the behavior. However, in many instances, what is being called a natural reinforcer is completely arbitrary, selected by the therapist or teacher, have become a reinforcer due to previous learning (a secondary reinforcer), or more accurately meet Skinner's definition of automatic reinforcement. Each of these types of reinforcers may have very different effects on behavior. In other words, understanding differences between types of reinforcers, and the behaviors that can be considered reinforcing from the standpoint of the child, are essential factors that can contribute to the success of intervention programs for children with autism. Based on a recent study examining the use of reinforcers with children with moderate to higher-functioning autism, this paper discusses the theoretical bases and differences between these concepts. Additionally, the paper describes and discusses the procedural differences between the concepts, and notes potential practical implications. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analytic Interventions for Individuals With Brain Injury |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
605 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Ron F. Allen (Simmons College) |
Abstract: Each year in the United States millions of individuals sustain an acquired brain injury. Traumatic brain injury, one type of acquired brain injury, alone occurs for approximately 1.4 million individuals. Many of these individuals sustain long-term behavior change including the loss of adaptive skills and the prevalence of challenging and dangerous behaviors. Despite the brain-injured population being many times the size of the population of individuals on the autism spectrum, only a handful of behavior analytic studies have focused on this group of challenged adults and children. Because of its reliance of single-subject design, its technology of generalized behavior change, and its emphasis of both antecedent and consequent interventions, behavior analysis is particularly poised to serve the brain injured individual. Nevertheless, the vast predominance of brain-injury service continues to be delivered under a medical model by non-behavioral practitioners, and using inadequate measurement and evaluation strategies. The present set of data presentations outline how antecedent and consequent analyses and interventions are applied in the modification of aggressive and disruptive behaviors for both adults and children with brain injury. |
|
Using Differential Reinforcement of Lower Rates of Respondingand Differential Reinforcementof Other BehavioeProcedures to Reduce the Rate of Inappropriate Verbal Behavior of an Individual With Traumatic Brain Injury |
RON F. ALLEN (Simmons College), Brian Macauley (Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: The subject in this study, a middle school student with traumatic brain injury, previously engaged in episodes of aggression, self-injury, leaving-supervised areas and frequent occurrences of inappropriate verbal behavior (IVB) most commonly during reinforcement while using a video/computer games. This study evaluated the effects of using differential reinforcement of lower rates of responding (DRL) and differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) to reduce the frequency of IVB. The initial procedure included a full-session (Full Day) DRL with the response criteria displayed on the main whiteboard in the classroom and visible to all students and staff. Following each occurrence of IVB one number was erased from the whiteboard. Additional reinforcement (earning a soda) was delivered at the end of the school day if the student's responses were less than the original number. Data indicated an increase in responding during this condition possibly due to the aversive nature of erasing the number. Changes to the procedure were incorporated to have the DRL written only on the student's data collection sheet but still visible if the student looked. Additionally, a DRO procedure was implemented during all reinforcement times. The student earned access to additional reinforcement time when the interval for the DRO schedule was met without an occurrence of IVB. Finally, when the rate of IVB decreased, replacement verbal behaviors were trained and generalized to video games sessions. Results indicated that the combination of the DRL and DRO schedules reduced the rate of IVB to levels similar to other peers within the classroom. |
|
Efficacy of Behavioral Relaxation Training for Individuals with Traumatic Brain Injury |
DIXIE EASTRIDGE (Learning Services NeuroBehavioral Institute of Colorado), Michael P. Mozzoni (Lakeview NeuroRehabilitation Center) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine if a behavioral approach for relaxation training benefits individuals who display significant agitation following a traumatic brain injury (TBI). Roger Poppen's behavior relaxation training protocols and measurements were used with 2 adults with TBI. These protocols describe ten postures and activities that are characteristic of the fully relaxed person. Accompanying behavior relaxation scales were used to asses the degree of relaxation for each of the ten items that were assessed. This includes measurement of breathing rate, breathing sound, body movement, head position, eyes, mouth, throat, shoulder, hands, and feet. Results indicated that participants were able to learn relaxation using Poppen's Behavior Relaxation techniques. The first participant was able to achieve eight of ten postures rapidly. Following feedback in the first session, the participant was able to average 6.8 of the ten relaxed positions in a 5 minute session. However, medication changes began 3 days later that resulted in the individual being unable to remain in a 5 minute session in a relaxed position and the session ended after 1 minute. The second participant in the study was discharged from the facility prior to the completion of the study. However, without medication changes, this participant had achieved relaxation after only 6 sessions. The implications of this study suggest that medication changes have a significant impact on behavioral interventions that are occurring concurrently and that subjects that do not have medication changes are able to benefit rapidly from Poppen's behavior relaxation treatment. |
|
Behavioral Relaxation Training Relaxation in Persons With Acquired Brain Injury |
MICHAEL P. MOZZONI (Lakeview NeuroRehabilitation Center) |
Abstract: It is not uncommon for people with acquired brain injuries (ABI) to demonstrate challenging behaviors stemming from frontal lobe injuries. One function of the frontal lobe is to modulate emotional responding from the limbic system. The subject in this study had significant front parietal injury secondary to a motor accident (MVA). Following episodes of aggression he would apologize and feel embarrassed. The procedure involved teaching behavioral relaxation training (BRT) relaxation methods to criterion 9/10 or better for 3 consecutive sessions followed by continued scheduled relax times. Staff was instructed to cue Mr. Smith when he began showing the antecedents to aggressive behavior. Results indicate that when Mr. S learned how to relax he would respond to cues and get into the BRT position in his room readily. If he was already aggressing he would not respond to cueing. Results demonstrated that BRT combined with antecedent cueing was successful in significantly reducing aggressive behaviors. Baseline levels of aggression (hitting, kicking throwing objects) averaged 11.25 per day, following treatment he averaged 4.06 with trending towards 0 levels. |
|
Reduction of Negative Verbalizations and Sustainability of Behavior Change After Brain Injury |
AMY GEARHARD (Creative Perspectives, Inc.) |
Abstract: This study targeted the negative verbalizations of an adult with brain injury. The verbalizations were identified as attention reinforced, highly problematic and resistant to treatment. During intervention (differential reinforcement of positive statements with social attention), the negative verbal statements decreased to an average of three episodes per day, and eventually one episode per day. The total reduction in negative statements was over 90%. The trainer used video tape and rehearsal sessions to teach caregivers and other trainers to objectively identify the target behavior class and collect data until criterion was met at 90% accuracy. The program was transitioned to three additional trainers and into two alternative environments (i.e., workplace and community), while successfully sustaining the established changes in behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Clinical Behavior Analysis Paper Session |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Area: CBM |
Chair: Jordan T. Bonow (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Stereotype Threat and Mathematics Tests Performance: The Role of Psychological Flexibility |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
DANIEL WILLIAM MAITLAND (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: When taking a mathematics test under conditions of stereotype threat (ST; i.e., when provided information that the test has shown gender differences) women under perform compared to those taking the same test who are not under conditions of stereotype threat. The purpose of this study is to examine whether psychological flexibility (i.e., the ability to behave purposefully in the face of unpleasant internal states as described in the acceptance and commitment therapy model, see Hayes et al., 2006) alters the relationship between stereotype threat and test performance. Psychological flexibility involves the ability to contact internal states (thoughts, feelings, physiological sensations, etc.) with awareness, but without struggling with them, so as to persist in goal-directed behavior (see Hayes et al., 2004; 2006). Thus, when under stereotype threat, psychologically flexible individuals should be less preoccupied with heightened arousal and worry and more able to behave toward their value of performing well on the test compared to those who are lower in psychological flexibility. It is not that those who are psychologically flexible will experience quantitatively less anxiety, arousal, or worry, but that they will relate to these experiences differently than those low in psychological flexibility. We currently have data from 28 participants who have been randomly assigned to ST versus no-ST test conditions and expect to have data from 100 participants by May 2011. |
|
"Idionomographic" Assessments: The Future of Clinical Behavior Analytic Research and Practice? |
Domain: Theory |
JORDAN T. BONOW (University of Nevada, Reno), William C. Follette (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: Pragmatic assessment methods are essential in basic and applied psychology. Traditionally, assessment approaches have been broadly categorized as "nomothetic" (involving the comparison of an individual to a broader population) or "idiographic" (involving the assessment of a particular individual in isolation). Clinical behavior analysts using the inductive, single-subject methods common to a behavior analytic approach have typically employed idiographic methods. In some cases this has limited their ability to publish or receive grant funding within the broader field of clinical psychology, which has historically relied upon nomothetic methods. Recently, the field of clinical psychology has increased its focus on the investigation of the psychotherapy process. Clinical behavior analysts have excelled in this pursuit while continuing their traditional investigation of behavioral principles at the core of therapeutic processes. Clinical behavior analysts have now begun to develop novel assessment approaches to progress this work. While these assessments primarily rely on an individual-focused functional analytic approach, they are being normed using large populations. This grants them the strengths of both idiographic and nomothetic measures. These "idionomographic" measures constitute a significant advance in clinical research and practice and should serve as a model for current and future assessment development. |
|
Hoarding: Applying Applied BehaviorAnalysis With an Adult With Mental Health Difficulties |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Rita Honan (Trinity College Dublin), JOSE MANUEL FERNANDEZ MATEOS (Rita Honan, Ph.D., BCBA-D) |
|
Abstract: Behaviour analytic strategies have wide application for those with mental health challenges. Unfortunately, there are limited studies within our field with this population, possibly reflecting difficulty in following research protocols in natural settings. This paper describes a home-based intervention to reduce chronic hoarding in a 48-year-old woman with multiple diagnoses, including generalized anxiety disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder and Asperger syndrome. Boxes, bags and random piles of various items were discovered during a home visit, dangerously cluttering her home. Functional assessment revealed significant anxiety around this behavior which she had not self-reported in spite of engagement with psychotherapists for many years. Hoarding is typically addressed throughcognitive behavior therapycouched in a humanistic therapeutic milieu. We approached assessment and treatment from a behavior analytic perspective. Categorization of items, a collaboratively developed behavioral contract, performance feedback and a progressively increasing demand protocol was followed to increase the number and pace of items discarded and to decrease the number of items simultaneously acquired. The need for frequent programme modifications is highlighted. Video clips and data will be presented reflecting reduction in time needed to discard items and in new acquisitions in spite of a relatively stable level of moderately high anxiety. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis in Community, Safety and Environmental Concerns |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
708 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
|
Promoting and Reinforcing the Proper Use of Crosswalks by College Students Crossing a Major Intersection: The Ashlea Richard Memorial Project |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JUSTIN JAMES DAIGLE (McNeese State University), Cam L. Melville (McNeese State University), Rachel L. Wright Wright (McNeese State University) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of this study is to promote awareness and safety behaviors when college students are using crosswalks. Baseline data has shown a high frequency of jaywalking across two major intersecting highways. This frequency declined after a tragic accident has claimed the life of a young student named Ashlea Richard. Data will observe trends of crosswalk use before and after a tragic accident as well as behavioral interventions in prompting proper crosswalk behaviors. This study will use schedules of reinforcement in the form of a raffle ticket for various prizes as well as prompts in the form of informative fliers. |
|
Saving the Planet Through Behavioral Technology: What We Know so Far |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
RUTH-ANNE E. POLI (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
|
Abstract: A 2010 Science article on energy policy notes that approximately 25% of energy savings can be accomplished through behavioral measures, but that the research and development necessary has yet to be accomplished. To address this issue, we performed a meta-analysis of environmental protection interventions published in JABA. The meta-analysis reveals that studies were conducted primarily during the 1970's and focused mostly on energy conservation. Interventions were largely antecedent-based and appear to work well, however, there is no evidence regarding sustainability. Behavioral interventions can produce changes in environmentally-related behaviors in the short term but maintenance has not been addressed well. The presentation concludes with suggestions for improving behavior analytic work for environmental problems. |
|
Dangerous Ideas: Skinner, Darwin and 9 Things to Do Before You Die |
Domain: Theory |
DANIEL HORAN (The Teaching & Learning Collaboration) |
|
Abstract: Skinner, like Darwin before him, had a dangerous idea. They radically challenged sacred human notions of freedom and dignity. A science of human behavior cannot hope to be relevant if it avoids or neglects the pervasive meta or macro-contingencies religion places on individuals and societies. What are the implications of this for our field and the world? What is the function of such species-specific yet topographically diverse behaviour? The private events (praying, meditating) and numerous public ones (attending church, kneeling, circumcising, flying planes into buildings, auditing, kvetching). Consider the religious rules governing social issues within education ('intelligent design'), women's rights (abortion) human rights (slavery, death penalty) and medicine (stem cell research). These are rich, varied and functional areas of investigation if we are to answer Skinner's cri de coeur to make the world a better place. How can we contribute? Where is our own Scopes Monkey Trial moment? Are religions concomitant successes and failures due to the competing schedules of reinforcement and punishment that permeate our environment? Salvation is here! Answers to these and all related questions, so you, a primate with shoes, can do 9 things before you die and need never doubt anything ever again. Amen. |
|
|
|
|
|
Preventing Obesity and Changing Children's Eating Habits: The Food Dudes Programme Internationally |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
610/612 (Convention Center) |
Area: DEV/CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Charles Fergus Lowe (Bangor University) |
Abstract: This symposium presents results from a behavior analytic program designed to combat the biggest public health problem of our time, namely, obesity and the deterioration in people's diets across the globe. The Food Dudes Program has been created for children aged 4 to 11-years-old. It employs the 3 Rs-role modelling, rewards, and repeated tasting- to bring about large and long lasting changes in children's diets. This symposium will review the development of the program and its effectiveness with children, including those in special need schools, in different countries. It will also report results from a similar procedure designed for preschool children. The scientific, social and political implications of developing the program internationally will be discussed. |
|
Increasing Fruit and Vegetable Consumption in Children: The Food Dudes Programme |
CHARLES FERGUS LOWE (Bangor University), Pauline Jean Horne (Bangor University), Pauline Kelly (Bangor University), Sally Louise Pears (Bangor University) |
Abstract: The Food Dudes Programme is an innovative intervention that uses video-based role models (the Food Dudes) and small rewards to help children learn to like fruit and vegetables. A whole-school version of the Food Dudes programme, for 4- to 11-year-old children, was evaluated in two studies. Study 1, in England, compared an experimental school that implemented the intervention with a control school that did not (n = 749 children). Fruit and vegetable intake at lunchtime in school canteens was measured at baseline, intervention, and 4-month follow-up. Results showed that consumption in the experimental school was substantially higher at intervention and follow-up, compared to baseline (p < 0.001) and that increases were greatest (from 400-1400%) in children who ate least to begin with. In Study 2, in Ireland, where all children have packed lunches, an experimental school was again compared with a control school (n = 435 children). Measurements were taken at baseline and 1-year follow-up. Results showed that 1 year after Food Dudes, children in the experimental school brought in and consumed significantly more fruit and vegetables from their lunchboxes compared to the control school (p < 0.001). Results from these and other studies indicate that the Programme produces major and long-lasting increases in childrens fruit and vegetable consumption and also reduces consumption of less healthy foods. |
|
Food Dudes in the US: A Pilot Project
|
GREGORY J. MADDEN (Utah State University), Heidi Wengreen (Utah State University), Sheryl Aguilar (Utah State University) |
Abstract:
Under a grant from the US Department of Agriculture, the Food Dudes program of role models, repeated tasting, and rewards was modified to the constraints of an elementary school in Logan, UT and implemented for 5 months.Data showsthe result of providing, by default, a serving of fresh fruit and vegetable to every child participating in the program. During the default provision days significantly more children ate fruit and vegetable though the amount consumed did not increase. Next, the Food Dudes program was implemented in combination with default provision for 16 days. The data also illustrates that during the final 4 days of the Food Dudes program, fruit and vegetable consumption significantly increased above default provision levels. Data collection at follow-up has been completed but data analysis has not. Follow-up data will be presented in May. The analyzed data speaks to the social validity of the program. The majority of parents surveyed indicated that they were pleased with the program and would recommend it to other US schools.
|
|
The Effectiveness of the Food Dudes Program in Italy |
GIOVAMBATTISTA PRESTI (Libera Universita di Lingue e Comunicazione), Paolo Moderato (Libera Universita di Lingue e Comunicazione), Vincenzo Russo (Libera Universita di Lingue e Comunicazione) |
Abstract: Previous research in the United Kingdom and Ireland has shown that the Food Dudes program substantially increases children's long-term fruit and vegetable consumption. We evaluated the effectiveness of the program in Italy, a different cultural environment. Children attending three elementary schools were randomly assigned to intervention (n = 297) or control (n = 315) conditions. All children were provided with 40 g of fruit and 40 g of vegetable every day for 16 days. Children in the intervention group also received the Food Dudes Program, which used role-modeling (DVD episodes starring the Food Dudes) and small rewards given when the children ate the fruit and vegetables. Additional material was also sent to parents to help encourage fruit and vegetable consumption at home. A statistically significant (p < .0001) increase in consumption of provided fruit and vegetables was observed at 17 days and 1 month follow-ups (relative to baseline) in the intervention, but not in the control groups, with a 50 fold increase observed in the 'poorest eaters'. These results are consistent with those observed in other countries, such as the United Kingdom, Ireland and the United States. |
|
Changing Preschool Children's Consumption of Fruit and Vegetables |
Pauline Jean Horne (Bangor University), Janette Greenhalgh (University of Liverpool), MIHELA ERJAVEC (University of Wales, Bangor), Charles Fergus Lowe (Bangor University), Simon Viktor (Bangor University), Chris Whitaker (Bangor University) |
Abstract: Using a repeated measures design in a preschool setting, a modelling and rewards intervention targeted children's consumption of eight fruit and eight vegetables (presented as four different food sets comprising two fruit and two vegetables). During the 16-d Baseline 1, and subsequent baselines, the children received a different food set daily, at snack time and lunchtime, on a fixed 4-day cycle; consumption of these foods was not rewarded. In the first 30-d intervention phase, Food Set 2 and Food Set 3 were presented on alternate days; fruit consumption only was rewarded at snack time. Following Baseline 2 and Baseline 3, the intervention targeted snack consumption of the vegetable components of Food Sets 1 and 4. Finally, Baseline 4, and 6-month follow up were conducted. The interventions produced large and significant increases in target fruit and vegetable consumption with smaller, but significant, increases for the paired, opposite category, non-target foods. Increases based on within-category generalisation via naming were also evident. All increases generalised strongly to the lunchtime context, in which no rewards were ever given. Contrary to theories predicting response decrements, the increases in preschoolers' fruit and vegetable consumption were well maintained 6 months after rewards were no longer available. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Momentum Theory: What to Make of the Effects of Response Rate on Resistance to Change? |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
403 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Discussant: John A. Nevin (University of New Hampshire) |
Abstract: Behavioral momentum theory (e.g., Nevin, 1974; Nevin & Grace, 2000) maintains that there are two separable aspects of discriminated operant behavior: rate of occurrence, which depends primarily on response-reinforcer relations, and resistance to change, which depends primarily on stimulus-reinforcer relations. Momentum theory is clear in stating that resistance to change should be independent of response rate. While some data show this independence, other ways of examining the effects of response rate on resistance to change show that lower response rates are more resistant to change than higher response rates. In this symposium, three talks will further explore the relation between baseline response rates and resistance to change. Hutchison and Odum will report the results of experiments extending the effects of response rate on resistance to change to basic relapse phenomena. Podlesnik and colleagues will show that in concurrent chains procedures, relative resistance to change is related most closely to relative terminal link response rates, rather than preference as Momentum Theory suggests. McClean will present a series of experiments showing that resistance to change is higher when the ratio of reinforcers to responses is higher, suggesting baseline reinforcer probability as an important variable. The symposium will end with discussion by Nevin. |
|
Reinstatement When Reinforcer Rates Are the Same |
DANIEL HUTCHISON (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: How rapidly a behavior decreases during extinction is related to its overall rate of reinforcement. Most studies compare multiple variable interval schedules with different rates of reinforcement. A few studies have shown, however, that when rate of reinforcement for an interval and a ratio schedule are equated, behavior maintained by the interval schedule is typically more resistant to change. Furthermore, the relative resistance to change of behavior on the interval schedule is greater to the extent that the baseline response rate in the ratio schedule is higher. The finding that rate of reinforcement affects resistance to change has also been demonstrated in laboratory studies of reinstatement phenomena. Reinstatement is when a previously extinguished behavior reemerges following the free presentation of the reinforcer associated with that behavior. The effect of schedules with identical rates of reinforcement but different response rates has yet to be studied in relation to reinstatement. The present study compares the resistance to extinction and the level of reinstatement of operant responding in pigeons exposed to ratio and yoked interval schedules of food delivery. Interval schedules produced greater resistance to change and reinstatement when the rates of reinforcement were equated across schedules. |
|
Relations Among Preference, Resistance to Change, and Response Rates With Changes in Temporal Context |
CHRISTOPHER A. PODLESNIK (University of Michigan), Eric A. Thrailkill (Utah State University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (University of Michigan), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: According to behavioral momentum theory, preference and relative resistance to change in concurrent-chains schedules are correlated. Increasing the duration of initial links, which typically results in less extreme preference for a richer terminal link, should also result in relatively less resistance to disruption in that richer terminal link. However, our laboratory showed previously that preference and relative resistance to change in rats were related inversely when initial-link durations changed across conditions. In addition, relative resistance to change was correlated negatively with relative terminal-link response rates. Existing theoretical frameworks do not account for these findings. Given the unexpected nature of these results, the present studies explored their reliability by systematically replicating the previous rat study with pigeons. As was true with rats, relative resistance to change was related negatively to relative terminal-link response rates in Experiment 1. Relative resistance to change and preference trended more closely toward positive correlations when arranging a different disrupter (Experiment 2) and more extreme differences in reinforcement rate (Experiment 3). However, relative resistance to change was related most strongly with relative terminal-link response rates in all three experiments. Although currently unclear why, the present findings indicate generality of these effects. |
|
Does Reinforcer Probability Affect Resistance to Change? |
ANTHONY P. MCLEAN (Canterbury University) |
Abstract: The resistance to change (RTC) of responding is an important index of response strength, often showing clearer relations to reinforcer rate than other measures. There is increasing evidence, however, that RTC is also affected by baseline response rate, which is known to depend on schedule type. I describe three such experiments and suggest that baseline reinforcer probability may control RTC. In one, two multiple schedule components arranged reinforcers for DRL 1.25(LH 0.75) and DRL 5(LH 3) performances. Reinforcer ratios across components were varied. Relative RTC was biased toward the low-response-rate component, suggesting an effect of baseline reinforcer probability (reinforcers/responses). A second experiment found undermatching with modest reinforcer ratios, and matching with extreme ones, in multiple VI VI schedules. When undermatching was found, RTC was greater in the high-reinforcer rate component but where matching was found, RTC was equal in the two components, again implicating baseline reinforcer probability. In the third experiment, baseline responding was maintained in baseline by different mixtures of response-contingent and response-independent reinforcers. When all reinforcers were with-held, or were response-independent, RTC was higher for the component with the lower baseline response rate. Across these experiments, RTC was higher in the component where the baseline ratio of reinforcers to responses was higher. |
|
|
|
|
Human Choice |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
405 (Convention Center) |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Brent Maxwell Jones (University of Massachusetts Medical School E.K. Shriver Center) |
|
The Effects of Punishment on Instructional Control of Human Choice |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ADAM E. FOX (West Virginia University), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The study investigated how penalties for breaking rules affected rule following in humans. Participants were presented with choices between progressive and fixed-time schedules of money delivery and were given instructions (rules) for how to respond to maximize earnings. Across sessions, the progressive-schedule step size was manipulated so that the rules became increasingly inaccurate. In some conditions deviating from the instructions produced money losses (response-cost penalties). Participants were exposed to penalty and no-penalty conditions in a counterbalanced order to determine how a history of punishment for rule-breaking influenced subsequent rule following. Results indicated that penalties for breaking with the rule did not affect the point at which participants began deviating from the instructions. However, penalties did seem to increase rule following in ascending sequences up to that break point and descending sequences down from that break point. These results support prior research which has suggested that responding in verbal humans in the presence of rules is controlled by multiple variables (e.g. Hackenberg & Joker, 1994). In the present study, responding appeared to be controlled by (a) the instructions and other social stimuli signaling the consequences for breaking the rules and (b) the experienced consequences for breaking with rules, including penalties. |
|
Patterns of Brand Choice for Fast Moving Consumer Goods at Low- and Middle-Class Households |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
OSCAR JAVIER ROBAYO (Politecnico Grancolombiano) |
|
Abstract: Recently, there has been a growing interest in search of an interpretation centered on the principles of consumer behavior analysis, which is why the behavioral perspective model has been developed over several years, which is an alternative based on the principles of behavior analysis to the interpretation of consumer buying patterns and other behaviors of complex nature, such as contingency-governed behavior and verbal behavior, both public and private. Accordingly, this study probed the relationship between the conformation of the purchasing behavior patterns of consumers and changes that occur at the level of both utilitarian and informational reinforcement. A panel methodology was applied for a 5 month period. The sample consisted of 70 consumers from low- and middle-class households. Results show, first, that the performance measures of the brands were replicated with respect to those obtained in previous studies. Secondly, two significant (p <0,05) factors were yielded in some product categories, which allow a preliminary set for the existence of "brand assessment elasticity" and an "elements of situational assessment elasticity". Future research will provide better interpreting buying patterns, which is undoubtedly the greatest challenge facing consumer behavior analysis as a field of study in both the theoretical and applied level. |
|
A Procedural Choice to be Made When Studying Choice: Independent or Dependent Scheduling? |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
BRENT MAXWELL JONES (University of Massachusetts Medical School E.K. Shriver Center), William V. Dube (University of Massachusetts E.K. Shriver Center), Nicholas Vanselow (Western New England College) |
|
Abstract: Eight children with developmental disabilities earned food rewards arranged on concurrent variable-interval schedules for touching blue squares on the left side of a touchscreen or pink squares on the right. Study 1 investigated whether a participant's sensitivity of blue-pink choice to changes in relative rates of reinforcement was affected by having someone deliver personally those rewards. However, most children in most conditions responded nearly exclusively to the color arranging the higher reward rate and, because the two reinforcement schedules were arranged independently, seldom obtained rewards from the lower-rate alternative. This forced estimates of sensitivity to be maximal in social and non-social conditions. In Study 2, dependent scheduling was arranged to ensure that participants obtained the arranged ratio of rewards and the non-social conditions were replicated. A participant who showed low sensitivities in Study 1 again showed low sensitivities in Study 2. Of three participants who showed high sensitivities in Study 1, only one showed similarly high sensitivities in Study 2. In addition, only the latter participant showed systematic changes in times spent at an alternative before switching with the introduction of each new condition in Study 2 suggesting that only this participant learned a temporal discrimination involving the inter-reinforcer interval. |
|
Effects of Sequential Learning on Preference and Operant Variability During Forced Choice |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
LAURILYN DIANNE JONES (The Mechner Foundation), Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Abstract: In a series of five experiments, a number of equivalent operant classes, consisting of keystroke sequences on a computer keyboard, were learned and practiced in sequence by human participants. Each experiment consisted of several learning sessions spread over several days, separated by either elapsed time (days without a session) or interpolated sessions in which unrelated but similar operant classes were performed. In all experiments the learning sessions were followed by a final test session with a forced-choice format designed to be stressful. In the test session, preference was commonly shown for operant classes from the first- and/or last-learned groups. There was minimal preference for the middle groups, a finding that can be conceptualized in terms of primacy and recency effects (although the methodology for the present experiments is not comparable to that of traditional sequential learning studies). The majority of participants showed either primacy or recency, not both; only slight behavioral differences during learning differentiated the two groups. In addition, certain noncriterial characteristics of these operants were measured and revealed other effects, in particular the association of both greater resurgence of older behavior patterns and greater numbers of brand new behavior patterns with errors in performance during testing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Issues in Caregiver Training and Treatment Integrity |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1A (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Claire St. Peter Pipkin (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Claire St. Peter Pipkin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analytic procedures can improve outcomes for children who engage in challenging behavior or display skill deficits. The impact of these procedures increases when they are implemented with high levels of integrity by individuals who have extensive contact with the child. The current series of studies examines barriers to improving fidelity and strategies that can be used to teach caregivers to implement procedures with high levels of treatment integrity. |
|
Barriers to Implementing Treatment Integrity Procedures: Survey of Treatment Outcome Researchers |
Lisa Sanetti, FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity data are essential to drawing valid conclusions in treatment outcome studies. Such data, however, are not always included in peer-reviewed research articles. The purpose of the current study was to gain a better understanding of why treatment integrity data are lacking. This presentation will describe results of a study that replicated the methodology of Perepletchikova and Kazdin (2009) wherein authors of 210 treatment outcome articles published in four journals from 1995 through 2008 were surveyed. The Barriers to Treatment Integrity Implementation Survey-Revised covered five domains of barriers to addressing treatment integrity. Results indicated that (a) lack of theory and specific guidelines on treatment integrity procedures; and (b) time, cost, and labor demands were identified as barriers to assessing treatment integrity. Participants did not report lack of appreciation of treatment integrity, lack of general knowledge about treatment integrity, or lack of editorial requirements to be barriers to its implementation. |
|
Evaluation of Behavioral Skills Training for Teaching Functional Assessment and Treatment Selection Skills to Parents |
RACHEL K. GRAVES (University of South Florida), Shannon S. Koehler (University of South Florida), Victoria Fogel (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The present study utilized behavioral skills training to teach parents how to conduct ABC recording, write a summary statement based on the data collected, and make appropriate treatment choices. Eight parents participated in one 3 hour class in which a trainer used instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback to teach these three skill sets. Prior to class, during class, directly after class training, and 1 to 2 weeks following class, the participants viewed videos showing a problem behavior serving a different function in the context of a parent child interaction. The percentage of correct responding for each dependent variable (ABC recording, summary statement, and treatment choices) was calculated and baseline and post-treatment scores were compared via a multiple baseline across participants design. The results showed an increase in the percentage correct for most skills for most participants. These results show that it is possible to teach parents to conduct a functional assessment and chose proper treatment strategies. |
|
Teaching Paraprofessional Staff to Implement Discrete-Trial Training Procedures |
Keegan Costello, AIMEE GILES (West Virginia University), Claire St. Peter Pipkin (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: A variety of staff training procedures can be used to train teachers, parents, and paraprofessionals to implement discrete-trial training (DTT) procedures. Although these procedures have been demonstrated to be effective at increasing accurate implementation of DTT procedures, the amount of time necessary to increase performance of these skills to acceptable levels is unclear. It may be relatively time-intensive to train individuals who have no prior experience with DTT. The purpose of the present study was to train paraprofessionals in a special education classroom to implement DTT using a combination of video modeling, rehearsal, and performance feedback. Three paraprofessionals participated in a 1-day training during which the components of DTT were taught. The paraprofessionals met the mastery criteria (i.e. 90%) for all of the skills during the 1-day training. Follow-up data collected following the training and 3 months after training showed that skills generalized and maintained. |
|
|
|
|
Effective Tactics and Procedures to Teach Reader and Writer Repertoires in Students With and Without Disabilities |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1E (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: JoAnn Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: In order for students to become independent learners, they must develop fluent reading and writing repertoires. With regard to reading, research has shown that there is a correlation between fluent reading and reading comprehension (Breznitz, 1987). In the first paper, the results suggested that a three-component treatment package (listen passage preview, phrase drill error correction, and feedback) was effective in increasing reading fluency. In the second paper, conditional discrimination training was more effective than within stimulus fading procedures in terms of the extent of derived textual control and number of trials to meet criterion. The third paper examined the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) across dictation-taking spelling responses and textual reading repertoires on the emergence of textual reading and novel spelling responses of untaught words. With regard to writing, contingencies must be arranged in writing curriculum such that the function and form of writing is shaped by the natural contingencies of effects on another reader (Vargas, 1978). The final paper presents a series of studies that used tactics such as MEI and a peer yoked contingency to improve functional writing in students without disabilities. |
|
A Comparison of Methods for Establishing Textual Control in Children With Autism |
EVELYN C. SPRINKLE (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Children with autism are frequently taught to follow picture activity schedules as a means of increasing independence in task engagement and transitions between tasks. As textual behavior allows for greater independence and efficiency in responding, schedules should rapidly become textual in form. Previous research has provided evidence of the effectiveness of both conditional discrimination training and within stimulus fading procedures in establishing textual control. The current study evaluated the relative effectiveness of these procedures in establishing derived textual control within the context of activity schedules in an eleven year old male with autism. Following the demonstration of proficiency in following picture activity schedules, the participant was exposed to alternating blocks of within stimulus fading and conditional discrimination training. A typical pretest, posttest design was used to evaluate the extent to which textual control was derived within activity schedules following both procedures, as well as the extent to which relations among stimuli emerged. Results indicated that conditional discrimination training was far superior to within stimulus fading procedures in terms of extent of derived textual control and number of trials required to meet criterion performance. No significant difference was noted in the extent to which relations among stimuli were derived following both procedures. |
|
Improving Textual Behavior Fluency: Effects on Selection-Based and Topography-Based Intraverbal Comprehension Measures |
CLARISSA S. BARNES (Southern Illinois University), Fiorella Scaglia (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Kazu Takeguchi (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Tracy Tufenk (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: In behavior analytic literature reading has been examined in two parts: textual responding, as described by Skinner (1957) and reading comprehension, which can be assessed with the use of intraverbal responding (Sundberg, 2008). It has been noted that textual behavior fluency needs to be established in order for reading comprehension to occur (De Souza, Rose, & Domeniconi, 2009). Several publications have examined the effects of antecedent and consequent interventions on improving reading fluency (see Eckert, Ardoin, Daly, & Martens, 2002). The current investigation a multiple probe across participants design was used to examine the effects of a three component treatment package (listen passage preview, phrase drill error correction, and feedback) on textual behavior fluency with four students diagnosed with high functioning autism. The effects of improved textual behavior fluency on topography-based and selection based intraverbal comprehension measures were also assessed. Preliminary results suggest that the three component intervention package was effective for increasing textual behavior fluency. Data also indicate that for some participants multiple exemplar instruction was necessary before an increase in performance on comprehension measures was observed. |
|
Examining Textual Behavior and Spelling Response Repertoires as a Function Multiple Exemplar Instruction Across Dictation-Taking and Textual Behavior Repertoires in Beginning Readers and Spellers |
BROOKE DIANE WALKER (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: According to Skinner (1957), spoken language and writing are individual verbal operants that require separate conditional training (p. 191). In addition, Skinner (1957) also proposed that words, which occur in written form, are functionally independent of the vocal form of the same word (p. 191). The purpose of the present study is to examine the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) across dictation-taking spelling responses and textual reading repertoires on the emergence of textual reading and novel spelling responses of untaught words with young children with reading and spelling delays. First, we will evaluate whether single exemplar instruction of hearing dictated letters and syllable sounds of words to the transcripted response of spelling the word (dictation-taking) is sufficient for novel textual behavior and intraverbal spelling responses to emerge. If not, MEI across both repertoires (dictation-taking and textual behavior responses) will be implemented to promote transformation of stimulus functions of joint reading-spelling repertoires. Thus, if proven that a bidirectional relationship between reading and spelling response repertoires can emerge as a function of MEI of dictation-taking and textual behavior training, this will disprove and leave for further questioning of Skinner's (1957) analysis of verbal behavior. |
|
New Findings on Functional Writing Instruction With Elementary Age Students |
JOAN A. BROTO (Teachers College, Columbia University), Petra Wiehe (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: In the first experiment a delayed multiple probe design across participants was used to test the effects of multiple exemplar instruction (MEI) that rotated across listener (reader) and speaker (writer) topographies on the aesthetic writing of 4th grade students. Baseline results showed participants' writing did not follow target structural components of fiction and did not sustain audience interest. Following MEI, students' writing showed an increase in the number of structural components for the genre and increased audience interest. In the second and third experiments we used a delayed pre and post-experimental probe design to test the effects of a functional writing protocol combined with a peer-yoked contingency on writing algorithms for math problems with second grade students. The dependent variables were functional written algorithms and the structural components of the written algorithms. The independent variable was a functional writing procedure with peer-yoked contingencies, in which the pairs played against the teacher. The results of the probes showed the functional writing procedure with peer-yoked contingencies was effective in teaching the participants to write functional algorithms. The results also showed an increase in the number of functional written algorithms written by the peer readers for both experiments. |
|
|
|
|
School-Based Assessment and Intervention for At-Risk Students: Issues and Advances |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1C (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC |
Chair: April L. Mustian (Illinois State University) |
|
CANCELLED Systematic Screening for Behavior Disorders at the High School Level |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
KATHLEEN L. LANE (Vanderbilt University) |
|
Abstract: In this presentation we will present findings from a validation study of the Student Risk Screening Scale (SRSS) for use with ninth to twelth grade students (N = 1854) attending a rural fringe high school. Results indicated high internal consistency, test-retest stability, and inter-rater reliability. Predictive validity was established across two academic years, with spring SRSS scores differentiating students with low-, moderate-, and high-risk status on office discipline referrals, grade point averages, and course failures during the following academic year. Teacher ratings evaluating students' performance later in the instructional day were more predictive than teacher ratings evaluating students' performance earlier in the instructional day. Educational implications, limitations, and future research directions are presented. |
|
Function-based Versus Nonfunction-Based Interventions on the Social Behavior of "At-Risk" Students |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
APRIL L. MUSTIAN (Illinois State University), Ya-yu Lo (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
|
Abstract: Disproportionality of African Americans in the category of serious emotional disturbance and in disciplinary action is a persistent problem in education. Participants will learn of a study that used functional behavioral assessment (FBA) and function-based interventions as a means of decreasing exclusionary practices imposed on African American students who were identified as behaviorally "at risk" and addressed disproportionality in both special education and disciplinary action. Additionally, this study compared the effects of function-based interventions to those interventions not based on the function of human behavior. Results in terms of which type of intervention was most effective will be discussed. This study was also one of few to explore the use of general education teachers as primary interventionists and included data on the procedural fidelity required to effectively and efficiently implement both function-based and nonfunction-based behavioral interventions with high levels of integrity. Results, implications for practice, and future research directions will be discussed. |
|
Racial Disproportionality in Disciplinary Referrals and Behavior Support Access for Students at Various Risk Levels |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CLAUDIA G. VINCENT (University of Oregon), Tary J. Tobin (University of Oregon) |
|
Abstract: Given evidence of racially disproportionate disciplinary outcomes, examining disparities in receiving access to behavior support appears relevant. Our presentation focuses on discipline outcomes in relation to a three-tiered behavior support model. We disaggregated by student ethnicity office discipline referral (ODR) data from 155 elementary, 46 middle, and 8 high schools to examine the extent to which students from various racial-ethnic backgrounds (a) are proportionately referred to the office for disciplinary violations, and (b) proportionately receive access to Check-in/Check-Out (CICO), a secondary intervention designed to improve students' behavioral success. Results were compared across student ethnicity, student risk level (1 ODR, 2-5 ODR, 6+ ODR per year), and school level. Preliminary outcomes showed that, especially in middle schools, African American students are over-represented among students with ODR and under-represented among students receiving CICO (see attached). Follow-up analyses will focus on the extent to which access to CICO results in equitable reductions in ODR across students from different racial-ethnic backgrounds. The first part of this presentation will offer findings from our data analyses. The second part will present recommendations on culturally responsive behavior analytical discipline practices from the literature. Potential approaches to blend these recommended practices with a three-tiered support model will be offered. |
|
|
|
|
|
OrganizationalBehavior ManagementFrom Start to Finish: Identification of High-Impact Areas, Functional Assessment, Treatment Preference Analysis, and Intervention |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
710/712 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: There exists great opportunity and need for behavior analysts to apply their methodologies and interventions to various areas in the occupational sector. This symposium will be comprised of four data-based presentations, each focusing on a different stage of behavior analytic research. The first presentation will focus on identifying a high-impact area that requires the attention of Behavior Analysts; the second presentation will evaluate the effectiveness of a Fortune 500 company's developmental course; the third will focus on individuals' preferences for various forms of feedback; and the last presentation will discuss the effects of an intervention package on staff performance in a school setting. |
|
An Area for Behavior Analysts: Nonfatal Occupational Injuries and Illnesses Involving Days Away From Work Among Minorities and Caucasians |
ANGELA R. LEBBON (Lehman College, The City University of New York), Dene Hurley (Lehman College, The City University of New York) |
Abstract: The Hispanic population is growing rapidly in the United States and accounts for 16% of the total U.S. population, or 50% of the nation's growth. According to projections, Hispanics will account for 30% of the U.S. population and 25% of the U.S. workforce by 2050. Given the growing presence of Hispanics in the U.S. workforce, the current study examined the differences in non-fatal occupational injuries involving days away from work among minority groups and Caucasians from 1992-2008. Non-fatal injuries involving days away from work were examined by race, severity of injury, and industry; descriptive statistics will be conducted. Data were obtained from the Bureau of Labor Statistics. To date, results show that Hispanic injuries and illnesses involving days away from work are gradually increasing over time, whereas, other minority groups and Caucasians remain stable or are declining over time. Behavior analysts have the critical opportunity to address the increasing injury rates in the Hispanic population. More specifically, Behavior analysts should focus their safety efforts and interventions on the following areas: education and training, language barriers, culture barriers, and job types associated with injuries. |
|
Evaluation of the Impact of a Large Corporate Leadership Development Course |
ANNA ALAINE RICE (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: United States organizations spend hundreds of billions of dollars on employee learning and development; however, evaluation of training to prove organizational impact is not as widely utilized as many think it should be. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the impact of a leadership development course for the top 150 leaders of a Fortune 500 company using Kirkpatrick's four levels of evaluation and the success case method. Participants' satisfaction and knowledge gains as a result of training were demonstrated. Additionally, an online survey was given to participants six weeks to 8 months after they completed the training to obtain information about the participants' use of the training material. Interviews were used to discover what factors led to high and low success and measurable results for the company were documented. Finally, an online survey was sent to the participants' coworkers asking them if they had seen changes in leadership and coaching effectiveness. Overall the data show the course's impact on the organization and what environmental factors helped and hindered participants' use of the course materials. |
|
Evaluating Preference for Graphic Feedback on Correct Versus Incorrect Responses |
SIGURDUR OLI SIGURDSSON (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Brandon Ring (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: The current study evaluated preferences of undergraduate students for graphic feedback on percentage of incorrect answers versus feedback on percentage of correct answers. A total of 108 participants were enrolled in the study, and received graphic feedback on performance on 12 online quizzes. One half of participants received graphic feedback on percentage of correct answers on the first four online quizzes, and then received feedback on percentage of incorrect answers on the following four quizzes. The order was reversed for the other half of participants. Participants were then asked whether their feedback on the final four quizzes should depict percentage of correct or incorrect answers. Participants that completed the study overwhelmingly preferred feedback on correct answers. The type of feedback students received for the first four quizzes did not affect subsequent quiz performance, and feedback preference was not related to performance on quizzes. |
|
Using Daily Feedback and a Lottery Incentive System to Improve Staff Performance on Instructional Procedures |
MICHAEL V. MILLER (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Josh Carlson (McDaniel College), Sigurdur Oli Sigurdsson (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: The present study was conducted to increase levels of staff performance during discrete trial training (DTT) sessions. In order to teach the appropriate desired responses, it is imperative that all individuals responsible for conducting DTT sessions are doing so in a consistent manner in regards to prompt usage and delivery. Three participants were selected from a special education school providing services for students with developmental disabilities. Staff behaviors measured included the correct implementation of a prompt hierarchy, accuracy of data recorded, correct delivery of prompts, and whether procedures were correctly set up for the following day's activities. In an effort to improve staff performance, an intervention package was implemented, consisting of daily verbal and graphic feedback and a lottery-based incentive system in which staff had to perform a set criterion level for the week in order to be eligible for entry into the drawing. A multiple-baseline across participants design was utilized to evaluate the effects of the intervention package. Results indicated that the intervention was successful, as all participants increased their performance following the introduction of the intervention. |
|
|
|
|
Producing Large Scale Systemic Change to Improve and Innovate Schools Serving Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
704/706 (Convention Center) |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (National Autism Center) |
Discussant: Susan Wilczynski (National Autism Center) |
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Schools serving children on the autism spectrum face tremendous challenges due to the broad needs that must be addressed to appropriately serve this population. Children, adolescents, and young adults with very different skills and developmental needs receive educational services within a specialized school setting. For example, a growing number of students face severe difficulties with anxiety, which undermines their ability to benefit from instruction and develop the social skills that are essential to long-term success outside the school setting. All children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) face challenges in communication and, as a result, schools must be prepared to provide evidence-based treatments with fidelity in this domain. In addition, irrespective of the level of developmental functioning, behavior problems may occur for any individuals with ASD as they try to manage the expectations placed on them by schools. This may be particularly challenging when a school system is very large. This symposium focuses on identifying and implementing strategies that improve and innovate services in a large school with special emphasis given to the domains of emotional difficulties, communication, and behavior. |
|
Positive Behavior Supports for Highly Individualized Treatment Centers? Yes, There is a Place |
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (The May Institute), Blake Grider (May Institute) |
Abstract: Schoolwide positive behavior supports (SWPBS) has primarily been applied in public school settings and programs serving students with emotion/behavioral disorders. SWPBS is intended to provide a framework that results in all students within the system getting access to evidence-based practices for instructional and behavioral goals. This process involves taking a look at systemic variables that can support this goal. Thus, there is nothing incompatible in PBS with intensive behavioral intervention (IBI) programs. This presentation examines how the PBS model fits with a school having a rich history of providing IBI for students on the autism spectrum. The fit between PBS and IBI was first examined through a comprehensive needs assessment. The needs assessment resulted in a number of recommendations such as developing a school-wide and classroom-wide plan for improving student successes. The importance of helping staff understand the central role a student's individualized behavior support plan plays within PBS is reviewed. |
|
Developing Effective Programming for Emotional Difficulties Faced by Children on the Autism Spectrum |
HANNA C. RUE (May Institute), Lauren Solotar (May Institute) |
Abstract: Many individuals on the autism spectrum have difficulty managing anxiety. Because of deficits in communication-which can be especially impaired in anyone under situations of distress-staff does not always recognize the symptoms of anxiety in this population. This presentation addresses the need to provide appropriate services to individuals on the autism spectrum with respect to anxiety. The process of developing appropriate services began with a comprehensive needs assessment of one of May Institute's largest schools. It was determined that although many staff recognize the need to provide appropriate services to address emotional needs (e.g., cognitive behavioral intervention), they were not certain how best to obtain these services. As a result, few students were receiving these services. Development of a strategic process for increasing access to appropriate behavioral health services was developed. Recommendations included providing in-service training to staff, ensuring appropriate resources were available to provide these services to all students who would benefit from them, and the development of a team to manage this process. Like all other programming occurring in the school, a plan was put in place to collect data and to integrate these services into the student's overall educational program. Both the process for making these recommendations and the challenges in implementing these changes will be reviewed in this presentation. |
|
Programming for Communication in a Large School-Based Treatment Program |
KATE GILLIGAN (May Institute), Stephanie Child (May Institute) |
Abstract: Individuals on the autism spectrum experience different challenges when attempting to communicate with others. Day treatment programs must often be prepared to serve students that require picture exchange communication system (PECS) or augmentative communication and alternative (AAC) devices to communicate their needs. Schools must also ensure that are addressing the communication needs of students who communicate through speech but experience difficulties in the realm of social pragmatics. This presentation examines the process for assessing and developing plans to address the needs of all students with communication challenges within a large day treatment program. Assessment began with a thorough needs assessment. As a result of staff interviews, a SWOT analysis (Strengths, Weaknesses, Opportinities and Theats), a review of records, and observations, a number of limitations were identified and recommendations were forwarded. This process resulted in an effort to help staff better understand the relationship between communication and behavior problems and the necessity of demonstrating treatment fidelity regarding the communication strategies employed. |
|
|
|
|
Teachers, Therapist, and Parents, Oh My! Behavioral "Tools" Training for Everyone |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3A (Convention Center) |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Hewitt B. "Rusty" Clark (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Crosland, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Tools for Positive Behavior Change curriculum is a competency based behavioral training curriculum developed and refined by a team of behavioral analysts and university researchers. The curriculum was designed to include the most effective behavioral interventions using teaching methodologies that evaluate not only content knowledge but application of that knowledge in real world settings. The Tools curriculum was implemented within the State of Florida in an effort to decrease placement disruptions within the child welfare system and to increase reunification between biological parents and their children. Although most heavily researched in its use within the child welfare system, given the broad scope of application and the individualized practice and coaching included in the curriculum, the Tools have use for a variety of individuals who have the potential to be change agents in their given home and community settings. This symposium will describe and show promising outcome data regarding the application of the Tools curriculum across a wide range of individuals including teachers, parents of children with autism, and therapists working in the community with individuals with developmental disabilities. |
|
Can We Keep a Good Thing Going? New Name, New Audience, New Data; Same Great Stuff! |
BRYON NEFF (Professional Crisis Management, Inc.), Stacie Neff |
Abstract: From 2001-2008, the Behavior Analysis Services Program (BASP) provided training, consultation and in-home services to Florida's foster care system. In 2008, financial support for BASP ceased. Fortunately, some privatized foster care agencies re-allocated monies and continued this service. Professional Crisis Management Association (PCMA) wanted to expand the scope of the training to include caregivers responsible for people with disabilities. In honor of Dr. Glenn Latham and BASP, the curriculum was revised to meet the needs of parents, teachers and direct care staff of this population. This presentation will discuss training modifications and how the BehaviorToolsTM training is spreading throughout the United States. A randomized clinical trail is being conducted to evaluate the effects of Behavior Skills Training [BST (i.e., BehaviorTools)] and Psycho-Educational Training (PET). Samples of individual and group data will be provided with regards to outcomes for parents of children with autism. Preliminary results suggest parental stress decreased following training versus the control group whose parental stress remained constant. However, parents who attend the BST training also experienced improvements in parenting skills and child behavior while the parents in the PET training and control group produced no such improvement in either parenting skills or child behavior. |
|
Behavioral Tools Training With Teachers: Maintenance and Booster Training |
ISRAEL B. MILLER (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Prior research suggests that booster trainings might be effective in improving the maintenance of skills gained from behavioral parent training [taught within a behavioral skills training model (BST)]. However, there is no known research on the effectiveness of booster training on the maintenance of skills gained by teachers after BST. In this study, analogue and in-situ pre-assessments were conducted with three teachers following an initial behavioral "tools" training which occurred several months previously. Results showed decreases in skill level occurred from the initial training. Therefore, a 3 hour booster was conducted with each individual teacher using a multiple baseline design across teachers. Following the training, analogue and in-situ post assessments were conducted with each teacher to determine if skill levels increased and generalized to the classroom setting. Results showed the booster training to be effective in raising teacher scores as measures of performance of skills learned in the training to higher than those before the training. Some scores were even higher than the post-training scores of the initial training. Generalization probes also indicated that the teachers were using the skills in the classroom with students. |
|
Cross-System Behavioral Training Collaborative |
AMANDA KEATING (University of South Dakota), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Nancy Saufley (University of South Dakota), Lindsay Brough (University of South Dakota) |
Abstract: This Cross-System Behavioral Training Collaborative was a project designed to increase the number of behavior analytic techniques being used within the state supported systems of South Dakota. The Essential Tools for Positive Behavior Change, a competency based behavioral training curriculum developed and refined by a team of behavioral analysts and university researchers in Florida, was used to teach these skills to agents of change who do not have a behavioral analytic background. Although the Tools curriculum has been most heavily researched within the child welfare system, it has also been used to train caregivers, teachers, and residential staff of children and adults with developmental disabilities. Because of the broad scope of application and the individualized practice and coaching, the Tools was taught using a train-the-trainer model for use with direct care staff, educators, parents, and therapists. Course participants attained scores between 0% correct and 100% correct on tool usage prior to completing the training. As a group, the trainers-in-training class increased from 53% to 94% pre- to post- assessment (pre-test range: 34% to 69%; post-test range: 88% to 100%). Their subsequent classes showed similar levels of improvement from pre to post score assessments. |
|
|
|
|
Natural Science, Formal Symbolic Language, and Robotics |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
601 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC |
Chair: Stephen Ledoux (State University of New York at Canton) |
|
Why Behavior Analysis Needs a Formal Symbolic Language for Codifying Behavioral Contingencies |
Domain: Theory |
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Abstract: Most disciplines often accelerate their progress as they develop and adopt specialized formal symbolic languages and notations-systems of written symbols that represent some of the discipline's important units and concepts. Examples: The language of chemistry codifies atoms and the bonds that connect them, and the language of mathematics codifies numbers and operations. The present behavioral contingency language codifies behavior and its consequences, time delays, and various modifiers of these. Formal symbolic languages generally advance their disciplines by performing certain vital functions: (a) recording and communicating their discipline's subject matter in terms that cut across all natural languages, with concise codifications that avoid the inevitable ambiguities of verbal descriptions; (b) prompting the identification of important variables and parameters through the language's grammar; (c) conceptualizing the discipline's body of knowledge by categorizing and grouping it; and (d) making relationships among the discipline's units visually accessible. This paper presents ways in which behavior analysts can make advantageous use of the present formal symbolic language. Such disciplines as education, economics, health care, business management, law, and public affairs have behavioral contingencies at their core. These disciplines, in order to advance further, will eventually require a formal language for codifying the behavioral contingencies with which they deal. |
|
Behavioral Contingency Analysis of Economic Phenomena: A Revealing Slant |
Domain: Theory |
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Abstract: A behavioral contingency analysis of large-scale property transfers and related economic phenomena reveals surprising behavioral dynamics. Securitization, the creation of derivatives, the formation and bursting of financial bubbles, and Ponzi processes are shown to involve similar behavioral processes and to have the same formal contingency structure, suggesting that analysis with the use of behavioral units can reveal non-obvious parallels and regularities. The analysis begins with a conceptualization of property as a set of behavioral contingencies related to a given entity, rather than the entity itself. Such contingencies include the actions available to the property's "owners" and "non-owners" and the consequences of those actions for various parties. This conceptualization of property provides the foundation for behavioral definitions of property transfer, value, risk, leverage, and consensus. Large-scale property transfers, like various types of securitization, Ponzi processes, and bubbling, involve various forms of aggregation, partitioning, and multiple-stage property transfer, and are seen to share certain important features. One of these is the transfer-caused clouding, blurring, or obliteration of the contingencies that defined the original transferred properties: the reason why such property transfers cannot be made fully transparent, and inevitably entail a potential for deception, whether intended or unintended. |
|
Organizational and Disciplinary Elements Supporting Natural Science Credibility |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
STEPHEN LEDOUX (State University of New York at Canton) |
|
Abstract: Behavior Analysts for a Sustainable Society (BASS) meeting: We natural scientists of behavior need to take steps to reduce the often seen reluctance of other natural scientists to work with us as credible fellow natural scientists. Various developments and implications of our natural science of human behavior can help, in cooperation and mutual benefit with all natural sciences, in the general effort to solve major human problems. In reviewing some of these developments and implications, several areas receive attention including: (a) the origins of our natural science of behavior as founded by B.F. Skinner and organizationally represented largely by ABA; (b) a selection of the experimental and applied advances of our science, particularly ones relevant to interventions with typical human behavior; (c) the interdisciplinary benefits and relations among all natural scientists helping each other become more effective in addressing, in a timely manner, large scale problems whose solutions are acknowledged by all to involve intervention components that affect the behavior of average citizens; and (d) the value of including some training in the natural sciences of energy, matter, life forms, and behavior in the curricula of all natural sciences. |
|
Robotics and Behavior Analysis-For the Rest of Us |
Domain: Theory |
DAVID BESA |
|
Abstract: Until recently applying behavior analytic principals to robotics required expertise in programming and engineering. This paper will demonstrate that behavior analysts, without such experience, can now do experiments, conduct research and even replace computer simulations of behavior with an inexpensive robot. This can be done with no programming skills required. This would appeal to anyone intrigued by the notion that robots can learn and behave like us. Overview of types of procedures:(a) Designing and constructing the anatomy of the robot,(b) Analyzing a specific operant or respondent and its controlling variables, (c) "Dragging and dropping" icons that will implement this behavior, (d) Testing, debugging and redesigning "until it acts right,"(e) Comparing rates of behavior of the robot to real organisms. The data of the classical conditioning demonstration robot [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4C5xwkAMUDY] show behavior rates similar to that of organisms. Relevance or potential impact:a student or researcher with no programming or engineering background can experiment with classical and operant conditioning using a small inexpensive robot. Once a robot can learn from reinforcing contingencies, that could lead to a mechanical organism that is both autonomous and independent. Robotics SIG Sponsored. |
|
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Analysis at California State University, Los Angeles |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1D (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Carrie Susa (CUSP) |
Discussant: Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
CE Instructor: Henry Schlinger, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will present three studies by graduates of the MS program in applied behavior analysis in the Department of Psychology at California State University. Each study investigated a different aspect of the analysis of verbal behavior. The first study used a multiple-baseline design to examine whether a Lag 3 schedule of reinforcement could produce varied intraverbal responding in a child with autism. Results showed that using progressive lag schedules, three novel responses were acquired and used according to the schedules in place. The second study compared echoic and tact prompting procedures on the acquisition of intraverbal behavior in three children with autism and showed that although both procedures were effective in establishing intraverbal relations in the 3 participants, fewer trials to criteria were required when the echoic condition was in place. The third study looked at the effects of joint control and the role of response mediation on the sequencing behavior of five typical adults using an unfamiliar language. Results showed that all participants acquired the sequencing response in fewer trials and maintained accurate delayed responding when the component responses necessary for joint control were directly taught, and that when the self-echoic mediation component was blocked, accurate responding deteriorated. |
|
Using a Lag Schedule to Increase Variability of Intraverbal Responding in an Individual With Autism |
CARRIE SUSA (CUSP), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Past research has shown that reinforcing novel behaviors can increase the number of different ways that an animal behaves (Pryor, Haag, & OReilly, 1969; Goetz and Baer, 1973). However, it was not until more recently that Neuringer introduced the concept that variability was an operant in and of itself, and could be reinforced (2002). More specifically, variability can be taught and strengthened using a Lag-x schedule of reinforcement, in which x refers to the number of previous responses that the current response must differ from in order for reinforcement to occur (Page & Neuringer, 1985). The purpose of this study was to extend the only known study of a Lag-x schedule with intraverbal responses from human subjects (Lee, McComas, & Jawor, 2002), by increasing the lag criteria and accounting for methodological errors. The participant was a 7-year-old male with autism. A multiple baseline across lag criteria was used to show that multiple responses could be acquired and systematically varied using the lag schedule of reinforcement. Results showed that using progressive lag schedules, three novel responses were acquired and used according to the schedules in place. |
|
A Comparison of Tact and Echoic Prompts on the Acquisition and Maintenance of Intraverbal Behavior in Children With Autism |
CARRIE ZUCKERMAN (California State University, Los Angeles), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of two prompt procedures on the acquisition of intraverbals in children with autism. A multielement design was used to examine the relative rates of acquisition of intraverbals with each prompt procedure. Follow-up data was collected to assess any differences in maintenance. Both echoic and tact prompt procedures were effective in establishing intraverbal relations in three children diagnosed with autism. Fewer trials to criteria were required when the echoic condition was in place. Child preference was also assessed through the use of a concurrent chains arrangement. One participant demonstrated a preference for the echoic prompt procedure. The other 2 participants did not show a clear preference. |
|
The Role of Rehearsal in Joint Control |
ALLISON DEGRAAF (CUSP), Henry D. Schlinger (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Various studies on joint control (e.g., Lowenkron, 1984, 1988, 1989) have demonstrated the importance of response mediation by training collateral overt responses (i.e. hand signs, mechanical representations of orientation, and lengths of lines) in order to make these responses observable. However, more recent studies have evaluated the self-echoic component of joint control without training collateral overt responses in order to make the tasks more authentic. (Lowenkron, 2006). The purpose of the current study was to replicate procedures used by Gutierrez (2006) by experimentally demonstrating the effects of joint control and particularly the role of response mediation on the sequencing behavior of five adults using an unfamiliar language. The present research extends the study by Gutierrez (2006) by comparing the effects of joint control training with a prompt and fade procedure on the acquisition of a sequencing task, as well as testing the effects of each procedure on delayed sequencing behavior. Results indicated that all participants acquired the sequencing response in fewer trials and maintained accurate delayed responding when the component responses necessary for joint control were directly taught. Furthermore, when the self-echoic mediation component was blocked, accurate responding deteriorated in 4 out of 5 participants. The results support the existence and necessity of the components. |
|
|
|
|
Stimulus Control Issues During Verbal Behavior Instruction |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2B (Convention Center) |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: James E. Carr (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: James Carr, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For the most part, the primary verbal operants are distinguished by their antecedent controlling variables (e.g., motivating operations, discriminative stimuli). Certain verbal operant teaching procedures may occasionally result in erroneous stimulus control such that skill acquisition or maintenance is impaired. This symposium will include four studies evaluating potentially disruptive stimulus control effects during instruction of echoic, tact, mand, and listener repertoires with children with atism spectrum disorders. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Vocal Discriminative Stimuli During Mand Training |
CRYSTAL N. BOWEN (Marcus Autism Center), James E. Carr (Auburn University), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Manding is typically the first verbal operant that is taught in early behavioral intervention programs. A relevant motivating operation (MO) must be present in order for a mand to occur, however, initial manding is typically taught using procedures that involve the simultaneous use of a number of different prompts (e.g., verbal antecedent "What do you want?") in addition to the presence of an MO (Sundberg & Partington, 1998). Though many studies have shown the effectiveness of these procedures, failure to fade the additional antecedents could theoretically impede spontaneous manding in the future. That is, the learner may acquire the verbal antecedent as a discriminative stimulus and may only request items after someone has asked them what they want. The purpose of the current study was to compare two procedures for teaching mands. A progressive time delay procedure was used to teach two children with language delays to mand for preferred items. A verbal antecedent "What do you want" was used in one condition and compared to a condition that included only the presence of the MO. Data show that the addition of the verbal antecedent did not impede mand acquisition or spontaneous mands following acquisition. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Vocal Instructions During Tact Training |
NANCY MARCHESE (Kinark Child and Family Services), James E. Carr (Auburn University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Auburn University), Tiffany Rosati (Kinark Child and Family Services) |
Abstract: According to a strict Skinnerian perspective, the antecedent condition during tact training should involve only the presentation of a nonverbal discriminative stimulus (SD_ (at least during the initial stages of training). However, a common clinical practice is to also present to the learner a verbal instruction such as "What is this?" The present study evaluated forchildren with autism the effects of two different antecedent conditions on tact training and maintenance: visual stimulus versus visual stimulus + question. During tact training, one of the participants learned tacts faster under the visual stimulus + question condition; by contrast, another participant learned tacts faster when under the visual stimulus condition. During maintenance testing, newly acquired tacts from both training conditions were evaluated in the absence of instructor questions. No differential effects were observed for our first two participants. Finally, newly acquired tacts were also assessed in the natural environment. For one participant, no tacts were emitted and for another all of the trained tacts were emitted (irrespective of prior training history). Additional data from two other participants will also be presented. |
|
Use of the Cues-Pause-Point Procedure to Decrease Echolalia and Increase Correct Echoic Responses in a Child With Autism |
CAITLIN H. DELFS (Marcus Autism Center), Amber L. Valentino (The Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Echolalia is common in children diagnosed with autism and may interfere with the development of functional language. When teaching an echoic repertoire, it is common to include the discriminative stimulus (SD) "say" with a targeted word or sound. For some children, appropriate stimulus control is established during this process and the child emits only the correct word or sound. For other children, appropriate stimulus control does not develop and the SD "say" and targeted word are echoed. The cues-pause-point (CPP) procedure has been effective in decreasing echolalia and increasing specific correct intraverbal responses in adults with mental retardation. The current investigation replicated the CPP procedure with a child with autism to establish appropriate stimulus control over echoic responses. Results indicated that echolalia of the SD "say" decreased and correct responding increased for all targets. A component analysis revealed that all components were necessary for correct responding. |
|
A Comparison of Methods for Teaching Listener Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders: A Replication and Extension |
LAURA L. GROW (St. Cloud State University), Tiffany Kodak (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), James E. Carr (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Clinicians utilize two main approaches for teaching listener skills (i.e., receptive labeling) in early intervention programs: the simple/conditional and conditional only methods. Recent research demonstrated that the conditional only method was a more efficient teaching procedure than the simple/conditional method (Grow, Carr, Kodak, Jostad, & Kisamore, in press). Results also indicated that faulty stimulus control occurred more often during the simple/conditional method. The authors noted that the use of a least-to-most prompting procedure may have facilitated the establishment of faculty stimulus control. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to replicate and extend the Grow et al., study by comparing the simple/conditional and conditional only methods using an errorless prompting strategy (i.e., progressive time-delay). The study employed an adapted alternating treatments design to compare the teaching approaches. Two children aged 4-years-old participated in the study. The results replicated the findings from the Grow et al., study in that the conditional only method was a more efficient teaching method for teaching listener skills. The results are discussed in terms of the implications for current teaching practices in early intensive behavior intervention programs. |
|
|
|
|
What Does the Brain Do? Discussion of Alva Noe's Lecture |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:30 PM–4:20 PM |
401/402 (Convention Center) |
Area: SCI; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Chair: Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
CE Instructor: Timothy Hackenberg, Ph.D. |
Panelists: DAVID W. SCHAAL (Accuray Incorporated), M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Institute of Technology), DAVID STAFFORD (Centenary College) |
Abstract: The panel will discuss the ideas presented in Alva Noe's lecture, and will include the author's response and questions from the audience. |
DAVID W. SCHAAL (Accuray Incorporated) |
Dave Schaal discovered Behaviorism as a student at St. Cloud State University, where he also learned to program a computer and do pigeon experiments. He was accepted into the EAB program at the University of Florida, where he learned to think a little and picked up a good trade (Behavioral Pharmacology) from Dr. Marc Branch, one that would result in a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Minnesota under Dr. Travis Thompson. There he was encouraged to consider how genetic and biological variables contribute to normal and aberrant behavior. Dave joined the Psychology faculty of West Virginia University, where thanks to his colleagues and students he was a reasonably successful researcher and teacher. For some reason he moved to the Department of Neurosurgery at Stanford University in 2002, where some of his ideas about biological variables became useful to him. Dave helped Drs. Timberlake and Steinmetz edit a special issue of JEAB devoted to Behavioral Neuroscience, and he got to serve as Editor for Behavioral Neuroscience for JEAB for a few years. A biomedical device company offered him a job in 2006, so he left academia and now he writes about radiosurgery. Today the great blessings of his life include his loving wife and family, his love of music and fiction, and the fact that his ABAI friends still let him come to this meeting. |
M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Institute of Technology) |
M. Jackson (Jack) Marr is Professor Emeritus of Psychology at Georgia Tech where he has taught physiology and behavior, behavioral pharmacology, probability & statistics, and continues to teach the experimental analysis of behavior. He is one of five founding Fellows of the Association for Behavior Analysis, a Fellow of Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of the American Psychological Association, Past-President of the Society for the Advancement of Behavior Analysis, Past-President of both the Association for Behavior Analysis and Division 25 of APA. He is the former Editor of Behavior and Philosophy and has served as Review Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior since 1998. He was an Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst. He was Experimental Representative to the Executive Council of the Association for Behavior Analysis, served on the Board of Directors of The Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), and currently serves on the Board of Trustees the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He has been active in the international support and development of behavior analysis in many countries. Since 1991 he has been involved in the assessment and improvement of engineering education, in particular, engineering physics. Other current research interests include dynamical systems theory, comparative behavior analysis, and theoretical/conceptual issues in behavioral analysis. |
DAVID STAFFORD (Centenary College) |
Dr. David Stafford received a B.A. from West Virginia University in 1991 and a Ph.D. from the University of Florida in 1996. After post-doctoral work at the Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center, he accepted an endowed chair position at Centenary College of Louisiana in 2001, where he teaches courses in Psychopharmacology, Learning and Memory, and History and Systems of Psychology, among others. His interests include the study of drugs, language, music, and ancient to modern culture. |
|
|
|
|
Functional Analysis: Procedural Extensions and Post-Session Effects |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 3B (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Jessica L. Sassi (New England Center for Children) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Sassi, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The functional analysis (FA) procedures described by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994) have been shown effective in determining variables maintaining behavior and have since been replicated and extended in hundreds of studies. In the current symposium, four papers are presented on procedural variations of FA and its effects outside of sessions. In the first paper, the authors evaluated the effects of fixed and random session sequences on response differentiation during functional analyses. In the second paper, the authors used multi-hour FA sessions to evaluate the function of behavior following standard-duration FAs that yielded undifferentiated responding. In the third paper, the authors compared the effects of a procedural variation of the attention condition, a divided attention condition, to a typical attention condition to determine whether problem behavior was more likely to occur during the typical or divided attention conditions. In the fourth paper, the authors evaluated whether rates of problem behavior differed following FA sessions relative to rates prior to FA sessions to determine whether FAs produced effects on the rate of problem behavior outside of the context of sessions. |
|
Fixed Versus Random Sequencing During Multielement Functional Analyses |
JENNIFER LYNN HAMMOND (Stanford University), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Griffin W. Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Sarah E. Bloom (Utah State University) |
Abstract: It has been suggested that a fixed sequence of assessment conditions might facilitate differential responding during multielement functional analyses (Iwata, Pace, et al., 1994); however, the effects of condition sequence never has been empirically evaluated. We conducted concurrent, fixed- and random-sequence functional analyses (FAs) for eight participants who engaged in severe problem behavior to determine the relative effects, if any, that sequence may have on assessment outcomes. During the fixed sequence, experimental conditions were conducted in the following order: alone/ignore, attention, tangible (if applicable), play, and demand. During the random sequence, condition order was based on a draw. Results showed that the fixed sequence facilitated differential responding for four participants, whereas results seemed unaffected by condition sequence for three participants. Multiple sessions were required across both analyses-irrespective of condition order for the remaining participant. These results suggest that the fixed sequence should be used when conducting multielement FAs to maximize the proximate influence of establishing operations that are in effect during assessment. |
|
An Evaluation of Extended-Duration Sessions in Functional Analyses |
NIKKI R. SENKOWSKI (New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Sassi (New England Center for Children), Sarah Buckingham (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: This study set out to evaluate whether extended exposure to standard functional analysis (FA) conditions would produce differential responding in those cases where a standard FA did not produce differentiated responding. A multiple baseline design was used to assess the effects of extended exposure on response rate and differentiation for 4 participants. All participants were exposed to 3 to 5 standard FA conditions (alone, attention, tangible, demand, and play) in a multi-element design in their homeroom classrooms. During the standard FA, each session was 10-min in length and conditions were rapidly alternated in a standard multielement design. If results of the standard FA were undifferentiated or showed low or zero rates of behavior, participants were exposed to the extended-duration FA protocol. During the extended-duration FA, each session was approximately 50-min in length and conditions were alternated within a pairwise design. Results showed that in some cases, the extended-duration FA produced higher rates of behavior and/or differentiated responding. Results will be discussed in terms of their implications for clinical practice. |
|
Evaluation of the Divided-Attention Condition During Functional Analyses |
TARA A. FAHMIE (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Jill M. Harper (University of Florida), Angie Querim (University of Florida) |
Abstract: A common test condition for behavior maintained by social positive reinforcement is one in which the experimenter appears to be engaged in a task (e.g., reading a magazine) and delivers attention to the subject contingent on each instance of problem behavior (Iwata et al., 1982/1994). In a modified version of the attention condition, the divided-attention condition (Mace et al., 1986), the experimenter engages in conversation with a confederate (e.g., another adult), and diverts attention to the subject contingent on each instance of problem behavior. The divided attention condition may either facilitate discrimination of the contingency (the availability of attention) or strengthen the establishing operation for attention-maintained behavior, resulting in more efficient functional analysis outcomes. The purpose of this study was twofold. We first (Study 1) determined whether behavior, in general, is more likely to be acquired and maintained under typical versus divided-attention conditions. We next (Study 2) determined whether problem behavior is more likely to occur during typical versus divided-attention conditions in a functional analysis. |
|
Post-Session Effects of Functional Analyses |
DANIEL B. SHABANI (California State University, Los Angeles), James E. Carr (Auburn University), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Traci Oberg (California State University, Los Angeles), Antonio Sala (California State University, Los Angeles), Wing Yan Lam (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Although functional analysis has gained widespread use, it is not without limitations. Functional analysis methods have often been criticized for the length of time required during assessment, amount of expertise required during implementation, feasibility of conducting sessions in the natural environment, and difficulty in identifying function for infrequent or cyclical aberrant behavior. In addition, we have frequently heard concerns from caregivers and frontline staff that the purposeful, but brief, reinforcement of problem behavior might result in rates that might last beyond sessions into the natural environment. This potential "side effect" of the functional analysis has never been mentioned in the research literature, nor have the investigators who have almost a decade of experience with the procedure observed it. However, we believe the concern to be a reasonable one and certainly deserving of an empirical investigation. Therefore, the purpose of the current investigation was to determine whether a problem behavior occurs more often after a functional analysis procedure was used. |
|
|
|
|
Thinking Big: Expanding the Role of Behavior Analysis and Support |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 1B (Convention Center) |
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Elizabeth Sexton (Washoe County School District) |
CE Instructor: Jody Silva, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium challenges applied behavior analysis (ABA) to grow with other technologies, and be truly scientific by accepting the findings and practices of other relevant disciplines, and to think big, and get dirty -- big by serving multiple participants over an extended time, dirty by implementing "among the most difficult. . . applications to carry out" (Lutzker & Whitaker, 2005, p. 582). The schools and child welfare settings provide milieux to fulfill Azrin's challenge to generalize beyond narrow niches, venturing into new topical areas, developing effective, large-scale, multicomponent interventions, which would allow behavior analysis to scale up and be effective in applied settings. (Azrin, cited in Lutzker & Whitaker, 2005). Current research highlights the need for multidisciplinary approaches to change outcomes for students at risk for, or with, emotional and behavioral disorders (Forness, 2005). The multicomponent interventions outlined in this symposium encompass prevention and intervention, at both a "big" and "dirty" level. Both the Comprehensive Intervention for Student and Staff Support (CISS) and Project SafeCare interventions are successfully "thinking big", implementing a hybrid of both clinical applied behavior analytic and OBM-systems technology. Analysis of data indicate that both are producing positive outcomes in their target settings. |
|
SafeCare: Preventing Child Maltreatment in Eleven States |
JOHN R. LUTZKER (Georgia State University) |
Abstract: SafeCare is an ecobehavioral, evidence-based, home visitation model conducting research and training trainers in 11 U.S. states and the nation of Belarus. It is firmly rooted in the principles and practices of applied behavior analysis. This presentation will provide a history and overview of the model, published single-case research design examples of family behavior change, and large-scale outcome data. Also described will be its train-the-trainer model and the implementation research being conducted to examine a host of variables in the implementation process. Future directions and research plans will be discussed within the context of the development of this line of programmatic research over a 32-year period. The trials and tribulations of conducting such very applied research in very difficult situations will be described. |
|
Technological Enhancements of the SafeCare Model to Prevent Child Maltreatment |
JULIE JABALEY (Center for Healthy Development, Georgia State University), John R. Lutzker (Georgia State University) |
Abstract:
SafeCare is an ecobehavioral, evidence-based, home visitation model to prevent child maltreatment. Described will be areas of research and enhancements with different technologies aimed at creating new efficiencies and effectiveness in SafeCare dissemination. Presented will be a multiple probe design across settings and replicated across families using a smart phone to reduce the number of intervention home visits for the home safety module of SafeCare. Next, are current efforts to develop a hybrid version of home visitor training, face-to-face combined with online. Our iterative process of from the analysis to early implementation phase, guided by an interdisciplinary team, is illustrated as a suggested path for organizations to gain cost efficiencies in dissemination through reduced face-to-face training time. Also included will be an overarching project to create a virtual portal that will house the online training modules and manage trainee data through the certification process. This will allow for internal efficiencies and data collection to support research. Processes related to conception through development phases will be presented, as well as ongoing research on the use of computer-assisted interventions for fathers.
|
|
Comprehesive Intervention for Student and Staff Support |
Elizabeth Sexton (Washoe County School District), JODY M. SILVA (Washoe County School District), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada), Benjamin N. Witts (University of Nevada, Reno), Kaycee Bennett (University of Nevada, Reno), Timothy C. Fuller (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Federal data indicate little improvement in outcome for students with, or at risk for, emotional and behavior disorders (EBD) since the early 1980s (Bradley, Doolittle & Bartolotta, 2008). Students with EBD make up approximately .96% of the total school age population. However, 51% of these students who are 16 years old and older drop out of high school, amounting to a 74% failure rate for students identified with EBD. While "(t)he very survival of our species depends on how well we educate (Skinner cited in Selinske et al, 1991, p. 107)," the research base indicating that subsequent generations of behavior analysts have risen to this challenge, is relatively limited (Noell et al., 2005). A transdisciplinary team-behavior analyst, school psychologist and child/adolescent psychiatrist--has developed a unique dual-component intervention (Comprehensive Intervention for Student and Staff Support): behavior analytic support framework and system of teacher training, coaching , and performance feedback to improve student behavior and academic outcomes, and ensure implementation fidelity. Outcome data indicate that this system is highly effective in meeting student academic, behavior and mental health needs, and staff needs for training and coaching to ensure sustainability of the system. |
|
The Behavior Analyst and Child/Adolescent Psychiatrist: A Transdisciplinary Perspective |
JAIME GARDNER (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Erika Ryst (University of Nevada, Reno), Elizabeth Sexton (Washoe County School District) |
Abstract: School based mental health was highlighted in 2002 where the need to improve access to mental health resources in the school was stressed by the Freedom Commission on Mental Health. The report emphasized that these services are essential to rebuild mental health accessibility for children. This paper presents an overview of a transdisciplinary initiative which focuses on improving the system of support for both students and teachers, through a comprehensive, school-based mental health and behavior analytic intervention. Transdisciplinary collaboration between WashoeCounty School Districtschool psychologists, University of Nevada/Reno (UNR) School of Medicine Child/Adolescent Psychiatry Fellowship child/adolescent and UNR, Behavior Analysis Program has created a successful program and system of support, for students with significant behavioral and mental health needs, and their teachers, which has produced positive outcomes - increased student achievement, reductions in significant behavior problems, increased staff satisfaction, and increased staff skill. This program, a component of consultation and inclusion support services, is embedded in best practice in school psychology and school child/adolescent psychiatry, and applied behavior analysis. The presenter(s) will provide an overview, from a child psychiatric perspective, of the collaboration between child/adolescent psychiatry and behavior analysis in supporting students with complex automatically maintained behaviors and significant mental health needs. |
|
|
|
|
Human Sexuality as Behavior-Analytic Subject Matter: Symposium by the Sex Therapy and Educational Programming Special Interest Group (STEP SIG) |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
3:30 PM–4:50 PM |
302 (Convention Center) |
Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Chair: Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Bobby Newman (Full Inclusion Living and Learning Unitarian University) |
CE Instructor: Bobby Newman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although sexuality is a significant aspect of life for nearly all individuals, it is one of the more understudied topics in behavior-analytic research. This symposium sheds light on both applied and conceptual topics related to human sexual behavior, and it points out the need for future empirical contributions that can be offered by behavior analysts. The authors provide new information related to specific sexual practices and related variables, and review the ethics and effectiveness of interventions used to treat problematic patterns of sexual behavior. |
|
Too Much of a Good Thing? |
NICHOLAS HAMMOND (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Lorraine M. Bologna (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Fawna Stockwell (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The science of behavior analysis has been applied to a myriad of human behaviors, including those of a sexual nature. The purpose of this presentation is to discuss previous and current research-based interventions used to treat sexual behaviors of both typically developing persons and those with developmental disabilities. The focus will be on interventions that target the reduction of inappropriate sexual behaviors, as well as those that target the increase of social skills related to sexual interests. Presenters will assess ethical standards of these commonly used interventions. Implications for future research will also be discussed. |
|
A Content Analysis of Fetish-Based Online Videos |
FAWNA STOCKWELL (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Laura Mahlmeister (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kelly Underman (University of Illinois-Chicago), Bobby Newman (Full Inclusion Living and Learning Unitarian University) |
Abstract: A recent study by Stockwell and Newman (2009) reviewed and analyzed the content of online fiction and non-fiction erotic stories. The current investigation extends these findings to compare various characteristics of fetish-based erotic video clips of multiple topics. Data collectors reviewed and analyzed a random selection of video clips from a prominent website and recorded the common plot lines observed, topographies of behavior displayed, gender(s) of actor(s) involved, and specific role(s) assumed by each actor. Results address differences in these content areas across video clip categories, and these findings are compared to previous findings of common themes in fiction and non-fiction erotic stories. |
|
The Neurobiology of Bisexuality: A Translational Look At an Understudied Population |
LAUREN HOPKINS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Within the past two decades, the fields of neurobiology and neuroscience have made significant advances in the study of neurological differences amongst individuals of heterosexual and homosexual orientations (LeVay, 1991; Savic, Berglund, & Lindström, 2005; Savic & Lindström, 2008). However, the results and interpretation of these studies are often controversial and their interpretations sometimes speculative. Despite the seemingly increasing interest in the neurobiology of sexual orientation, nearly all studies have been performed without attention paid to individuals who identify as bisexual, the most widely-cited research on bisexuality having been performed with male fruit flies (Grosjean, Grillet, Augustin, Ferveur, Featherstone, 2008; Liu, Dartevelle, Yuan, Wei, Wang, Ferveur, & Guo, 2009). However, this research begs the question of whether the neurobiology of animals (including humans) that engage in bisexual behavior represent a product (or mean) of heterosexual and homosexual neuronal and hormonal complexities or a separate population entirely, complete with a unique neurobiological morphology. Furthermore, what should these potential neurobiological results mean to behavior analysts working with non-heterosexual clients, particularly in a therapeutic capacity? Should sexuality-centric psychological complaints necessitate pharmacological and/or biological interventions, or could changes in environmental contingencies sufficiently address these issues? |
|
|
|
|
Promoting Skill Acquisition and Communicative Development of Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
4:00 PM–4:20 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2C (Convention Center) |
Area: DDA |
Chair: Bethan Williams (Bangor University) |
|
Using Applied Behavior Analysis in Speech and Language Therapy for Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
BETHAN WILLIAMS (Bangor University), Stephen Jones (Betsi Cadwaladr University Health Board), Donna Rees-Roberts (Gwynedd Education Authority), Yvonne Moseley (Gwynedd Education Authority), J. Carl Hughes (Bangor University) |
|
Abstract: There is growing recognition within the United Kingdom of the role that applied behavior analysis (ABA) has to play in the educational and communicative development of children with developmental disabilities. The author (a practicing speech and language therapist with an MSc in ABA) will discuss how she has manged to integrate ABA into the curriculum in several special schools in Wales, UK, with the full support of the education authority and the speech and language therapy department. Individual cases studies will be presented as well as a general discussion on developing this unique model of service. |
|
|
|
|
|
How Expert Witness Assessments Can Contribute to the Development of Dog Bite Education Programs and the Prevention of Bite Fatalities |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
Korbel Ballroom 2A (Convention Center) |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Suzanne Hetts, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jennifer L. Sobie (University of Illinois) |
SUZANNE HETTS (Animal Behavior Associates) |
Dr. Suzanne Hetts and her husband, Dr. Dan Estep, are co-owners of Animal Behavior Associates, Inc., a behavior consulting firm in Littleton, Colorado. Dr. Hetts is a popular, award winning international speaker and author of one of AAHA's best selling titles Pet Behavior Protocols, and co-author of the award winning books Raising a Behaviorally Healthy Puppy and Help! I'm Barking and I Can't Be Quiet. Suzanne is a past columnist for Dog Watch and a contributor to Animal Wellness magazine and her articles have appeared in both popular dog magazines and professional journals. Dr. Hetts' publications and videos are used in nationwide training programs for animal caretakers and pet owners. Dr. Hetts has a Ph.D. in zoology, with a specialization in animal behavior from Colorado State University. Suzanne is an affiliate member of AVMA, CVMA and AVSAB. She is certified by the Animal Behavior Society as an applied animal behaviorist and has served on many boards and committees for the Association of Pet Dog Trainers, the Certification Council for Professional Dog Trainers, The Delta Society and the Animal Behavior Society |
Abstract: According to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), between 20 and 25 people are killed in dog attacks every year. Most of the victims are children. Although accurate data are difficult to compile, thousands more people are victims of dog bites that range from minor to serious. Many experts believe the majority of these attacks and bites could be prevented with appropriate pro-action. When these cases land in court, otherwise unavailable details of what led up to the incidents unfold. These details are a rich source of information that can be used by experts to develop multi-faceted bite prevention programs and community policies. In this presentation, Dr. Hetts will use her experiences as an expert witness in four fatal cases and numerous serious injury personal liability cases to share how expert knowledge of applied animal behavior and learning contributes to understanding the "why" of these cases, and how such knowledge can form the basis of science-based intervention and prevention. |
|
|
|
|
Naming and Categorisation: You Name It, You've Got It |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM |
607 (Convention Center) |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Marleen Adema, Ph.D. |
Chair: Per Holth (Akershus University College) |
MARLEEN T. ADEMA (Bangor University) |
Dr. Marleen Adema was a lone behaviorist as a Master's student in linguistics (specialisation: language development) at the University of Amsterdam. She was told that behavior analysis was dead, and was delighted to discover that it wasn't. She studied the Chomsky-Skinner "debate" and, for her thesis, she compared radical behaviorism with connectionism. After her Master's, in 1999, Marleen struggled to find a Phd project in The Netherlands. So she worked in a bookstore, as a secretary and an editor, while pursuing her scientific interests by reading, writing, and attending behavior analytic conferences. At one conference, she met Prof. Lowe, Dr. Horne, and Dr. Hughes from Bangor University. She moved to Bangor to take an MSc course in Psychological Research, with partial funding. Then she received the best news ever: she would get a PhD Studentship, and a Bijou Fellowship Award. Marleen conducted verbal behavior research, and obtained her PhD and an ABA postgraduate diploma in 2008. She then took a lectureship teaching behavior analysis at Bangor University, and was invited onto the editorial board of the European Journal of Behavior Analysis. Now she is joining forces with a small but passionate group of professionals trying to promote ABA in The Netherlands |
Abstract: Building on Skinner's (1957) Verbal Behavior, Horne and Lowe (1996) provided a detailed account of how aspects of verbal behavior can be learned, particularly naming and categorisation. They outlined how learning the same name for disparate stimuli may establish category relations between these stimuli. Naming is defined as a higher-order bidirectional behavioral relation that combines conventional speaker and listener behavior within the individual. It does not require reinforcement of both speaker and listener behavior for each new name to be established, and it relates to classes of objects and events. In this presentation, I will give a basic introduction to the naming account, and an overview of the Bangor research on naming and categorisation that tested the predictions of the account. Research initially focused on naming and categorization at one level, and was then extended to different levels (hierarchical categorisation). Based on the data, I will evaluate the predictions of the naming account. And finally, I will highlight the implications of the naming account and naming research with typically developing children for verbal interventions in populations with learning disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
Social-Ecological Factors Related to the Involvement of Middle School Students in the Bullying Dynamic |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
4:30 PM–4:50 PM |
708 (Convention Center) |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Chad Allen Rose (Unknown) |
|
Social-Ecological Factors Related to the Involvement of Middle School Students in the Bullying Dynamic |
Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CHAD ALLEN ROSE (Sam Houston State University), Dorothy Lynn Espelage (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Lisa Monda-Amaya (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Cynthia G. Simpson (Sam Houston State University) |
|
Abstract: While bullying is generally considered a problem that involves the entire student body, research suggests that students with learning disabilities (LD) are overrepresented in the bullying dynamic. Additionally, literature suggests that involvement in bullying is based on complex interactions between an individual and social-ecological factors. Few empirical studies have examined the interplay between these social-ecological factors and disability status. Therefore, the current study investigated demographic variables, sense of belonging, and social supports as predictors for involvement in the bullying dynamic for students with LD (n = 83) and students without disabilities (n = 360). While the two groups of students are characteristically different, results of the current study suggested involvement in bullying was invariant between students with LD and students without disabilities. However, gender, race, grade point average, and participation in extracurricular activities emerged as significant predictors for involvement in the bullying dynamic. Additionally, increased peer social support was found to be the most significant predictor of decreased bullying, victimization, fighting, and anger for both students with LD and students without disabilities. Educational implications from the current study suggests that schools should consider adopting multi-tiered anti-bullying programs that foster increased social supports and incorporate targeted interventions for at-risk subpopulations of students. |
|
|
|
|
|
AAB Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Operant Reversal of Imprinting |
Area: AAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
CHRIS VARNON (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: A hatchling bird is said to "imprint" to the first stimulus it encounters. This stimulus is treated as both a parent and potential mate. Human-reared birds imprinted to human caretakers often develop inappropriate reproductive behavior. Although imprinting is thought to be irreversible, behavioral techniques may be used to establish species-appropriate responses in human-imprinted birds. In this experiment, procedures are used to modify behavior of adult pigeons that were human-reared in isolation from other birds. Baseline measures determine what responses indicate imprinting by recording the subject's behavior when presented with human and conspecific stimuli, individually and simultaneously. To increase responding to conspecifics, a sexual conditioning procedure is used. This involves presenting a conspecific for a few seconds before presenting a human stimulus, to build a contingency between the stimuli. To decrease responding to human stimuli, negative punishment is used, which involves removing access to the human stimulus when the subject responds to it. Repeating baseline procedures demonstrate the continuing effects of experimental conditions. Data for one subject indicate high responding to human stimuli and low responding to conspecific stimuli during baseline. Experimental procedures increased responding to the conspecific and decreased responding to the human stimulus. This trend continues throughout the experiment. |
|
|
2. Practice Makes Perfect-or Not: Using Stimulus Control to Study Variability in Performance |
Area: AAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
KATHRYN LYNN TUCKER (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: When training new behaviors, irregularities in performance are accidentally reinforced during the shaping process. One solution is to remove reinforcement of unwanted behaviors. However, because these are part of a chain, it is difficult to extinguish some links without extinguishing others. Another option is to train the behavior using an errorless procedure and only reinforce perfect behavior. In the first phase of this experiment, a domestic dog is trained to perform a simple behavior under the control of a "training cue." All trials are reinforced, regardless of irregularities. Data show that after extensive practice, the irregularities remain stable and the number of perfect trials remains low. In Phase 2, the same behavior is retrained using an errorless procedure and put under control of a "performance cue", where only perfect trials are reinforced. After the percentage of perfect trials per session stabilizes, Phase 3 consists of alternating training cue and performance cue sessions to examine the independence of stimulus control between the two conditions. In the fourth phase, reinforcement criteria for the training cue are changed to match that of the performance cue. In the final phase, both conditions will undergo extinction to study the resurgence of irregularities and variability of performance. |
|
|
3. Further Effects of Indirectly Increasing Rates of Reinforcement on the Acquisition of Behavior of Dogs |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LAURA COULTER (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: It is well known that high rates of reinforcement are important for learning new behaviors. One way to achieve this is to use a direct method of increasing reinforcement; shaping. However, at some point the behavior has been divided into so many approximations that it cannot be divided any further. Are there other methods of achieving higher rates of reinforcement? In what ways do indirect reinforcers improve learning and the strength of the response? The first phase of this experiment refined procedures from an earlier study to explore the use of indirect reinforcers as a technique for increasing rates of reinforcement. Two equally difficult novel behaviors were trained. Using a multiple-element design, one behavior was trained following the usual shaping schedule and the other was trained similarly but at various intervals an easy behavior was interspersed during shaping to further increase the rate of reinforcement. In the second phase of this study, extinction was implemented to analyze the strength of behavior produced from of each method of reinforcement. The subject of the experiment was a 10-year-old female dog. Baseline data show less than four left paw movements or one right paw movements per session over 13 sessions. Further results pending. |
|
|
4. Turning an Aversive Noise Into a Conditioned Reinforcer |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ROBIN LYNN BEASLEY (University of North Texas), Matthew A. Davison (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Clicker training is a primary method in training animals, especially dogs. The clicker is a loud, sharp noise and because of these qualities it is the tool of choice for trainers when capturing discrete behaviors systematically. The same features of the clicker that makes it ideal for training can evoke fear responses in some animals. To be effective a clicker must act as a conditioned reinforcer, but when the clicker operates as an aversive stimulus, training will be ineffective. This study utilizes a fading procedure to change an aversive click into not just a neutral stimulus, but also a conditioned reinforcer. One dog, a 2-year-old Border collie mix, exhibits fear responses, eloping, freezing and tail-tucking, when introduced to the clicker. Baseline data demonstrates behavior prior to the click, tail wagging, head up and ears erect, and after the click, all at zero after the dog elopes. Results for treatment are pending. |
|
|
5. Comparing Methods of Generalization to Novel Trainers |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATHLEEN ROSSI (University of North Texas), Jeffrey Gesick (University of North Texas), Laura Coulter (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Generalization across trainers is often desirable, however, it does not always happen. Two methods to train for generalization include training a behavior with either multiple trainers or with one trainer and then retrain the behavior with other trainers one at a time. This project sought to compare these methods of training for generalization of two novel behaviors with two Labrador retrievers (5-months and 4-years-old). Rate of initial behavior acquisition and time to generalization to multiple trainers was tracked. In each condition the behavior of going to and lying at a specific location was trained (different locations per condition). The first condition utilized three trainers. The second condition used one trainer at a time. Probes for generalization were taken before and after training. This poster will describe the shaping plans for each condition and the rate of acquisition as well as time to generalization for each behavior. Baseline data shows that the already trained behavior "Sit" generalized to all trainers. Baseline for untrained behaviors show that the behavior is not in the animals" repertoires for any trainers. Further results pending. |
|
|
6. A Comparison of Classical Counterconditioning and Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior on Aggressive Behavior in Dogs |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KRISTYN ECHTERLING SAVAGE ECHTERLING (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Dogs that display aggressive behavior are a threat to society, their owners, and themselves. Classical counterconditioning and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) are commonly used in practice to reduce such behavior. While both seem to be effective treatments for aggressive behavior there has not been a direct comparison between the two in the current context. The current study compared counterconditioning and DRA with two dogs. A reversal design was used to determine the effectiveness of both procedures. Both procedures demonstrated functional control over aggressive behavior. Aggressive behavior was quickly reduced to near zero levels with either program in place. Implications for use are discussed. Despite owners being trained to criteria, follow-up data suggest that aggressive behavior returned. Recommendations for future research may compare owner acquisition and preferences for counterconditioning and DRA. Additionally, analyzing treatment integrity and sustained use of each treatment by owners would be beneficial for practitioners. |
|
|
7. Eliminating the Aversive Function of Stimuli: Using Constructional Aggression Treatment to Crate Train a Macaw |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
EMILIE ANDERSON (University of North Texas), Thomas Currier (University of North Texas), Brett Grant Kellerstedt (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Calm crating is crucial for safe transportation of animals. The subject, a blue and gold macaw (ara ararauna), avoided a crate in the presence of the crate door but reliably entered the crate when the door was absent. Stimuli associated with aversive environmental events often gain a discriminative function. It was hypothesized that the macaw had been transported in the crate when the door was present and exposed to training conditions when the door was absent. The present study consisted of three phases. Phase 1 demonstrated the aversive control of the door by cueing the macaw into the crate with the door absent and with the door present. Phase 2 and 3 used a changing-criterion design to assess the effectiveness of a negative reinforcement procedure, constructional aggression treatment (CAT), on reducing the aversive function of the crate door. The door was removed contingent on previously defined behaviors incompatible with escape. Phase Three used free-shaping to train the macaw to exhibit calm behaviors during transportation. Results for treatment are pending. |
|
|
8. Performance of Giant African Pouched Rats in Detecting Landmines |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
TIMOTHY LOWELL EDWARDS (Western Michigan University), Andrew Sully (APOPO), Bart Weetjens (APOPO), Christophe Cox (APOPO), Harvard Bach (APOPO), Negussie Beyene (APOPO), Alan D. Poling (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In more than 70 countries around the world, landmines do great harm by denying people access to their homes and land, as well as by causing bodily harm, death, and psychological duress. Several techniques for detecting landmines have been developed, using both automated devices and trained animals, typically dogs. In recent years, personnel from APOPO, a Belgian non governmental organization, have explored the possibility of using giant African pouched rats (Cricetomys gambianus) for mine-detection. The rats are currently accredited as mine-detection animals and used operationally in Gaza Province, Mozambique. Because this is the first operational use of the rats, extreme care has been taken to ascertain their accuracy in detecting mines. We report herein the performance of the rats in searching 96,400 square meters of land. Teams of two rats searched this area and found a total of 180 landmines. Humans using metal detectors also searched the area and found no mines further than two meters from a rat's indicator response. False alarm rates for the rats were low, with an overall value of 1.03 responses per 100 square meters for teams of rats. These findings suggest that the rats are accurate mine detectors and merit further investigation as mine-detection animals. |
|
|
|
|
AUT Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Effects of Augmentative and Alternative Communication Devices on Eye Contact and Spontaneous Verbalizations |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CARLA BENSON (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University) |
Abstract: There have been relatively few outcome studies involving electronic augmentative and alternative communication devices (AAC)-interventions involving technologically sophisticated devices to support communication. The use of these devices has increased dramatically in recent years with individuals diagnosed on the autism spectrum and other communication disorders. The National Autism Center's (NAC) National Standards Report (2009) found only 14 outcome studies examining AACs as an intervention utilized with individuals diagnosed on the autism spectrum, and the limited nature of the research resulted in the NAC designating these devices as an "emerging treatment" for autism-that is, an intervention currently without empirical support. There are even fewer studies that specifically evaluate the effects of AACs on pre-existing skills within the individual's repertoire, specifically those involving verbal and social skills. Therefore it is unknown as to whether these devices enhance or are detrimental to skills including spontaneous speech, joint attention, and eye contact. In the current study, the frequency of spontaneous speech and eye contact of a 9-year-old girl diagnosed with autism was examined prior to and after the implementation of an AAC. The results and implications are discussed in light of the usefulness of these devices in behavior analytic programming and intervention. |
|
|
2. The Effects of a Blended Joint Attention, Symbolic Play, and Enhanced Milieu Teaching Intervention on a Child With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ANI KHACHOYAN |
Abstract: Children with autism show substantial delays in social communication development. Even though early intervention can increase language in preschoolers with autism, some children with autism may not respond to the interventions. The purpose of the study was to test the effects of a blended version of three extensive treatments, each designed to promote aspects of social communication. The blended intervention targeted joint attention engagement, symbolic play, and productive language. The first goal was to increase functional unprompted communication, and the second goal was to increase joint attention while increasing complexity and diversity of play skills. A multiple-probe design across three trainers was used to evaluate spontaneous language use and generalization of communication skills by a 55 month old child with autism. The child received 30-min intervention sessions with a trainer in a clinic setting using various toy sets. Videotaped sessions were transcribed and coded for language, play, and joint attention. Interobserver agreement and procedural fidelity were collected. The results indicated the intervention was generally effective for increasing child communication. However, these skills were not generalized to other trainers. It is important for individuals working with children with autism to promote generalization across people for maximum benefits. |
|
|
3. The Effects of Pivotal Response Treatment on the Rate and Generalization of Initiations by Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KRISTIN LUNDBOHM (San Diego State University), Laura J. Hall (San Diego State University) |
Abstract: Increases in spontaneous initiation is a reported outcome of pivotal response treatment (PRT) (Koegel & Koegel, 2006), however, research focused on initiation rate is scarce. The following study incorporated a multiple-baseline design replicated across two children with autism spectrum disorders to evaluate the effect of two-hour home-based sessions in which pivotal response training was employed. Child initiations were scored using event recording for the five categories of requests, calming, social, play suggestions and play comments. Fidelity of intervention was recorded for 25 percent of sessions using a pivotal response training checklist. Rates of initiations were scored at home in the intervention setting between the child and his therapist and a generalization setting between the child and his parent and were compared with baseline rates. Results will reveal changes in rate and category when initiations are targeted during pivotal response training sessions. |
|
|
4. Using Fluency Based Instruction to Teach a Young Child With Autism to Hear a Story and Recall Details |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
MEGHAN HOWELLS (FEAT of Washington), Samantha Richardson (FEAT of Washington), Kelly J. Ferris (Organization for Research and Learning) |
Abstract: Recalling details from oral information is a critical skill for successful participation in classroom settings for gaining important information from a teacher's lesson and for recalling the details related to tasks and directions. This poster will present data on using fluency based instruction to teach a 7-year-old girl with high functioning autism to recall details from oral stories of increasing lengths. This student attends a preschool/ kindergarten program for children with autism and socially typical peers 30 hours per week. Teachers identified story length, practice duration, and story type (narrative vs. expository) as the critical features for this instruction. Each instructional step manipulated one critical feature at a time working towards the final goal of recalling 80% of details from a story at a speaking rate that predicts fluent outcomes. Empirical validation of fluent outcomes will be measured through retention, endurance, stability, and application (Fabrizio & Moors, 2003) as well looking for generalization of information recall to natural environments. Measurement included words correctly recalled, details recalled, and off topic words. All student performance data will be presented on standard celeration charts. |
|
|
5. Peer Networks Project: Improving Social-Communication, Literacy, and Adaptive Behaviors for Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
DEBRA M. KAMPS (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), Ilene Schwartz (University of Washington), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas Medical Center), Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington), Kathy Thiemann (University of Kansas), Suzanne Cox (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Social and communication skills deficits are a defining characteristic of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). The purpose of this Institute for Education Sciences funded project is to investigate of the effects of the Peer Networks Intervention on social-communication, literacy, and adaptive behavior for young children with ASD in school settings. Two sites are participating in the investigation: the University of Kansas and the University of Washington-Seattle. Participants with moderate to high functioning autism are selected from kindergarten classes and parent consent secured. Twenty-eight students were enrolled in Year 1; an additional 30 students have enrolled in Year 2. This poster will focus on the fidelity and procedures of the two Peer Networks Interventions, Reading Mastery groups and Social Networks. Session data (10-min probes) were collected during Reading Mastery groups. Children averaged 3-4 responses per minute during groups, and showed improvements in word identification. The Observer XT 9.0 NOLDUS Information Technology system is being used for direct observation of social, communication, and engagement behaviors of participants. Data collected during social networks and generalization probes showed improvements in skill use. Teacher ratings on Teacher Social Impression Scale will be included with favorable findings in Year 1. |
|
|
6. Using Visual Supports to Promote Play Skills in Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
VALERIE WEBER (Central Michigan University), Amy L. Matthews (Grand Valley State University), Jamie S. Owen-DeSchryver (Grand Valley State University) |
Abstract: Facilitating play is important for the development of young children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and using visual supports is one strategy for teaching play skills. This study assessed the effectiveness of a visual supports intervention package consisting of: (1) a computerized visual play book and (2) a visual cue strip for improving play behaviors during dramatic play activities inthree young children with ASD. The participants' mean percentage of play steps completed independently during baseline ranged from 6% to 16% and after implementation of the intervention ranged from 90% to 100%. The number of teaching sessions required for each child to reach criteria ranged from 4 to 8 sessions for the first toy set and 0 to 7 sessions for the second toy set. Data suggests that the visuals supports served as an organizing structure for the learning of new dramatic play sequences since learning occurred more quickly with the second toy set. Results of this study suggest that the visual supports intervention package successfully improved dramatic play behaviors of young children with ASD. These findings are consistent with a number of empirical studies that support the use of visual supports as an educational intervention for children with ASD. |
|
|
7. Preliminary Empirical Examination of a Task Analysis for Joint Attention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SHEILA QUINN (Salve Regina University), Erin Boylan (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Brian McGovern (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Andrea Chait (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Matthew Maynard (Salve Regina University), Jennifer Marshall (J. Arthur Trudeau Center) |
Abstract: Joint attention (JA) is the ability to use the information conveyed by eye gaze or other nonverbal gestures to discern what has captured another person's attention. It is considered a pivotal skill for children with autism. This study examined a 12-objective task analysis of JA used to successfully develop this skill in several children with autism. The task analysis was designed using developmental guidelines (e.g., typically developing children respond to an adult's head turn before they respond to changes in eye gaze) supplemented by a series of successive approximations to the target behavior. Empirical data indicating which of these objectives may be necessary and which is superfluous are not available. Consequently, valuable teaching time can be wasted. Results indicated that after mastering some preliminary steps, several children mastered some apparently more advanced steps with minimal or no instruction. While this can be interpreted as indicating that certain steps were sufficient prerequisites for more advanced steps, the analysis is complicated by the fact that different children showed different mastery patterns. Preliminary results from this study provide some empirical basis for redesigning the task analysis. |
|
|
8. Comparison of Two Methods for Evaluating the Generalization of Joint Attention Skills |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Matthew Maynard (Salve Regina University), SHEILA QUINN (Salve Regina University), Andrea Chait (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Brian McGovern (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Erin Boylan (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center) |
Abstract: This study compared two methods of evaluating the generalization of joint attention (JA) in children with autism and cognitive impairment. Upon completion of a 12-objective JA discrete trial teaching program, the children's ability to use JA beyond the teaching setting was assessed during a series of 30-minute naturalistic observations and 10 quasi-naturalistic trials. The naturalistic observations took place during different activities including academics, gym and lunch. The quasi-naturalistic trials were administered throughout the day and involved getting the child's attention while placing an attractive item beyond his reach. JA was defined as the child's making eye contact with an adult and then alternating his eye gaze between a desired object and the adult's face. The results indicate that both boys showed generalization of JA from the teaching situation to the quasi-naturalistic trials although their rate of spontaneous JA behaviors, indicated by the lack of generalization to the regular classroom, remained low. The more successful generalization to the quasi-naturalistic trials probably resulted from the similarity to the original teaching situation, i.e. both involved adult initiation. The generalization patterns of other children completing the program and a third method of evaluating generalization will be discussed. |
|
|
9. Improving Intonation During Scripted Conversations: A Social Validity Comparison of Audio-Taped and Textual Scripts |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LINDSAY BARTH (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime A. DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Research has documented that children with autism can learn to engage in scripted conversation through the use of script fading procedures (Krantz, & McClannahan, 1993). In this study, a 9-year-old child with autism was taught conversational scripts using text and audio-taped scripts. We hypothesized that scripts taught via audio-taped prompts would yield improved intonation related to the scripted statements, in comparison to scripts taught via text. A social validity measure was developed to assess naive observer's impressions of the participant's responses during conversational interactions. Four scripted conversations (two text and two audio-taped) were taught. Once scripted conversations were learned, four observers watched video-tapes of the conversational interactions and rated the conversation to determine their impressions of the participant's intonation, eye contact and rate of scripted statements. Observers' scores were computed to means and compared to determine the differences in ratings across the sets of video tapes. |
|
|
10. Fluency Training of Facial Expressions for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NATALIE A. FORBERG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan K. Malmquist (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), John P Smagner (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: In the current study, the experimenter will be systematically replicating and extending previous research on facial expression identification training. The effects of facial expression identification training will be evaluated using a multiple baseline design across subjects with individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and data will be analyzed using visual inspection of line-graph data. The study will be conducted in following four phases: 1) baseline, 2) a discrimination phase training discrimination of characteristics of expressions that demonstrate the emotions of happy, sad, angry, and surprised, as well as verbally labeling those expressions, 3) a fluency phase building facial expression identification to fluency aims, and 4) a generalization phase demonstrating expression identification skill acquisition of the same facial expressions with novel stimuli using new photographs. |
|
|
11. Teaching an Adolescent With Autism to Use a Cell Phone |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ERICA FOSS (FEAT of Washington), Michael Fabrizio (FEAT of Washington) |
Abstract: For an adolescent with an autism spectrum disorder, learning many ways of effectively communicating is a necessity. The appropriate use of a cell phone can be a highly beneficial communication tool with benefits reaching to the areas of safety, quality of life and age-appropriate activities. Our goal was to teach an adolescent girl with autism to use her cell phone in a variety of ways in order to help increase and diversify communication opportunities and ultimately increase her safety and quality of life through stress reduction and increased independence in communication and community access. |
|
|
12. The Use of a Teaching Interaction Procedure in Improving Conversational Skills in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MELINA SEVLEVER (Auburn University), Rebecca Beights (Auburn University), Bill Ferguson (Auburn University), Jennifer M. Gillis Mattson (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Conversational skills are a primary deficit in children with an autism spectrum disorders (ASD; American Psychiatric Association [DSM-IV-TR], 2000). The primary purpose of this study was to examine the effectiveness of a teaching interaction procedure (Leaf, Dotson, Oppeneheim, Sheldon, & Sherman, 2009) in improving the conversational skills of four children with ASD within the context of an outpatient social skills group. This intervention addressed behaviors within the participant's speaker repertoire (i.e., beginning a conversation, ending a conversation, and asking a question) and listener repertoire (i.e., maintaining eye contact, taking turns, and nodding and smiling). A multiple baseline design across behaviors was utilized over the course of 12 weeks. The results for each participant suggested that using the teaching interaction procedure was effective in improving and maintaining the targeted conversational skills . Generalization probes indicated that conversational skills learned were exhibited with novel clinicians. |
|
|
13. Validation of the Wing Subgroup Questionnaire Using a Concurrent Operant Design |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ANDREA ROCHELLE REAVIS (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan A. Call (Marcus Autism Center), M. Alice Shillingsburg (Marcus Autism Center), Crystal N. Bowen (Marcus Autism Center), Addie F. Andrus (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Impairments in social interaction are one of the core deficits in individuals with autism. The Wing Subgroup Questionnaire (WSG; Castelloe & Dawson, 1993) categorizes individuals with autism into one of three subgroups based on their preference for engaging in social interaction. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate whether the caregiver ratings generated from the WSG correspond to directly observable behavior, and whether the subgroup that best describes a child changes over time as a result of behavioral interventions. Participants were exposed to a series of concurrent operant conditions to determine if attention was a potential reinforcer when offered concurrently with no social interaction. Participants indicate preference by choosing between two sides of a room that had the two social interaction options. Three different types of social interaction were tested separately and patterns in choice responding were categorized into aloof, passive, and active-but-odd subtypes. The child's preference for social interaction was then compared to the subtype score according to the WSG. In order to evaluate changes in preference for social interaction following treatment, the procedure was completed twice for one participant; once at the start of an intensive behavioral intervention, and once after. |
|
|
14. Sibling Mediated Social Skills Interventions: Implications for the Mediator |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LAUREN BETH FISHBEIN (Binghamton University), Raymond G. Romanczyk (State University of New York at Binghamton) |
Abstract: Peer mediated interventions teach typically developing peers to apply principles of behavior change to facilitate the acquisition of social skills in children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Some researchers have focused on siblings serving as the peer mediator (Tsao & Odom, 2006). However, these studies have focused on the outcomes for the child with an ASD and have not addressed the impact on the typically developing sibling (Coe, Matson, Craigie & Gossen, 1991). Researchers concerned with the psychological adjustment of siblings of children with an ASD have cited heightened levels of responsibility as one factor to explain findings of negative adjustment (Damiani, 1999). Surprisingly, these two areas of research have not previously been integrated. This poster will present the results from a study of the relationship between sibling psychological adjustment and responsibility. Thirty-two mothers of typically developing siblings of children with an ASD completed measures of adjustment and responsibility. Significant positive relationships were found between conduct problems and household, family and total responsibilities. The results will be discussed in terms of the implications for behavior analysts considering siblings as peer mediators regarding factors impacting the adjustment of the typically developing sibling, and considerations and procedures to mitigate negative impact. |
|
|
15. A Comparison:Applied Behavior Analysis andCognitive Behavior TherapyInterventions to Decrease Repetitive, Non-Purposeful Behaviors in Students With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KEVIN HARDY (Crossroads School for Children), Cheryl J. Davis (Crossrads School for Children), Jill E. McGrale Maher (Crossroads School for Children), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College) |
Abstract: Many students with autism demonstrate repetitive, non-purposeful behaviors. Yet only 2% of students with autism are also diagnosed with obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). Research suggests that as many as 81% of children with autism would meet criteria for a diagnosis of OCD. Repetitive behaviors demonstrated by children with autism are often treated utilizing interventions based on the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Repetitive behaviors demonstrated by children with OCD are often treated utilizing cognitive behavior therapy (CBT). Recent literature suggests that CBT interventions may be successful at reducing OCD like behaviors in students with autism; however, additional research is needed. The current study investigated the effectiveness of traditional ABA strategies and modified CBT strategies to decrease repetitive, non-purposeful behaviors that present similarly to OCD in three children with autism (two males, one female, all 13-years-old). ABA interventions utilized included conditioned reinforcement systems, ignoring and redirecting, self-monitoring and self-management and/or teaching appropriate alternative skills. The modified CBT interventions included a 4-step model utilizing gradually fading visual supports. A multiple baseline across participants was used. Preliminary data collected on target behaviors during the ABA intervention phase has demonstrated variable rates of responding for two out of three participants. |
|
|
16. Gluten-Free Casein-Free Diet: Individual Data From a Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled Challenge Study |
Area: AUT; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
JENNIFER T. FOLEY (University of Rochester), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center), Susan L. Hyman (University of Rochester), Danielle Morris (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: Many families place their children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) on specialized diets such as the gluten-free and casein-free (GFCF) diet. We conducted a double-blind placebo controlled challenge study to test the safety and efficacy of the GFCF diet in 14 children with ASD (12 boys), age 2.5-5.5 years. All children were receiving >10 hours/week of ABA therapy. Children were placed on the GFCF diet for >4 weeks and then received one dietary challenge per week for 12 weeks. Four challenge conditions were presented in random sequence in a single-case, multi-element experimental design: placebo, gluten only, casein only, and gluten + casein. Data for individual children were examined in two domains of a behavior observation measure, the Ritvo-Freeman Real Life Rating Scale: social interaction and communication. Visual inspection of these data revealed no consistent differences among conditions for any of the 14 children in either domain. Thus, no evidence for reliable behavior change was found. Because the study included a small sample based on stringent eligibility criteria, it remains possible that different results would be obtained in subgroups not represented. |
|
|
17. A Systematic Evaluation of the Autism (Gluten-Free, Casein-Free) Diet |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JESSICA BECRAFT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Natalie Rolider (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: With the increasing prevalence of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), there has been an associated surge in fad treatments (Metz, Mulick, & Butter, 2005). For example, some theorists have suggested that the gluten-free, casein-free (GFCF) diet decreases "autistic" behaviors (e.g., aggression) and gastrointestinal (GI) problems commonly found in individuals with ASD (DePinna & McCabe, 2010). However, this practice relies on a shaky conceptual basis and little to no empirical support (Mulloy, Lang, OReilly, Sigafoos, Lancioni, & Rispoli, 2010). Despite this, many parents and care providers report the effectiveness of this intervention. This study evaluated the GFCF diet in an adolescent diagnosed with autism. Dependent measures were problem behavior (i.e., self-injury, aggression, and disruptive behavior), stool frequency, and GI discomfort. Initially, the participant was on a strict GFCF diet; however he occasionally gained access to small quantities of restricted food items when food stealing was not successfully blocked. In the second phase of the study, foods containing gluten and casein were systematically introduced into his diet. Data were analyzed with respect to the occasional diet violations and food introductions on an hourly and daily basis. There was no orderly difference in any of the measures relating to consumption of gluten or casein foods. |
|
|
18. Does Music Matter? Examining the Effects of Passive Music on Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
JANET PREIS (Loyola University), Ashley Rozegar (The Shafer Center), Susan McLean (The Shafer Center), Roxanne Arnon (Loyola University), Dara Silbert (Loyola University), Christine M. Accardo (The Shafer Center) |
Abstract: The study examines the research questions: (a) Does passive music affect the communication and/or engagement skills of young children with autism; and (b) If music does have an effect, is there any difference between the types of music presented? An alternating treatments design is implemented to allow assessment within and across participants; Treatment A is music; Treatment B is no music. All of the participants are enrolled in a non-public school for young children on the autism spectrum, and are in a self-contained class, designed specifically for children between the ages of 5-7 years who have some verbal communication skills and typical cognition. The independent variable is the presence or absence of (passive) music presented during structured play. The types of music will vary across intervention including instrumental music and music with accompanying vocals. Each type of music will be played for at least 10 consecutive sessions, with all music played for equal time within and across the sessions. The dependent variables are: (a) frequency of spontaneous verbalization, and (b) social engagement as measured by frequency of physically leaving a situation or ending an interaction. In addition, qualitative measures will be recorded for the participants' overall affect. |
|
|
19. Examination Between the Social Cognitive Functioning and Neural Correlates of Direct Versus Averted Gaze as Examined With Magnetoencephalography in Autism Spectrum Disorders |
Area: AUT; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
AIMEE MOORE (Eastern Michigan University), Natalie Morris (Eastern Michigan University), Alfred Mansour (Eastern Michigan University), Susan Bowyer (Henry Ford Hospital), Renee Lajiness-O'Neill (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Despite difficulties with gaze following behaviors in autism spectrum disorders (ASD), limited neuroimaging studies have examined the neural correlates of direct gaze in ASD and no studies have directly examined the chronometric properties of this behavior in ASD. To examine aberrant connectivity, brain activation during direct versus averted gaze was compared in individuals with ASD and IQ, and gender-matched controls. Six participants (Male=4), three with ASD and three controls, underwent magnetoencephalography (MEG), a noninvasive technique that maps magnetic fields arising from cortical activity, during a direct versus averted gaze cueing paradigm. Brain activity was analyzed with MR-FOCUSS, a current density technique (Moran et al., 2005). Controls demonstrated earlier activation during direct and left gaze conditions in inferior frontal (IFG)(=138ms), inferior temporal (ITG)(=135ms), and superior temporal gyri (STG)(=149ms). Differences in onset were also observed during the left gaze condition in the superior frontal gyrus (SFG)(=148ms). ASD participants demonstrated higher amplitudes of activation during left gaze, ipsilaterally and in the left orbitofrontal gyrus (OFG) and precuneus. Controls demonstrated higher amplitudes, contralaterally and in right orbitofrontal (OFG) and superior frontal gyri (SFG). The data suggest possible reversed asymmetry in frontal and temporal regions necessary for processing social cues (i.e. gaze direction) in ASD. |
|
|
20. An Analysis of Evidence-Based Practices in Gluten-Free and Casein-Free Diets for Individuals With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
JIE ZHANG (State University of New York at Brockport), John J. Wheeler (Western Michigan University), Michael R. Mayton (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Evidence-based practices (EBPs), originated in the field of medicine, enable both medical and educational professionals to determine whether or not they have enough data to validate their practices when working with individuals with disabilities (Wheeler, 2007). Yet this is a challenge given the heterogeneity of the participants and the educational contexts that serve individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) (Wheeler; Odom et al., 2005). Thus, it is vital for professionals to systematically evaluate the existing body of literature and synthesize its scientific evidence, so that the efficacy of research can be translated to applied practice in order to better assist practitioners and better serve people with ASD and their families (Wheeler). The purpose of this research synthesis is to evaluate the evidence base and to analyze the effectiveness of gluten-free and casein-free diets for individuals with ASD by using a systematically analysis model. Four hundred and seventy articles were screened among all peer-reviewed English language journals published to 2010 using ERIC and PsycINFO search database and twenty-one studies were selected. Quality indicators proposed by Horner et al. (2005) for single-subject design studies and Gersten et al. (2005) for group experimental design ones were used to evaluate the effects. |
|
|
21. Behavioral Skills Training With Parents: A Method for Teaching Discrete-Trial Teaching Skills to Parents of Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
GILAH HABER (BEACON Services), Christian A. Benavides (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Parent participation is an important component of effective behavioral intervention with children with autism. Many parents of children on the autism spectrum participate in their children's developmental education by learning to conduct discrete trial training (DTT). Lafasakis and Sturmey (2007) showed that behavioral skills training was an effective and efficient method of teaching discrete trial training (DTT) to parents of children with developmental disabilities. The current study extends that research by evaluating a similar method for teaching DTT to parents of children receiving early intervention services. The current study also reviews the effects on generalization of discrete-trial teaching skills to non-target skill programs. A training package consisting of written instructions, feedback, model and rehearsal was used. A multiple baseline across subjects designs was implemented to evaluate effects of the training package. Results indicate an increase in appropriate DTT presentation following implementation of the training package. |
|
|
22. Invega as an Alternative to Risperdal for Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
BRUCE G. HAUSER (Heartspring) |
Abstract: Risperdal is currently the only medication with FDA approval for children on the autism spectrum. This study presents data on the efficacy of Invega for children on the spectrum whose behaviors have not responded favorably to Risperdal. Nine participants in a residential school who were on Risperdal on enrollment were changed to Invega when their challenging behaviors proved resistant to change. Data are presented on the participants that reflect improvement/no deterioration in behaviors following the medication change. |
|
|
23. Analysis of the Effects of Psychotropic Medication on the Behavior of Individuals Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATHRYN ROSE HAUGLE (New England Center for Children), Jason C. Bourret (New England Center for Children), Topa Augustine (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: A variety of psychotropic medications are used to decrease problem behavior in children and adults with autism spectrum disorders. Although some research indicates that medication can differentially affect topographies of behavior with differing response classes, there is limited research that presents systematic data on the specific behavior-altering effects of these drugs. In the present study, we examined the relations between doses of psychotropic medication and levels of a number of different topographies of behavior. Findings are discussed as a step toward a data-driven method of prescribing, titrating, and tapering psychotropic medication. |
|
|
24. Using a Water Prompting Procedure to Facilitate Continent Voids During Toilet Training |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ERIKA MYLES (California State University, Los Angeles), Jessica Palilla (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Center for Behavior Analysis and Language Development), Daniel B. Shabani (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: A prompt is an additional stimulus presented in order to occasion a specified response. Types of prompts include verbal, nonverbal, gestural, or physical. In the current investigation, an ABA design was used to evaluate the effects of a water prompt to encourage continent voids during toilet training with a twelve year old male diagnosed with autism. During baseline, no water prompt was provided and toileting trips occurred every hour. During treatment, the interval for toileting trips was held constant and a container of tepid water was placed on the floor, with the participant's feet submerged. Results indicated that once water prompting was introduced, continent voids increased. |
|
|
25. Developing an Appropriate Leisure Skill for a Child With Autism Using a Musical Keyboard and Computer Software Program |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ALEXANDER LORENZO (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: An important area in the learning and development of individuals with autism is the acquisition of independent, age-appropriate leisure skills. A procedure to teach a child diagnosed with autism to play several songs using a keyboard and computer software program was evaluated. All songs were broken down into individual bars and the bars were taught successively using a forward chaining procedure and least-to-most prompting. Approximately 35 trials were presented in 45-minute sessions. A series of AB designs with intervention implementation staggered across songs showed that the subject was able to play all songs independently after the 19th session. Generalization data were obtained on the 20th session where the responses generalized to another setting and another keyboard. |
|
|
26. Knowledge and Attitudes Towards Applied Behavior Analysis: Rhode Island Versus Massachusetts |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ANDREA CHAIT (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Sheila Quinn (Salve Regina University), Jennifer Marshall (J. Arthur Trudeau Center), Roberta N. Ryan (Trudeau Center), Mackenzie J. Milner (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center) |
Abstract: There continues to be various understandings and misunderstandings surrounding the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Related professional's knowledge and attitudes about the field may have a significant impact on the population of individuals who may benefit from treatment using the evidence-based methods derived from ABA. Opinions regarding ABA may vary across states for a variety of reasons including the knowledge of leaders and the number of training programs. These differences ultimately influence state funded services to individuals. In the State of Rhode Island, there are limited training programs in ABA. However, in Massachusetts, there are a variety of training programs. A questionnaire was developed to gather demographic information in addition to data on knowledge and attitudes towards ABA. The purpose of this study was to compare across states the attitudes and knowledge of professionals regarding ABA. Results from the questionnaire are presented and discussed along with implications and recommendations. |
|
|
27. Board Game Based Strategies: The Effectiveness in Teaching Social Skills to Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
TRISHA EVANS (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Ingrid A. Belmont (Autism Spectrum Therapies), Sabrina D. Daneshvar (Autism Spectrum Therapies) |
Abstract: Research has consistently documented that children with autism are not motivated to socially engage (e.g., Mesibov, 1983). Therefore, it is up to service providers to find ways to motivate these individuals to engage in appropriate social behaviors. Two previous studies successfully used game based strategies to teach social skills to individuals with mental retardation (Foxx, McMorrow & Schloss, 1983; Foxx, McMorrow & Mennenmeier, 1984). A follow up study also successfully used game based strategies to teach social skills to individuals with developmental disabilities (Lalli, Pinter-Lalli, Mace, and Murphy, 1991). The present study extends previous research on teaching social skills using game based strategies to target social and stress management skills in children with autism. Three children with autism, ages 4 to 7 participated in this study. Two popular childrens board games were modified to target various social skills (e.g., question asking, manners and stress management skills). Results demonstrated that the game based strategies were effective in teaching new skills and that the new skills generalized and maintained when the games were no longer present. Results are discussed in terms of extending the research on game based interventions and the importance of utilizing novel teaching approaches in motivating individuals with autism |
|
|
28. Assessing the Use of Eyeglasses for Individuals With Autism: A Pilot Investigation |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MICHELE L. NEWMAN LEFEBVRE (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Amy Paige Hansford (Rutgers University), Meredith Bamond (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kimberly Sloman (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Kate E. Fiske (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Robert LaRue (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey) |
Abstract: The American Optometric Association states nearly 25% of school-age children have vision problems. Mentally disabled children are reported to exhibit an incidence rate of vision anomalies at least twice as high as normally developed children. However, many of these individuals do not respond to standard vision screening procedures. Communication deficits inherent in autism directly impact a professional's ability to diagnose visual problems in this population. This leads to questions surrounding the accuracy of diagnosed visual problems as well as eyeglass prescriptions for individuals on the autism spectrum. The current investigation was designed to evaluate the effectiveness of glasses in individuals who had already received prescription eyeglasses. The assessment was completed by evaluating whether or not the student voluntarily wore his or her glasses during demands (e.g., academic schoolwork) and during conditions where there were highly preferred visual stimuli (e.g., video) present. Results varied across participants, suggesting that students may remove glasses to avoid task completion (they would not wear the glasses during work), while others chose not to wear glasses under any circumstances. The difference among participates could indicate that the accuracy of eyeglass prescriptions may vary across students. |
|
|
29. The Effects of a Social Story™ on the Rate of Talk-Out Behavior for a 12-Year-Old Boy With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
BETTY FRY WILLIAMS (Whitworth University), Rebecca Sommers (Whitworth University), Mary Love (Whitworth University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of Social Stories™ on the talk-out behavior of a 12-year-old boy with autism in both a traditional life skills classroom and in an independent study math class. The individualized Social Stories™ were first read to the participant and then the student read the Social Stories™ independently, out loud, at the beginning of each treatment session. The single-subject reversal research design included observations recorded in continuous 5-min intervals in two different settings. In the life skills setting, activities consisted of whole class instruction, group work with peers, and writing tasks. In the math section, when the participant worked for 10 minutes without a talk-out or completed a row of problems, he was rewarded with a play break or allowed to do an errand. The Social Stories™ intervention proved effective in reducing talk-outs when used in the math setting where contingent rewards were also given for quiet work, but did not appear to be effective in reducing talk-outs during the life skills class where no reward system was in place. |
|
|
30. Differential Reinforcement of High-Rates of Responding to Increase Commenting |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATHERINE J. GENGARELLY (Westfield State University), Jorge Rafael Reyes (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement of high rates of responding was implemented as an intervention to increase appropriate commenting in an 11-year-old student with autism. Anindividualized education planobjective required the participant to make at least 80 appropriate and relevant comments per day. Baseline levels indicated an average of 50 comments per day. Five activities were chosen from the participant's daily schedule as appropriate times to comments. Activities included a game with a peer, a cut and paste task, and three free-choice play activities. A multiple baseline and changing criterion design were used across five activities. Reinforcement was delivered contingent on the participant meeting criterion for rate of comments during one minute intervals of play and task sessions. Upon implementation of reinforcement procedures across all activities, rate of commenting increased to over 200 comments per day and was maintained even as visual reminders of the contingency were faded. Although the current intervention was not formally programmed to generalize increased commenting to other settings, the participant showed strong generalization to other appropriate settings such as recess and lunch and even in his home environment. |
|
|
31. A Comparison of Sensory and Function-Based Antecedent Approaches to Decreasing Out-of-Seat Behavior |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATE L. DESMOND (Hampstead Hospital) |
Abstract: This study was designed to empirically assess a sensory-based treatment for out-of-seat behavior and to compare the practical effects of sensory and function-based treatments in an applied setting. Initially, individualized function-based treatments were designed for each of three participants based on the results of structured assessments. These antecedent treatments included functional communication, non-contingent attention and non-contingent reinforcement. The effects of these treatments on out-of-seat behavior were compared to the use of a therapy ball as a chair in an alternating treatments design. The results indicate that while function-based treatments did not further reduce rates of out-of-seat behavior, the use of therapy balls as chairs increased rates of this maladaptive behavior. This study highlights the risks of implementing treatments without prior assessment and supports the need for empirical evaluations of sensory-based treatments in applied settings. |
|
|
32. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Compulsive-Like Behavior in Individuals With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NICOLE M. RODRIGUEZ (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England College), Kevin J. Schlichenmeyer (New England Center for Children), Corey Scot Stocco (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Among the diagnostic features of autism, relatively little research has been devoted to restricted and repetitive behavior, particularly, forms of repetitive behavior that have been described as "higher-level" (e.g., rigidity in routines or "compulsive" behavior such as arranging objects in patterns or rows; Turner, 1999). This is problematic because, like vocal or motor stereotypy, higher-level repetitive behavior can be associated with negative outcomes such as interference with skill acquisition, negative social consequences, and severe problem behavior associated with interruption of stereotyped behavior. In the present study, we extended the functional assessment model to the assessment and treatment of arranging and ordering and other compulsive-like behavior (e.g., washing/cleaning and "completeness") of two individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Arranging and ordering was maintained by automatic reinforcement for both participants. The functional assessment model was useful for developing treatments for arranging and ordering and other compulsive-like behavior. Interobserver agreement (IOA) was collected for a minimum of 33% of sessions across conditions and exceeded 80%. |
|
|
33. Towards a Reduction of Persistant Perseverative Behaviors in an 11-Year-Old Male With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Julie Josendale (Intergrated Behavioral Technologies, Inc.), LINDA S. HEITZMAN-POWELL (University of Kansas Medical Center) |
Abstract: We examined the function of and treatment for two different topographies of self-stimulatory behaviors. Data for flicking and shaking flimsy materials such as paper and string within the participant's visual field suggested an automatic positive reinforcement function. Multiple interventions including response blocking, self-talk, and positive reinforcement procedures were implemented resulting in a decrease in flicking and shaking materials. Generalization measures across people, environment, and materials were also collected and treatments were implemented under these conditions. The second topography was comprised of jerky movements of the arms, hands, and head, widening of the eyes, and raising onto toes when walking. An investigation of multiple antecedent conditions suggested that this group of behaviors may be maintained by automatic positive reinforcement. The data showed that competing response training, positive reinforcement, and other habit reversal procedures demonstrated a decrease in those non-functional behaviors. |
|
|
34. Joint Attention and "The Broken Mirror": Preliminary Links Between Mirror Neuron Activity and Joint Attention |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
AMANDA C. BESNER (University of Minnesota), John D. Hoch (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), Slyvia Sng (University of Minnesota), Adele Dimian (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Deficits in joint attention (JA) have been clearly shown in children with autism. JA usually emerges within the first year of development and deficits in JA can be detected prior to language acquisition. JA is a potential predictor of responsiveness to early intervention for children with autism, and may help in early identification. In this study 8 (3 with parent reported autism, 2 with other developmental delays, 3 typically developing) children were asked to perform a motor imitation task during electroencephalography (EEG) data collection using a high density electrode cap. After the motor imitation task, a brief behavioral assessment of JA developed by MacDonald, et al., (2006) was administered. Data were examined for relationships between mirror neuron activity, (measured as EEG spectral power differences between observe and imitation conditions), and the child's level of JA initiation. Visual analysis suggests that JA is related to mirror neuron activity in children with autism but not for typically developing children or those with other developmental disorders. Data is considered descriptive due to low sample size. Future work seeks to further develop an understanding of the potential importance of the relationship between mirror neuron activity and joint attention. |
|
|
35. Autism's Broken Mirror: Mirror Neuron Activity During Motor Imitation in Children With and Without Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
JOHN D. HOCH (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), Amanda C. Besner (University of Minnesota), Sylvia Sng (University of Minnesota), Adele Dimian (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Intensive behavioral intervention (IBI) curricula typically target imitation early in intervention. These skills are considered building blocks of communication by behaviorists and cognitive scientists alike. Evidence from adults with autism suggests persons with autism show smaller differences in scalp electrical activity while watching a behavior compared to while doing the behavior. In this study we asked 13 children (four with parent report of autism, three with other developmental delays, six typically developing) aged 24- to 117-months, to perform a motor imitation task while collecting electroencephalogram (EEG) data using a high electrode cap. Visual analysis suggests children with autism showed smaller differences in activity between observing and imitating than other children. Additionally, a negative relationship is observed between child vocalizations in home contexts and level of mirror neuron activity. These results suggest a link between brain activity and commonly taught behaviors for children with autism. This data is considered exploratory and descriptive due to low sample size and lack of experimental control of imitation instruction. Future work seeks to examine the relationship between imitation skill acquisition during IBI therapy and changes in mirror neuron activity. |
|
|
36. CANCELLED: Accessing Diagnostic and Treatment Services: Factors Impacting Autism Knowledge in Hispanic Populations |
Area: AUT; Domain: Theory |
ALISON M. COLBERT (Texas State University), Jo A. Webber (Texas State University), Reiko Graham (Texas State University - San Marcos) |
Abstract: Hispanic children are diagnosed with autism at a disproportionately low rate even though total rates are rising (Dyches, Wilder, Sudweeks, Obiakore, & Algozzine, 2004). Reasons for this diagnostic disparity are unclear. However, it is hypothesized that a parental knowledge gap preventing access to services may be caused by cultural and personal factors such as acculturation (Daley, 2004), socioeconomic status (Thomas et al., 2007), social support (Zhang & Bennet, 2003), fatalistic beliefs (Dyches et al., 2004), religious importance (Mandell & Novak, 2005), and parenting experience. A five-section survey measuring autism knowledge and these target variables was administered to 64 Hispanic clients ranging from 18-65-years-old. The respondents were primarily parents (86%) and female (84%). Data analysis was conducted with correlations, t-tests, and multiple regression statistics set at a 95% confidence level. Results showed socioeconomic status greatly affects knowledge of autism, with other factors playing some role. These findings support autism professionals specifically targeting low-income families for autism information activities in order to reduce disparity in autism diagnosis and increase treatment utilization in minority groups. Furthermore, consideration for cultural values in service delivery is recommended. |
|
|
37. Exploring the Efficacy of Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Dental Hygiene Staff to Administer Exams to Children With Autism |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MAIJA M. GRAUDINS (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Fiorella Scaglia (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Shantel Mullins (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University), Ronda DeMattei (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Various empirical investigations have focused on training children with autism as well as typically developing children to be compliant with dental exams. But few studies have evaluated strategies on how to train dental staff to be able to work with children with autism for increased compliance. Using a multiple baseline design, the current investigation evaluated behavioral skills training procedures to teach four dental staff basic behavior analytic skills, such as differential reinforcement, positive and negative reinforcement, and escape extinction, to implement while performing dental procedures on children with autism. The procedures included instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback. This training resulted in an improvement from baseline performances for each participant in steps completed correctly, as well as decreased levels of problem behavior and noncompliance displayed by the children. These results suggest that behavioral skills training is an effective way of teaching dental staff basic behavior analytic techniques to use while working with children with autism. |
|
|
38. Teaching Learners With Autism to Initiate Greetings: Evaluating the Effects of a Point-of-View-Video Model |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATHLEEN COOPER (Alpine Learning Group), Melissa Connor (Alpine Learning Group), Amanda Annibale (Alpine Learning Group), Mark Suter (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime A. DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Video modeling may be an effective intervention to teach learners with autism to initiate greetings when other's make eye contact. Specifically, point-of-view (POV) video models provide the learner with a model of the greeting filmed from the visual perspective of the learner. In the current study, a multiple baseline design across subjects is being used to evaluate the effects of POV video modeling on the acquisition of greetings. During baseline, the video model is not used and participants are instructed to walk through the hallway as confederates make eye contact with participants. During intervention, participants will view POV video-taped segments modeling the greeting, (i.e., "Hi") before walking in the hallway. In addition, differential reinforcement will be used when participants initiate a greeting following eye contact with the confederate. We propose that systematic increases in the percentage of trials during which participants initiate greetings when others make eye contact will occur across participants with the introduction of POV video modeling and differential reinforcement. |
|
|
39. Reducing Tantrum Volume in a Teenager With Autism: The Effects of Self-Monitoring Using a Decibel Meter |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATE BRITTON (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime A. DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Courtney Gavin (Alpine Learning Group), Kelly Patchell (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: An adolescent girl with autism who engages in tantrum episodes of low frequency but high volume will be taught to use a decibel meter to monitor and lower the volume of tantrum episodes. During all conditions, the experimenter will view 3-min-video-taped segments of tantrum episodes and record volume using a decibel meter and a 15 s momentary time sampling procedure. Average volume in decibels will be computed for each tantrum episode. During baseline, the participant is excused to another room upon the onset of a tantrum episode and the self-monitoring procedure is not used. During intervention the participant will be excused to another room upon the occurrence of a tantrum episode and taught to check the decibel meter and self-deliver rewards contingent upon tantrum of a particular volume indicated by a textual cue attached to the decibel meter. This self-monitoring procedure will be evaluated using a changing-criterion design. Criterion for reinforcement for each phase of the intervention will be systematically decreased. It is hypothesized that decreases in volume will be observed that correspond to predetermined criteria for reinforcement in each phase of the intervention. |
|
|
40. Evaluating the Use of Differential Reinforcement and Positive Practice to Decrease Stereotypic Vocalizations While Completing Multi-Step Tasks |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SHANNON CAMPBELL (Alpine Learning Group), Laurie Reinauer (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime Stine (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime A. DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Positive practice is an overcorrection procedure in which the learner is required to repeatedly engage in a response incompatible with the maladaptive response for a specified duration (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2007). In the current study, a positive practice plus differential reinforcement procedure will be used to teach a 7-year-old male with autism to engage in three multi-step tasks (i.e., build a model, complete a worksheet, and clean his desk) in the absence of stereotypic vocalizations. The intervention package will be evaluated using a multiple-baseline-across-responses-experimental design. During baseline, the participant is differentially reinforced for tasks completed in the absence of stereotypic vocalizations. During intervention, in addition to the use of differential reinforcement, upon the occurrence of stereotypic vocalizations, the participant will be required to repeat the steps in the response chain until they are performed in the absence of stereotypic vocalizations. It is hypothesized that increases in the percentage of trials completed in the absence of stereotypic vocalizations will be observed with the introduction of the intervention package across the three response categories. |
|
|
41. The Discrete Trial Trainer as an Instructional Aid |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
STEVEN RIVERS (BEACON Services), Christian A. Benavides (BEACON Services), Robert K. Ross (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: As computers become used as instructional agents, the question of how they may be useful in the teaching of skills to very young children with autism is raised. Early research into applying a personalized system of instruction usingapplied behavior analysisprinciples (Keller, 1968) suggests that personalizing instruction to allow the student to move through material at their own pace results in a more efficient learning environment. Today, specific software programs can be specifically tailored to the needs of the individual student. In the current study, a comparison was made wherein traditional table-top discrete trial training was used to teach four visual discrimination tasks. Two of those four tasks were also being taught via a computer based instructional teaching program called the discrete trial trainer (DTT). The questions being posed were as follows: Will parents utilize the software program, will the DTT software program accelerate learning on the teaching programs being implemented when compared with teaching programs not utilizing the DTT program, and lastly; will those teaching programs generalize more easily if they were also taught using the DTT program? |
|
|
42. Increasing Therapist Rate of Trial Delivery in Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: Self-Monitoring and Audiovisual Feedback |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
ERIN M. COTE HOLTON (Behavioral Dimensions Inc.), John D. Hoch (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.), Nancy G. Schussler (Behavioral Dimensions, Inc.) |
Abstract: Intensive behavioral intervention (IBI) therapists are typically trained to deliver trials at high rates to maximize learning, but few researchers have systematically documented average rates of trial delivery or tested interventions to increase pace. Behavioral research in areas such as direct instruction and fluency-based instruction has established the importance of maintaining high rates of trial delivery. This study compares two trial delivery interventions to didactic video based staff training in an alternating treatments design with returns to post staff training baselines (condition sequence AA2B A2CA2BA2). For the prompting intervention staff wore a small electronic media player that delivered audiovisual prompts to increase trial delivery and decrease length of reinforcement and transition time. For the self-monitoring intervention staff received a graph of their previous week's average trial pace and a goal for the current week. Goal paces for both interventions was based on staff's baseline rates. Initial findings show average baseline trial delivery was 53 trials per 30 minute session. Implementation of the staff prompting intervention reduced variability compared to baseline and resulted in an average increase of 15 trials per session. Future work will test these interventions across two additional staff currently in baseline with the same child. |
|
|
|
|
CBM Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Role of Playing in Behavior Therapy: Categorization of Sessions Conducted by two Experienced Therapists |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
GIOVANA DEL PRETTE (Universidade de São Paulo), Sonia Beatriz Meyer (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study was to generate several levels of description of what does the child behavior therapist. Two behavior therapies were videotaped and the sessions were categorized by an outside observer. Therapist A (tA) had forty years of experience and treated a 6-year-old boy (cA) with learning difficulties,attention deficit hyperactivity disorderand oppositional behavior. Therapist B (tB) had 30 years of experience and treated a 9-year-old girl (cB) with family relationship problems. One of the levels of description was playing activities. Seven categories were created: (1) Playing, (2) Fantasizing; (3) Tasks, (4) Talk due to play, (5) Parallel talk, (6) Talk about playing, (7) Other talks. Results showed that the sum of the first three categories was equivalent to more than half of interactions. Differences between therapies were observed. TA mainly worked with tasks (32.72%), whereas TB mainly used fantasy activities (25.14%). These strategies were consistent with the objectives of each therapist, based in functional analysis. Each therapist was able to evoke and shape clinically relevant behaviors. Child cA learned to read during the sessions and cB learned to express feelings about her family and new ways of interacting. |
|
|
2. Matching Law and Mother-Child Interaction in Abusive Dyads. |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ARIEL VITE SIERRA (Universidad Nacional de México), Agustin Jaime Negrete Cortes (Universidad Nacional de Mexico), Rubén Parra (Universidad Nacional de México) |
Abstract: The aim of this study was to evaluate the fit of children's behavior respect to mother social attention in function to Herrnstein's (1971) matching equation and Baum's (1974) generalized matching equation in ten abusive dyads before and after an intervention focused on teaching mothers to respond appropriately to positive and negative social approaches of their children. According to the law of Herrnstein equation, only five dyads reached a better adjustment to the equation after treatment and eight from Baum's equation with an explained variance of between .39 and .95. Of the latter, the sensitivity to changes in the frequency of mother social attention to children appropriate behavior increased in five dyads. Although the amount of time spends in children appropriate behaviors to academic activity depending on the rate of mother social attention was a positive role, only three children overmatching after treatment. These results indicate a possible influence of the mother social attention over child appropriate behavior; however, more research is needed. |
|
|
3. Covariations Between Mother's Responsiveness and the Use of Instructions in Dyads With Behavioral Problems |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ARIEL VITE SIERRA (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Agustin Jaime Negrete Cortes (Universidad Nacional de Mexico) |
Abstract: The objective of this study was to evaluate the covariation between mother's responsivenessand the use of do and don't instructions with conduct problem children and their mothers. The sample wascomprised of20 mother-child dyads. The dyads were observed at clinic in three sessions of 30 minutes in an academic activity, by a group of trained observers using System of Capture of Observational Data SOI-I (Vite, Garcia & Rosas, 2006). Results showed that mothers were less responsive and more inclined to don't instructions. The children were less compliant with don't instructions than do and mothers' responsiveness scores were positively correlated with their use of do instructions. There was evidence that use of these instructions mediated the high correlation between mothers' responsiveness and their children's compliance. Thus, it would make sense to argue that a mother's choice of directives will mediate or "carry" the impact of her responsiveness on her child's readiness to comply. |
|
|
4. Functional Relationship Between Parental Instructional Skills and Children's Compliance |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
VIOLETA FELIX ROMERO (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Alejandra Monserrat Rivera Barrientos (Universidad Nacional de Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico) |
Abstract: Noncompliance is a child behavioral problem with social relevance; it is related with the development of antisocial behaviors such as delinquency and drug abuse. Health professionals have developed effective interventions to provide behavioral management skills in order to prevent an inadequate behavior progression. The aim of this study was to describe the relation between instructional skills from parents and child compliance. Participants were three parent-child pairs. The children's age was between 2 and 7-years-old. An AB design was used. The data were recorded by a direct observation system, one for parent skills and another for child behavior. The intervention consisted of a training phase based in modeling, role playing, positive practice and positive feedback of the parental skills and those were based on differential positive reinforcement of goal behaviors and extinction of not desirable behaviors. Results showed for all parent-child's pairs significant increases in child compliance (from 50% to 100%, 55% to 100% and 0% to 85%) as well as increases in correct instructional behaviors in parents (from 0% to 100%, 0% to 90% and 0% to 100%). That reflects the functional relationship between variables in the study. |
|
|
5. Analysis of Interactions of Family Member |
Area: CBM; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ANA RITA C. X. NAVES (Universidade de Brasília), Laercia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília) |
Abstract: The interactions between different family members can be studied as social behaviors, in which the behavior of a family member is an occasion or a consequence for the behavior of other family members. Two Brazilian families interacted in 4 tasks in 3 baselines and 2 experimental conditions. The tasks were Snack (10 min), Poster (10 min), Play (10 min), Organization of the room (5 min), presented one after another in each session. An A-B-A-C-A design was used, where B and C were experimental conditions. The social interactions of family members were categorized in 1 of 11 categories and partial interval recording was used to measure each family members interactions with all other family members. The independent variable was a written text (read to them and available to them to read) describing behaviors of a traditional family (Condition B) and a contemporary family (Condition C). Interactions in both families differed more among the tasks, independent of condition, than between baseline and experimental conditions. The father in Family 1 interacted more with his sons in both experimental conditions than in baseline conditions. Data on family interactions suggest that performances were similar to those observed in families in the natural environment. |
|
|
6. A Preliminary Investigation of a Primary Prevention Program for Children At-Risk for Developing Later Conduct Problems |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JESSICA MALMBERG (Utah State University), Clint Field (Utah State University), Joanna Jenkins (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Children exhibiting conduct problems (CP) comprise the largest source of referrals to children's mental health services in this county. The treatment for CP that possesses the greatest amount of empirical support is behavioral parent training (BPT). Yet BPT fails to address behaviors and risk factors that are present during a child's early development. Preventive BPT (PBPT) is a very brief primary prevention strategy designed to prevent the development of chronic and age-inappropriate display of CP. This study focused on identifying young children at-risk for developing CP to participate in an initial longitudinal assessment examining the merits of PBPT as a primary prevention strategy in the development of CP. This presentation utilizes single-case methodology in displaying pre-, post-, and longitudinal data describing the effectiveness of PBPT in altering children's disruptive behaviors in the home and within a lab setting. This project contributes to our understanding of the utility of a modified approach to BPT that can be utilized to train parents to effectively manage their young child's typical misbehavior, thereby preventing the development of clinical levels of CP. The long term impact of PBPT on child behavior is discussed. |
|
|
7. Kids of Different Feathers Flocking Together: Outcomes of a Mixed Population Social Skills Group |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
ANDREW SCHERBARTH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Susan K. Perkins-Parks (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amy Gross (Western Michigan University), Sarah Cavanagh (Kennedy-Krieger Institute), Emily D. Shumate (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Gibb (Kennedy-Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Social skills groups often include homogenous populations, although many programs for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) depend on modeling and reinforcement from typical peers. A social skills group was designed using Operant and Social Learning procedures to promote social skills (e.g., approaching, inviting, sharing, taking turns, interaction) among 9 typically-developing children ages 5-9 with externalizing (i.e., aggression, taking) and/or internalizing problems (i.e., freeze, avoidance). Each individual learned social skills that they were lacking as well as modeled skills that peers were lacking. Parents participated in a group designed for social support and generalization of skills to daily life. Partial interval data was coded in 10-second intervals from 10 minute free play observations at the beginning of each of nine sessions. Behaviors included negative or positive engagement, parallel play, and alone play/peer avoidance. IOA=90% across 40% of observations. Data from all 5 completers showed gains on positive engagement (n=3), reductions in negative engagement (n=4), and reductions in alone play/peer avoidance for all 3 children who were alone/avoidant at least 10% of intervals at baseline. Parallel play changes were commensurate with reductions in alone play/avoidance and increases in positive engagement or social awareness. Further analyses pending. |
|
|
8. Brief Outpatient Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior by Typically Developing Children |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CLARK I. KOPELMAN (University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Brooke Natchev (University of Iowa), Jennifer Kuhle (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The current study provides a replication of Cooper et al.'s (1990) outpatient assessment of problem behavior displayed by typically developing children. We present data from one patient referred to a behavioral outpatient clinic because of behavioral concerns including tantrums (e.g., yelling, screaming) and destruction (e.g., throwing toys). Interobserver agreement was calculated across 33% of all sessions and averaged 92%. The current study was conducted within a multielement design, with parents conducting all sessions. An antecedent analysis of problem behavior was conducted by the patients parents to identify the conditions that may evoke problem behavior. After identifying the context (i.e., attention) most likely to evoke problem behavior, we implemented a treatment package to reduce this patients problem behavior. The treatment package included providing contingent access to attention after successful completion of a small activity and an appropriate mand for attention. Results suggest that structuring the antecedent conditions that have been found to evoke problem behavior via an antecedent analysis conducted by the patients caregivers may reduce problem behavior. These data will be discussed in terms of their potential clinical application for the assessment of treatment of typically developing children. |
|
|
9. Current Outpatient Applications of Behavioral Assessments Conducted by Parents |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
BROOKE NATCHEV (University of Iowa), Patrick Romani (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Jennifer Kuhle (University of Iowa), Clark I. Kopelman (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The current study replicated previous studies (e.g., Cooper, et al, 1990) demonstrating that parents can successfully conduct brief functional analyses to identify the maintaining variables of severe problem behavior displayed by typically developing children. We present data from one participant, Kyle, referred to a behavioral outpatient clinic for behavioral concerns including aggression, self-injury, and noncompliance. Kyle was an 18-month-old male twin born prematurely at 29 weeks gestation. Kyle received a shunt to alleviate cranial pressure, but his development has been within normal parameters. Data were collected using a 10 second partial interval recording system. Interobserver agreement was calculated across 83% of all sessions and averaged above 90%. Using a multielement design described by Cooper, et al (1992), Kyle's brief functional analysis was conducted by the participant's parents with coaching provided by clinic therapists. Kyle displayed an average of 81.65% problem behavior during demand sessions compared to averages of 0.83% and 8.3% problem behavior during control and attention conditions, respectively. Providing escape from demands contingent on task completion and an appropriate mand for playtime successfully managed the participant's problem behavior. Data will be discussed in terms of their potential relevance to the behavioral assessment and treatment of typically developing children. |
|
|
10. Revisiting Kazdin (1980): Contemporary Treatment Acceptability for Problem Behavior in Children |
Area: CBM; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
JAMES W. DILLER (Eastern Connecticut State University), Robert Michael Brown (Eastern Connecticut State University), Connor H. Patros (Eastern Connecticut State University) |
Abstract: Treatment acceptability may influence whether efficacious interventions can be disseminated successfully. In a replication of Kazdin's (1980) study, an on-line survey was used to evaluate levels of acceptability for four treatments (time out, electric shock, reinforcement, and drug) for two children's problem behavior described in brief vignettes. Treatment acceptability was compared as a function of the case, the participant's gender, and the participant's status as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA). Reinforcement was rated most acceptable, followed by time out, drug, and shock. An ANOVA revealed a significant treatment by child interaction. Differences between male and female participants and between certified behavior analysts and untrained individuals were also observed. Possible limitations include the use of hypothetical written vignettes rather than other modalities of treatment presentation, and a relatively small group of BCBA participants. The findings suggest that treatments vary in acceptability and that variables related to the case and clinician can influence acceptability levels. |
|
|
11. Using a Token System to Decrease Tantrums in a 5-Year-Old Boy |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Julie Reiss (Westfield State University), PATRICK HEICK (Westfield State University) |
Abstract: A token economy was developed to reduce the frequency of tantrums exhibited by a 5-year-old boy. In consultation with his parents, a reinforcement system was created that rewarded the boy for the completion of alternative behaviors and the absence of tantrumming. This token system utilized the contingent delivery of stickers and, once sufficient stickers were earned, the choice of a preferred activity. Tantruming was measured the hour before leaving for school each week day. Interobserver aggreement was measured in 25% of sessions and exceeded 85%. An ABAB design was utilized and results demonstrated that the intervention was successful in reducing tantrumming. Informal social validity assessment indicated that the intervention was acceptable and easy to use. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Assessment and Treatment of Intense Chin-Pressing and Squeezing of Others |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
EMILY OLINDE BOUDREAUX (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ebony Holliday (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alison M Crue (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Theodosia R. Paclawskyj (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Sensory stimulation has long been hypothesized to be a source of reinforcement for some problem behaviors (e.g., Carr, 1977). Provision of competing stimuli can be an effective strategy for reducing automatically maintained problem behaviors that may have a sensory component (e.g., DeLeon et al., 2005). In this investigation, we examined the effects of both competing stimuli and functional communication training (FCT) for forceful chin-pressing and squeezing of others in 17-year-old male diagnosed with autism and intellectual disability. Functional analyses indicated that the target behaviors were maintained by automatic reinforcement, with highest rates in the Play and Demand conditions. Escape from demands was ruled out due as compliance averaged 96.2%. For treatment, collaboration with an occupational therapist assisted in the identification of items and caregiver-delivered procedures hypothesized to match the sensory consequences of the target behaviors. Continuous access to two items that effectively competed with the target behaviors in both session conditions resulted in decreased target behaviors while compliance in the Demand condition remained high (98.1%). The implementation of FCT to access deep pressure from caregivers further reduced rates of the behaviors. The resulting intervention allowed for the acquisition of multiple functionally equivalent and socially appropriate mechanisms to access sensory stimulation. |
|
|
2. An Attempt to Suppress Pica Using a Stimulus Correlated With Intervention |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JESSICA HOBBS (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Amy E. Peterson (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The use of a stimulus correlated with a treatment to suppress automatically-maintainedpica was evaluated. A functional analysis revealed thatpica was maintained by automatic reinforcement. The treatment package consisted of reprimands and response blocking contingent on physical contact with simulated pica items in the clinic setting. The participant wore cloth wristbands during all treatment sessions. A combination multielement and reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of treatment. Results showed that the treatment resulted in decreases inpica during the reversal analysis but was ineffective during the multielement analysis. Following a final treatment within the reversal design in the clinic setting, baseline probes with the wristbands were conducted in natural environment settings. No decreases inpica were observed in the natural contexts, andpica temporarily increased during treatment sessions in the clinic. Treatment sessions were then conducted in the natural environment settings in a multiple-baseline design. Results of this study indicated that the wristbands did not acquire stimulus control, and that either interspersing sessions with baseline contingencies (during the multielement analysis) or placing wristbands on the participant in nontreatment settings (during the generalization assessment) compromised the effects of the intervention. |
|
|
3. Sensory Extinction for Disruptive Behavior Exhibited by a Child With Autism |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NICOLE ELIZABETH MARCHETTO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather Shirk (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amanda Goetzel (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Automatic reinforcement refers to conditions in which behavior is maintained by operant mechanisms independent of the social environment. Behaviors sensitive to automatic reinforcement are among the most difficult to treat (Fisher, Lindauer, Alterson, & Thompson, 1998; Vollmer, 1994). The primary challenge is to occasion the discovery of unknown functional relations when our current hypotheses and assessments prove inadequate (Kennedy, 1994; Patel, Carr, Kim, Robles, & Eastridge, 2000). Developing effective, function-based treatments may require an extended series of assessments beyond standard functional analyses to determine the specific sensory stimuli that maintain the target behavior. Past research has employed antecedent assessments (Patel et al.), competing stimuli assessments (Goh, Iwata, & Kahng, 1999), and sensory extinction procedures (Rincover, 1979); however, few studies go beyond the traditional analogue analyses. The current study demonstrates the use of modified functional analyses incorporating sensory extinction manipulations and an investigation of "matched" stimuli (Favell, McGimsey, & Schell, 1982; Piazza et al., 1998) to assess the disruptive behavior of one 7-year-old boy diagnosed with autism. Findings are discussed in terms of treatment implications and a subsequent function-based treatment is evaluated. |
|
|
4. Response Interruption and Reinforcement of an Alternative Chain of Responses for the Treatment of Pica |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MANDY M. TRIGGS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Tessa Taylor Rivet (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: For automatically maintained pica, the reinforcer cannot be directly controlled (Vollmer, 1994); therefore, it may be more effective to identify treatments that compete with or alter the response-reinforcer relationship rather than attempt to eliminate it altogether. McCord, Grosser, Iwata, and Powers (2005) disrupted the response-reinforcer relationship by blocking pica earlier or later in the response chain and found blocking earlier was effective while blocking later was not. The current study sought to extend the work of McCord and colleagues by examining the effects of various treatments on altering the initial and terminal links in the chain. A developmentally delayed 19-year-old-male with pica participated. Treatment involved interrupting the chain of responses leading to pica and providing differential reinforcement of the alternative response that was incompatible with pica. The initial response in the alternative chain involved "clean up" prompts and later, the presence of baited and/or naturally occurring pica materials. The initial response functioned as a discriminative stimulus (SD) for picking up pica items, which then became an SD for discarding items in a trash receptacle, putting items away, using items appropriately, or engaging in an incompatible response. Pica was significantly decreased and maintained at low rates across a variety of settings. |
|
|
5. Use of a Behavioral Level System to Increase Appropriate Mealtime Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
EMILY SANGKAVASI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa L. Gonzalez (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: A behavioral level system was implemented in order to differentially reinforce independent eating in two children diagnosed with pediatric feeding disorders. Participants earned access to different levels of preferred items/activities according to mealtime criteria based on independent eating and low levels of prompting throughout the meal. For both participants, a reversal design was implemented to evaluate the effects of the intervention on independent self-feeding and prompted bites. The children were promoted to Level 3 status which involved a level 3 badge and increased access to preferred activities and peer/caregiver attention following meals contingent upon completion of the meal with low levels of prompting (i.e., high levels of independent eating). If the child did not obtain Level 3 status, the child wore a Level 2 badge, and was provided access to less preferred activities and lower levels of peer/caregiver attention until the next scheduled mealtime. Results demonstrated that the level system was effective in increasing independent eating, and decreasing prompted bites for both participants. |
|
|
6. A Comparison of Two Physical Guidance Procedures in the Treatment of Pediatric Food Refusal |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
GEORGE SCHLERETH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Aaron D. Lesser (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Escape prevention procedures implemented in the treatment of food refusal may vary across clinical settings. We compared the efficacy of two physical guidance variations referred to as the finger prompt (FP) and the jaw prompt (JP) using a multielement design. We conducted the comparison with a 5-year-old girl who had an extensive history of food refusal. To meet her nutritional needs, she was completely dependent on formula that she would only accept from a bottle. We evaluated the effectiveness of both procedures with novel foods and liquids consumed from an open cup. For both solids and liquids, therapists implemented the JP or the FP if acceptance did not occur within 5 s of the initial presentation. Results showed that both procedures were effective for increasing acceptance and decreasing refusal. Although both procedures resulted in clinically suitable levels of acceptance and refusal, we observed more variability in acceptance when therapists implemented the JP. We discuss the benefits of evaluating multiple treatments in terms of the behavioral side effects of particular procedures. |
|
|
7. A Preliminary Evaluation of Potential Contingencies During Parent-Conducted Meals Pre- and Post-Caregiver Training |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ERIN R. ALONSO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: We evaluated the delivery of known reinforcers during caregiver-conducted meals prior to and at various points of caregiver training. To date, a 3-year-old boy diagnosed with autism who engaged in disruptive behavior and severe food refusal participated. First, a functional analysis was conducted which demonstrated that food refusal was maintained by escape from presentation of novel foods. We then evaluated caregiver-conducted meals to determine if his caregiver typically provided escape following child food refusal. To do this, the probability (p) of escape given food refusal was compared to the unconditional p of escape during caregiver meals during the initial descriptive analysis (baseline), following caregiver observation of therapist-conducted meals (post-observation), and following caregiver training (post-training). Results showed a potential positive contingency for escape during the baseline and post-observation conditions, and a potential neutral contingency for escape during the post-training condition. These results suggest that the potential contingencies identified during the Baseline and post-observation phases corresponded with the outcome of the functional analysis, and a shift in possible contingencies was observed following caregiver training. |
|
|
8. An Evaluation of Food Preferences in Children Following Behavioral Intervention for Food Refusal |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JULIA N. WOODS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Carrie S. W. Borrero (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Edible preference assessments were conducted for children with food refusal prior to and following the implementation of interventions to evaluate changes in children's food preferences after repeated exposure to new foods. To date, fourchildren admitted to a treatment program for the assessment and treatment of food refusal have participated. All participants exhibited food selectivity, meaning that they consumed only a small variety of food and refused to try new foods. Paired-choice food preference assessments were conducted at the beginning of each child's 6 to 8 week admission and again after approximately 5 weeks of behavioral treatment for food refusal. All participants demonstrated an increase in the number of foods consumed during their second preference assessments compared to their initial assessments. For each participant, a minimum of 4 foods consumed during their initial assessment were consumed more frequently during the second assessment. Additionally, forthree of thefour participants, the food that was consumed most frequently differed during the first and second assessments. |
|
|
9. Relationship of Parental Stress and Mood to the Early Course of Self-Injurious Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MICHELLE D. CHIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), John M. Huete (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: While self-injurious behavior (SIB) is a serious problem affecting many individuals with intellectual disabilities, little is known about its early childhood course. An understanding of why SIB persists in some children and not others is needed to develop prevention and early intervention strategies. Initial findings from a longitudinal study designed to identify risk factors for persistent SIB are presented. Participants were 32 children under the age of 5 years, and their parents. It was hypothesized that SIB would persist for some children and not others, and that parental stress and depression would be related to the differences between the 2 groups. Data on SIB, and parental stress and depression were collected every 3 months for a 2-year period. Two groups emerged during the course of the study, a Non-Persistent SIB group and a Persistent SIB group. Initial results indicated that for parents in the Persistent SIB group, higher ratings of SIB severity were associated with higher parental stress and lower mood ratings. In contrast, no such associations were observed for parents in the Non-persistent SIB group. Additional findings will be reported, and potential areas for further study will be discussed. |
|
|
10. Effects of Discontinuing Programmatic Punishment Procedures With Intellectually Disabled Individuals |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JOHN POKRZYWINSKI (Woodward Resource Center), Louis Veneziano (Woodward Resource Center), Cynthia Gronert (Woodward Resource Center) |
Abstract: Punishment is defined as a consequence following an operant response that decreases the likelihood of that response occurring in the future. The contingent delivery of stimuli to decrease behavior is often called positive punishment. The contingent removal of stimuli to decrease behavior is often called negative punishment (i.e., response cost, time-out from positive reinforcement, over correction, etc.). This presentation examines the effects of discontinuing commonly used punishment procedures, at a state-operated residential facility for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. These include: seclusionary time-out, response cost, mechanical restraint, and programmatic physical restraint. The data over a 4-6 year period indicate that when these procedures are discontinued on an agency-wide basis, or in the case of response cost significantly reduced, there is little if any increase in the use of emergency crisis procedures. It is possible that when consequences like these are not available that behavior support plans must emphasize and rely on positive reinforcement-based replacement behaviors to decrease interfering behaviors that are barriers to more independent living. |
|
|
11. Effective Implementation of Contingent Physical Restraint to Reduce Severe Aggression and Property Destruction |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JAYSEN CLOUGH (Bancroft), Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft) |
Abstract: The use of aversive and punishment procedures in the treatment of severe behavior disorders is a controversial topic in the field of developmental disabilities. Advancements in functional assessment technology have allowed behavior analysts to more effectively employ reinforcement-based behavior intervention plans. For some individuals, however, these interventions are not effective in reducing challenging behaviors to acceptable levels. The least restrictive treatment model indicates that an ethical clinician balance the risks and benefits of intrusive treatments with the risks and benefits of allowing dangerous behavior to continue. This case study investigates the benefits of implementing a contingent physical restraint for an individual who displayed severe aggression and property destruction. Specifically, the effects of contingent physical restraint are depicted in an A-B design on the rate of aggression, the rate of property destruction, the frequency, and the duration of physical restraints. Ancillary measures on intensity, indicated by the frequency of 911 calls, and adaptive behavior progress, indicated by the number of goals implemented, are also reported. For this individual, the implementation of a contingent physical restraint resulted in an overall improvement in quality of life. |
|
|
12. Response Reinforcement and Response Cost: A Comparison of Two Behavioral Interventions on the Aggressive Behavior of an Adult With Prader-Willi Syndrome |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
DAVID M. CORCORAN (BEACON Services), Steven Woolf (BEACON Services) |
Abstract: Individuals with Prader-Willi syndrome often exhibit a range of challenging behaviors including aggression towards others (ATO) and self-injurious behavior (SIB) (Ho & Dimitropoulos, 2010). Many of these individuals require specialized residential care and significant behavioral supports. In this field-based case study, ATO and SIB of a 30 year old male diagnosed with Prader-Willi are assessed under three conditions: baseline, response cost, and positive reinforcement. This study assessed the effectiveness of a punishment procedure (25 cent fine) as compared to a positive reinforcement procedure (25 cents earned) on the daily frequency of SIB and ATO and completion of activities of daily living (ADL) in group home setting. Results from the case study indicate the participant completed a greater number of ADLs and decreased target behaviors (SIB/ATO) under the positive reinforcement condition compared to baseline and punishment (response cost) conditions. |
|
|
13. The Effects of Sleep Disturbance on Severe Aggressive Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MATTHEW LASOSKI (Bancroft), Jessica A. Fedezko (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Sleep disturbances are common among young children, but limited research is available on how sleep disturbances affect problem behavior (Kataria, Swanson, & Trevathan, 1987; O'Reilly, 1995). The present case study depicts the relationship between sleep and aggression for a 17-year-old male diagnosed with pervasive developmental disorder, not otherwise specified (PDD-NOS) and developmental delay. Data were collected using 30-minute whole-interval recording for sleep and frequency data collection for episodes of aggression. The baseline data revealed an inverse relationship between sleep and aggression. Treatment consisted of prompting an average of 10.5 hours of overnight sleep, which was chosen based on behavioral stability in relation to sleep during baseline. A second intervention included adding an afternoon nap for1 hour to increase sleep during appropriate times. Results show that aggression decreased substantially in response to providing consistent sleep. |
|
|
14. Evaluating the Effects of Medication Administration Time on Behavioral Assessments |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MARIANA I. CASTILLO IRAZABAL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa M. Shulleeta (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Previous research has suggested that it is imperative to account for and measure typically uncontrolled for, idiosyncratic variables which may impact outcomes of assessments of problem behavior (Kuhn et al., 2009). Specifically, medication manipulations should be controlled for during assessments, as they may serve as motivating operations for problem behavior (Dicesare et al., 2005).The purpose of this study was to assess problem behavior when identical assessment conditions were conducted at different times of the day. The participant was a 13-year-old boy diagnosed with autistic disorder, admitted to an inpatient facility for the assessment and treatment of self-injurious, aggressive, and disruptive behavior. He received Depakote and Haldol at 9 am and at 8 pm. During morning sessions (1 hour following medication administration), problem behavior was substantially lower than during afternoon sessions (5.5 hours following administration), while all other variables remained constant. Interobserver agreement was collected for 61% of sessions and averaged 98%. Results of this study demonstrate the effects of medication dosage time on problem behavior, wherein differences in behavior may be explained by motivating operations (Michael, 1982). This study promotes the control and measurement of idiosyncratic variables that may affect behavior during assessments in order to yield accurate and efficient results. |
|
|
15. Do Punishment Procedures Impact Mood? An Evaluation of Positive and Negative Affect in an Individual With Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MARIANA I. CASTILLO IRAZABAL (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Samantha Hardesty (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: For children who display pervasive problem behavior (e.g., self-injurious behavior), reinforcement procedures alone may not be a sufficient treatment. To achieve a socially significant reduction in such instances, it may be necessary to also incorporate punishment. However, the use of punishment has been a controversial topic (Lerman and Vorndran, 2002). One argument against the use of punishment (LaVigna & Donnellan, 1986) is the perceived increase in emotional reactions (e.g., crying or negative affect). However, in spite of controversy, "punishment happens" (Vollmer, 2002) and will continue to occur in many settings. The purpose of the study was to compare the levels of positive, neutral, and negative affect displayed across three phases with different behavior contingencies in place. The participant was a 13-year-old boy admitted to an inpatient facility for the assessment and treatment of self-injury, aggressive and destructive behavior. Function analysis results suggested that his problem behaviors were maintained by access to food, attention, and escape. Data were collected by direct care staff during all waking hours on levels of problem behavior and affect when treatment (functional communication) was implemented with either extinction, or punishment. Results suggest that there were no significant differences between extinction and punishment phases. |
|
|
16. In-Home Single Case Study of Treatment of Adolescent Aggression Using Standard Celeration Charts as the Primary Method of Visual Analysis |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
STUART LAW (University of Nevada, Reno), Melissa Nosik (University of Nevada, Reno), Scott A. Miller (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Use of standard celeration charts is not widespread among clinicians working in applied settings. The present research represents a demonstration of the potential benefits of collecting raw data on hand-drawn standard celeration charts, and the use of visual analysis of the charts by staff, managers, and supervisors. Visual analysis was used to make decisions with regard to a 15-year-old male diagnosed with autism and traumatic brain injury. Target behaviors included aggression, property destruction, elopement, and operant urination, maintained-as determined through clear differentiated responding during a functional analysis-by attention and escape from/delay of demand situations. Initial treatment phase was to place and reinforce successful completion of high-probability demands and approximations to the target response. Analysis of data showed a decrease in high-magnitude categories of aggression, but higher than baseline rates of low-magnitude aggression and increases in latency to task completion ranging up to 2 hours. In the second and final treatment phase prompting was changed to a most-to-least sequence through completion of the task. Data shows an extinction burst followed by a reduction in all problem behaviors. Other data are presented on programs trained in the home using standard celeration charting as the primary means of data collection. |
|
|
17. The Use of Choice Assessment to Complete a Health-Related Task |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SHANNON DYSON (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate whether specific dimensions of reinforcement biased responding towards compliance with health related tasks. Participants were two school-aged girls. A description of one of the participants' evaluation is described. Sarah was a 10-year-old who engaged in noncompliance with placing eye drops in her eye for strabismic amblyopia. All procedures were conducted within a 90 min evaluation in an outpatient clinic. During Phase 1, a forced choice preference assessment conducted within a concurrent schedules design identified the class of reinforcement preferred by her. Results showed that gaining access to attention was relatively more preferred than gaining access to tangibles. During Phase 2, Sarah ranked leisure activities and household demands. Results showed that preferred leisure activities included activities both with and without attention, and the target task was identified as more preferred than most other household demands. During Phase 3, contingent rewards for the target task were evaluated based on the ranked preferences of activities and the amount of time earned with an activity. Allocation to the target task occurred when it was paired with increased amounts of reinforcement time with her highest preferred activity or access to attention. |
|
|
18. Effects of a Comprehensive Shaping Program Across Dimensions/ Response Classes on Self-Injurious Behavior and Verbal Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
GREGORY R. MANCIL (University of Louisville), Stephen Foreman (Community Ties of America, Inc.) |
Abstract: A comprehensive shaping program across behaviors and response classes was implemented with a 29-year-old male without functional communication. He had a history of self-injurious behavior (SIB), aggression toward others (ATO), and self-gagging leading to hospitalization and institutionalization. A functional behavior assessment indicated his behaviors served multiple functions including access to attention/tangibles, escape/avoid demands and indicate pain (automatic reinforcement). The shaping program addressed communication and inclusion within group activities. Client had limited mobility (in a wheelchair and functional use of only one arm) and limited vision field, therefore, forced choice stimuli preference assessments were conducted to identify items to use in communication training. The shaping program for communication started with touching the palm of staff's hand to indicate wants and needs. This was shaped into functional use of a communication device along with pushing his wheel on his chair to indicate to leave an area or task, and turn his head to the side to refuse items. Inclusion within group activities included slowly introducing stimuli from the natural setting into training settings and decreasing distance between the client and the group activity. The shaping program resulted in increased communication responses, decreased aberrant behaviors, and inclusion within group activities. |
|
|
19. The Effects of Placing Spitting Under Stimulus Control Through the "Spitting Game" in an Effort to Reduce Frequency |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SHELBY EVANS (Heartspring), Christina Hourani (Heartspring), Pam Calabria (Heartspring) |
Abstract: The effects of engaging in spitting during a game in an effort to decrease rates of inappropriate free operant spitting were examined in this study. The participant, a 20-year-old male diagnosed with mental retardation and autism took place in a non-profit residential school setting. This type of positive practice overcorrection did not change the topography ofthe behavior, but allowed the participant to take part in a game where spitting was encouraged following an instance of inappropriate spitting in an effort to place the behavior under stimulus control. Spitting was operationally defined as anytime the participant expels fluid from nose or mouth. The frequency of spitting prior to the intervention was an average of 266 spits per day. After the introduction of the game, rates of spitting dropped to an average of 5 spits per day. The participant also self-reported that he found spitting aversive. The intervention was discontinued due to a change in residential environment for the participant and staffing issues. Following the conclusion of the "spitting game" the frequency of spitting began to climb and reached frequencies higher than prior to the intervention. |
|
|
|
|
EAB Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Picture This: Smoking Cues as Elicitors of Compensatory Responses in Smokers |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
MYCHAL MACHADO (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: The current study extends previous research on conditional compensatory responses and illicit drugs to smoking by exposing adult smokers (n = 5) and nonsmokers (n= 5) to smoking and non-smoking related imagery in an ABCBC reversal design. P- and post-slide show carbon monoxide (CO) levels were taken using a CO monitor as the main measure of compensatory responding. Heart rate and blood pressure readings also were recorded. Results indicated that, compared to pre-slide show CO levels, CO levels of smokers were lower following a visual presentation of smoking-related images as compared to a presentation of non-smoking-related images. This drop in CO levels was not evident in (a) nonsmoking participants, (b) smoking participants following a non-smoking visual array, or (c) a smoker-control participant. In addition, no differential patterns of heart rate or blood pressure were observed in any participants during any condition. These data suggest that compensatory responses occur in smokers and this may have important implications for our understanding of "withdrawal" and "cravings" as conditioned physiological responses. |
|
|
2. The Effects of N-Acetylcysteine on Behavioral Extinction in Mice |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
JILL MCDANIEL (Vanderbilt University), Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University), Jeremy Veenstra-Vander Weele (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: The study and discussion of the effect of drugs on behavior, contingencies, and sensitivity to environmental variables have long occupied behavior analysis researchers. While research has demonstrated how and why a particular intervention can decrease behavior, few of these efforts have examined the potentially accelerative effects of drugs on these interventions. Recently, experiments on the effects of N-acetylcysteine (NAC) on extinction and reinstatement of behavior in the literature on drugs of abuse highlight potentially ameliorative effects. The question yet to be adequately explored is the effect of NAC on positively reinforced operant behavior maintained by primary reinforcers, such as food. Such a pursuit is warranted based on the potential for NAC to ameliorate the extinction and reinstatement of a range of positive reinforcement contingencies. The experiments herein examine (a) the effect of NAC on the extinction and reinstatement of positively reinforced operant behavior maintained by food and (b) the potential for differential effects of NAC across different schedules of reinforcement within an animal model. |
|
|
3. Testing Pre-Reading Behaviors With Equivalence Probes |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ALVARO TORRES CH&AACUTE;VEZ (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Angel Tovar y Romo (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Menica Cera Limon (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Alejandra Luna Rodráguez (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México) |
Abstract: We evaluated if the performances on simple discrimination, conditional discrimination, and stimulus equivalence tasks are related with the learning difficulties showed in elementary reading skills by children. Twelve children of the first grade of elementary school participated. We use EDICEE, a computerized test with a touch-screen monitor to assess the children's skills in simple and conditional discrimination of colors, pictures and sounds; we also teach the baseline conditional discriminations required for the formation of two 3-member classes of arbitrary stimuli, and then we evaluated the emergence of relations not directly trained using transitivity and equivalence probes. The data show a high correlation between the ability to form stimulus classes and the achievement in elementary reading skills assessed by the elementary school teacher. We discuss the importance of the simple and conditional discrimination probes as well as the stimulus equivalence probes for diagnostic and predictive purposes when assessing the pre-reading behavioral abilities in children. |
|
|
4. Effects of Ethanol in the Development and Learning in Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ADRIANA RUBIO (Universidade de São Paulo), Thais Volpiano Arruda (Universidade Metodista de Sao Paulo), Thalma Ariane Freitas (Universidade Metodista de Sao Paulo), Isaltino Marcelo Conceicao (Universidade Metodista de Sao Paulo) |
Abstract: Many studies have shown the protective effect of maternal milk in the children's development and learning. Its nutritionals functions and protective effects are important for the adequate development of the central nervous system. Many substances can arriveto baby through maternal milk. One of these substances is ethanol, considered the drug most used in the world. The present study verified the ethanol's effects in the development and learning in rats that drink ethanol during the period of lactation. The mothers and rats were divided into: Control (rats that had received water as source from liquid), Manipulated (rats that received water as source from liquid) and Ethanol (rats that received ethanol). Parameters of physical development had been evaluated from second day of lactation until day 14. When the rats were 2 months and 15 days, they had been submitted to the modeling of the level bar and two different reinforcement schedules: fixed rate and fixed interval. It was observed that the rats received ethanol during the lactation presented differences in the reflex's development, but did not present statistical significant differences in physical development. The results showed that the effect of ethanol in learning of the adult rat are very subtle, not being evidenced in the reinforcement's schedules used in this study. The data showed that the differences in the learning had been caused by the manipulation's history of the rats and not the ingestion of ethanol. |
|
|
5. Choice and Preference for Caloric and Non-Caloric Food in Intellectual Disabled and Overweight Individuals |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
MARINA ZANONI MACEDO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Giovana Escobal (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: Although much is known about the types of foods that contribute to obesity, the conditions under which self-control can overcome impulsivity in food intake still must be fully understood. This study investigates choice and preference for foods with and without caloric values with pre-obese individuals with intellectual disabilities from 7-13 years of age. On the initial link pressing in FR-1 one specific button of two available buttons was followed by pressing a bell, also in FR-1, to receive a small piece of candy. Responding to the other button on the initial link led to exactly the same chain except that the participant received a piece of non-caloric candy. The candies were of two kinds: caloric and non-caloric, and were identical regarding their organoleptic features. The data of interest were response rate in the initial links of the concurrent chain schedules. Results showed initially no preference. Next, a second piece of candy was added to one chain. For one participant a preference was shown when two non-caloric candies were presented, but when the non-caloric candy was introduced with the caloric candy, the results showed no preference. In this particular case, a carryover effect may have been observed. |
|
|
6. Micro-Societies in the Lab: The Effect of External Environmental Consequences on Interlocking Behavioral Contingencies and Their Cultural Products |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
FABIO HENRIQUE BAIA (Universidade de Brasília), Laercia Abreu Vasconcelos (Universidade de Brasília) |
Abstract: This study aimed to verify in the lab if culturants can be selected by cultural consequences. Thirty-sizuniversity students, divided in 3 groups (two experimental and one control) consisting of 10 generations of 3 members, participated in this experiment. In each session of 15 min the experimental groups were exposed to an experimental design A-B or B-A, depending on the group. At the end of the session the oldest member was substituted by a new member. In both conditions, the participants should do a distractive task that was followed by a choice made consensually by all the members between two different cards. In Condition A, the choices were between the blue card ($0,25 - 30s of timeout) or the orange card ($0,10 - no timeout). In Condition B, the choices were between yellow card ($0,05 - no timeout) or red card ($0,10 - 180s of timeout). In control group, no money was given, only the timeout programmed for each card choice. The measure used was the preference for the choice that maximized earnings. The results for the experimental groups show preference over 0.7 for the card that maximized earnings in Conditions A (blue) and B (yellow). In the control group the preference remained close to 0.5, showing that the cultural consequence was determinant to the selection of culturants. |
|
|
7. Eye-Tracking Behavior and Centrality Preference in Multiple-Choice Test: A Preliminary Study |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
TAKAYUKI SAKAGAMI (Keio University), Ayumi Yamada (Aoyama Gakuin University) |
Abstract: Eye-tracking behavior has been sometimes studied as a kind of pre-choice behavior for predicting the final choice from items. We observed this behavior under the multiple-choice test, because researchers have reported that people tend to choose an item from a central area of alternatives if all these items are unknown for them and are displayed horizontally. Using seven flags arranged horizontally on a CRT display as items of each five trials, we recorded the locations of saccade movements every 17ms from four participants. Three out of four participants chose items from a central area in the first trial which consisted of all unknown flags as items. After calibrating between recorded and displayed locations and filtering out high speed eye-movements, we analyzed these data in relation to the choice locations. Results showed that the eye's staying time on the finally chosen item starting from the beginning of the trial was relatively longer and more frequently repeated than on other items, although there was no convincing evidence that any particular eye-tracking behavior could induce a final choice of the item in multiple-choice test. |
|
|
8. Food Preferences and Demand in the Common Brushtail Possum (Trichosurus vulpecula) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
KRISTIE E. CAMERON (University of Waikato), Lewis A. Bizo (University of Waikato), Nicola J. Starkey (University of Waikato) |
Abstract: The Brushtail possum, Trichosurus vulpecula, is reported to eat vegetation, fruit, invertebrates, and occasionally insects and meat in the form of birds (e.g., Starlings, Blackbirds) and their eggs. However, this omnivorous behaviour and ability to adapt to a varying diet has not been investigated systematically. The first experiment involved a direct observation of possum's consumption of individually presented food items that included: meat, eggs, native foliage, fruit and invertebrates. The second and third experiments used forced choice and concurrent schedule procedures to establish ranked preference and demand curves for these different food types. Results suggest that captive possums display similar opportunistic feeding behaviour observed in wild possums. Further studies will examine the development and influence of food choices by other possums on the transmission of taste preferences between possums. This research will help to elucidate factors that control taste preference in a major pest species in New Zealand. In addition, these studies may provide information relevant to maintaining captive populations of possums for behavioural research by contributing to the knowledge of methodologies compatible with possums and provide strategies and practices for the management of the pest problem in New Zealand. |
|
|
9. Effects of Preferred Versus Non-Preferred Concurrent Activities in Self-Control Training |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Seth W. Whiting (Southern Illinois University), HEATHER PAMULA (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Rebecca Batterman (Southern Illinois University), Jonah D. Martin (NeuroRestorative Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This study examined the engagement in a low-preferred and high-preferred concurrent activity during self-control training to determine their differential effects on training time to the desired delay criterion. Adults and children with developmental disabilities were provided with a choice between a small immediate reinforcer and a large delayed reinforcer. During baseline both participants consistently selected the smaller reinforcer. Two training conditions, including a progressive delay to reinforcement featuring either a preferred concurrent activity or non-preferred concurrent activity during the delay to reinforcement, were presented in an alternating fashion. Participants reached the target delay criterion in fewer sessions in the preferred activity treatment than in the non-preferred treatment. |
|
|
10. The Sharing Game: Relation With Gender and Amount of Money |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
GIOVANA ESCOBAL (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Stephanie Stolarz Fantino (University of California, San Diego), Edmund J. Fantino (University of California, San Diego) |
Abstract: Economic games are useful tools for decision-making studies and aim to analyze how participants allocate resources. In a within-subjects design, two experiments were conducted involving repeated-trials over 20 opportunities in which 636 male and female undergraduates made choices to distribute resources between themselves and an unseen, passive other, either optimally but non-competitively, equally but non-optimally, or least optimally but competitively. It should be clear from the point of view of maximizing money earned, participants should always choose the option that gives them more money. The questions were presented in a paper and pen format and the experimental sessions run in a room at a North American university. The results showed some gender difference, men consistently behaved more optimally (in a strictly economic sense) than women. Amount of money showed difference in the results, raising the amount of money drove participants to be more optimal. These games are important because they analyze the contingencies involved in decision making; characterize the choices, such as ideal, fair or competitive, and bring under scrutiny the exam of the possible effects of other variables on the distributions of choices to determine whether these are stable or influenced by such variables. |
|
|
11. Defensive Ability as a Modulating Factor of Pass/Rush Bias in Football Matching Analyses |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
BRENT KAPLAN (University of Kansas), JohnMarc Skoch (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Jake Richardson (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The generalized matching equation (GME) is a quantitative equation that illustrates relative occurrence of concurrent behaviors in relation to relative rates of reinforcement for those behaviors. The GME has been successfully applied to both basketball (Vollmer & Bourret, 2000) and American football (Reed et al., 2006) in previous studies. Moreover, contemporary applications of the GME have yielded interesting findings regarding the effects of situational factors such as different three-point line lengths (Romanowich et al., 2007) and ability (Alferink et al., 2009) in basketball, and game scenarios in football (Stilling & Critchfield, 2010) on operant models of athletic decision making. The proposed poster demonstrates preliminary attempts to further understand the effects of athletic context on matching by examining the effects of defensive abilities on opponents offensive play calling tendencies. Specifically, we report data that suggests that relative ranking of defensive ability influences opponents offensive play calling bias towards passing and rushing in both professional and collegiate American football leagues. |
|
|
12. The Experimental Control of Sub-Optimal Preference for Variability: The Role of Probability and Temporal Discrimination |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ALEXANDER WARD (Rowan University), Michelle Ennis Soreth (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Three pigeons responded in a peak procedure embedded in a concurrent-chains arrangement to examine the role of temporal discrimination in preference for variable schedules. The peak procedure was implemented on concurrent-chains schedules with fixed interval (FI) and random interval (RI) terminal links. The RI sampled a probability distribution after the programmed reinforcer delay available on the FI alternative elapsed, and thus the RI never produced a component schedule value shorter than the FI. The probability of the minimum delay to reinforcer availability on the RI schedule was manipulated across conditions and as the probability increased preference for the schedule increased while the discriminated time of RI reinforcer availability decreased. RI schedules with a high probability of producing the minimum delay to reinforcer availability generated counterintuitive preferences for the RI and systematic inaccuracies in temporal control. The final phase of the experiment attempted to eliminate these sub-optimal preferences through the implementation of a RI composed of a backward exponential in which probability values increased over time elapsed in the terminal link. The results support that preference may be mediated by temporal discrimination, and at least under certain conditions this process likely plays a role in preference for variability. |
|
|
13. CANCELLED: The Effects of Ascending Versus Descending Delays to the Large Reinforcer on Indifference Points |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Tammy Wade-Galuska (University of South Carolina Salkehatchie), Chad M. Galuska (College of Charleston), AMY DAWSON (College of Charleston) |
Abstract: Recent research investigating impulsivity has employed a procedure introduced by Evenden and Ryan (1998). In this procedure, rats chose between a lever that resulted in the immediate delivery of a small reinforcer (1 pellet) and another lever that resulted in the delivery of a large reinforcer (3 pellets) after a delay. The delay to the large reinforcer increased across blocks of 8 trials. Each block consisted of 2 forced-choice trials and 6 free-choice trials. In the first block, the delay to both reinforcers was 0 s. Across the remaining 4 blocks, the delay to the large reinforcer increased. The delay at which rats chose the small immediate and large delayed reinforcers equally is termed the indifference point and provides a measure of impulsivity with indifference points being inversely related to impulsive choice. The present experiment employed the aforementioned procedure with the delays to the large reinforcer (0, 10, 20, 40, and 60 s) presented either in ascending or descending order. Results-to-date indicate that with increases in delay, the rats exposed to descending delays showed a higher indifference point than rats exposed to ascending delays. |
|
|
14. Using a Modified Findley Switch Procedure to Measure Preference Between Differential Reinforcement of Low Rateand Differential Reinforcement of High Rate Schedules of Food Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
DENNIS J. HAND (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Abstract: Four male rats lever-pressed for food reinforcement under a multiple Variable Interbal (VI)30-s, VI 30-s schedule. A differential reinforcement of low rate (DRL) requirement was added to one VI 30-s component and a differential reinforcement of high rate (DRH) was added to the other component of the multiple schedule with the values of the DRL and DRH derived from interresponse time distributions obtained from the initial multiple schedule exposure. Thus, lever presses had to be separated by a slightly longer amount of time than average in the DRL component and had to be separated by a slightly shorter amount of time than average in the DRH component. Next, a switch contingency was added to a second lever such that a single press of that lever would switch between components. Reinforcement rates were similar in the two components under the original DRL and DRH values, and the amount of time spent in each component remained equal with little switching between components. As the DRL value was increased to 5 and then 20 s, reinforcement rates dropped in the DRL component and all rats began switching out of the DRL into the DRH component. Preference between the two schedules returned to baseline levels when the rats were returned to their original DRL values. |
|
|
15. Observing Responses Toward S+ or S- and the Establishment of Select or Reject Controls |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
WILLIAM FERREIRA PEREZ (Universidade de São Paulo), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Abstract: In a matching-to-sample (MTS) task, participants may learn to choose the correct choice under control of S+ (select control) and/or S- (reject control). In order to analyze both controls, the present study manipulated observing responses toward the comparison stimuli. An AB BC training was followed by equivalence tests. In a modified two-choice MTS task, all stimuli were hidden behind a window that could be opened by a mouse click. Participants from select-control group had to observe S+ in every trial before choosing a comparison; observing responses toward S- did not produce the appearance of the stimulus in 75% of the trials. Participants from reject-control group had to observe the S- in every trial; observing responses toward S+ did not produce it in 75% of the trials. Three out of five participants from select-control group showed high scores in all equivalence tests, as it would be expected for select control. Three out of five participants of reject-control group showed very low scores in equivalence, transitivity and reflexivity tests, as it would be expected for reject control. Apparently, the manipulation of observing responses toward the comparison stimuli is a relevant variable to establish select and reject controls. |
|
|
16. Evaluating Procedures to Establish Reject Control (Sample/S-) in a Matching-to-Sample Task |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
WILLIAM FERREIRA PEREZ (Universidade de São Paulo), Gerson Yukio Tomanari (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Abstract: In a matching-to-sample task, select or reject control (i.e., a correct choice controlled by S+ or S-, respectively) may yield to different outcomes in equivalence tests. This study aimed to bias reject control during training AB BC relations in a two-choice matching-to-sample task previously to running equivalence tests. Effects of reject control would be indicated by low scores in equivalence, transitivity, and reflexivity tests. In Experiment 1, each S- was presented with one out of four different S+, and effects of reject control were not observed in any five participants. Experiment 2 replicated the former procedure, but S+ was covered by a black square in 25% of the training trials. In this case, effects of reject control were noticed in two out of five participants. Finally, in Experiment 3, the same number of S+ and S- was used, and S+ was covered in 75% of the training trials. Again, effects of reject control were not observed in any of five participants. In summary, the procedures employed in Experiments 1 and 3 did not generate reject control. The procedure used in Experiment 2 established reject control for some participants. Possibly, better outcomes would result from manipulating observing responses toward S-. |
|
|
17. Instructional Control Derived from Equivalence Class Formation in Children |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
LIDIA MARIA MARSON POSTALLI (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Deisy G. De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: The present study asked about the origins of the meaning of words in instructions. Words can become members of equivalence classes with other stimuli (their referents) such as objects, actions, relations. This study investigated whether pseudo-sentences (stimulus Set A) would function as instructions after their participation in stimulus classes with videotaped actions directed to objects created specially for the study (stimulus Set B), and abstract pictures (stimulus Set C). Matching-to-sample procedures were used to establish conditional discriminations among stimuli of Sets A and B (AB relations) and Sets A and C (AC relations) and test for class formation (BC and CB). Ten of11 children learned the baseline of conditional AB and AC discriminations and demonstrated the formation of equivalence classes relating, without direct training, pseudo-phrases, videotaped actions and abstract pictures. Tests for instructional control, conducted as pre- and post-tests, demonstrated that after class formation children followed both kinds of "instructions" (auditory and pictorial) acting upon the concrete objects. The results support the notion that equivalence class formation may be one of the mechanism by which instruction following could emerge, without explicit training. |
|
|
18. Test Order and Stimulus-Set Effects in Simultaneous Protocols |
Area: EAB; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
ABDULRAZAQ A. IMAM (John Carroll University) |
Abstract: Simultaneous protocols typically yield poorer stimulus equivalence outcomes than other protocols commonly used in equivalence research. Five participants demonstrated two independent groups of three three-member equivalence classes in two conditions, one using the standard simultaneous protocol and the other using a hybrid simultaneous training and simple-to-complex testing. Stimulus sets used for these conditions in a previous study (Warner & Imam, 2008) were reversed. Although percent change in accuracy appears inconsistent, participants tend to form equivalence with the hybrid than with the standard protocol. The significance of alternating stimulus sets remains unclear. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Skype as an Observation Tool for Functional Analysis in School Settings |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ANDREW MCNALLY (The Institute for Effective Education), Jennifer Swope (The Institute for Effective Education), Ken Traupmann (The Institute for Effective Educaton) |
Abstract: Certain monitoring problems arise during a functional analysis designed to test the hypothesis that severe problem behavior functions to escape or avoid social interaction. We had reason to believe that the severe assaultive behaviors and extensive property damage caused by a teenage student was controlled by escape from particular teachers. Our functional analysis included an "avoid teacher" condition, during which the student and one of his teachers were in the classroom. Problem behavior resulted in the teacher leaving the classroom. Monitoring was critical in case the student's problem behavior escalated and risked his safety. The student also needed to be monitored to determine if and when his behavior returned to comparative calm, at which point the teacher would reenter the room. The classrooms have windows for observation, but they are two-way windows and monitoring him through the classroom window would not fully satisfy the contingency being tested. We oriented the classroom computer's video camera in the direction of the student and sent the video and audio signal to the computer in the adjoining classroom by way of "Skype." This method proved unobtrusive and the signal permitted observation and timely decision making. |
|
|
2. A Comparison of a Video Module and Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Implementation of Stimulus Preference Assessments |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Rocio Rosales (Youngstown State University), CHRISTA HOMLITAS (Youngstown State University), Leah C. Gongola (Youngstown State University), Dru Perren (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments have become routine during program development for children with developmental disabilities, but may require some specialized training. Behavioral skills training (BST) and video modeling are both techniques which have been employed to teach instructional staff a variety of skills. The present investigation employed a non-concurrent multiple baseline design to compare the effectiveness of these two strategies in teaching instructional staff working with children with autism to conduct three different preference assessments (i.e., multiple stimulus without replacement, paired choice, and free operant). Participants were either exposed to a training package that consisted of role-play, practice and feedback; or were asked to view a video module which depicted each of the steps of the assessments to be trained. Each participant was first trained with a confederate learner, followed by probes for generalization with a student learner. Preliminary results indicate both strategies may be equally effective in teaching these skills. These results will be discussed in light of cost-effective procedures and enhancing staff competency to reduce high turn-over rates, which are a common problem in human service settings. |
|
|
3. Video Modeling for Students With Challenging Behaviors in an Alternative School Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
SHANNON MCGUIRE (Hamilton County Educational Services Center), Julie Morrison (University of Cincinnati) |
Abstract: Modeling is an effective, economical method of teaching appropriate classroom behavior to increase academic engagement in classroom settings. The effects of self-modeling have been found to be immediate and generalize across situations, people and environments. The purpose of this presentation is to describe a recent study that examined the effects of a video self-modeling intervention on elementary-aged students' behavior during teacher-led instruction. The study was conducted in a classroom of a public alternative school, which specialized in providing intensive behavior supports for kindergarten through high school students. A multiple baseline, single-subject research design across students was employed. The results indicated a change in level in the desired direction for on-task classroom behavior across all three students, as measured by direct observation (momentary time sampling). This study extended previous research as the students viewed their self-modeling videos within the natural classroom environment, rather than leaving the classroom to view the videos. Video self-modeling has tremendous potential as a socially valid classroom-based intervention for students with disruptive behaviors. |
|
|
4. Computer Based Training of Safety Behaviors for Farm Workers in Brazil |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Leticia Alves Santos (Universidade de Brasília), LINCOLN S. GIMENES (Universidade de Brasília), David A. Eckerman ((AI)2, Inc.), W. Kent Anger (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: c-Train is a behaviorally based computer system for training safety behaviorsdirected to populations with little formal education. One important feature is the use of training modules in different idioms to attend specific populations. A training program for safety behaviors was developed and applied in rural workers of a farm outside Brasilia. The study was carried out in three stages: (a) definition of the behaviors to be trained, (b) elaboration of the training module, and (c) training. The behaviors defined were body postures involved in planting, weeding and raking. Twenty-three workers participated in the training program, which consisted of a pre-test, 4 training topics, and 2 post-tests. Comparisons between Pre- and Post-test 1 revealed an improvement in knowledge about safety behaviors, with a gain of 48%. Post-test 2, 3 weeks after training, revealed the maintenance of the learned material. Behavioral observations at the working site, 4 weeks after training, indicated changes in the execution of the working tasks in the direction of the instructions trained. Along with positive reactions of the participants, these results supportc-Train as an important tool which can be used for similar trainings with Brazilian populations with little formal education. |
|
|
5. Enhancing Critical Thinking by Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
LEI HU (University of Manitoba), Louis Svenningsen (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of elevating critical thinking skills among the first-year university students was evaluated using a Computer-Aided Personalized System of Instruction (CAPSI) which based on principles of learning. The experimenters provided a CAPSI program to one group of students to answer 5 high-order thinking questions (one question per unit) related to course knowledge. In another group, students were asked to write an essay in which the topic was chosen on their own. All course components of both groups demonstrated functional similarities in terms of improving course performance for students. The Applied Critical Thinking Measure (ACTM, Renauds critical thinking assessment tool) was assigned to both groups to assess the critical thinking level before and after either completing the CAPSI program or the essay. The result suggested that the critical thinking level increased more sharply to the students who have completed a 5-unit mastery-based assignment related to course knowledge in the CAPSI program than to those who have done a 1000-word APA-formatted essay. |
|
|
6. Effect of "Cover-Copy-Compare" For Number Family Combined With Reinforced Timed-Trials on the Accuracy and Fluency of Addition and Subtraction Facts |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
WATARU NODA (Kwansei Gakuin University), Junko Tanaka-Matsumi (Kwansei Gakuin University) |
Abstract: The present study examined the effect of cover-copy-compare (Skinner et al., 1989) for number family combined with timed practice to improve accuracy and fluency of addition and subtraction facts. Three 2nd grade students in Japanese public elementary school participated in this study. We used a multiple-baseline design across two sets of materials for each student. Throughout the study, we measured the number of correct/incorrect digits in 1-min assessment of addition and subtraction facts and in 1-min assessment of missing numbers (e.g., 5 6 _). Intervention consisted of teaching the concept of number family, cover-copy-compare for number family, and reward contingency for beating one's previous score in 1-min practice of filling missing numbers. First, we taught students the relationship between addition and subtraction facts. Then they learned number family through cover-copy-compare in choral responding format. Finally, they practiced missing numbers in one-minute with beat your score contingency. If they beat their previous score, we gave stickers they preferred. Results showed that with the introduction of the intervention for missing numbers, the number of correct digits per minute increased and incorrect digits decreased in 1-min assessment of addition and subtraction facts. |
|
|
7. Generalization of Mands Concurrent with an Increase in Math Skills, Acquired through Training in a Classroom Setting, by a Middle School Male With Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
LOUISE SCHNAGL (Gonzaga Univeristy), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University) |
Abstract: A quick transfer procedure was employed to teach a middle school male with autism to mand for items. Follow up data showed a reduction in spontaneous mands so component analyses were conducted to study the effects of a visual stimulus on the spontaneous manding of the participant, and generalization to the classroom teacher. Higher levels of spontaneous manding were found for conditions in which a visual stimulus was present. Concurrent to mand training, prompting and contingent rewards were used to increase task completion in the classroom. Data showed that although the participant was completing all assignments, he was not accurate. Math instruction with and without rewards was used to successfully increase accuracy in basic math skills, and generalized to the classroom teacher. Aberrant behavior was tracked across the interventions for task completion to determine correlations. |
|
|
8. Extending Research on a Computer-Based Sight-Word Reading Intervention to a Student With Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JARED YAW (University of Tennessee), Cora Taylor (University of Tennessee), John Parkhurst (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee) |
Abstract: An important topic in educational research is improving the beginning reading skills of struggling students and special populations. To help these students succeed, it is essential to create and empirically validate reading skills interventions that are both effective and efficient. In this study, a multiple-baseline across behaviors (i.e., word lists) design was used to evaluate the effects of a computer-based sight-word reading intervention (CBSWRI) on the sight-word reading automaticity of a sixth-grade student with autism. The researchers designed a computer-based intervention that could be independently administered by the student every school day. The student was assessed for improvement in sight-word knowledge on each day that he completed the intervention. Across three lists of primer and first-grade Dolch words, the student immediately increased his automatic sight-word reading after the CBSWRI was applied. Overall, the student learned 25 words in 16 brief (i.e., 200 s) sessions. Visual analysis of the data shows no overlapping data points, indicating strong evidence that the intervention caused the increases in sight-word knowledge. This research expands the field of education by validating the use of an independently implemented, computer-based sight-word intervention with struggling readers and by generalizing its use to children with autism. |
|
|
9. An Evaluation of Simultaneous Prompting to Teach Story-Writing Tasks to Students With Autism |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ROBERT PENNINGTON (University of Kentucky), Donald M. Stenhoff (The BISTA Center), Monica E. Delano (University of Louisville) |
Abstract: Written expression is a fundamental skill for individuals in educational and community contexts. Unfortunately, researchers have suggested that individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) may have difficulty acquiring writing skills (Gabig, 2008; Myles et al., 2003). This is especially problematic in light of the data indicating that many students with ASD may not be able to rely on the use of sufficient vocal repertoires to communicate effectively (Miranda-Linne & Melin, 1997). Few researchers have evaluated the effects of instruction on the writing skills of individuals with ASD. In this investigation, the researcher evaluated the effects of simultaneous prompting on the acquisition of computer-based story construction responses across 5 participants with ASD. The researchers used a multiple probe across behaviors for each participant. Data indicated that the participants acquired targeted responses. In addition, they emitted generalized responses across different topographies. Finally, the data indicated that students acquired non-targeted information (e.g., sight word reading responses) during instruction. |
|
|
10. Assessment and Treatment of Escape Maintained Behavior in a Child With Mild Intellectual Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
DONALD M. STENHOFF (The BISTA Center), Christina Barosky (The BISTA Center), Rebecca Renee Wiskirchen (ACCEL), Bryan J. Davey (ACCEL) |
Abstract: In this study we conducted a functional behavior assessment and treatment analysis. The participant was an 11-year-old male identified with mild mental retardation, emotional disability, and severe language impairment. The target behavior was self-injurious behavior. Self-injurious behavior was defined as hitting head with his hand and hitting his head on other objects. Components of thefunctional behavior analysisincluded indirect assessment methods and a functional analysis. The functional analysis was conducted in a clinical setting. Conditions included escape, attention, ignore and play, The results of the functional analysis indicated that the individual's behavior was maintained by escape. The treatment analysis included systematic assessment of varying types and intensity of function based treatments. Functional communication training, and varying fixed ration schedules were assessed. The identified treatment was a fixed ratio schedule. During the final stages of the study, the teacher was trained to deliver the intervention and follow up was conducted in the classroom setting. |
|
|
11. Functional Analysis and Peer-Mediated Treatment for Children with Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CHRISTINE SOLIVA (California State University, Los Angeles), Michele Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) is one of the most commonly diagnosed mental health disorders in children. The purpose of this review is to evaluate the use of functional analysis procedures to facilitate intervention for children with ADHD in school settings and focus on peer mediated treatments for attention maintained behavior. Of the articles found pertaining to interventions for children with ADHD in school settings, only seven reported utilization of functional analyses to determine the function of problem behavior. Attention maintained behavior predominantly resulted as a function, and it was evident that teacher and peer attention played a pivotal role in maintaining the problem behaviors. Reviewed articles reported decreases in disruptive behavior through peer mediated interventions such as non-contingent reinforcement of attention, extinction, a combination ofdifferential reinforcementand extinction, contingency reversal, and reinforcement plus prompting. Despite these findings, there are still many avenues left for research. This poster will provide a meta-analysis of the current literature base as well as suggestions for future research. |
|
|
12. Improving Elementary Student Desk Organization: A Novel Intervention Combining a Social Story and Positive Reinforcement |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CONNIE JO SCHNOES (Father Flanagan's Boys' Home), Wesley Jacob Sheeley (Father Flanagan's Boys' Home), Amanda Marie McLean (Father Flanagan's Boys' Home), Andrew Robert Heckman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Organization in the classroom has been shown to be a contributing factor to school success and a variable noticeably deficient in children with ADHD and other disabilities. However, organizational skills are often overlooked and not taught to children in primary and secondary education. Desk organization has been used as an effective means of evaluating student organization and identifying children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). This study investigated a school wide intervention for student desk organization. The intervention consisted of a social story and continuous reinforcement followed by intermittent positive reinforcement of the criterion behavior. The effectiveness of the intervention was evaluated using a combined multiple baseline design with reversal. More than 200 student desks in a rural midwestern school district were included in the study. Data were analyzed via visual inspection of rate of change, data trends, level and percentage of nonoverlapping data points. The results indicated the intervention was effective in markedly improving desk organization for all age groups, kindergarten through 6th grade. |
|
|
13. A Comparison of Methods for Evaluating Descriptive Analyses |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ELLEN NICOLE BROSH (West Virginia University), Claire St. Peter Pipkin (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Attempts to improve the accuracy of descriptive analyses have focused on methods for analyzing descriptive assessment data. These methods typically involve the calculation of conditional and background probabilities. The current study evaluated three descriptive-analysis methods to determine whether the analyses produced similar results. In addition, the putative reinforcers identified by each descriptive-analysis method were experimentally manipulated during a treatment phase. Three elementary school students served as participants in the study. The three methods of analysis did not consistently identify similar reinforcers. In addition, events identified as putative reinforcers by the analyses did not reliably lead to effective interventions. |
|
|
14. The CBS Rubrics: Tools for Evaluating Components of Functional Behavior Assessments and Behavior Intervention Plans in Iowa |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
TORY J. CHRISTENSEN (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: As part of the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA), individualized education program (IEP) teams are required to conduct functional behavior assessments (FBAs) and implement behavior intervention plans (BIPs) to address behavior that interferes with learning in the school setting. Currently, the state of Iowa does not have a way to systematically evaluate the FBAs and BIPs that education teams write. This poster will discuss the challenging behavior service (CBS) rubrics that were developed by behavior analysts at The University of Iowa Children's Hospital (UICH). The CBS rubrics evaluate various assessment and intervention components that are included in FBAs and BIPs in the State of Iowa. In addition, the rubrics were designed to assess whether there is a match between the function stated in the FBA and the function identified by UICH behavior analysts following review of the FBA, as well as whether there is a match between the function(s) stated in the FBA and the intervention strategies stated and described in the BIP. Data obtained from the CBS rubrics will be highlighted in this poster. |
|
|
15. Year Two of a Training Service for Members of Challenging Behavior Teams in Iowa |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
TORY J. CHRISTENSEN (University of Iowa), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Iowa Children's Hospital), Jennifer Kuhle (University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Todd G. Kopelman (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa), Sean D. Casey (Iowa Department of Education) |
Abstract: Iowa has nine area education agencies (AEAs) that are responsible for delivering a variety of services to local school districts. AEAs employ specialty disciplines, including school psychologists, school social workers, behavior analysts, educational consultants, and speech-language pathologists to assist in the evaluation and intervention of students. To help address behavior needs in the AEAs, the Iowa Department of Education (DE) contracted with behavior analysts from The University of Iowa Children's Hospital to provide training in the area of applied behavior analysis. This is the second year the Iowa DE has supported an initiative for each AEA to develop and train a challenging behavior team to conduct functional assessments and develop intervention plans for children who exhibit problem behavior at school. An assessment of each teams' experience and training needs was conducted at the end of year one so that consultation and training was customized to fit the needs of each team during year two. Training focused on the development of skills in conducting functional assessments, applying behavioral principles when developing functional assessments and intervention plans, and learning fundamental behavioral principles. This poster will describe and highlight data from the second year of the project. |
|
|
16. Comparison of Functional Assessment and Analysis Procedures for Students With Challenging Behaviors |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CANDACE LANE (University of Arizona), Linda Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Alexandra Beckman (Missouri State University), Erin Wilson (Missouri State University), Wayne Mitchell (Missouri State University), David Goodwin (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The need to functionally assess behavior across environments and monitor treatment effects remains a challenge for educators, yet a student's academic success is often contingent upon this endeavor. The purpose of this study was two-fold, to assess the effects of function-based interventions on five public school students engaging in challenging behaviors and the ability of their teachers to implement the functional based assessment protocols with fidelity. A series of single-subject designs (multiple baseline, ABAB and AB) were employed to assess the effects of the hypothesis driven interactions on the five students engaging in the challenging behaviors. Dependent variables (off-task and on-task behaviors) for all five students were recorded using 30-second partial interval measurement systems for 30-minute sessions across all phases of the studies. Fidelity of treatment checklists was also administered on a weekly basis to assess the implementation of the function-based interventions for each student. Results of this study showed positive behavioral increases for all five students and high rates of teacher fidelity of the function-based treatments (as evidenced by the attached graphs). |
|
|
17. A Program Evaluation of Academic Outcomes From Clinic-Based Parent Training in Academic Interventions |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Merilee McCurdy (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Cheyenne L Hughes (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Amanda Bleck (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Abstract: Training parents to implement academic interventions to improve the academic skills of their children has a long history in clinical practice (e.g., Patterson, Reid, Jones, & Congor, 1975) and some positive empirical support (Erion, 2006). However, continued research is needed to evaluate the effectiveness of training parents from diverse backgrounds and for children presenting with a variety of academic problems. This poster presents data on the academic outcomes of children who attended two university-based clinics in two midwestern cities focused on training parents to implement academic interventions. Over 240 case files were reviewed for complete data sets including baseline and treatment data points for individual children. The families represent a diverse population demographically and almost half of the children had some type of identified disability. Academically, the children presented with problems in reading, math, spelling, and/or writing. Demographic information and type of intervention will be presented. Outcome data were analyzed based on each child's learning rate prior to treatment and learning rate during treatment. In addition, percent of academic gain was examined for some academic areas (reading comprehension). Implications for parent training in academic interventions and for future research are presented. |
|
|
18. Strategies for Summarizing Outcomes Across Cases: Just How Effective Are You? |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
POLLY DARO (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Maureen O'Connor (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Nick Young (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Melissa Andersen (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Edward J. Daly III (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Abstract: By routinely gathering outcome data using repeated measures over time, behavior analysts hold themselves to a high standard of accountability in their practice. They consistently gather individualized, behavioral data to evaluate case effectiveness. But, when the evaluation of services is based primarily on individualized case studies, which vary from case to case, how do behavior analysts gauge the effectiveness of their work across cases? This poster will describe quantitative methods behavior analysts can use to summarize their own effectiveness based on single-case data that include at a minimum repeated measures over time and phase changes. Drawing from the extant consultation literature, methods to be presented include effect sizes, structured criteria for visual inspection, percentage of nonoverlapping data, goal-attainment scaling, procedural integrity, treatment integrity, and treatment acceptability. Data analysis for each method is relatively simple, and the combination of analyses presents a descriptive picture of case outcomes. Using actual school-based consultation cases for demonstration purposes (see Table 1), this poster will explain each method and show how results can be compiled for multiple cases. This poster will help behavior analysts evaluate their own effectiveness as they strive to be accountable to themselves, clients, and other constituents. |
|
|
19. Evaluation of Educational Outcomes for a Preschool Autism Program |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JUDITH SYLVA (California State University, San Bernardino), Katherine Kirkbride (Riverside County Office of Education), Lisa Kistler (Riverside County Office of Education), Gabriela Toledo (Riverside County Office of Education) |
Abstract: Educational programs for young children with autism have been implemented in county and school district programs for a number of years. The educational outcomes for participants in these programs have not been systematically evaluated in educational contexts. The current program evaluation will discuss the implementation of the components of the educational preschool programs for children with autism operated under the Riverside County Office of Education Special Education Reach Autism Program. The components of the program include (a) model classroom programs that utilize empirically-based methodologies, (b) intensive behavior intervention, (c) parent involvement and support, (d) ongoing professional development for teachers and staff, and (e) community connections. The evaluation will also identify the socially valid student outcomes demonstrated by student participants in the program from 2008 to 2010. Factors that may be related to outcomes will be identified. The implications for designing educational programs for young children with autism to address specific socially valid outcomes will be discussed. |
|
|
20. Behavioral Interventions and Consultation in a Juvenile Correctional Setting |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
AMANDA L. YURICK (Cleveland State University) |
Abstract: The effectiveness of behavior analytic techniques in educational and clinical settings is well documented and extensively practiced, however substantial gaps in service delivery remain for consumers who may benefit remarkably from these technologies. One such population is incarcerated youth. According to statistics provided by the Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, approximately one in eight violent crimes are attributable to a juvenile. Further, in 2008, juveniles were involved in about 10% of arrests for murder and about 25% of arrests for robbery, burglary, larceny-theft, and motor vehicle theft. Incarceration estimates for juveniles range between 93,000 and 100,000 on any given day in the U.S. These youth present a composite of challenging behaviors that may be resistant to typical intervention efforts, yet remain under or ineffectually served by state and private facilities. The basic premise of juvenile incarceration is to intensively treat antisocial and maladaptive behaviors prior to the age of majority. However, several behavioral and institutional barriers to service delivery exist. This poster will present the issues and challenges of behavior analytic consultation and intervention in medium and close security juvenile correctional facilities. Implications for improved intervention practices and service delivery options will be discussed. |
|
|
21. School-Wide Positive Behavior Support: A Case Study of Treatment Integrity Student Outcomes and Social Validity |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LEIA D. BLEVINS (East Tennessee State University), James J. Fox (East Tennessee State University), Ashley Hansen (East Tennesse State University), Rick Aroney (East Tennessee State University), Claire Black (East Tennessee State University), Breana Nease (East Tennessee State University), Rachael Griffin (East Tennessee State University), Heather Boreing (East Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Results from an ongoing school-wide positive behavior support at a K-8 elementary in rural setting with an enrollment of over 600 students are presented. During the baseline year preparations for school-wide positive behavior support (SWPBS) were conducted including defining target behaviors (respect, responsibility & cooperation), developing a ticket reinforcer system, school celebrations of student performance, and measures of student outcomes and faculty SWPBS implementation. Following baseline, school staff taught the target behaviors to students, implemented the ticket system and conducted regular school-wide celebrations for students with at least one ticket during a grading period (games, activities, etc.). Measures included office daily referrals (ODRs), counts of reward tickets, and an adapted version of the behavior intervention rating scale to assess staff perceptions of SWPBS. First year results indicated that following implementation of the SWPBS program, the overall rate and variability of ODRs per day per student were reduced. Also, ticket data revealed that teachers usually gave more tickets in the last week of each 6 weeks. An inverse relationship between reinforcer tickets given and ODRs was found. SWPBS intervention rating scale data showed generally positive social validity results. Factors other than SWPBS that contribute to its success will be discussed. |
|
|
22. Providing Behavioral Consultation to Rural and Underserved Schools: A Technical Assistance Model Aimed at Capacity Building |
Area: EDC; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
JOHN J. WHEELER (Western Michigan University), Michael R. Mayton (West Virginia University), Morgan Chitiyo (Southern Illinois University at Carbondale) |
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation will be to describe a university-based technical assistance model designed to provide behavioral consultation to regional schools in a rural and underserved 21-county region. The 16-year project was aimed at building the capacity of Pre-k-12 schools to implement best and effective practices to learners who were at-risk or experienced challenging forms of behavior through the development of trained behavioral support teams. Process and outcome data will be presented that address the efficacy of this project. Within the state of Tennessee approximately 14.7% of children between the ages of 2-21 received special education services in 2008 (TNDOE Report Card, 2008). These figures do not address the large numbers of children at-risk for delay and or subsequent learning and behavioral difficulties because of staggering poverty and high rates of abuse and neglect that have been reported statewide. The PBSI Project (formerly known as the Make a Difference Project) has provided behavioral consultation and support to the 21-county Upper Cumberland region of the state; perhaps the area in greatest need given the rural isolation and poverty that exists within this region for the past fourteen years. The Upper Cumberland region is an area that is characterized by low SES as evidenced by per capita incomes ranging from $20,405 to $28,000. The demographics are comprised of rural and underserved counties with high rates of poverty as evidenced by 17 of the 21 counties served reporting greater than the statewide average levels of poverty. To better understand these data, when comparing these per capita income ranges against the Department of Health and Human Services Poverty Guidelines (2008) one can better understand the challenges faced by people within this region of the state. The project provided LEAs within the 21-county service area a resource for training and consultation in evidence-based practices in the areas of behavioral interventions and supports to regional schools that would otherwise be non-existent. In addition, supports in the form of professional development, consultation, collaboration and technical assistance were extended to schools at-risk for low performance. Technical assistance in the design and delivery of behavior supports were deemed most effective by personnel in the service area as affirmed by social validity data measuring efficacy of services rendered and level of satisfaction. |
|
|
|
|
OBM Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. The Advising Satisfaction Inventory: A Brief Measure of Student Satisfaction With Academic Advising Center Services |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
SASKIA FRIEDRICHS (West Chester University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
Abstract: In the Neol-Levitz 2009 National Student Satisfaction and Priorities Report, a total of 549,740 students from a variety of secondary academic facilities were asked to assign importance ratings to 70 items covering the full range of college experience. Out of 11 categories, academic advising was consistently among the top three most-important aspects to college students. However, no adequate measure of the psychometric properties of student satisfaction with academic advising, specifically as provided by academic advising centers, has been established. In an attempt to reconcile this gap, we conducted a preliminary study of psychometric properties of an instrument to measure student satisfaction with academic advising. The 12-item Working Alliance Inventory (WAI) was adapted for the advising setting. The measure was completed by 139 undergraduate students after receiving services in one of three different academic advising settings at an urban university. Exploratory factor analysis revealed two factors, pre-session experience and advisor-advisee coherence, and rendered a reliable 8-item questionnaire, the Advising Satisfaction Inventory (ASI). This measure may assist in more efficient data collection, more precise identification of drivers of satisfaction, and thus aid pinpointing of behaviors that can leverage increased student satisfaction with academic advising. |
|
|
2. The Effects of Proximity, Written Prompts, and Public Posting on Recycling at a University Setting |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
ANGELICA A. AGUIRRE (California State University, Fresno), Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: A multiple-baseline design was used to examine the effects of proximity, written prompts, and public posting to increase recycling on two floors and a study area of an academic building at a university. Data were collected on the number of recyclable bottles and cans in the trash and recycling bins. During the treatment phases, the recycling bins were placed in a central location on each floor and study area. A written prompt to recycle bottles and cans was placed above each recycling bin. A written prompt labeling "TRASH ONLY" was placed on each trash bin. Public postings of the number of recyclable bottles and cans collected for each treatment phase were placed on the two floors and study area. Results showed a larger increase of the number of recyclables in the recycling bin in one floor than relative to the second floor (40 bottles and cans) by the last intervention phase. The data showed a dramatic increase in the number of recyclables in the recycling bin in the study area. Potential limitations and extraneous variables are discussed. |
|
|
3. The Use of Verbal Prompts to Increase Child Safety-Belt Use in a Grocery Store |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LEANNA MATTILA (Youngstown State University), Julie Blaskewicz (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: In a study by Barker, Bailey, and Lee (2004) the authors used verbal prompts to increase the use of child safety-belt use in shopping carts in two different settings. The current study was a replication and extension of this previous work. Using an ABAB reversal design, customers were verbally prompted upon entering the store to use child safety belts. In addition, the current study included data on the proportion of customers still using safety belts upon exit from the store, social validity data examining the acceptability of the procedures, and a 2-month follow up. Results indicate that the procedure was effective at increasing child safety-belt use and that most patrons continued to use the belts until they exited the store. The social validity of the procedures was high, yet the 2-month follow up indicated that, without vigilance by the establishment, customers ceased using the safety belts when no longer prompted to do so. |
|
|
4. The Use of a System-Level Token Economy to Increase Customer Satisfaction and Employee Morale at a Locally-Owned Grocery Store |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CHRISTINE CRAIG (Youngstown State University), Leanna Mattila (Youngstown State University), Michael C. Clayton (Youngstown State University), Julie Blaskewicz (Youngstown State University) |
Abstract: Organizational behavior management (OBM) focuses on the behavior of individuals, and groups, within organizational units. The current study increased employee morale and customer satisfaction at a locally-owned grocery store. Four key factors (friendliness, cleanliness, services, show) were identified by the manager in response to the question, "What does the business look like when it's operating to your satisfaction?" Measures of these factors were collected using a short survey based on current practice as well as the Performance Diagnostic Checklist (PDC). With this baseline data in hand, a system-level token economy was created to encourage desirable employee behaviors. Managers and some customers were given tokens to distribute on the occasion of desirable employee behavior. Finally, the value of the tokens was dynamic, changing as the feedback from customers was collected. Like a stock market, if the customers were "happy" then tokens were worth more. At the end of the study, the results indicated that customers were more satisfied with their shopping experience and employees were happier in their positions. |
|
|
5. Changing the Culture of a Rural Child Care Center With Low Intensity Teacher Training |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KATIE HINE (University of Kansas), Shahla S. Ala'i-Rosales (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: As the only licensed childcare center in Labette County, the Parsons State Hospital Child Care Center is an invaluable resource for rural southeast Kansas. Developing routine teacher training and performance monitoring with a minimum of teacher and administrator time and effort is the purpose of this research. Child and teacher performance data are collected multiple times each week. Data are analyzed for the center as a whole. Teacher training consists of watching a 20-minute video once per month and recording data on target behavior(s). Videos are made of the first author and center administrators working with the children in the center. Teachers use a prepared data sheet that includes only the target behavior(s) identified for training. Occurrence/nonoccurrence data are collected in 4 5-min intervals followed by a brief discussion of the results. Updated graphs of the data on the target behavior(s) collected throughout the week are posted in the center each week. A multiple baseline across teacher skills has revealed increased rates of correct implementation of skills trained compared to stable, incorrect implementation of skills untrained. |
|
|
6. Cash is King: Motivating Supervising Clinicians to Reach Optimal Billing Rates |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MARY ROSSWURM (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: Motivating staff to utilize effective time management skills in order to capitalize on all facets of clinical services can be a challenge. Supervising clinicians must learn to maximize their time with the clients while the clients are on-site and do other non-direct service tasks, such as read/respond to email, make/return phone calls, complete "housekeeping"type paperwork, and perform staff supervisory duties as well as other job responsibilities after client hours. Additionally, not recording all time spent with the client results in lost revenue for the agency. In this research, supervising clinicians were offered monetary bonuses based on reaching a monthly billing goal of 70%. Baseline data revealed that over a 3-month period, supervising clinicians averaged a monthly billing rate of 45%. After being offered a bonus contingent upon a minimum of 70% billing for a month, supervising clinicians averaged 78% billing. This was then replicated with a return to baseline and then intervention that yielded 49.5% billing rate and 75% billing rates respectively. |
|
|
7. The Ratio of Safe and At-risk Training Examples Affects Safety-Related Skills |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
MATTHEW A. TAYLOR (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health), Oliver Wirth (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health), Emily Linder (Queens College, The City University of New York), Alicia M. Alvero (Queens College, The City University of New York) |
Abstract: Occupational safety training is important for teaching workers skills that are needed to behave safely. University students were taught safe leg postures through a computer task in which the number of examples of safe and at-risk postures varied. The experiment used a 2 x 2 between-subjects factorial design (N = 96) to determine the effects of relative number (i.e., ratio; 4:1 vs. 1:4) and absolute number (10 vs. 40) of safe (S+) and at-risk (S-) training examples in two tasks. A classification task assessed the extent to which participants discriminated safe and at-risk leg postures. Participants' leg angles were measured in a demonstration task to determine the amount of extension either within or beyond the limits of safe behavior. Results show that training with more at-risk (S-) examples relative to safe (S+) examples increased correct classifications of at-risk leg angles and decreased demonstrations of leg angles that extended beyond the safe limits. The absolute number of safe and at-risk examples did not affect safety-related performances. Results show that safety skills are enhanced by training methods that include many examples of at-risk behavior. |
|
|
|
|
TBA Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Interteaching: A Review and Overview of Future Research Questions |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
GUNN LOKKE (University College of Ostfold, Norway), Jon A. Lokke (Ostfold University College), Erik Arntzen (Akershus University College) |
Abstract: "Greatness and misery in the teaching of the psychology of learning" was the title of the JEAB article by Machado and Silva (1998). They argued strongly for teaching more principles and less popular examples. IT (interteaching) initiates the use of behavior analytic principles in the actual teaching in higher education, utilizing the three-term-contingency, and highlighting dyadic activity, or peer learning (Boyce & Hineline, 2002). In this presentation we have reviewed the behavioral literature on IT. The typical research questions in behavioral journals have been (1) if a point on completion of preparation guides is effective, and (2) if IT is more effective than traditional lectures in big classes. Furthermore, we have raised some central research questions for the future, i.e., the maximum number of participants in IT, may be paramount for the use and dissemination of the strategy. |
|
|
2. Teaching in the Principles of Behavioral Functions Using Equivalence Based Instruction |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
JEFFERY HAMELIN (The Graduate Center, Queens College, The City University of New York), Kimberly Reyes-Giordano (The Graduate Center, The City University of New York), Lauren Uss (Queens College, The City University of New York), Michal Halbertal (Queens College, The City University of New York), Laura Del Rio (Queens College, The City University of New York), Daniel Mark Fienup (Queens College, The City University of New York) |
Abstract: Equivalence based instruction (EBI) incorporates stimulus equivalence principles in the design and application of teaching approaches. A few particular relations are directly trained in such a manner that novel or derived relations emerge. The derivation of these untrained relations makes EBI a highly effective and efficient method of instruction. Training of behavioral functions and interventions lends itself to the EBI approach given that discrete functional categories (e.g., social positive, social negative, and automatic) include different representations (e.g., definitions, behavioral examples, function-specific interventions, etc.). Learning this repertoire is important for students and clinicians asapplied behavior analysisprograms and services continue to expand. The present study examined the effects of EBI on learning the principles of behavioral functions. A three group pretest-posttest control group design was used to evaluate the interventions. The partial instruction (PI) group learned about characteristics of behavioral functions and function-specific interventions. The full instruction (FI) group experienced additional lessons on principles of reinforcement and types of interventions. The control group received no instruction. Outcome measures included pre- and post-test comparisons on the written tests, trials-to-mastery, and time-to-mastery. Implications for college instruction in behavioral principles and potential applications in clinical settings will be discussed. |
|
|
3. The Effects of a Hand Washing Video on the Hand Washing Behavior of an Adult Male Without Disabilities |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
GARY D. JACOBS (Walsh University), Katherine Harris (Walsh University) |
Abstract: The topic for this poster session is important as the study was completed to help undergraduate students in a classroom management course learn how to develop an intervention, collect data and make decisions from the results of the data. The subject of the study was a 48-year-old man who had a bad habit of not washing his hands before eating a meal or after using the restroom. The objective of the study was for the subject to wash his hands before eating and/or preparing any meal or snack and after using the restroom for one straight week. The researcher set up the intervention by having the subject watch a hand washing video. This 2 minute video demonstrated the correct way to wash hands and discusses the importance of washing hands. The subject viewed the video on Sunday, March 16th one day prior to the beginning of intervention. After watching the video with the subject, the researcher decided to make small cut-out signs stating "Wash" that the subject could use as a reminder to wash his hands. During baseline out of the 39 times he could have washed his hands, 29 hand washings were neglected by the subject. However, at the end of the intervention the subject washed his hands 33 out of 37 opportunities. The study was performed as an assignment for a behavior management class the first author was taking from the second author. Again, the author (researcher) was to develop a behavior change project for herself or another person. She was to decide upon a behavior, develop an intervention, and decide how to collect data, collect baseline data, implement the intervention, analyze the data and write a report on her findings. |
|
|
4. Student Performance Under Scheduled and Unscheduled Testing |
Area: TBA; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University), Emily R. Monn (University of Minnesota), LISA OTT (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: A variety of studies regarding student performance on computer based courses (Crosbie and Kelly, 1993; Kritch and Bostow, 1998; Kritch and Bostow, 1999; Pear and Novak, 1996; and Wooyong and Reiser, 2000) have shown that students often procrastinate in accessing materials and completing assignments. Student procrastination has been attributed to many factors including personality, readiness/preparedness, motivation, "student syndrome", physical disorders and lesion in the brain, anger/hostility, and "self downing." The current research investigates the effect of scheduled and unscheduled testing procedures and their effect on accessing course of material and test performance across eight exams. The course was an introductory course in applied behavior analysis that utilized Behavior Modification 4th Ed. (Miltenberger, 2008). Students who participated with scheduled exams accessed materials in a typical fixed-intervalscallop pattern whereas students who participated with unscheduled exams did not show scallop patterns with the first exams, but did so with the later exams in the course. |
|
|
5. Interaction, Overt Responding and Feedback: An Evaluation of Course Content Delivery Systems |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
KRISTIN MYERS (Florida Institute of Technology), Daniel C. DeRosa (Florida Institute of Technology), Cynthia Schmitt (Florida Institute of Technology), Jose A. Martinez-Diaz (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Some research investigating the effectiveness of various instructional technologies suggests that students who actively respond during instructional periods better learn the material presented. Identifying the most efficient technology for the delivery of information in training settings would be beneficial in many contexts. The present study evaluated the effects of different course content delivery methods and the topography of student interaction with the material on test performance in an online behavior analysis course. In the first analysis, students were given the opportunity to choose the course content delivery format with which they would interact on a weekly basis. In the second analysis, students were assigned to one of two delivery methods for the duration of the course. For both analyses, the content of the course remained constant, however the way in which the student interacted with the presented material varied by delivery method. The first data set is complete and the second data set is currently being collected. |
|
|
6. Student Misconceptions About Behavior Analysis |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
NICHOLAS WATKINS (Douglas College), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University) |
Abstract: DeBell and Harless (1992) and Lamal (1995) reported that undergraduate students (majors and non-majors in psychology) held specific misconceptions regarding behavior analytic principles that were resistant to change. The purpose of this study was to examine whether students enrolled in an undergraduate program approved by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board held misconceptions similar to these previously reported studies. Further, the study sought to assess whether students' misconceptions changed over the three-semester program. Results indicated beginning students held similar misconceptions as previously reported. Contrary to previous studies, however, the number of misconceptions decreased throughout yearlong participation in the program. |
|
|
7. CANCELLED: Graduate Students' Visual Analysis of Multiple Baseline Across Participants Graphs With Delayed Change |
Area: TBA; Domain: Experimental Analysis |
REBECCA G. LIEBERMAN (Vanderbilt University), Paul J. Yoder (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: A pre-post was used to investigate graduate students’ inferences of, and agreement with, experts on functional relations from multiple baseline across participants (MBL-P) graphs when change in the dependent variable (DV) was delayed. A within-subjects group design was used to test whether graph characteristics and student experience covaried with students’ judgments. Seventeen students indicated their confidence in inferring a functional relation in response to 16 graph sets before and after a 1-hour lecture on relevant content. Consistency of latency of change, length of latency, and expectancy of whether change would be delayed were manipulated. Ratings of four experts were averaged, providing a standard against which to judge students' inferences. Level of students' experience with MBL-P was measured before training. Students were more likely to infer a functional relation in graphs with short latencies between treatment onset and initial change in the DV than in graphs with long latencies (d = 2.12). Students with prior visual analysis experience were more likely to learn to consider consistency when inferring functional relations than students without prior experience. Finally, students were more likely to agree with experts for graph sets with consistent (d = .64) or short latencies (d = .85) regardless of instruction. |
|
|
|
|
TPC Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Comparing Philosophies: Radical Behaviorism and Buddhism |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
NANCY I. SALINAS (University of Texas-Pan American), Frederick A. Ernst (University of Texas-Pan American) |
Abstract: Previous publications in The Behavior Analyst have drawn parallels between radical behaviorism and Buddhism (Diller & Lattal, 2008; Haydon, 2009). Such points of comparison between these philosophies are employed here for additional review. This inquiry further explored complementary views of these philosophies and the benefits that may arise by sketching a picture of where Buddhist philosophy fits in the realm of human experience in terms of behaviorism. That is, Buddhist philosophy may complement behaviorism by providing a way to explore byproducts of behavior. Furthermore, Buddhism is viewed from a pure philosophical rather than a religious standpoint. Looking at Buddhism secularly allows for a common ground comparison with radical behaviorism. This is possible considering that many original precepts of Buddhism are not particularly religious according to previous analysis of this philosophy (Batchelor, 1997). We agree with previous authors' assertions that this type of dialogue between principles enhances both philosophies and provides for a wider acceptance of radical behaviorism. |
|
|
2. Models of Behavior Adaptation: Prediction, Precision and the Best of Both Worlds |
Area: TPC; Domain: Theory |
ELIZABETH GRACE EVEL KYONKA (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Rates of behavior often appear to change gradually when examined as the average of multiple epochs, but abruptly over the course of a single temporal or behavioral epoch. Whereas response rate in fixed interval (FI) schedules is described by a Gaussian function of time since food responses are cumulated across many intervals, a "break-run" pattern with a stepwise switch from a low to high response rate characterizes responding in individual intervals. A similar phenomenon occurs in concurrent chains with FI terminal links that change unpredictably across sessions. Based on performance in many sessions, average sensitivity to immediacy gradually increases over successive initial links. However, response allocation in individual sessions typically switches abruptly from indifference to overmatching and then does not change for the rest of the session. These seemingly incompatible characterizations arenot due to different levels of analysis, but rather different degrees of aggregation. Quantitative models that minimize errors of prediction will produce aggregated rates of behavior. Models that minimize errors of precision will identify those points at which abrupt changes occur. Are these equally important goals for behavior analysts? More importantly, is it possible to integrate the two approaches in a "best-of-both-worlds" model that accomplishes both goals? |
|
|
|
|
VRB Poster Session 3 |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
6:00 PM–7:30 PM |
Exhibit Hall F (Convention Center) |
|
1. Stimulus-Stimulus Pairing: Systematic Replication and Evaluation of Number of Presentations of Target Sound per Trial |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
LISA M. RADER (Caldwell College), Adriane Miliotis (Caldwell College), Tina Sidener (Caldwell College), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College), David W. Sidener (Garden Academy), Lara M. Delmolino Gatley (Douglass Devlopmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey), Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic) |
Abstract: Evaluations of stimulus-stimulus pairing (SSP) to increase vocalizations have produced inconsistent results in the literature. The purpose of Experiment 1 was to systematically replicate the enhanced pairing procedure methodology utilized in Esch, Carr, and Grow (2009) with three children with autism, including collection of within session data, use of an observing prompt (i.e., "look") prior to each trial, interspersal of target and non-target vocalizations, and conducting formal language and preference assessments. SSP of vocal sounds was found to be effective in increasing target vocalizations for all participants. The purpose of Experiment 2 was to evaluate the differential effects of an SSP procedure that varied only on the number of sounds presented per pairing trial on the rate of production of low-frequency vocalizations in children with autism. Sounds were presented either one time per pairing trial (1:1) or three times per pairing trial (3:1). Both participants, children with autism, showed differential increases of target vocalizations in the 1:1 condition over the 3:1 condition. Suggestions are made for future research to further refine additional procedural variables of SSP. |
|
|
2. The Effects of Auditory Matching Instruction on the Emission of Point-to-Point Echoic Responses for Children With Developmental Delays |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Sarah E. Orlans (Teachers College, Columbia University), JILL SHERMAN (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: This study tested the effects of an auditory matching procedure on full echoic responses emitted by two participants using a time lagged multiple probe design. The participants in this study included one 8-year-old boy and one 10-year-old boy, both diagnosed with autism. The participants were chosen due to inexact echoic repertoires previous to the intervention of auditory match-to-sample instruction. The dependent variable in this study was the number of full echoic responses with point-to-point correspondence with that of the instructor and included a predetermined set of target word sets. The independent variable was an auditory match to sample procedure. Experimenters conducted probe sessions with participants to determine the number of full echoic responses to both English and Korean words. Results of this study showed increases in the numbers of correct echoic responses throughout the intervention phases showing a correlation between the auditory matching procedure and the number of full echoic responses emitted by the participants. |
|
|
3. The Effects of a Speaker Immersion Protocol on the Independent Speaking Behavior of an Elementary School Student With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
Jinhyeok Choi (Teachers College, Columbia University), LAURA E. LYONS (Columbia University) |
Abstract: The current study tested the effects of a speaker immersion protocol on the number of autoclitic mands, duration of tantrum behavior, attempts to gain access to stimuli, and the occurrences of stereotypy of a 7-year old male diagnosed with autism. The participant took part in baseline sessions, which measured the number of mands emitted during both instructional and non-instructional settings as well as attempts to gain access to stimuli, occurrences of stereotypy and the duration of tantrum behavior. Once stable state responding was reached, the participant entered the speaker immersion intervention where experimenters used frequent establishing operations so that the student had to emit mands to engage in desired activity, or acquire a certain stimulus. The student met criterion for the intervention in five sessions. After the fifth session of the speaker immersion protocol, the student participated in post-intervention sessions. Results showed that autoclitic mands increased across both instructional and non-instructional settings. In addition, occurrences of stereotypy, attempts to gain access to stimuli without a mand, and the duration of tantrum behavior decreased. |
|
|
4. Contriving Motivating Operations to Teach Manding for Information to Children With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
EVELYN BOATENG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Children with autism may not often mand in the form of questions and it may be difficult to teach them this skill. Therefore, the purpose of this experiment was to increase mands for information in three children with autism. Three participants with autism were taught to mand for information about a hidden object using a backward chaining and time delay procedure. Participants were first taught to mand for the preferred item. Following acquisition of this response, participants were taught to mand for information about an unknown item in a box. The results of the study were that all 3 participants acquired the response chain and continued to emit the target question when a low preferred item was hidden in the box but did not mand for the item. Future research should examine increasing in the form of other "wh" questions such as "when" and "why." |
|
|
5. A Longitudinal Study of a Participant's Communicative Skills and Treatment of Factors Affecting Skill Development |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
DEBRA A. FLOYD (Macon County Mental Health Board) |
Abstract: This poster will present a longitudinal study of a 4-year-old male participant's communicative skills and factors affecting skills development (e.g., problematic behavior). The effectiveness of behavioral teaching strategies and empirically-based procedures used with an initially nonverbal child is discussed. Baseline and treatment data supporting the procedures are presented up to the present in which the participant has acquired verbal communication skills. The strategies and procedures include functional analysis, parent training in observation and measurement of the behavior, differential reinforcement of an incompatible behavior (DRI), sign language and pictures exchange communication system (PECS) training for both child and parents, and tact/mand training for the child following acquisition of PECS. Functional analysis was conducted initially with this child, including observation, parent interview, parent questionnaire, preference assessment, motivation assessment scale, infant developmental assessment, and Rossetti language scale. DRI was used to decrease and eliminate nonstop motor activity which prohibited the child from being in touch with his family or environment. Sign language, PECS, and tact/mand training were introduced following the elimination of the undesirable behavior. Data support the procedures in effectively increasing verbal communication skills and eliminating undesirable behaviors. |
|
|
6. Generalization Between Receptive and Tact Verbal Operants in Young Children Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
KATIE WISKOW (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Brittany Byrne (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Nicole C. Scharrer (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin - Eau Claire) |
Abstract: Children with autism benefit from early and intensive behavioral treatment (Lovaas, 1987; Smith, 1999). Although behavioral treatment is effective for children with autism, research needs to be conducted to identify procedures that facilitate treatment as effectively and efficiently as possible. For example, using procedures to teach skills that results in generalization to untaught skills results in more efficient treatment. A few studies have assessed generalization between receptive and labeling skills and found inconsistent results (Guess & Baer, 1973; Goldstein, 1992; Miller, Cuvo, & Borakove, 1977; Wynn & Smith; Keller & Bucher, 1979). Further research needs to be conducted due to the paucity of studies. The present study will examine whether teaching one skill will generalize to untaught skills. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 AM |
301 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Alyssa N. Wilson (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Presenting Authors: |
All conference attendees interested in behavior analysis, health, and medicine are welcome. The meeting will outline events for the year and nominate and vote in SIG officers. Anyone interested is encouraged to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
406 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Presenting Authors: |
To conduct annual business for the Dissemination of Behavior Analysis Special Interest Group. |
|
|
|
|
Speech Pathology Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
Agate ABC (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Points Intervention Strategies, Inc.) |
Presenting Authors: |
Our speech pathology special interest group (SPABA) business meeting is open to anyone interested in promoting a behavioral approach to the analysis and treatment of speech and language disorders. The meeting will consist of member reports on mission-related activities and several brief invited presentations of professional interest to attendees. The Student Research Grant award recipient will also present on their award winning submission. As well, new this year, SPABA will present a dissemination award to an ABAI student member for their work in raising awareness about behavior analysis among speech-language pathologists. The SPABA business meeting will be followed by a social hour reception to allow for informal interaction among SIG members and interested others. Please feel free to join us. |
|
|
|
|
Parents and Professionals Sharing the Conference Experience |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
405 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Pamela H. Gorski (Reaching Potentials Inc.) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting provides an opportunity for professionals and parents of children receiving behavior analytic services to gather in an informal setting to discuss the conference and common issues. Autism treatment is expected to be a major topic. Pamela Gorski, Executive Director of Reaching Potentials, Inc., an applied behavior analysis service agency, will host this meeting. Refreshments will be provided. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analyst Certification Board: Status and New Developments |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
403 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Gerald L. Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Presenting Authors: |
This meeting will address important developments within the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) relating to growth and changes in the BACB. Topics will include: changes to eligibility and certification maintenance requirements, disciplinary standards for BACB certificants, and online certification management. The presentation also will focus on future goals and actions of the BACB. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Animal Behavior Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
407 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Applied Animal Behavior (AAB) SIG brings together individuals who specialize in or have an interest in the application of behavior analysis to the appreciation, understanding, and management of animal behavior across species. The AAB SIG has three primary purposes: 1) To promote behavior analytic research and the exchange of scientific information in the area of animal behavior; 2) to advocate for and promote high standards in the application of methods and techniques of behavior change with animals in applied settings; and 3) to support and promote excellence in the education and research practices of individuals dedicated to the study and management of animal behavior in applied settings. All are welcome to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Direct Instruction Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
601 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Wendy L. Kozma (BEACON Services) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of the Direct Instruction (DI) Special Interest Group is to promote Direct Instruction research and practice within the field of behavior analysis. Members of the Direct Instruction SIG are researchers, practitioners, students and others who have an interest in Direct Instruction. The purpose of the Direct Instruction SIG business meeting is to review previously established goals and objectives, revisit priorities, discuss future directions of the DI SIG, and to establish new goals and objectives as appropriate. Membership is open to anyone interested in promoting research-validated instructional practices through Direct Instruction. New members are welcome and all interested persons are invited to attend the 2011 DI SIG business meeting. Please contact one of the SIG chair persons for more information about joining the Direct Instruction Special Interest Group. |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Student Committee |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
401/402 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Sarah M. Dunkel-Jackson (Southern Illinois University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to discuss the activities and future goals of ABAI's Student Committee. Student members will be provided with information on various ways to become involved with the Student Committee and will have the opportunity to suggest future directions and goals. All Student Program Representatives and student members are invited to attend. |
|
|
|
|
Education and Treatment of Children Editorial Review Board |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
404 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to review submission data from the last year for the journal and to discuss issues surrounding the journal. This is an open meeting, and members of the Editorial Review Board, as well as any other interested parties, are welcome to attend. |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
302 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
Presenting Authors: |
All conference attendees interested in behavior analytic applications in health, sport, and fitness are welcome. During this meeting, the business of the special interest group will be conducted. This year we will also have a discussion of current and future research projects. The aim will be to facilitate collaborations and stimulate discussion on this topic. Anyone interested in these areas should attend. Future events and activities will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Rehabilitation and Independent Living Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
303 (Convention Center) |
Chair: Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to discuss areas of common interest affecting persons with acquired brain injury and related neurological deficits. This group provides an opportunity for networking with other professionals in neurobehavioral programs from around the country. Topics such as skill acquisition, community re-entry, military related injuries, funding, current trends, research, jobs and internships will be reviewed. Search: Facebook - ABA Rehab Special Interest Group to connect with this group and join at the meeting. |
|
|
|
|
Teaching Applied Behavior Analysis in a Non-Applied Behavior Analysis Program: Professional Development Series Event |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
7:30 PM–8:20 PM |
603 (Convention Center) |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Behavior Analysis |
CE Instructor: Christine Barthold, Ph.D. |
Chair: Chrystal E.R. Jansz (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
JAMES L. SOLDNER (Assumption College) |
CHERYL A. YOUNG (Montana State University Billings) |
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (University of Delaware) |
Abstract: Teaching behavior analysis coursework within non-behavior analytic programs is a common and ongoing challenge within the field of behavior analysis. This Professional Development Series event is designed to address topics considered relevant to the professional development of educators within the field of behavior analysis. Panelists will discuss teaching within non-behavior analytic programs, such as special education, disability studies, and rehabilitation studies. Topics will include, but not be limited to, educators working with course content that is incorrectly labeled as behavior analytic, co-teaching with faculty who are not trained in applied behavior analysis, and differences between teaching within behavior analytic and non-behavior analytic programs. Panelists will also address proposing the addition of a BACB course sequence within programs that are not primarily behavior analytic. Finally, panelists will discuss effective collaboration strategies. Special emphasis will be placed on the various ethical considerations faced by educators in this area. All interested graduate students and behavior analysis educators are encouraged to attend. |
|
|
|
|
The Ohio State University Reunion |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Centennial Ballroom F (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Sheila R. Alber-Morgan (The Ohio State University) |
The Ohio State University special education program will be hosting its annual reunion. All alumni, faculty, students, and friends are invited. Please help us celebrate our 2011 SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions to Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
Auburn University Reunion |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Mineral Hall D (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Linda A. LeBlanc (Auburn University) |
The purpose of this reunion is to provide a meeting place for current and former students, faculty, and others associated with Auburn University. War Eagle! |
|
|
|
|
University of North Texas Department of Behavior Analysis Reunion |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Centennial Ballroom G (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
Students, faculty, alumni, and friends of the University of North Texas' Department of Behavior Analysis are invited to reunite with old friends and meet new ones. |
|
|
|
|
Speech Pathology Special Interest Group Social Hour Reception |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Agate ABC (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Tracie L. Lindblad (Four Points Intervention Strategies, Inc.) |
The Speech Pathology Special Interest Group (SPABA) welcomes its members and any other ABAI attendees for an hour of informal social interaction. This is an opportunity for speech pathologists, behavior analysts, and others to meet and talk about areas of common professional interest. A cash bar and snacks will be available. This social hour will immediately follow the SPABA Business Meeting. All current, previous, and future SPABA members welcome. Bring a friend! |
|
|
|
|
Western Michigan University: Reunion of Alumni, Students, Faculty, and Friends |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Centennial Ballroom D (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
This is a social event for alumni, students, faculty and friends of Western Michigan University. |
|
|
|
|
Florida Institute of Technology Reunion |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Centennial Ballroom H (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Kristin Myers (Florida Institute of Technology) |
The purpose of this event is to provide an opportunity for Florida Tech alumni, faculty, students, family, and friends to gather together during this year's conference. |
|
|
|
|
Simmons College Programs in Behavior Analysis Reunion |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Centennial Ballroom A (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (SEEM Collaborative) |
Please join the social gatherings for Simmons College Programs in Behavior Analysis. This reunion is open to all alumni, faculty, students, and friends. If you cannot arrange to attend for the entire event, please plan to stop in to see friends and faculty from the program. |
|
|
|
|
Reunion for the ABA Departments of the Chicago School, the B. F. Skinner Foundation, and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Centennial Ballroom Foyer B (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Charles T. Merbitz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
This event provides an opportunity for all ABAI convention attendees involved with or interested in The B. F. Skinner Foundation, the Cambridge Center, and The Chicago School's ABA Departments to get together, get updates on our activities, and make plans for an even better future. All ABAI attendees are welcome. The Chicago School now includes two ABA departments, one in Chicago and one in Los Angeles, our Masters' and Ph.D. programs, our elementary school in Chicago, other affiliated public schools, and more. This event is co-sponsored by The B. F. Skinner Foundation, the Cambridge Center, and the ABA Departments of The Chicago School in Chicago and Los Angeles. |
|
|
|
|
MOVED TO SATURDAY EVENING DURING THE ABAI EXPO:
Welcome to Denver! An Event Hosted by the Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Centennial Ballroom Foyer A (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis, a regional ABAI chapter, welcomes you to the mile-high city. Join us for discussions about the area, including behavior analysis in the Four Corners region (Colorado, Utah, New Mexico, and Arizona--and our fifth 'corner', Idaho), as well as fun things to do while in Denver. |
|
|
|
|
Columbia University and CABAS Reunion |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Mineral Hall B (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
A social gathering for graduates of the Programs in Behavior Analysis of Columbia University's Graduate School of Arts and Sciences and Teachers College, as well as CABAS' professionals and friends from around the world. |
|
|
|
|
University of North Carolina, Wilmington |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Mineral Hall FG (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina, Wilmington) |
This reunion will provide an opportunity for UNCW alumni, faculty, students, family, and friends to gather together during this year's convention. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Centennial Ballroom E (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
This is a forum to celebrate the 21st anniversary of the Behavior Analysis Program at University of Nevada, Reno with students, faculty, alumni, and other colleagues at ABAI. |
|
|
|
|
University of Florida Reunion |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Quartz AB (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Erica Feuerbacher (University of Florida) |
The purpose of this reunion is to provide an opportunity for University of Florida alumni, faculty, students, family, and friends to gather together during this year's convention. |
|
|
|
|
University of Kansas |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Centennial Ballroom B (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas) |
The Kansas reunion sets the occasion for the alumni of the Department Human Development and Family Life (1964-1994) and Applied Behavioral Science (1994-present) to gather, become reaquainted, and meet current faculty and students. We feature a slide show and cash bar. |
|
|
|
|
BEACON Services |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Mineral Hall A (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: Steven Woolf (BEACON Services) |
The BEACON Services reunion is a get together for current and former employees. |
|
|
|
|
Friends of Brazil |
Sunday, May 29, 2011 |
8:30 PM–11:00 PM |
Granite A (Hyatt Regency) |
Chair: A. Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
To celebrate life and share common professional and cultural interests with American and international members of ABAI. |
|
|